As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2007
Registration No. 333-144894
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
K12 INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware
  8211   95-4774688
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
K12 Inc.
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, VA 20171
(703) 483-7000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Ronald J. Packard
Chief Executive Officer
K12 Inc.
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, VA 20171
(703) 483-7000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
         
William P. O’Neill, Esq.     Howard D. Polsky, Esq.   Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
Blaise F. Brennan, Esq.   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   Davis Polk & Wardwell
Latham & Watkins LLP   K12 Inc.   450 Lexington Avenue
555 Eleventh Street, N.W   2300 Corporate Park Drive   New York, NY 10017
Washington, D.C. 20004   Herndon, VA 20171   (212) 450-4674
(202) 637-2200   (703) 483-7000    
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
Title of Each Class of
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Aggregate Offering Price(a)(b)     Registration Fee
Common stock, $0.0001 par value     $172,500,000     $5,296(c)
             
 
(a) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
(b) Including shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters to cover overallotments, if any.
(c) Previously paid.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued September 26, 2007
 
           Shares
 
(K12 LOG)
 
K12 Inc.
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
K12 Inc. is offering           shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share.
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks.  See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
 
 
 
 
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LRN.”
 
 
 
 
                                 
          Underwriting
          Proceeds to
 
          Discounts and
    Proceeds to
    Selling
 
    Price to Public     Commissions     K12 Inc.     Stockholders  
 
Per Share
  $             $             $             $          
Total
  $       $       $       $  
 
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional        shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over allotments, if any.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about          , 2007.
 
Morgan Stanley Credit Suisse
 
 
 
 
Robert W. Baird & Co.  
  BMO Capital Markets  
  ThinkEquity Partners LLC
 
 
 
          , 2007


 

(GRAPHIC)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Prospectus Summary
  1
Risk Factors
  8
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
  22
Use of Proceeds
  23
Dividend Policy
  23
Capitalization
  24
Dilution
  25
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
  27
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  29
Business
  48
Regulation
  66
Management
  70
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
  78
Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
  90
Principal and Selling Stockholders
  92
Description of Capital Stock
  95
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders
  98
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
  101
Underwriting
  103
Notice to Canadian Residents
  107
Sales Outside the United States Other Than Canada
  108
Legal Matters
  111
Experts
  111
Where You Can Find More Information
  111
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-1
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy our common stock in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the date of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
 
Until and including          , 2007, 25 days after the commencement of this offering, all dealers that affect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i


 

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding us and our common stock being sold in the offering, including the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. For convenience in this prospectus, “the Company,” “K12,” “K 12 ,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. References to fiscal years refer to the fiscal year ended June 30 of the year indicated.
 
K12 Inc.
 
Our Company
 
We are a technology-based education company. We offer proprietary curriculum and educational services created for online delivery to students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12. Our mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective education, regardless of geographic location or socio-economic background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $95 million to develop curriculum and an online learning platform that promotes mastery of core concepts and skills for students of all abilities. This learning system combines a cognitive research-based curriculum with an individualized learning approach well-suited for virtual schools and other educational applications. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from approximately 11,000 students to 27,000 students, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 35%. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased revenues from $71.4 million to $140.6 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 25%, and improved from a net loss of $7.4 million to net income of $3.9 million.
 
We believe we are unique in the education industry because of our direct involvement in every component of the educational development and delivery process. Most educational content, software and service providers typically concentrate on only a portion of that process, such as publishing textbooks, managing schools or providing testing and assessment services. This traditional segmented approach has resulted in an uncoordinated and unsatisfactory education for many students. Unburdened by legacy, we have taken a holistic approach to the design of our learning system. We have developed an engaging curriculum which includes online lessons delivered over our proprietary school platform. We combine this with a rigorous system to test and assess students and processes to manage school performance and compliance. In addition, our professional development programs enable teachers to better utilize technology for instruction. Our end-to-end learning system is designed to optimize the performance of the schools we serve and enhance student academic achievement.
 
As evidence of the benefit of our holistic approach, the virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. These results have been achieved despite the enrollment of a significant number of new students each school year who have had limited exposure to our learning system prior to taking these required state tests. Students using our learning system for at least three years usually perform better on standardized tests relative to state averages than students using it for one year or less. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. According to a 2006 internal survey of parents of students enrolled in virtual public schools we serve (with an approximately 33% response rate), approximately 97% of respondents stated that they were either satisfied or very satisfied with our curriculum and 95% of respondents stated that they would recommend our curriculum to other families.
 
We deliver our learning system to students primarily through virtual public schools. As with any public school, these schools must meet state educational standards, administer proctored exams and are subject to fiscal oversight. The fundamental difference is that students attend virtual public schools primarily over the Internet instead of traveling to a physical classroom. In their online learning environment, students receive assignments, complete lessons, and obtain instruction from certified teachers with whom they interact online, telephonically, and face-to-face. Virtual public schools provide families with a publicly funded alternative to a traditional classroom-based education when relocating or private schooling is not an option, making them the “most public” of schools.


1


 

 
We offer virtual schools our proprietary curriculum, online learning platform and varying levels of academic and management services, which can range from targeted programs to complete turnkey solutions, under long-term contracts. These contracts provide the basis for a recurring revenue stream as students progress through successive grades. Additionally, without the requirement of a physical classroom, virtual schools can be scaled quickly to accommodate a large dispersed student population, and allow more capital resources to be allocated towards teaching, curriculum and technology rather than towards a physical infrastructure.
 
Substantially all of our enrollments are served through 25 virtual public schools to which we provide full turnkey solutions and seven virtual public schools to which we provide limited management services, located in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Parents can also purchase our curriculum and online learning platform directly to facilitate or supplement their children’s education. Additionally, we have piloted our curriculum in brick and mortar classrooms with promising academic results. We also believe there is additional widespread applicability for our learning system internationally.
 
Our Market
 
The U.S. market for K-12 education is large and growing. For example:
 
  •  According to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), a division of the U.S. Department of Education, there were more than 49 million students in K-12 public schools during the 2005-06 school year. In addition, according to National Home Education Research, approximately two million students are home schooled and, according to a March 2006 NCES report, approximately five million students are enrolled in private schools.
 
  •  According to the NCES, the public school system alone encompassed more than 98,000 schools and 17,000 school districts during the 2005-06 school year.
 
  •  The NCES estimates that total spending in the public K-12 market was $558 billion for the 2005-06 school year.
 
Parents and lawmakers are demanding increased standards and accountability in an effort to improve academic performance in U.S. public schools. As a result, each state is now required to establish performance standards and to regularly assess student progress relative to these standards. We expect continued focus on academic standards, assessments and accountability in the near future.
 
Many parents and educators are also seeking alternatives to traditional classroom-based education that can help improve academic achievement. Demand for these alternatives is evident in the growing number of choices available to parents and students. For example, charter schools emerged in 1988 to provide an alternative to traditional public schools. Similarly, acceptance of online learning initiatives, including not only virtual schools but also online testing and Internet-based professional development, has become widespread. As of September 2006, 38 states had some form of online learning initiative.
 
Virtual public schools represent one approach to online learning that is gaining acceptance. According to the Center for Education Reform, as of January 2007 there were 173 virtual schools with total enrollment exceeding 92,000 students, operating in 18 states compared to just 86 virtual schools in 13 states with total enrollment of approximately 31,000 students in the 2004-05 school year. Virtual schools can offer a comprehensive curriculum and flexible delivery model; therefore, we believe that a growing number of families will pursue virtual public schools as an attractive public school alternative. Given these statistics and the nascence of this market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a high-quality, trusted, national education provider to serve virtual public schools.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:
 
Proprietary Curriculum Specifically Designed for a Technology-Enabled Environment.   We specifically designed our curriculum for online learning, in contrast to other online curriculum providers who often just digitize classroom textbooks for transmission over the Internet. Our cognitive research-based curriculum contains more


2


 

than 11,000 discrete lessons that utilize a combination of innovative technologies, including flash animations, online interactivity and real-time individualized feedback, which we combine with textbooks and other offline course materials to create an engaging and highly effective curriculum and drive greater, more consistent academic achievement.
 
Flexible, Integrated Online Learning Platform.   Our online learning platform provides a highly flexible and effective means for delivering educational content to students and allows us to update the content on a real-time basis. Our platform offers assessment capabilities to identify the current and targeted academic level of achievement for each student, measures mastery of each learning objective, updates each student’s lesson plan for completed lessons and enables us to track the effectiveness of each lesson with each student on a real-time basis.
 
Expertise in Opening Channels for Virtual Schooling.   Our education policy experts and established relationships with key educational authorities have allowed us to help individual educational policymakers understand the benefits of virtual schools and establish highly effective, publicly funded education alternatives for parents and their children.
 
Track Record of Student Achievement and Customer Satisfaction.   The virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction, which has been a strong contributor to our growth, helps drive new student referrals and leads to re-enrollments.
 
Highly Scalable Model.   We have built our educational model, systems and management team to successfully and efficiently serve the academic needs of a large, dispersed student population. Our ability to leverage the historical investment we made in developing our learning system and our ability to deliver our offering over the Internet enables us to successfully serve a greater number of students at a reduced level of capital investment.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We intend to pursue the following strategies to drive our future growth:
 
Generate Enrollment Growth at Existing Virtual Public Schools.   In the 2007-08 school year, we are serving virtual public schools in 17 states and the District of Columbia. We intend to continue to drive increased enrollments at the virtual public schools we serve through targeted marketing and recruiting efforts as well as through referrals.
 
Enhance Curriculum to Include a Complete High School Offering.   We believe that serving virtual public high schools represents a significant growth opportunity for online education delivery given the increased independence of high school students and the wide variance in academic achievement levels and objectives of students who are entering high school. In the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, we began enrolling 9th and 10th grade students, respectively, and with the launch of our 11th and 12th grades in the 2007-08 school year, we are able to provide a complete high school offering to satisfy the broad range of high school student interests.
 
Expand Virtual Public School Presence into Additional States.   The flexibility and comprehensiveness of our learning system allows us to efficiently adapt our curriculum to meet the individual educational standards of any state with minimal capital investment. We intend to continue to seek opportunities to assist states in establishing virtual public schools and to contract with them to provide our curriculum, online learning platform and related services.
 
Strengthen Awareness and Recognition of the K 12 Brand.   The K 12 brand already enjoys strong recognition within the virtual public school community. We have developed a comprehensive brand strategy and intend to invest in further developing awareness of both the K 12 brand and the core philosophy behind our learning system outside the virtual public school community.
 
Pursue International Opportunities to Offer Our Learning System.   We believe there is strong worldwide demand for high-quality, flexible education alternatives. Given the highly flexible design and technology-based nature of our platform, it can be adapted to other languages and cultures efficiently and with modest capital investment. Additionally, our ability to operate virtually is not constrained by the need for a physical classroom or local teachers, which makes our learning system ideal for use internationally.


3


 

 
Develop Additional Channels Through Which to Deliver our Learning System.   We intend to regularly evaluate additional delivery channels and to pursue opportunities where we believe there is likely to be significant demand for our offering, such as direct classroom instruction, hybrid classroom models, supplemental educational offerings, and individual products packaged and sold directly to parents and students.
 
Certain Risk Factors
 
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common stock and review the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  •  Most of our revenues depend on per pupil funding amounts remaining near the levels existing at the time we execute service agreements with the virtual public schools we serve. If those funding levels are materially reduced, new restrictions adopted or payments delayed, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
  •  The poor performance or misconduct of other virtual public school operators could tarnish the reputation of all virtual public school operators, which could have a negative influence on our business.
 
  •  Opponents of virtual public schools have sought to challenge the establishment and expansion of such schools through the judicial process. If their interests prevail, it could damage our ability to sustain or grow our current business in certain jurisdictions.
 
  •  We have a limited operating history, and sustained losses of approximately $90 million before only recently achieving profitability. If we fail to remain profitable or achieve further marketplace acceptance for our products and services, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
  •  Highly qualified teachers are critical to the success of our learning system. If we are not able to continue to recruit, train and retain quality certified teachers, our lessons might not be effectively delivered to students, compromising their academic performance and our reputation with the virtual public schools we serve. As a result, our brand, business and operating results may be adversely affected.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated in Delaware in December 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, VA 20171. Our telephone number is (703) 483-7000. Our website address is www.K12.com . These are textual references only. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, any of our websites into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our websites as part of this prospectus.


4


 

The Offering
         
         
Common Stock offered by us
             shares
Common Stock outstanding after the offering
      shares
Overallotment option
      shares from the selling stockholders
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol “LRN”
 
Use of proceeds from this offering We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $      million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share (which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and the development of new courses and product offerings as well as to repay approximately $12.5 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility. The net proceeds will also provide us with the financial flexibility to make acquisitions and strategic investments. We will receive no proceeds from the sale of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 111,798,779 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007 and:
 
  •  gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 101,386,536 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
 
  •  excludes 18,477,803 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2007 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.81 per share, 2,328,358 shares of preferred stock (or upon the consummation of the offering an equivalent amount of common stock) that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2007, all of which are currently exercisable at a purchase price of $1.34 per share, and 108,649 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2007, all of which are exercisable at a purchase price of $1.60 per share; and
 
  •  excludes an additional           shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  a           for           stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to completion of this offering;
 
  •  an initial offering price of $      per share (which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus); and
 
  •  the underwriters’ option to purchase up to           additional shares of common stock is not exercised.


5


 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We derived the summary consolidated financial data presented below as of June 30, 2006 and 2007 and for each of the three years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated financial data presented below as of June 30, 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                       
Revenues
  $ 140,556     $ 116,902     $ 85,310  
Cost and expenses:
                       
Instructional costs and services
    76,064       64,828       49,130  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    51,159       41,660       30,031  
Product development expenses
    8,611       8,568       9,410  
                         
Total costs and expenses
    135,834       115,056       88,571  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    4,722       1,846       (3,261 )
Interest expense, net
    (639 )     (488 )     (279 )
                         
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    4,083       1,358       (3,540 )
Income tax expense
    (218 )            
                         
Net income (loss)
    3,865       1,358       (3,540 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (6,378 )     (5,851 )     (5,261 )
Preferred stock accretion
    (22,353 )     (18,697 )     (15,947 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (24,866 )   $ (23,190 )   $ (24,748 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share:
                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (2.44 )   $ (2.30 )   $ (2.46 )
Basic and diluted (pro forma) (1)
  $ 0.03     $ n/a       n/a  
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                       
Basic and diluted
    10,208,507       10,083,721       10,062,587  
Basic (pro forma) (1)
    111,595,043       n/a       n/a  
Diluted (pro forma) (1)
    111,642,987       n/a       n/a  
                         
Other Data:
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 5,563     $ 3,625     $ 9,697  
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 7,404     $ 4,986     $ 5,509  
Capital expenditures (2)
  $ 13,418     $ 10,842     $ 5,133  
EBITDA (3)
  $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248  
Average enrollments (4)
    27,005       20,220       15,097  
 


6


 

                         
    As of June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,660     $ 9,475     $ 19,953  
Total assets
    61,212       48,485       41,968  
Total short-term debt
    1,500              
Total long-term obligations
    7,135       4,025       4,466  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
    229,556       200,825       176,277  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (197,807 )     (173,451 )     (150,299 )
Working capital
    8,548       15,421       22,953  
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per common share gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion to this offering. Assuming the completion of this offering on June 30, 2007, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock would convert into 101,386,536 shares of common stock.
(2) Capital expenditures consist of the purchase of property and equipment and new capital lease obligations.
(3) EBITDA consists of net income (loss) minus interest income, plus interest expense, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on short-term investments or cash deposits. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense for capital leases, long-term and short-term borrowings. We use EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Furthermore, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for our management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments.
 
  We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired.
 
Our management uses EBITDA:
 
  •  as a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes; and
 
  •  in presentations to the members of our board of directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the results of other companies in our industry.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,865     $ 1,358     $ (3,540 )
Interest expense, net
    639       488       279  
Income tax expense
    218              
Depreciation and amortization
    7,404       4,986       5,509  
                         
EBITDA
  $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248  
                         
 
(4) To ensure that all schools are reflected in our measure of enrollments, we consider our enrollments as of the end of September to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled at the end of May to be our ending enrollment level. To provide comparability, we do not consider enrollment levels for June, July and August as all schools are not open during these months. For each period, average enrollments represent the average of the month end enrollment levels for each month that has transpired between September and the end of the period, up to and including the month of May.

7


 

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Government Funding and Regulation of Public Education
 
Most of our revenues depend on per pupil funding amounts remaining near the levels existing at the time we execute service agreements with the virtual public schools we serve. If those funding levels are materially reduced, new restrictions adopted or payments delayed, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
The public schools we contract with are financed with government funding from federal, state and local taxpayers. Our business is primarily dependent upon those funds. Budget appropriations for education at all levels of government are determined through the political process and, as a result, funding for the virtual public schools we serve may fluctuate. This political process creates a number of risks that could have an adverse affect on our business including the following:
 
  •  legislative proposals could result in budget cuts for the virtual public schools we serve, and therefore reduce or eliminate the products and services those schools purchase from us, causing our revenues to decline. From time to time, proposals are introduced in state legislatures that single out virtual public schools for disparate treatment. For example, in its fiscal year 2007-09 education budget appropriation, the Indiana legislature decided not to fund any virtual public school that provided for the online delivery of more than 50 percent of its instruction to students. As a result, we decided not to open a virtual public school in Indiana that was already approved by a chartering authority and therefore the anticipated associated revenues were not realized. Other examples include laws that decrease per pupil funding for virtual public schools or alter eligibility and attendance criteria or other funding conditions that could decrease our revenues and limit our ability to grow;
 
  •  as a public company, we will be required to file periodic financial and other disclosure reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. This information may be referenced in the legislative process, including budgetary considerations, related to the funding of alternative public school options, including virtual public schools. The disclosure of this information by a for-profit education company, regardless of parent satisfaction and student academic achievement, may nonetheless be used by opponents of virtual public schools to propose funding reductions; and
 
  •  from time to time, government funding to schools is not provided when due, which sometimes causes the affected schools to delay or cease payments to us for our products and services. These payment delays have occurred in the past and can deprive us of significant working capital until the matter is resolved, which could hinder our ability to implement our growth strategies and conduct our business. For example, in 2003 the Pennsylvania state legislature withheld monthly payments for every school because it was unable to approve an education budget for six months, which necessitated our borrowing of funds to continue operations.
 
The poor performance or misconduct of other virtual public school operators could tarnish the reputation of all virtual public school operators, which could have a negative impact on our business.
 
As a relatively new form of public education, virtual school operators will be subject to scrutiny, perhaps even greater than that applied to traditional public schools or charter schools. Not all virtual public school operators will have successful academic programs or operate efficiently, and new entrants may not perform well either. Such underperforming operators could create the impression that virtual schooling is not an effective way to educate students, whether or not our learning system achieves solid performance. Moreover, some virtual school operators


8


 

have been subject to governmental investigations alleging the misuse of public funds or financial irregularities. These allegations have attracted significant adverse media coverage and have prompted legislative hearings and regulatory responses. Although these investigations have focused on specific companies and individuals, they may negatively impact public perceptions of virtual public school providers generally, including us. The precise impact of these negative public perceptions on our business is difficult to discern, in part because of the number of states in which we operate and the range of particular malfeasance or performance issues involved. We have incurred significant lobbying costs in several states advocating against harmful legislation which, in our opinion, was aggravated by negative media coverage of particular virtual school operators. If these few situations, or any additional misconduct, cause all virtual public school providers to be viewed by the public and/or policymakers unfavorably, we may find it difficult to enter into or renew contracts to operate virtual schools. In addition, this perception could serve as the impetus for more restrictive legislation, which could limit our future business opportunities.
 
Opponents of virtual public schools have sought to challenge the establishment and expansion of such schools through the judicial process. If these interests prevail, it could damage our ability to sustain or grow our current business or expand in certain jurisdictions.
 
We have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to lawsuits filed against virtual public schools by those who do not share our belief in the value of this form of public education. Legal claims have involved challenges to the constitutionality of authorizing statutes, methods of instructional delivery, funding provisions and the respective roles of parents and teachers. We currently face two such lawsuits pertaining to the Wisconsin Virtual Academy and the Chicago Virtual Charter School. See “Business — Legal Proceedings”. An adverse judgment in these cases could serve as a negative precedent in other jurisdictions where we do business, and new lawsuits could result in unexpected liabilities and limit our ability to grow.
 
The failure of the virtual public schools we serve to comply with applicable government regulations could result in a loss of funding and an obligation to repay funds previously received, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Once authorized by law, virtual public schools are generally subject to extensive regulation. These regulations cover specific program standards and financial requirements including, but not limited to: (i) student eligibility standards; (ii) numeric and geographic limitations on enrollments; (iii) prescribed teacher funding allocations from per pupil revenue; (iv) state-specific curriculum requirements; and (v) restrictions on open-enrollment policies by and among districts. State and federal funding authorities conduct regular program and financial audits of virtual public schools, including the virtual public schools we serve, to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. Two virtual public schools we serve are currently undergoing such audits. See “Business — Distribution Channels”. If a virtual public school we serve is found to be noncompliant, it can be barred from receiving additional funds and could be required to repay funds received during the period of non-compliance, which could impair that school’s ability to pay us for services in a timely manner, if at all. Additionally, the indemnity provisions in our standard service agreements with virtual public schools may require us to return any contested funds on behalf of the school. For a more detailed discussion of the regulations affecting our business, see “Regulation.”
 
Virtual public schools are relatively new, and enabling legislation therefore is often ambiguous and subject to discrepancies in interpretation by regulatory authorities, which may lead to disputes over our ability to invoice and receive payments for services rendered.
 
Statutory language providing for virtual public schools is sometimes interpreted by regulatory authorities in ways that may vary from year to year, making compliance subject to uncertainty. For example, in Colorado, the regulators’ approach to determining the eligibility of virtual school students for funding purposes, which is based on a student’s substantial completion of a semester in a public school, has undergone varying interpretations. These regulatory uncertainties may lead to disputes over our ability to invoice and receive payments for services rendered, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


9


 

The operation of virtual public schools depends on the maintenance of the authorizing charter and compliance with applicable laws. If these charters are not renewed, our contracts with these schools would be terminated.
 
In many cases, virtual public schools operate under a charter that is granted by a state or local authority to the charter holder, such as a community group or an established not-for-profit corporation, which typically is required by state law to qualify for student funding. In fiscal year 2007, approximately 90% of our revenues were derived from virtual public schools operating under a charter. The service agreement for these schools is with the charter holder or the charter board. Non-profit charter schools qualifying for exemption from federal taxation under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c)(3) as charitable organizations must also operate in accordance with Internal Revenue Service rules and policies to maintain that status and their funding eligibility. In addition, all state charter school statutes require periodic reauthorization. While none of the virtual public schools we serve have failed to maintain their authorizing charter, if a virtual public school we serve fails to maintain its tax-exempt status and funding eligibility, or if its charter is revoked for non-performance or other reasons that may be due to actions of the independent charter board completely outside of our control, our contract with that school would be terminated.
 
Actual or alleged misconduct by our senior management and directors would make it more difficult for us to enter into new contracts or renew existing contracts.
 
If any of our directors, officers or key employees are accused or found to be guilty of serious crimes, including the mismanagement of public funds, the schools we serve could be barred from entering into or renewing service agreements with us or otherwise discouraged from contracting with us and, as a result, our business and revenues would be adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
 
We have a limited operating history, and sustained losses of approximately $90 million before only recently achieving profitability. If we fail to remain profitable or achieve further marketplace acceptance for our products and services, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
The virtual public schools we serve began enrolling students in the 2002-03 school year. As a result, we have only a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Since our inception, we have recorded losses totaling approximately $90 million until we recently achieved profitability. We recorded our first profit in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. There can be no assurance that we will remain profitable, or that our products and services will achieve further marketplace acceptance. Our marketing efforts may not generate a sufficient number of student enrollments to sustain our business plan; our capital and operating costs may exceed planned levels; and we may be unable to develop and enhance our service offerings to meet the demands of virtual public schools and students to the extent that such demands and preferences change. If we are not successful in managing our business and operations, our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
Highly qualified teachers are critical to the success of our learning system. If we are not able to continue to recruit, train and retain quality certified teachers, our curriculum might not be effectively delivered to students, compromising their academic performance and our reputation with the virtual public schools we serve. As a result, our brand, business and operating results may be adversely affected.
 
Effective teachers are critical to maintaining the quality of our learning system and assisting students with their daily lessons. Teachers in virtual public schools must be state certified and have strong interpersonal communications skills to be able to effectively instruct students in a virtual school setting. They must also possess the technical skills to use our technology-based learning system. There is a limited pool of teachers with these specialized attributes and the virtual public schools we serve must provide competitive compensation packages to attract and retain such qualified teachers.
 
The teachers in most virtual public schools we serve are not our employees and the ultimate authority relating to those teachers resides with the governing body overseeing the schools. However, under many of our service agreements with virtual public schools, we have responsibility to recruit, train and manage these teachers. We must also provide continuous training to virtual public school teachers so that they can stay abreast of changes in student demands, academic standards and other key trends necessary to teach online effectively. We may not be able to


10


 

recruit, train and retain enough qualified teachers to keep pace with our growth while maintaining consistent teaching quality in the various virtual public schools we serve. Shortages of qualified teachers or decreases in the quality of our instruction, whether actual or perceived, would have an adverse effect on our business.
 
The schools we contract with and serve are governed by independent governing bodies who may shift their priorities or change objectives in ways adverse to us.
 
We contract with and provide a majority of our products and services to virtual public schools governed by independent boards or similar governing bodies. While we typically share a common objective at the outset of our business relationship, over time our interests could diverge. If these independent boards of the schools we serve subsequently shift their priorities or change objectives, and as a result reduce the scope or terminate their relationship with us, our ability to generate revenues would be adversely affected.
 
Our contracts with the virtual public schools we serve are subject to periodic renewal, and each year several of these agreements are set to expire. If we are unable to renew several such contracts or if a single significant contract expires during a given year, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.
 
For the 2007-08 school year, we have contracts to provide our full range of products and services to virtual public schools in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Several of these contracts are scheduled to expire in any given year. For example, five such contracts are scheduled to expire in 2008, and we usually begin to engage in renewal negotiations during the final year of these contracts. In order to renew these contracts, we have to enter into negotiations with the independent boards of these virtual public schools. Historically we have been successful in renewing these contracts, but such renewals typically contain revised terms, which may be more or less favorable then the terms of the original contract. For example, a school in Pennsylvania reduced the term of its contract from five years to three years when renewing its contract in 2006, whereas a school in Ohio increased the term of its contract from five years to 10 years upon renewal in 2007. While we have no reason to believe that schools will not continue to renew their contracts upon expiration, we recognize that each renegotiation is unique and, if we are unable to renew several such contracts or one significant contract expiring during a given year, or if such renewals have significantly less favorable terms than existing contracts, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.
 
We generate significant revenues from four virtual public schools, and the termination, revocation, expiration or modification of our contracts with these virtual public schools could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
 
In fiscal year 2007, we derived more than 10% of our revenues from each of the Ohio Virtual Academy, the Arizona Virtual Academy, the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School and the Colorado Virtual Academy. In aggregate, these schools accounted for 49% of our total revenues. If our contracts with any of these virtual public schools are terminated, the charters to operate any of these schools are not renewed or are revoked, enrollments decline substantially, funding is reduced, or more restrictive legislation is enacted, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
We may not be able to effectively address the execution risks associated with our expansion into the virtual high school market. Our failure to do so could substantially harm our growth strategy.
 
The virtual high school market presents us with a number of challenges, including the launch of 11th and 12th grade offerings. We are currently using third-party platforms and some third-party curriculum in our high school offering. If the quality of the third-party curriculum or platforms is unsatisfactory, student enrollments could decline. Furthermore, the subject matter expertise and skills necessary to teach in high school are fundamentally different than those necessary to teach kindergarten through 8th grade. If the high school instructional experience does not meet the expectations of students previously enrolled in our kindergarten through 8th grade programs, or new enrollees experience performance issues with our high school program delivery, the virtual public schools we serve may decline to offer our high school program and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.


11


 

Our growth strategy anticipates that we will create new products and distribution channels and expand existing distribution channels. If we are unable to effectively manage these initiatives, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be adversely affected.
 
As we create new products and distribution channels and expand our existing distribution channels, we expect to face challenges distinct from those we currently encounter, including:
 
  •  our development of public hybrid schools, which will produce different operational challenges than those we currently encounter. In addition to the online component, hybrid schools require us to lease facilities for classrooms, staff classrooms with teachers, provide meals, adhere to local safety and fire codes, purchase additional insurance and fulfill many other responsibilities;
 
  •  our expansion into international markets may require us to conduct our business differently than we do in the United States. For example, we may attempt to open a tuition-based private school or establish a traditional brick and mortar school. Additionally, we may have difficulty training and retaining qualified teachers or generating sufficient demand for our products and services in international markets. International opportunities will also produce different operational challenges than those we currently encounter; and
 
  •  our use of our curriculum in classrooms will produce challenges with respect to adapting our curriculum for effective use in a traditional classroom setting.
 
Our failure to manage these new distribution channels, or any new distribution channels we pursue, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Increasing competition in the market segments that we serve could lead to pricing pressures, reduced operating margins, loss of market share and increased capital expenditures.
 
We face varying degrees of competition from several discrete education providers because our learning system integrates all the elements of the education development and delivery process, including curriculum development, textbook publishing, teacher training and support, lesson planning, testing and assessment, and school performance and compliance management. We compete most directly with companies that provide online curriculum and support services to K-12 virtual public schools. Additionally, we expect increased competition from for-profit post-secondary and supplementary education providers that have begun to offer virtual high school curriculum and services. In certain jurisdictions and states where we currently serve virtual public schools, we expect intense competition from existing providers and new entrants. Our competitors may adopt similar curriculum delivery, school support and marketing approaches, with different pricing and service packages that may have greater appeal in the market. If we are unable to successfully compete for new business, win and renew contracts or maintain current levels of academic achievement, our revenue growth and operating margins may decline. Price competition from our current and future competitors could also result in reduced revenues, reduced margins or the failure of our product and service offerings to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance.
 
We may also face direct competition from publishers of traditional educational materials that are substantially larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources. As a result, they may be able to devote more resources to develop products and services that are superior to our platform and technologies. We may not have the resources necessary to acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our competitors, which may render our online delivery format less competitive or obsolete.
 
Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with our curriculum and our technology, as well as our ability to increase capital expenditures to sustain the competitive position of our product. We cannot assure you that we will have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete effectively.
 
If demand for increased options in public schooling does not continue or if additional jurisdictions do not authorize or adequately fund virtual public schools, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
According to the Center for Education Reform, as of January 2007 there were 173 virtual schools with total enrollments exceeding 92,000 students, operating in 18 states. However, if the demand for virtual public schools


12


 

does not increase, if additional jurisdictions do not authorize new virtual schools or if the funding of such schools is inadequate, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and adversely impact the market price of our common stock.
 
Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the number of months in a fiscal quarter that our virtual public schools are fully operational and serving students. In the typical academic year, our first and fourth fiscal quarters may have fewer than three full months of operations, whereas our second and third fiscal quarters will have three complete months of operations. We ship offline learning kits to students in the beginning of the school year, our first fiscal quarter, generally resulting in higher offline learning kit revenues and margins in the first fiscal quarter relative to the other quarters. In aggregate, the seasonality of our revenues has generally produced higher revenues in the first fiscal quarter and lower revenues in the fourth fiscal quarter.
 
Our operating expenses are also seasonal. Instructional costs and services increase in the first fiscal quarter primarily due to the costs incurred to ship offline learning kits at the beginning of the school year. These instructional costs may increase significantly quarter-to-quarter as school operating expenses increase. The majority of our selling and marketing expenses are incurred in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, as our primary enrollment season is July through September.
 
We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flow. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. As a result, we believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not be reliable as an indication of future performance.
 
Our revenues for a fiscal year are based in part on our estimate of the total funds each school will receive in a particular school year and our estimate of the full year deficits to be incurred by each school. As a result, differences between our estimates and the actual funds received and deficits incurred could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
 
We recognize revenues from certain of our fees ratably over the course of our fiscal year. To determine the amount of revenues to recognize, we estimate the total funds each school will receive in a particular school year. Additionally, we take responsibility for any operating deficits at most of the virtual schools we serve. Because these operating deficits may impair our ability to collect the full amount invoiced in a period and collection cannot reasonably be assured, we reduce revenues by the estimated amount of these deficits. We review our estimates of total funds and operating deficits periodically, and we revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments over the remaining portion of the fiscal year. Actual funding received and operating deficits incurred may vary from our estimates or revisions and could adversely impact our results of operation and cash flows.
 
The continued development of our brand identity is important to our business. If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may suffer.
 
Expanding brand awareness is critical to attracting and retaining students, and for serving additional virtual public schools. In order to expand brand awareness, we intend to spend significant resources on a brand-enhancement strategy, which includes sales and marketing efforts directed to targeted locations as well as the national marketplace, the educational community at large, key political groups, image-makers and the media. We believe that the quality of our curriculum and management services has contributed significantly to the success of our brand. As we continue to increase enrollments and extend our geographic reach, maintaining quality and consistency across all of our services and products may become more difficult to achieve, and any significant and well-publicized failure to maintain this quality and consistency will have a detrimental effect on our brand. We cannot provide assurances that our new sales and marketing efforts will be successful in further promoting our brand in a competitive and cost effective manner. If we are unable to further enhance our brand recognition and increase awareness of our products and services, or if we incur excessive sales and marketing expenses, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.


13


 

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.
 
Our patent, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property rights are important assets for us. For example, we have been granted a patent relating to the hardware and network infrastructure of our online school, including the system components for creating and administering assessment tests and our lesson progress tracker. Additionally, we are the registered owner of over 11,000 copyright and copyright applications covering the lessons in the courses comprising our proprietary curriculum. Various events outside of our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For example, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products and services are distributed or made available through the Internet. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. Any unauthorized use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.
 
Although we seek to obtain patent protection for our innovations, it is possible that we may not be able to protect some of these innovations. In addition, given the costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that later turn out to be important. Furthermore, there is always the possibility, despite our efforts, that the scope of the protection gained will be insufficient or that an issued patent may be deemed invalid or unenforceable.
 
We also seek to maintain certain intellectual property as trade secrets. This secrecy could be compromised by outside parties, or by our employees intentionally or accidentally, which would cause us to lose the competitive advantage resulting from these trade secrets.
 
We must monitor and protect our Internet domain names to preserve their value.
 
We own the domain names K12 (.com and .org) and K-12 (.com, .net, and .org) as well as the service mark K 12 . Third parties may acquire substantially similar domain names that decrease the value of our domain names and trademarks and other proprietary rights which may hurt our business. The regulation of domain names in the United States and foreign countries is subject to change. Governing bodies could appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. Governing bodies could also establish additional “top-level” domains, which are the portion of the Web address that appears to the right of the “dot,” such as “com,” “gov,” or “org.” As a result, we may not maintain exclusive rights to all potentially relevant domain names in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct business.
 
We may be sued for infringing the intellectual property rights of others and such actions would be costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability or increase our costs to use certain technologies in the future.
 
Companies in the Internet, technology, education, curriculum and media industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. As we grow, the likelihood that we may be subject to such claims also increases. Regardless of the merits, intellectual property claims are often time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle. In addition, to the extent claims against us are successful, we may have to pay substantial monetary damages or discontinue any of our products, services or practices that are found to be in violation of another party’s rights. We also may have to seek a license and make royalty payments to continue offering our products and services or following such practices, which may significantly increase our operating expenses.
 
We may be subject to legal liability resulting from the actions of third parties, including independent contractors and teachers, which could cause us to incur substantial costs and damage our reputation.
 
We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to legal claims associated with the actions of our independent contractors and teachers. In the event of accidents or injuries or other harm to students, we could face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided inadequate supervision or were otherwise liable for their injuries. Additionally, we could face claims alleging that our independent curriculum contractors or teachers infringed the


14


 

intellectual property rights of third parties. A liability claim against us or any of our independent contractors or teachers could adversely affect our reputation, enrollment and revenues. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of management.
 
Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of student, teacher and other sensitive data, whether through breach of our network security or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation or could jeopardize our contracts with virtual public schools.
 
Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our Student Administration Management System (SAMS) stores proprietary and confidential student and teacher information, such as names, addresses, and other personal information. Individuals and groups may develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack or attempt to infiltrate SAMS. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, third parties may be able to access student records and we could be subject to liability or our business could be interrupted. Penetration of our network security could have a negative impact on our reputation and could lead virtual public schools and parents to choose competitive offerings. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to provide additional protection from the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.
 
We rely on the Internet to enroll students and to deliver our products and services to children, which exposes us to a growing number of legal risks and increasing regulation.
 
We collect information regarding students during the online enrollment process, and a significant amount of our curriculum content is delivered over the Internet. As a result, specific federal and state laws that could have an impact on our business include the following:
 
  •  the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, which restricts the distribution of certain materials deemed harmful to children and imposes additional restrictions on the ability of online companies to collect personal information from children under the age of 13; and
 
  •  the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, which imposes parental or student consent requirements for specified disclosures of student information, including online information.
 
In addition, the laws applicable to the Internet are still developing. These laws impact pricing, advertising, taxation, consumer protection, quality of products and services, and are in a state of change. New laws may also be enacted, which could increase the costs of regulatory compliance for us or force us to change our business practices. As a result, we may be exposed to substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations.
 
System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our online computer networks could impact our ability to generate revenues and damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
 
The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain virtual public schools, parents and students. Any sustained system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could limit access to our learning system, and therefore, damage our ability to generate revenues. Our technology infrastructure could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities and telecommunications failures.
 
Substantially all of the inventory for our offline learning kits is located in one warehouse facility. Any damage or disruption at this facility would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Substantially all of the inventory for our offline learning kits is located in one warehouse facility operated by a third-party. A natural disaster, fire, power interruption, work stoppage or other unanticipated catastrophic event, especially during the period from May through September when we have received most of the curriculum materials for the school year and have not yet shipped such materials to students, could significantly disrupt our ability to deliver our products and operate our business. If any of our material inventory were to experience any significant damage, we would be unable to meet our contractual obligations and our business would suffer.


15


 

Any significant interruption in the operations of our data center could cause a loss of data and disrupt our ability to manage our network hardware and software and technological infrastructure.
 
We host our products and serve all of our students from a third-party data center facility. While we are developing a risk mitigation plan, such a plan may not be able to prevent a significant interruption in the operation of this facility or the loss of school and operational data due to a natural disaster, fire, power interruption, act of terrorism or other unanticipated catastrophic event. Any significant interruption in the operation of this facility, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or manage our transition to utilizing the expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to manage our network and technological infrastructure, which could result in lost sales, enrollment terminations and impact our brand reputation.
 
Additionally, we do not control the operation of this facility and must rely on a third-party to provide the physical security, facilities management and communications infrastructure services related to our data center. Although we believe we would be able to enter into a similar relationship with another third-party should this relationship fail or terminate for any reason, our reliance on a third-party vendor exposes us to risks outside of our control. If this third-party vendor encounters financial difficulty such as bankruptcy or other events beyond our control that causes it to fail to secure adequately and maintain its hosting facilities or provide the required data communications capacity, students of the virtual public schools we serve may experience interruptions in our service or the loss or theft of important customer data.
 
Any significant interruption in the operations of our call center could disrupt our ability to respond to service requests and process orders and to deliver our products in a timely manner.
 
Our call center is housed in a single facility. We do not currently have a fully functional back-up system in place for this facility. While we are developing a risk mitigation plan, such a plan may not be able to prevent a significant interruption in the operation of this facility due to natural disasters, accidents, failures of the inventory locator or automated packing and shipping systems we use or other events. Any significant interruption in the operation of this facility, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or to manage these expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to respond to service requests, receive and process orders and provide products and services, which could result in lost and cancelled sales, and damage to our brand reputation.
 
Capacity limits on some of our technology, transaction processing systems and network hardware and software may be difficult to project and we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems in a timely manner to meet significant unexpected increased demand.
 
As the number of virtual public schools we serve increases and our student base grows, the traffic on our transaction processing systems and network hardware and software will rise. We may be unable to accurately project the rate of increase in the use of our transaction processing systems and network hardware and software. In addition, we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems and network hardware and software capabilities to accommodate significant unexpected increased use. If we are unable to appropriately upgrade our systems and network hardware and software in a timely manner, our operations and processes may be temporarily disrupted.
 
We may be unable to manage and adapt to changes in technology.
 
We will need to respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive. The need to respond to technological changes may require us to make substantial, unanticipated expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will be able to respond successfully to technological change.
 
We may be unable to attract and retain skilled employees.
 
Our success depends in large part on continued employment of senior management and key personnel who can effectively operate our business. If any of these employees leave us and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected.


16


 

Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial, technical, recruiting, sales and marketing personnel. We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the number of people with these skills or our failure to attract them to our Company could impede our ability to increase revenues from our existing products and services and to launch new product offerings, and would have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, which could impair our ability to operate profitably.
 
We have experienced significant expansion since our inception, which has sometimes strained our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. A substantial increase in our enrollment or the addition of new schools in a short period of time could strain our current resources and increase capital expenditures, without an immediate increase in revenues. Our failure to successfully manage our growth in a cost efficient manner and add and retain personnel to adequately support our growth could disrupt our business and decrease profitability.
 
We may need additional capital in the future, but there is no assurance that funds will be available on acceptable terms.
 
We may need to raise additional funds in order to achieve growth or fund other business initiatives. This financing may not be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us and may be dilutive to existing stockholders. Additionally, any securities issued to raise funds may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to expand, develop or enhance services or products, or respond to competitive pressures will be limited.
 
Our curriculum and approach to instruction may not achieve widespread acceptance, which would limit our growth and profitability.
 
Our curriculum and approach to instruction are based on the structured delivery, clarification, verification and practice of lesson subject matter. The goal of this approach is to make students proficient at the fundamentals and to instill confidence in a subject prior to confronting new and complex concepts. This approach, however, is not accepted by all academics and educators, who may favor less formalistic methods. Accordingly, some academics and educators are opposed to the principles and methodologies associated with our approach to learning, and have the ability to negatively influence the market for our products and services.
 
If student performance falls or parent and student satisfaction declines, a significant number of students may not remain enrolled in a virtual public school that we serve, and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
The success of our business depends on a family’s decision to have their child continue his or her education in a virtual public school that we serve. This decision is based on many factors, including student achievement and parent and student satisfaction. Students may perform significantly below state averages or the virtual school may fail to meet the standards of the No Child Left Behind Act. For instance, in the 2005-06 school year, an increase in certain enrollments in two of the virtual schools we served created the need to monitor two subgroups that did not meet Adequate Yearly Progress requirements of NCLB, causing those schools not to meet the Adequate Yearly Progress requirements for that year. We expect that, as our enrollments increase and the portion of students that have not used our learning system for multiple years increases, the average performance of all students using our learning system may decrease, even if the individual performance of other students improves over time. Additionally, parent and student satisfaction may decline as not all parents and students are able to devote the substantial time and energy necessary to complete our curriculum. A student’s satisfaction may also suffer if his or her relationship with the virtual school teacher does not meet expectations. If a student’s performance or satisfaction declines, students may decide not to remain enrolled in a virtual public school that we serve and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
Although we do not currently transact business in a foreign country, we intend to expand into international markets, which will subject us to additional economic, operational and political risks that could increase our costs and make it difficult for us to continue to operate profitably.
 
One of our growth strategies is to pursue international opportunities that leverage our current product and service offerings. The addition of international operations may require significant expenditure of financial and


17


 

management resources and result in increased administrative and compliance costs. As a result of such expansion, we will be increasingly subject to the risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including:
 
  •  foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in reduced revenues and increased operating expenses;
 
  •  potentially longer payment and sales cycles;
 
  •  difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
 
  •  the effect of applicable foreign tax structures, including tax rates that may be higher than tax rates in the United States or taxes that may be duplicative of those imposed in the United States;
 
  •  tariffs and trade barriers;
 
  •  general economic and political conditions in each country;
 
  •  inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries;
 
  •  uncertainty regarding liability for information retrieved and replicated in foreign countries;
 
  •  the difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and
 
  •  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements.
 
Risks Related to this Offering
 
The price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations and may trade below the initial public offering price.
 
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters based on numerous factors, including those that we discuss under “Underwriting.” This price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. The market price of our common stock also could be subject to significant fluctuations. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock quickly or at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.
 
Among the factors that could affect our common stock price are the risks described in this section and other factors, including:
 
  •  quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;
 
  •  changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates or reports by securities analysts;
 
  •  changes in market valuations of similar companies;
 
  •  liquidity and activity in the market for our common stock;
 
  •  sales of our common stock by our stockholders;
 
  •  strategic moves by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
 
  •  general market conditions; and
 
  •  domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.
 
Stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price of our common stock and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.
 
After the completion of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding (           shares of common stock outstanding if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).


18


 

This number is comprised of all the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering and the selling stockholders will sell in this offering if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option (including           shares that we expect to be issued upon exercise of stock options by certain of the selling stockholders and resold in this offering), which may be resold immediately in the public market. Subject to certain exceptions described under the caption “Underwriting,” we and all of our directors and executive officers and certain of our stockholders and optionholders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. When this period expires we and our locked-up stockholders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. As of          , 2007,           of our outstanding shares were subject to the lock-up restrictions. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration, or early release, of the lock-up (or the perception that such sales may occur) could cause our share price to fall.
 
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common stock, or the availability of common stock for future sale, will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following our initial public offering, including a secondary offering by the Company, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.
 
We also may issue our shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares that we may issue may in turn be significant. In addition, we may also grant registration rights covering those shares in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.
 
Upon completion of this offering,           of our shares of common stock will be restricted or control securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (           shares of common stock if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full). The rules affecting the sale of these securities are summarized under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
 
Our principal stockholders hold (and following completion of this offering will continue to hold) shares of our common stock in which they have a large unrealized gain, and these stockholders may wish, to the extent they may permissibly do so, to realize some or all of that gain relatively quickly by selling some or all of their shares.
 
Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
 
The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per outstanding share of our common stock immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $      per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock from the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there will be an additional dilution of $      per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock, assuming the same public offering price. See “Dilution.” In addition, if outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock are exercised, there could be substantial additional dilution.
 
Antitakeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
 
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the consummation of this offering may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions will include a classified board of directors, prohibition on actions by written consent of our stockholders, and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may


19


 

frustrate or prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.
 
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting and will be subject to other requirements that will be burdensome and costly. We may not timely complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which could adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.
 
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 404), to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our auditors will issue an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation before we perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to issue an unqualified opinion that we maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Failure to comply with the new rules might make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage and/or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors, or as executive officers.
 
In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to create or revise the roles and duties of our board committees, adopt disclosure controls and procedures, retain a transfer agent, adopt an insider trading policy and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under federal securities laws. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, and related regulations implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
 
Our largest stockholders will continue to have significant control over us after this offering, and they may make decisions with which you disagree.
 
Following the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, our current stockholders will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of common stock (or approximately     % of the shares of common stock on a fully diluted basis, after giving effect to the exercise of all outstanding options and other rights to acquire common stock). As a result, such current stockholders may have the ability to control the election of our directors and the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval. This


20


 

concentration of ownership could have the effect of discouraging potential take-over attempts and may make attempts by stockholders to change our management more difficult.
 
We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends, and any return on your investment will likely be limited to the appreciation of our common stock.
 
We have never paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we decide to pay dividends on our common stock in the future, the payment of dividends will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant. In addition, our credit facility with PNC Bank, N.A. (PNC Bank) contains covenants prohibiting the payment of cash dividends without their consent. Accordingly, for the foreseeable future, any return on your investment will be related to the appreciation of our stock price.
 
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
 
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds.” The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.


21


 

 
CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, encourages companies to disclose forward-looking information so that investors can better understand a company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions. This prospectus contains such “forward-looking statements.”
 
All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including our disclosure and analysis concerning our operations, cash flows and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives, including, in particular, the likelihood of our success developing and expanding our business, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. All forward-looking statements are management’s present expectations of future events and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, the risks and uncertainties set forth in “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.
 
In light of these assumptions, risks and uncertainties, the results and events discussed in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus might not occur. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We are not under any obligation, and we expressly disclaim any obligation, to update or alter any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. All subsequent forward-looking statements attributable to us or to any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.
 
This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data. These data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified the statistical and other industry data generated by independent parties and contained in this prospectus and, accordingly, we cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.


22


 

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $      million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses of $      million payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and the development of new courses and product offerings. In addition, we intend to repay approximately $12.5 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility, which bears interest at rates of approximately 6.6% to 7.1%, with various maturity dates on or before November 12, 2007 that may be renewed at the then current interest rate. The net proceeds will also provide us with the financial flexibility to make acquisitions and strategic investments. Management will have broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. Depending upon future events, we may determine at a later time to use the net proceeds for different purposes. Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never paid or declared a dividend on our common stock, and we intend to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. We do not anticipate paying any dividends for the indefinite future, and our credit facility with PNC Bank, N.A. limits our ability to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial condition and requirements, business conditions, and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements.


23


 

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2007:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 101,386,536 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma basis as discussed in the prior bullet point, as adjusted to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of           shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and our use of proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $12.5 million of outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility.
 
You should read this table in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of June 30, 2007  
                Pro forma
 
    Actual     Pro forma     as adjusted (1)  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,660     $ 1,660     $  
                         
Total debt
    8,635       8,635          
                         
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
                       
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 55,000,000 shares authorized, 49,861,562 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    91,122                
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 76,000,000 shares authorized; 51,524,974 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    138,434                
Stockholders’ deficit:
                       
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 170,000,000 shares authorized, 10,412,243 issued and outstanding, actual; 111,798,779 issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares authorized,          issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted
    1       11          
Additional paid-in capital
          229,546          
Accumulated deficit
    (197,808 )     (197,808 )        
                         
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (197,807 )     31,749                  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 40,384     $ 40,384     $  
                         
 
 
(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


24


 

 
DILUTION
 
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the common stock to be sold in the offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.
 
Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007 was ($197.8) million, or ($19.00) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007 was $31.7 million, or $0.28 per share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our preferred stock into shares of common stock in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the consummation of the offering. This represents an increase of $229.5 million or $19.28 per share. After giving effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     , the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007 would have been approximately $      million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors:
 
                 
          Per Share  
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $             
Pro forma net tangible book value before the offering
  $ 0.28          
Increase per share attributable to our investors in the offering
               
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value after the offering
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
                 
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease), the as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $     , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2007, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the offering and for a           for           stock split which will occur prior to the completion of this offering:
 
  •  the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;
 
  •  the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share (before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering); and
 
  •  the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
 
Existing stockholders
    111,798,779       %   $ 118,146,245       %   $ 1.06  
Investors in the offering
            %             %        
                                         
Total
            100 %   $         100 %   $  
                                         


25


 

The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of:
 
  •  stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2007 to purchase 18,477,803 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.81 per share;
 
  •  2,328,358 shares of preferred stock (or upon the consummation of the offering an equivalent amount of common stock) that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2007, all of which are currently exercisable at a purchase price of $1.34 per share, and 108,649 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2007, all of which are exercisable at a purchase price of $1.60 per share; or
 
  •  the underwriters’ overallotment option.
 
To the extent any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For example, if, immediately after the offering, we were to issue (i) all 18,477,803 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and (ii) all 2,437,007 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and, in each case, we receive the aggregate exercise price therefrom, our net tangible book value would be approximately $      million, or $      per share. This would represent immediate further dilution of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares at the initial public offering price.


26


 

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. We have derived our selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and 2007, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2004, and our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and their related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
                                         
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 140,556     $ 116,902     $ 85,310     $ 71,434     $ 30,930  
Cost and expenses
                                       
Instructional costs and services
    76,064       64,828       49,130       39,943       25,580  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    51,159       41,660       30,031       25,656       20,903  
Product development expenses
    8,611       8,568       9,410       12,750       12,416  
                                         
Total costs and expenses
    135,834       115,056       88,571       78,349       58,899  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    4,722       1,846       (3,261 )     (6,915 )     (27,969 )
Interest expense, net
    (639 )     (488 )     (279 )     (516 )     (388 )
                                         
Net income (loss) before taxes
    4,083       1,358       (3,540 )     (7,431 )     (28,357 )
Income tax expense
    (218 )                        
                                         
Net income (loss)
    3,865       1,358       (3,540 )     (7,431 )     (28,357 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (6,378 )     (5,851 )     (5,261 )     (2,667 )      
Preferred stock accretion
    (22,353 )     (18,697 )     (15,947 )     (15,768 )     (11,912 )
                                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (24,866 )   $ (23,190 )   $ (24,748 )   $ (25,866 )   $ (40,269 )
                                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share:
                                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (2.44 )   $ (2.30 )   $ (2.46 )   $ (2.58 )   $ (4.02 )
Basic and diluted (pro forma) (1)
  $ 0.03     $ n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                                       
Basic and diluted
    10,208,507       10,083,721       10,062,587       10,017,162       10,009,906  
Basic (pro forma) (1)
    111,595,043       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Diluted (pro forma) (1)
    111,642,987       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
 
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
                                         
Other Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 5,563     $ 3,625     $ 9,697     $ (8,020 )   $ (15,990 )
Depreciation and amortization
  $       7,404     $       4,986     $      5,509     $      4,922     $      4,005  
Capital expenditures (2)
  $ 13,418     $ 10,842     $ 5,133     $ 4,643     $ 4,677  
EBITDA (3)
  $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248     $ (1,993 )   $ (23,964 )
Average enrollments (4)
    27,005       20,220       15,097       11,158       5,872  
 


27


 

                                         
    As of June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,660     $ 9,475     $ 19,953     $ 15,881     $ 7,727  
Total assets
    61,212       48,485       41,968       42,714       21,331  
Total short-term debt
    1,500                          
Total long-term obligations
    7,135       4,025       4,466       3,432       1,697  
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
    229,556       200,825       176,277       155,069       111,634  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (197,807 )     (173,451 )     (150,299 )     (125,621 )     (99,762 )
Working capital
    8,548       15,421       22,953       24,130       6,823  
 
 
(1) Pro forma net income per common share gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion to this offering. Assuming the completion of this offering on June 30, 2007, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock would convert into 101,386,536 shares of common stock.
(2) Capital expenditures consist of the purchase of property and equipment and new capital lease obligations.
(3) EBITDA consists of net income (loss) minus interest income, plus interest expense, plus income tax expense and plus depreciation and amortization. Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on short-term investments or cash deposits. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense for capital leases, long-term and short-term borrowings. We use EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Furthermore, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for our management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments.
 
     We believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired. Our management uses EBITDA:
 
  •  as a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes; and
 
  •  in presentations to the members of our board of directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the results of other companies in our industry.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended June 30,        
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003        
    (dollars in thousands)        
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,865     $ 1,358     $ (3,540 )   $ (7,431 )   $ (28,357 )        
Interest expense, net
    639       488       279       516       388          
Income tax expense
    218                                  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,404       4,986       5,509       4,922       4,005          
                                                 
EBITDA
  $ 12,126     $ 6,832     $ 2,248     $ (1,993 )   $ (23,964 )        
                                                 
 
(4) To ensure that all schools are reflected in our measure of enrollments, we consider our enrollments as of the end of September to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled at the end of May to be our ending enrollment level. To provide comparability, we do not consider enrollment levels for June, July and August as all schools are not open during these months. For each period, average enrollments represent the average of the month end enrollment levels for each month that has transpired between September and the end of the period, up to and including the month of May.

28


 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Our Company
 
We are a technology-based education company. We offer proprietary curriculum and educational services created for online delivery to students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12. Our mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective education, regardless of geographic location or socio-economic background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $95 million to develop curriculum and an online learning platform that promotes mastery of core concepts and skills for students of all abilities. This learning system combines a cognitive research-based curriculum with an individualized learning approach well-suited for virtual schools and other educational applications. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from approximately 11,000 students to 27,000 students, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 35%. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased revenues from $71.4 million to $140.6 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 25%, and improved from a net loss of $7.4 million to net income of $3.9 million.
 
We deliver our learning system to students primarily through virtual public schools. Many states have embraced virtual public schools as a means to provide families with a publicly funded alternative to a traditional classroom-based education. We offer virtual schools our proprietary curriculum, online learning platform and varying levels of academic and management services, which can range from targeted programs to complete turnkey solutions, under long-term contracts. These contracts provide the basis for a recurring revenue stream as students progress through successive grades. Additionally, without the requirement of a physical classroom, virtual schools can be scaled quickly to accommodate a large dispersed student population, and allow more capital resources to be allocated towards teaching, curriculum and technology rather than towards a physical infrastructure.
 
Our proprietary curriculum is currently used primarily by public school students in 17 states and the District of Columbia. Parents can also purchase our curriculum and online learning platform directly to facilitate or supplement their children’s education. Additionally, we have piloted our curriculum in brick and mortar classrooms with promising academic results. We also believe there is additional widespread applicability for our learning system internationally.
 
Our History
 
We were founded in 2000 to utilize the advances in technology to provide children access to a high-quality public school education regardless of their geographic location or socio-economic background. Given the geographic flexibility of technology-based education, we believed that the pursuit of this mission could help address the growing concerns regarding the regionalized disparity in the quality of public school education, both in the United States and abroad. These concerns were reflected in the passage of the No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act in 2000, which implemented new standards and accountability requirements for public K-12 education. The convergence of these concerns and rapid advances in Internet technology created the opportunity to make a significant impact by deploying a high quality learning system on a flexible, online platform.
 
In September 2001, after 18 months of research and development on our curriculum, we launched our kindergarten through 2nd grade offering. We initially launched our learning system in virtual public schools in Pennsylvania and Colorado, serving approximately 900 students in the two states combined. During the 2002-03 school year, we added our 3rd through 5th grade offering and entered into contracts to operate virtual public schools in California, Idaho, Ohio, Minnesota and Arkansas, increasing our average enrollment to approximately 5,900 students during the 2002-03 school year. During the 2003-04 and 2004-05 school years, we added 7th and 8th grades, respectively, and added contracts with virtual public schools in Wisconsin, Arizona and Florida. By the end of the 2004-05 school year, we had increased enrollment to approximately 15,100 students. In the 2005-06


29


 

school year, we added contracts to operate virtual public schools in Washington, Illinois and Texas. Additionally during the 2006-07 school year, we implemented a hybrid school offering in Chicago that combines face-to-face time in the classroom with online instruction. We recently entered the virtual high school market, enrolling 9th and 10th grade students at the start of the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, respectively, and enrolling 11th and 12th grade students at the start of the 2007-08 school year.
 
We believe we have significant growth potential. Therefore over the last three years, we have put a great deal of effort into developing the infrastructure necessary to scale our business. We further developed our logistics and technological infrastructure and implemented sophisticated financial systems to allow us to more effectively operate a large and growing company.
 
Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations
 
Revenues
 
We generate a significant portion of our revenues from enrollments in virtual public schools. In each of the past four years, more than 90% of our revenues have been derived through contracts with these schools. We anticipate that these revenues will continue to represent the bulk of our total revenues over the next 12-24 months, although the percentage may decline over the longer term as we identify new channels through which to market our curriculum and educational services. These contracts provide the channels through which we can enroll students into the school, and we execute marketing and recruiting programs designed to create awareness and generate enrollments for these schools. We generate our revenues by providing each student with access to our online lessons and offline learning kits, including use of a personal computer. In addition, we provide a variety of management and academic support services to virtual public schools, ranging from turnkey end-to-end management solutions to a single service to meet a school’s specific needs. We also generate revenues from sales of our curriculum and offline learning kits through other channels, including directly to consumers and pilots in a traditional classroom environment.
 
Factors affecting our revenues include: (i) the number of enrollments; (ii) the nature and extent of the management services provided to the schools and school districts; (iii) state or district per student funding levels; and (iv) prices for our products and services.
 
We define an enrollment as a full-time student using our provided courses as their primary curriculum. We consider full-time students to be those utilizing our curriculum regardless of the nature and extent of the management services we provide to the virtual public school. Generally, a full-time student will take five or six courses, except for kindergarten students who participate in half-day programs. We count each half-day kindergarten student as an enrollment.
 
School sessions generally begin in August or September and end in May or June. We consider the duration of a school year to be 10 months. To ensure that all schools are reflected in our measure of enrollments, we consider the number of students on the last day of September to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled on the last day of May to be our ending enrollment level. To provide comparability, we do not consider enrollment levels for June, July and August as most schools are not open during these months. For each period, average enrollments represent the average of the month-end enrollment levels for each month that has transpired between September and the end of the period, up to and including the month of May. We continually evaluate our enrollment levels by state, by school and by grade. We track new student enrollments and withdrawals throughout the year.
 
We believe that the number of enrollments depends upon the following:
 
  •  the number of states and school districts in which we operate;
 
  •  the appeal of our curriculum to students and families;
 
  •  the effectiveness of our program in delivering favorable academic outcomes;
 
  •  the quality of the teachers working in the virtual public schools we serve; and
 
  •  the effectiveness of our marketing and recruiting programs.


30


 

 
We continually evaluate our trends in revenues by monitoring the number of enrollments in total, by state, by school and by grade, assessing the impact of changes in funding levels and the pricing of our curriculum and educational services. We track enrollments throughout the year, as students enroll and withdraw. We also provide our courses for use in a traditional classroom setting and we sell our courses directly to consumers. Our classroom course revenues are generally for single courses. Consumers typically purchase from one to six courses in a year, however, we do not monitor the progress of these students. Therefore, we do not include classroom or consumer students in our enrollment totals.
 
We closely monitor the financial performance of the virtual public schools to which we provide turnkey management services. Under the contracts with these schools, we take responsibility for any operating deficits that they may incur in a given school year. These operating deficits represent the excess of costs over revenues incurred by the virtual public schools as reflected on their financial statements. The costs include our charges to the schools. These operating deficits may result from a combination of cost increases or funding reductions attributable to the following: 1) costs associated with new schools including the initial hiring of teachers and the establishment of school infrastructure; 2) school requirements to establish contingency reserves; 3) one-time costs such as a legal claim; 4) funding reductions due to the inability to qualify specific students for funding; and 5) regulatory or academic performance thresholds which may initially restrict the ability of a school to fund all expenses. In these cases, because a deficit may impair our ability to collect our invoices in full, we reduce revenues by the sum of these deficits. Over the past three years, these deficits and the related reduction to revenues have grown substantially faster than overall revenue growth reflecting a significant number of new school start-ups, the time required to meet performance thresholds in certain states and funding adjustments in two states related to the disqualification of certain past enrollments. We expect these deficits to continue to grow faster than overall revenue growth as we expand into new states, continue investment in educational programs, and incur the higher costs associated with our high school offering.
 
Our annual growth in revenues may be materially affected by changes in the level of management services we provide to certain schools. Currently a significant portion of our enrollments are associated with virtual public schools to which we provide turnkey management services. We are responsible for the complete management of these schools and therefore, we recognize as revenues the funds received by the schools, up to the level of costs incurred. These costs are substantial, as they include the cost of teacher compensation and other ancillary school expenses. Accordingly, enrollments in these schools generate substantially more revenues than enrollments in other schools where we provide limited or no management services. In these situations, our revenues are limited to direct invoices and are independent of the total funds received by the school from a state or district. As a result, changes in the number of enrollments associated with schools operating under turnkey arrangements relative to total enrollments may have a disproportionate impact on average revenues per enrollment and growth in revenues relative to the growth in enrollments.
 
The percentage of enrollments associated with turnkey management service schools was 77% in fiscal year 2007 as compared to 92% in fiscal year 2006. This decline was attributable to a reduction in management services in one large school. Changes in the mix of enrollments associated with turnkey management services compared with limited management services may change the average revenues per enrollment and accordingly impact total revenues. As we renew our existing management contracts, the extent of the management services we provide may change. Where it is beneficial to do so, management intends to renew these contracts as they expire. Our turnkey management contracts have terms from three to ten years and none expire prior to the end of fiscal year 2008. Consequently, we anticipate that the percentage of enrollments associated with turnkey management services will remain relatively constant through fiscal year 2008 as compared to fiscal year 2007. As a result, we do not expect this factor to contribute to variances between enrollment and revenue growth rates in fiscal year 2008.
 
In fiscal year 2007, we derived more than 10% of our revenues from each of the Ohio Virtual Academy, the Arizona Virtual Academy, the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School and the Colorado Virtual Academy. In aggregate, these schools accounted for 49% of our total revenues. We provide our full turnkey management solution pursuant to our contract with the Ohio Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2017 and provides for the parties to renew the agreement in 2012. This agreement is renewable automatically for an additional two years unless the school notifies us one year prior to the expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide our full turnkey solution to the Arizona Virtual Academy, pursuant to a contract with Portable Practical Education Inc.,


31


 

an Arizona not-for-profit organization holding the charter under which the school operates, that expires June 30, 2010. We provide our curriculum and online learning platform to the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School pursuant to a contract that terminates June 30, 2009, and which automatically renews for an additional three-years unless the school notifies us one year prior to expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide our full turnkey solution pursuant to our contract with the Colorado Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2008. We are currently engaged in negotiations with the Colorado Virtual Academy for a new contract. Each of the contracts with these schools provides for termination of the agreement if the school ceases to hold a valid and effective charter from the charter-issuing authority in their respective states or if there is a material reduction in the per enrollment funding level. The annual revenues generated under each of these contracts represent a material portion of our total revenues in fiscal year 2007 and we expect this to continue in fiscal year 2008.
 
Our annual growth in revenues will also be impacted by changes in state or district per enrollment funding levels. These funding levels are typically established on an annual basis, are usually consistent from grade to grade, and generally increase at modest levels from year to year. Over our operating history, per enrollment funding levels have increased annually in almost every school we operate. These increases are essential to enable schools to provide for an annual increase in teachers’ wages and to offset the impact of inflation on other school operating costs. For these reasons, we anticipate that per enrollment funding levels will continue to increase at modest levels over time. Finally, we may generate modest growth in revenues from increases in the prices of our curriculum and educational services. We evaluate our pricing annually against market benchmarks and conditions and raise them as we deem appropriate. We do not expect our price increases to have a significant incremental impact as they are encompassed within increases in per enrollment funding levels.
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses
 
Instructional costs and services expenses include expenses directly attributable to the educational products and services we provide. The virtual public schools we manage are the primary drivers of these costs, including teacher and administrator salaries and benefits and expenses of related support services. Instructional costs also include fulfillment costs of student textbooks and materials, depreciation and reclamation costs of computers provided for student use, and the cost of any third-party online courses. In addition, we include in instructional costs the amortization of capitalized curriculum and related systems. We measure, track and manage instructional costs and services as a percentage of revenues and on a per enrollment basis as these are key indicators of performance and operating efficiency. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs and services expenses decreased slightly for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2006 primarily due to lower costs associated with a renewed virtual school contract that no longer includes turnkey management services. This was partially offset by higher school operating costs and the start-up costs of new schools. We expect instructional costs and services expenses as a percentage of revenues to increase as we expand our high school enrollments, develop new delivery models, and incur start-up costs for new schools.
 
Over time, we expect high school enrollments to grow as a percentage of total enrollments. Our high school offering requires increased instructional costs as a percentage of revenues compared to our kindergarten to 8th grade offering. This is due to the following: (i) demand for numerous electives which requires licensing of third-party courses to augment our proprietary curriculum; (ii) generally lower student-to-teacher ratios; (iii) higher compensation costs for teachers due to the need for subject-matter expertise; and (iv) ancillary costs for required student support services including college placement, SAT preparation and guidance counseling.
 
We are developing new delivery models, such as the hybrid model, where students receive both face-to-face and online instruction. Development costs may include instructional research and curriculum development. These models necessitate additional costs including facilities related costs and additional administrative support, which are generally not required to operate typical virtual public schools. As a result, instructional costs as a percentage of revenues may be higher than our typical offering. In addition, we are pursuing expansion into new states. If we are successful, we will incur start-up costs and other expenses associated with the initial launch of a virtual public school, which may result in increased instructional costs as a percentage of revenues.


32


 

Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Expenses
 
Selling, administrative and other operating expenses include the salaries, benefits and related costs of employees engaged in business development, sales and marketing, and administrative functions. We measure and track selling, administrative and other operating expenses as a percentage of revenues to track performance and efficiency of these areas. In addition, we track measures of sales and marketing efficiency including the number of new enrollment prospects for virtual public schools and our ability to convert these prospects into enrollments. We also track various operating, call center and information technology statistics as indicators of operating efficiency and customer service. We expect these expenses, as a percentage of revenues, to decline over time, reflecting the scalability of our corporate infrastructure, partially offset by increased levels of spending on marketing and business development activities.
 
Product Development Expenses
 
Product development expenses include research and development costs and overhead costs associated with the management of projects to develop curriculum and internal systems. In addition, product development expenses include the amortization and internal systems and any impairment charges. We measure and track our product development expenditures on a per course or project basis to measure and assess our development efficiency. In addition, we monitor employee utilization to evaluate our workforce efficiency. We plan to invest in additional curriculum development and related software in the future, primarily to produce additional high school courses, new releases of existing courses and to upgrade our content management system and our Online School (OLS). We capitalize most of the costs incurred to develop our curriculum and software, beginning with application development, through production and testing.
 
We account for impairment of capitalized curriculum development costs in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 (SFAS No. 144,) Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”. We did not record any impairment charge for the year ended June 30, 2007. Impairment charges recorded were $0.4 million and $3.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In fiscal year 2006, we recognized impairment of capitalized curriculum as the potential to earn revenues from the use of our curriculum in a traditional classroom was uncertain. In 2005, we recognized impairment as we generated a net loss in that year and development costs exceeded future cash flows.
 
Other Factors That May Affect Comparability
 
Public Company Expenses.   Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will make it more expensive for us to obtain directors and officers liability insurance.
 
Stock Option Expense.   The adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R, “Share Based Payments” (SFAS No. 123R), requires that we recognize an expense for stock options granted beginning July 1, 2006. We incurred approximately $0.2 million in stock compensation expense for the year ended June 30, 2007. We expect stock option expense to increase in the future as we grant additional stock options.
 
Income Tax Benefits Resulting from Decrease of Valuation Allowance.   In the period from our inception through fiscal year 2005, we incurred significant operating losses that resulted in a net operating loss carryforward for tax purposes and net deferred tax assets. Through June 30, 2007, we provided a 100% valuation allowance for all net deferred tax assets based on our limited history of generating taxable income. Our provision for income taxes for


33


 

the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.2 million, compared to no provision for the year ended June 30, 2006. Our tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2007 is primarily related to alternative minimum tax liabilities. Effectively, no tax expense was recorded in the year ending June 30, 2006 as we were able to utilize net operating loss carryforwards that were fully reserved for in prior periods. We do not expect to record any income tax expense in the next few years other than alternative minimum tax, unless we decrease the valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets of $29.9 million as of June 30, 2007.
 
Public Funding and Regulation.   Our public school customers are financed with federal, state and local government funding. Budget appropriations for education at all levels of government are determined through a political process and, as a result, our revenues may be affected by changes in appropriations. Decreases in funding could result in an adverse affect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Competition.   The market for providing online education for grades K-12 is becoming increasingly competitive and attracting significant new entrants. If we are unable to successfully compete for new business and contract renewals, our growth in revenues and operating margins may decline. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect this competition to intensify.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements. Our critical accounting policies have been discussed with the audit committee of our board of directors.
 
We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
 
Revenue Recognition
 
In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB No. 104), we recognize revenues when each of the following conditions is met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of physical goods or rendering of services is complete; (3) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Once these conditions are satisfied, the amount of revenues we record is determined in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF 99-19), Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent .”
 
We generate almost all of our revenues through long-term contracts with virtual public schools. These schools are generally funded by state or local governments on a per student basis. Under these contracts, we are responsible for providing each enrolled student with access to our OLS, our online lessons, offline learning kits and student support services required for their complete education. In most cases, we are also responsible for providing complete management and technology services required for the operation of the school. The revenues derived from these long-term agreements are primarily dependent upon the number of students enrolled, the extent of the management services contracted for by the school, and the level of funding provided to the school for each student.
 
We have determined that the elements of our contracts are valuable to schools in combination, but do not have standalone value. In addition, we have determined that we do not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each element of our contracts. As a result, the elements within our multiple-element contracts do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we account for revenues received under multiple element arrangements as a single unit of accounting and recognize the entire arrangement based upon the approximate rate at which we incur the costs associated with each element.


34


 

 
We invoice virtual public schools in accordance with the established contractual terms. Generally, this means that for each enrolled student, we invoice their school for the following items: (1) access to our online school and online lessons; (2) offline learning kits; (3) student personal computers; and (4) management and technology services. We apply SAB No. 104 to each of these items as follows:
 
  •  Access to the K 12 Online School and Online Lessons.   Our OLS revenues come primarily from contracts with charter schools and school districts. Students are provided access to the OLS and online lessons at the start of the school year for which they have enrolled. On a per student basis, we invoice schools an upfront fee at the beginning of the school year or at the time a student enrolls and a monthly fee for each month during the school year in which the student is enrolled. A school year generally consists of 10 months. The upfront fee is initially recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized as revenues ratably over the remaining months of the current school year. If a student withdraws prior to the end of a school year, any remaining deferred revenue related to the upfront fee is recognized ratably over the remaining months of the school year. The monthly fees are recognized in the month in which they are earned.
 
The majority of our enrollments occur at the beginning of the school year in August or September, depending upon the state. Because upfront fees are generally charged at the beginning of the school year, the balance in our deferred revenue account tends to be at its highest point at the end of the first quarter. Generally, the balance will decline over the course of the year and all deferred revenue related to virtual public schools will be fully recognized by the end of our fiscal year on June 30.
 
  •  Offline Learning Kits.   Our offline learning kit revenues come primarily from contracts with virtual public schools and our curriculum blends which online and offline content. The lessons in our online school are meant to be used in conjunction with selected printed materials, workbooks, laboratory materials and other manipulative items which we provide to students. We generally ship all offline learning kits to a student when their enrollment is approved and invoice the schools in full for the materials at that time. Once materials have been shipped, our efforts are substantially complete. Therefore, we recognize revenues upon shipment. Because offline learning kits revenues are recognized near the time of enrollment in its entirety, we generate a majority of these revenues in our first fiscal quarter which coincides with the start of the school year.
 
  •  Student Personal Computers.   In most of our contracts with virtual public schools, we are responsible for ensuring that each enrolled student has the ability to access our online school. To accomplish this, we generally provide each enrolled student with the use of a personal computer, complete technical support through our call center, and reclamation services when a student withdraws or a computer needs to be exchanged. Schools are invoiced on a per student basis for each enrolled student to whom we have provided a personal computer. This may include an upfront fee at the beginning of the school year or at the time a student enrolls and a monthly fee for each month during the school year in which the student is enrolled. A school year generally consists of 10 months. The upfront fee is initially recorded as deferred revenue and is recognized as revenues ratably over the remaining months of the current school year. If a student withdraws prior to the end of a school year, any remaining deferred revenue related to the upfront fee is recognized ratably over the remaining months of the school year. All deferred revenue will be recognized by the end of our fiscal year, June 30. The monthly fees are recognized in the month in which they are earned.
 
  •  Management and Technology Services.   Under most of our school contracts, we provide the boards of the virtual public schools we serve with turnkey management and technology services. We take responsibility for all academic and fiscal outcomes. This includes responsibility for all aspects of the management of the schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher recruitment and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. Management and technology fees are generally determined based upon a percentage of the funding received by the virtual public school. We generally invoice schools for management and technology services in the month in which they receive such funding.
 
We recognize the revenues from turnkey management and technology fees ratably over the course of our fiscal year. We use 12 months as a basis for recognition because administrative offices of the school remain open for the entire year. To determine the amount of revenues to recognize in our fiscal year, we estimate the


35


 

total funds that each school will receive in a particular school year, and our related fees associated with the estimated funding. Our management and technology service fees are generally a contracted percentage of yearly school revenues. We review our estimates of funding periodically, and revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments over the remaining portion of the fiscal year. Actual school funding may vary from these estimates or revisions, and the impact of these differences could have a material impact on our results of operations. Since the end of the school year coincides with the end of our fiscal year, we are generally able to base our annual revenues on actual school revenues. As a result, on an annual basis, we have not had to make any material adjustments to our estimates of revenue over the last three years.
 
Under most contracts, we provide the virtual schools we manage with turnkey management services and agree to operate the school within per enrollment funding levels. This includes assuming responsibility for any operating deficits that the schools may incur in a given school year. These operating deficits represent the excess of costs over revenues incurred by the virtual public schools as reflected on their financial statements. The costs include our charges to the schools. Such deficits may arise from school start-up costs, from funding shortfalls, from temporary or long-term incremental cost requirements for a particular school, or due to specific one-time expenses that a school may incur. Up to the level of school revenues, our collections are reasonably assured. We consider the operating deficits to estimate any impairment of collection, and our recognized revenue reflects this impairment. The fact that a school has an operating deficit does not mean we anticipate losing money on the contract. We recognize the impact of these operating deficits by estimating the full year revenues and full year deficits of schools at the beginning of the fiscal year. We amortize the estimated deficits against recognized revenues based upon the percentage of actual revenues in the period to total estimated revenues for the fiscal year. We periodically review our estimates of full year school revenues and full year operating deficits and amortize the impact of any changes to these estimates over the remainder of our fiscal year. Actual school operating deficits may vary from these estimates or revisions, and the impact of these differences could have a material impact on our results of operations. Since the end of the school year coincides with the end of our fiscal year, we are generally able to base our annual revenues on actual school revenues and use actual costs incurred in our calculation of school operating deficits. As a result, on an annual basis, we have not had to make any material adjustments to our estimates of realizable revenue over the last three years.
 
The amount of revenues we record is determined in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent, EITF 99-19. For these schools, we have determined that we are the primary obligor for substantially all expenses of the school. Accordingly, we report revenues on a gross basis by recording the associated per student revenues received by the school from its funding state or school district up to the expenses incurred by the school. Revenues are recognized when the underlying expenses are incurred by the school. For the small percentage of contracts where we provide individually selected services for the school, we invoice on a per student or per service basis and recognize revenues in accordance with SAB No. 104. Under these contracts, where we do not assume responsibility for operating deficits, we record revenues on a net basis.
 
We also generate a small percentage of our revenues through the sale of our online courses and offline learning kits directly to consumers. Online course sales are generally subscriptions for periods of 12 to 24 months and customers have the option of paying a discounted amount in full upfront or paying in monthly installments. Payments are generally made with charge cards. For those customers electing to pay these subscription fees in their entirety upfront, we record the payment as deferred revenue and amortize the revenues over the life of the subscription. For customers paying monthly, we recognize these payments as revenues in the month earned. Revenues for offline learning kits are recognized when shipped. Within 30 days of enrollment, customers can receive a full refund, however customers terminating after 30 days will receive a pro rata refund for the unused portion of their subscription less a termination fee. Historically, the impact of refunds has been immaterial.
 
Capitalized Curriculum Development Costs
 
Our curriculum is primarily developed by our employees and to a lesser extent, by independent contractors. Generally, our courses cover traditional subjects and utilize examples and references designed to remain relevant for


36


 

long periods of time. The online nature of our curriculum allows us to incorporate user feedback rapidly and make ongoing corrections and improvements. For these reasons, we believe that our courses, once developed, have an extended useful life, similar to computer software. Our curriculum is integral to our learning system. Our customers do not acquire our curriculum or future rights to it.
 
We capitalize curriculum development costs incurred during the application development stage in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 provides guidance for the treatment of costs associated with computer software development and defines those costs to be capitalized and those to be expensed. Costs that qualify for capitalization are external direct costs, payroll, payroll-related costs, and interest costs. Costs related to general and administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed as incurred. We capitalize curriculum development costs when the projects under development reach technological feasibility. Many of our new courses leverage off of proven delivery platforms and are primarily content, which has no technological hurdles. As a result, a significant portion of our courseware development costs qualify for capitalization due to the concentration of our development efforts on the content of the courseware. Technological feasibility is established when we have completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities necessary to establish that a course can be produced to meet its design specifications. Capitalization ends when a course is available for general release to our customers, at which time amortization of the capitalized costs begins. The period of time over which these development costs will be amortized is generally five years. This is consistent with the capitalization period used by others in our industry and corresponds with our product development lifecycle.
 
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use
 
We develop our own proprietary computer software programs to provide specific functionality to support both our unique education offering and the student and school management services. These programs enable us to develop courses, process student enrollments, meet state documentation requirements, track student academic progress, deliver online courses to students, coordinate and track the delivery of course-specific materials to students and provide teacher support and training. These applications are integral to our learning system and we continue to enhance existing applications and create new applications. Our customers do not acquire our software or future rights to it.
 
We capitalize software development costs incurred during the development stage of these applications in accordance with SOP 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . These development costs are generally amortized over three years.
 
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets include property, equipment, capitalized curriculum and software developed or obtained for internal use. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 (SFAS No. 144), Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , we review our recorded long-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. We determine the extent to which an asset may be impaired based upon our expectation of the asset’s future usability as well as on a reasonable assurance that the future cash flows associated with the asset will be in excess of its carrying amount. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between fair value and the carrying value of the asset.
 
Accounting for Stock-based Compensation
 
Prior to July 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB No. 25 and related interpretations. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options generally was measured as the excess, if any, of the estimated fair value of our common stock over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the common stock on the date that both the exercise price and the number of shares to be acquired pursuant to the option are fixed.


37


 

We had adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123 which was released in May 1995, and used the minimum value method of valuing stock options as allowed for non-public companies.
 
In December 2004, SFAS No. 123R revised SFAS No. 123 and superseded APB No. 25. SFAS No. 123R requires the measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the measurement date of grant, with the cost being recognized over the applicable requisite service period. In addition, SFAS No. 123R requires an entity to provide certain disclosures in order to assist in understanding the nature of share-based payment transactions and the effects of those transactions on the financial statements. The provisions of SFAS No. 123R are required to be applied as of the beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period of the entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2005.
 
Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R using the prospective transition method, which requires the Company to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 123R only to awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Under this transition method, stock- based compensation expense recognized beginning July 1, 2006 is based on the fair value of stock awards as of the grant date. As the Company had used the minimum value method for valuing its stock options under the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, all options granted prior to July 1, 2006 continue to be accounted for under APB No. 25.
 
The computation of non-cash compensation charges requires a determination of the fair value of our common stock at various dates. Such determinations require complex and subjective judgments. We considered several methodologies to estimate our enterprise value, including guideline public company analysis, an analysis of comparable company transactions, and a discounted cash flow analysis. The results of the public company and comparable company transactions components of the analyses vary not only with factors such as our revenue, EBITDA, and income levels, but also with the performance and public market valuation of the companies and transactions used in the analyses. Although the market-based analyses did not include companies directly comparable to us, the analysis provided useful benchmarks.
 
We also considered several equity allocation methodologies to allocate the estimate of enterprise value to our two classes of stock including the current value method, the option pricing method, and the probability weighted expected return method (PWERM). The final valuation conclusion was based upon the PWERM equity allocation because it considers the value that would be attributable to each equity interest under different scenarios.
 
The PWERM assessed the value of common stock based upon possible scenarios including completion of an initial public offering, an advantageous strategic sale of the Company, and remaining a private company. The significant factors included preliminary estimates of the public offering price range from underwriters, the value of comparable company transactions, and discounted cash flow analysis. Key assumptions included the relative probability of the three scenarios. The relative probabilities were based upon where the Company was in the initial public offering registration process, empirical analysis of companies that go public after the registration process, and qualitative characteristics of the Company. The value of common stock was estimated by applying the relative probability to the value of common stock under each scenario. Based upon the foregoing, we believe the analysis provides a reasonable basis for valuing the common stock.
 
There are significant factors likely to contribute to the difference between fair value as of the date of recent grants and our public offering price. Since the date of the most recent grant, we have made progress on our business strategy, including the launch of the 11th and 12th grade offerings and enrolling new students for the 2007-08 school year. In addition, we expect the completion of our public offering to add value to our shares for a variety of reasons, such as strengthening our balance sheet, increased liquidity and marketability of our common stock, and increased capacity to consummate acquisitions. However, the amount of such additional value, if any, cannot be measured with either precision or certainty, and it is possible that the value of our common stock will decrease.
 
The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to nonemployees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and EITF 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services .


38


 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
 
We account for income taxes as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS No. 109), Accounting for Income Taxes . SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts, using currently enacted tax laws. If necessary, a valuation allowance is established, based on the weight of available evidence, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We are in a cumulative loss position as a result of our cumulative operations for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2006 and 2007. Recent cumulative losses constitute significant negative evidence and although we generated net income of $3.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2007, our taxable income is expected to be break-even or an immaterial positive taxable income. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon achievement of sufficient future taxable income offset by deferred tax liabilities. We exercise significant judgment in determining our provisions for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of assessing our ability to utilize any future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets. However, our ability to forecast sufficient future taxable income is subject to certain market factors that we may not be able to control such as a material reduction in per pupil funding levels, legislative budget cuts reducing or eliminating the products and services we provide and government regulation. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgments that could become subject to examination by tax authorities in the ordinary course of business. We periodically assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the impact on our deferred taxes and income tax liabilities and the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Changes in income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels, among other things, could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had net operating loss carry-forwards of $63.4 million that expire between 2020 and 2027 if unused. We recorded a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets, including deferred tax assets generated by net operating loss carry-forwards. The valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets was $29.9 million as of June 30, 2007.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of our total revenues for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                         
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                       
Revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost and expenses
                       
Instructional costs and services
    54       55       58  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    36       36       35  
Product development expenses
    6       7       11  
                         
Total costs and expenses
    96       98       104  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    4       2       (4 )
Interest expense, net
    (1 )     (1 )      
                         
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes
    3       1       (4 )
                         
Income tax benefit (expense)
                 
                         
Net income (loss)
    3 %     1 %     (4 )%
                         
 
Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006
 
Revenues.   Our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $140.6 million, representing an increase of $23.7 million, or 20.3%, as compared to revenues of $116.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. Average enrollments increased 33.6% to 27,005 for the year ended June 30, 2007 from 20,220 for the year ended June 30,


39


 

2006. Primarily offsetting the increased revenues related to enrollment growth, was a decline in average revenues per enrollment resulting from the impact of a substantial reduction in the percentage of enrollments associated with schools to which we provide turnkey management services, as a school to which we formerly provided turnkey management services switched to limited service contracts. For the year ended June 30, 2007, 76.9% of our enrollments were associated with turnkey management service schools, down from 91.7% for the corresponding period in 2006. The increase in average enrollments was primarily attributable to new school openings in Washington and California and in Chicago where we opened our first hybrid school. In addition, we launched 10th grade in August 2006 attracting new students as well as prior year 9th grade students. Price increases of approximately 2% also generated additional revenues. Finally, increased operating deficits at certain schools partially offset the growth in revenues. These deficits were attributable to greater school operating expenses required to support increased enrollment and high school services as well as school funding adjustments of approximately $1.0 million each in schools we operate in California and Colorado resulting from enrollment audits. See “Business — Distribution Channels.”
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.   Instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $76.1 million, representing an increase of $11.3 million, or 17.4% as compared to instructional costs and services of $64.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to a $6.5 million increase in expenses to operate and manage the schools and a $4.8 million increase in costs to supply books, educational materials and computers to students, including depreciation and amortization. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs decreased by 1.4% to 54.1% for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to 55.5% for the year ended June 30, 2006. The decrease in instructional cost and service expenses as a percentage of revenues is primarily due to lower costs associated with a renegotiated management and services agreement, partially offset by a shift in the mix of enrollments to schools with higher operating costs and the start-up costs of new schools.
 
Selling, Administrative, and Other Operating Expenses .  Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses for year ended June 30, 2007 were $51.2 million, representing an increase of $9.5 million, or 22.8%, as compared to selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $41.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. This increase is primarily attributable to a $2.9 million increase in marketing, advertising and selling expenses and a $3.1 million increase in professional services. In addition, there was a $2.8 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to increased headcount and higher average salaries due to annual salary increases in fiscal year 2007. As a percentage of revenues, selling, administrative, and other operating expenses increased slightly to 36.4% for the year ended June 30, 2007 compared to 35.6% for the year ended June 30, 2006.
 
Product Development Expenses.   Product development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $8.6 million, relatively stable compared to product development expenses of $8.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. Employee headcount and contract labor increased, but was offset by greater utilization of these resources for capitalized curriculum. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses declined to 6.1% for the year ended June 30, 2007 from 7.3% for the year ended June 30, 2006.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.6 million, an increase of $0.1 million, or 31%, from $0.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. The increase in net interest expense is primarily due to interest charges on increased capital lease obligations.
 
Income Taxes.   Our provision for income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.2 million, compared with no provision for the year ended June 30, 2006. Our tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2007 is primarily attributable to state tax liabilities. Effectively, no tax expense was recorded for the year ended June 30, 2006, as we were able to utilize net operating loss carry-forwards that were fully reserved for in prior periods.
 
Net Income.   Net income for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $3.9 million, representing an increase of $2.5 million, or 179%, as compared to net income of $1.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2007. Net income as a percentage of revenues increased to 2.8% for the year ended June 30, 2007, as compared to 1.2% for the year ended June 30, 2006, as a result of the factors discussed above.


40


 

 
Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
 
Revenues.   Our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $116.9 million, representing an increase of $31.6 million, or 37.0%, as compared to revenues of $85.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. Average enrollments increased 33.9% to 20,220 for the year ended June 30, 2006 from 15,097 average enrollments for the year ended June 30, 2005. Our enrollment growth was driven by the addition of the 9th grade which attracted new students in addition to students enrolled in 8th grade in the prior year. Also, average price increases of approximately 4% were implemented in July 2005. Partially offsetting growth in revenues as compared to enrollment growth was growth in the percentage of enrollments attributable to schools where we earn limited or no services revenues. Enrollments associated with schools to which we provide turnkey management services declined from 91.7% for the year ended June 30, 2006 from 94.7% for the corresponding period in 2005. Finally, increased operating deficits at certain schools partially offset the growth in revenues. These deficits were primarily attributable to greater school operating expenses to support increased enrollment and high school services. Included in these deficits is the impact of disallowed enrollments resulting from a regulatory audit in Colorado totaling $0.9 million. See “Business — Distribution Channels.”
 
Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.   Instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $64.8 million, representing an increase of $15.7 million, or 31.9%, as compared to instructional costs and services of $49.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to an $8.7 million increase in expenses to operate and manage the schools, and a $7.0 million increase in costs to supply books, educational materials and computers to students. As a percentage of revenues, instructional costs and services decreased to 55.5% for the year ended June 30, 2006, as compared to 57.6% for the year ended June 30, 2005. The decrease in instructional costs and services as a percentage of revenues is primarily due to economies in scale in the operation of the virtual public schools partially offset by higher costs for books and materials.
 
Selling, Administrative, and Other Operating Expenses.   Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $41.7 million, representing an increase of $11.7 million, or 38.7%, as compared to selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $30.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This increase is primarily attributable, to a $4.1 million increase in personnel costs primarily due to increased headcount and higher average salaries due to annual salary increases in fiscal year 2006. In addition, professional services expenses increased by $3.4 million and marketing, advertising and selling expenses by $1.5 million. As a percentage of revenues, selling, administrative, and other operating expenses remained relatively stable at 35.6% for the year ended June 30, 2006 compared to 35.2% for the year ended June 30, 2005.
 
Product Development Expenses.   Product development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2006 were $8.6 million, representing a decrease of $0.8 million, or 8.9%, as compared to product development expenses of $9.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. This decrease is primarily attributable to a year over year decrease of $2.9 million in impairment charges. Offsetting this decrease is an increase in personnel and contract labor. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses decreased to 7.3% for the year ended June 30, 2006 compared to 11.0% for the year ended June 30, 2005. This decrease is primarily attributable to the factors described above and our ability to leverage these costs over an increasing number of enrollments.
 
Net Interest Expense.   Net interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $0.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 66.7%, from $0.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to debt of $4.0 million borrowed in June 2005.
 
Income Taxes.   Our provision for income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2006 was zero as we were able to utilize net operating loss carry-forwards that were fully reserved for in prior periods. We also recorded no income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2005 as the Company had a net loss.
 
Net Income (Loss).   Net income for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $1.4 million, representing an increase of $4.9 million as compared to a net loss of $3.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2005. Net income as a percentage of revenues was 1.2% for the year ended June 30, 2006, as compared to a net loss of 4.1% for the year ended June 30, 2005, as a result of the factors discussed above.


41


 

 
Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the seven most recent quarters, as well as each line item expressed as a percentage of total revenues. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. This data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    Sep 30, 2005     Dec 31, 2005     Mar 31, 2006     Jun 30, 2006     Sep 30, 2006     Dec 31, 2006     Mar 31, 2007     Jun 30, 2007  
 
Revenues
  $ 31,176     $ 28,245     $ 30,667     $ 26,814     $ 37,743     $ 32,356     $ 34,831     $ 35,626  
Cost and expenses
                                                               
Instructional costs and services
    17,416       15,696       15,361       16,355       19,177       18,022       17,904       20,961  
Selling, administrative, and other
    8,742       8,402       11,259       13,257       11,385       11,030       12,644       16,100  
Product development expenses
    1,864       1,862       1,861       2,981       2,206       1,566       2,083       2,756  
                                                                 
Total costs and expenses
    28,022       25,960       28,481       32,593       32,768       30,618       32,631       39,817  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    3,154       2,285       2,186       (5,779 )     4,975       1,738       2,200       (4,191 )
Interest expense, net
    (135 )     (127 )     (132 )     (94 )     (94 )     (263 )     (117 )     (165 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    3,019       2,158       2,054       (5,873 )     4,881       1,475       2,083       (4,356 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
                            (146 )     (30 )     (51 )     9  
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,019     $ 2,158     $ 2,054     $ (5,873 )   $ 4,735     $ 1,445     $ 2,032     $ (4,347 )
                                                                 
 
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    Sep 30, 2005     Dec 31, 2005     Mar 31, 2006     Jun 30, 2006     Sep 30, 2006     Dec 31, 2006     Mar 31, 2007     Jun 30, 2007  
 
Revenues
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
Cost and expenses
                                                               
Instructional costs and services
    56       56       50       61       51       56       52       59  
Selling, administrative, and other
    28       30       37       50       30       34       36       45  
Product development expenses
    6       6       6       11       6       5       6       8  
                                                                 
Total costs and expenses
    90       92       93       122       87       95       94       112  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    10       8       7       (22 )     13       5       6       (12 )
                                                                 
Interest expense, net
                                  (1 )            
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    10       8       7       (22 )     13       4       6       (12 )
Income tax expense, net
                                               
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
    10 %     8 %     7 %     (22 )%     13 %     4 %     6 %     (12 )%
                                                                 
 
Discussion of Quarterly Results of Operations
 
Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the number of months that our virtual public school are fully operational and serving students in a fiscal quarter. While school administrative offices are generally open year round, a school typically serves students during a 10 month academic year. A school’s academic year will typically start in August or September, our first


42


 

fiscal quarter, and finish in May or June, our fourth fiscal quarter. Consequently, our first and fourth fiscal quarters may have fewer than three months of full operations when compared to the second and third fiscal quarters.
 
In the first and fourth fiscal quarters, online curriculum and computer revenues are generally lower as these revenues are primarily earned during the school academic year which may provide for only one or two months of these revenues in these quarters versus the second and third fiscal quarters. In addition, we ship materials to students in the beginning of the school year, our first fiscal quarter, generally resulting in higher materials revenues and margin in the first fiscal quarter versus other quarters. The overall impact of these factors is partially offset by students enrolling after the start of the academic year. The seasonality of our business produces higher revenues in the first fiscal quarter.
 
Operating expenses are also seasonal. Instruction costs and services expenses will increase in the first fiscal quarter primarily due to the costs incurred to ship student materials at the beginning of the school year. Instructional costs may increase significantly quarter-to-quarter as school operating expenses increase. For example, enrollment growth will require additional teaching staff, thereby increasing salary and benefits expense. School events may be seasonal, (e.g. professional development and community events,) impacting the quarterly change in instructional costs. The majority of our marketing and selling expenses are incurred in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, as our primary enrollment season is July through September.
 
Financial Condition
 
Certain accounts in our balance sheet are subject to seasonal fluctuations. The bulk of our materials are shipped to students prior to the beginning of the school year, usually in July or August. In order to prepare for the upcoming school year, we generally build up inventories during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. Therefore, inventories tend to be at the highest levels at the end of our fiscal year. In the first quarter of our fiscal year, inventories tend to decline significantly as materials are shipped to students. Accounts receivable balances tend to be at the highest levels in the first quarter of our fiscal year as we begin billing for all enrolled students and our billing arrangements include upfront fees for many of the elements of our offering. These upfront fees along with direct sales of subscriptions to private customers result in seasonal fluctuations to our deferred revenue balances. In general, this deferred revenue has not been a significant source of funds to the Company since the offsetting entry is usually to accounts receivable. In a few cases, virtual public schools may have funds to pay these invoices in a timely manner and this provides the Company with liquidity. However, in most cases, schools receive funding over the course of the year and pay invoices in a corresponding manner. Thus, liquidity associated with increases in deferred revenue is usually offset by increased accounts receivable balances. Since the upfront fees are charged to the schools at the time of enrollment, deferred revenue balances related to the schools tend to be highest in the first quarter, when the majority of students enroll. Since the deferred revenue is amortized over the course of the school year, which ends in June, the balance would be at its lowest at the end of our fiscal year. The deferred revenue related to our direct-to-consumer business results from advance payments for twelve and twenty-four month subscriptions to our on-line school. These advance payments are amortized over the life of the subscription and tend to be highest at the end of the fourth quarter and first quarter, when the majority of subscriptions are sold. Year end balances in deferred revenue are primarily related to the direct-to-consumer sales. Billings related to the direct-to-consumer sales are small relative to those of public virtual schools; however, they do represent a source of liquidity.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1.7 million and $9.5 million, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended June 30, 2007, was $5.6 million, primarily due to net income of $3.9 million, depreciation and amortization of $7.4 million and increases in deferred revenue of $1.2 million and accrued compensation and benefits of $1.1 million. This was primarily offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.2 million, an increase in inventory of $2.8 million, a change in accounts receivable allowance of $0.9 million, and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.8 million.
 
We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during the year ended June 30, 2007 through cash provided by operating activities, capital lease financing and short-term debt. During the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, we financed our operating activities and capital expenditures through a combination of cash provided by operating activities, long-term debt and capital lease financing. Prior to 2005, we financed our operating activities


43


 

and capital expenditures primarily with sales of equity to private investors. From the Company’s founding in 2001 through December 2003, we raised over $115 million from the sale of equity.
 
In December 2006, we entered into a $15 million revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank (the Credit Agreement). Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we agreed that the proceeds of the term loan facility were to be used primarily for working capital requirements and other general business or corporate purposes. Because of the seasonality of our business and timing of funds received, the school expenditures are higher in relation to funds received in certain periods during the year. The Credit Agreement provides the ability to fund these periods until cash is received from the schools; therefore, borrowings against the Credit Agreement are primarily going to be short-term.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based upon the term of the borrowings. Interest is charged, at our option, either at: (i) the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced by PNC Bank from time to time as its “prime rate” and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%; or (ii) the applicable London interbank offered rate (LIBOR) divided by a number equal to 1.00 minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “eurocurrency liabilities” plus the applicable margin for such loans, which ranges between 1.250% and 1.750%, based on the leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement). We pay a quarterly commitment fee which varies between 0.150% and 0.250% on the unused portion of the credit agreement (depending on the leverage ratio). The working capital line includes a $5.0 million letter of credit facility. Issuances of letters of credit reduce the availability of permitted borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets. The Credit Agreement contains a number of financial and other covenants that, among other things, restrict our and our subsidiaries’ abilities to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens or other security interests, make certain investments, become liable for contingent liabilities, make specified restricted payments including dividends, dispose of assets or stock, including the stock of its subsidiaries, or make capital expenditures above specified limits and engage in other matters customarily restricted in senior secured credit facilities. We must also maintain a minimum net worth (as defined in the credit agreement) and maximum debt leverage ratios. These covenants are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. Through June 30, 2007, we were in compliance with these covenants.
 
As of June 30, 2007, $1.5 million of borrowings were outstanding on the working capital line of credit and approximately $2.3 million outstanding for letters of credit. From July 1, 2007 through September 15, 2007, we borrowed an additional $11.0 million.
 
One of our subsidiaries has an equipment lease line of credit for new purchases with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company that expires on March 31, 2008 for new purchases on the line of credit. The interest rate on new borrowings under the equipment lease line is set quarterly. For the year ended June 30, 2007, we borrowed $6.9 million to finance the purchase of student computers and related equipment at interest rates ranging from 8.5% to 8.8%. These leases include a 36-month payment term with a bargain purchase option at the end of the term. Accordingly, we include this equipment in property and equipment and the related liability in capital lease obligations. In addition, we have pledged the assets financed with the equipment lease line to secure the amounts outstanding.
 
A substantial portion of our revenues are generated through our contractual arrangements with virtual public schools. The virtual public schools are generally funded on a per student basis by their state and local governments and the timing of funding varies by state. Funding receipts by an individual school may vary over the year and may be in arrears. Because our receivables represent obligations indirectly due from governments, we have not historically had an issue with non-payment and believe the risk of non-payment is minimal although we cannot guarantee this will continue.
 
Our operating requirements consist primarily of day-to-day operating expenses, capital expenditures and contractual obligations with respect to facility leases, capital equipment leases and other operating leases. Capital expenditures are expected to increase in the next several years as we invest in additional courses, new releases of existing courses and purchase computers to support increases in virtual school enrollments. We expect our capital expenditures in the next 12 months will be approximately $22 million to $30 million for curriculum development and related systems as well as computers for students. We expect to be able to fund these capital expenditures with cash generated from operations, short-term debt and capital lease financing. We lease all of our office facilities. We


44


 

expect to make future payments on existing leases from cash generated from operations. We believe that our existing cash balances and continued cash generated from operations, our revolving credit facility, and in-part, the net proceeds from this offering, will provide sufficient resources to meet our projected operating requirements, start-up costs to open new schools, and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will allow us to meet our long-term liquidity needs and provide us with the financial flexibility to execute our strategic objectives, including the ability to make acquisitions and strategic investments. Our ability to generate cash, however, is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. To the extent that funds from this offering, combined with existing cash and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing.
 
Operating Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended June 30, 2007, was $5.6 million. Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2006 and 2005 was $3.6 million and $9.7 million, respectively.
 
The cash provided by operations in the year ended June 30, 2007 was primarily due to net income of $3.9 million, depreciation and amortization of $7.4 million and increases in deferred revenue of $1.2 million and accrued compensation and benefits of $1.1 million. This was primarily offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.2 million, an increase in inventory of $2.8 million, a change in accounts receivable allowance of $0.9 million, and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.8 million.
 
The cash provided by operations in fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to net income of $1.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $5.0 million, an increase in accounts payable of $1.6 million, an increase of accrued compensation and benefits of $1.8 million, and an increase in deferred rent of $1.6 million. This was primarily offset by an increase in inventory of $5.4 million and an increase of accounts receivable of $2.7 million.
 
The cash provided by operations in fiscal year 2005 was primarily due to depreciation and amortization of $5.5 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $3.4 million, impairment charges of $3.3 million, an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.2 million, and an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $1.0 million. This was primarily offset by a net loss of $3.5 million and an increase in inventories, prepaid and other assets of $1.5 million.
 
Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $14.0 million. Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year 2006 and 2005 was $11.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2007 was due to capitalized curriculum of $8.7 million and purchases of property and equipment of $5.4 million. This does not include $8.1 million of student computers and other equipment and software financed with capital leases. Purchases of property and equipment for the fiscal year ended 2006 and 2005 were $10.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively. In fiscal year 2005, we also financed with capital leases, purchases of student computers in the amount of $0.4 million. Capitalized curriculum for the fiscal year ended 2006 and 2005 were $0.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
 
Financing Activities
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.7 million. This was primarily due to the release of cash from a restricted escrow account of $2.3 million, a bank overdraft of $1.6 million, and net borrowings from our revolving credit facility of $1.5 million. This was offset by a payment on a related party note payable of $4.0 million and repayments of capital lease obligations of $1.4 million. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal year 2006 was $2.6 million primarily attributable to cash invested in a restricted escrow account of $2.2 million and repayments for capital lease obligations of $0.4 million.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year 2005 was $2.9 million primarily due to proceeds from a related party note payable of $4.0 million and the release of cash from a restricted escrow account of $2.2 million. This was partially offset by repayments of capital lease obligations of $3.4 million.


45


 

Contractual Obligations
 
Our contractual obligations consist primarily of leases for office space, capital leases for equipment and other operating leases. The following summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of June 30, 2007:
 
                                                         
    For the Twelve Months Ending June 30,  
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Contractual Obligations at June 30, 2007
                                                       
Capital leases (1)
  $ 7,531     $ 3,238     $ 2,888     $ 1,399     $ 6     $     $  
Operating leases
    17,221       2,138       2,127       1,576       1,386       1,367       8,627  
Line of credit (2)
    1,500       1,500                                          
Long-term obligations (1)
    396       193       132       71                          
Other commitments (3)
    120       120                                
                                                         
Total
  $ 26,768     $ 7,189     $ 5,147     $ 3,046     $ 1,392     $ 1,367     $ 8,627  
                                                         
 
(1) Includes interest expense.
(2) Pertains to revolving line of credit and excludes interest expense due to short-term repayment period.
(3) For employment agreement.
 
Under most contracts, we provide the virtual schools we manage with turnkey management services and take responsibility for any operating deficits that the school may incur. These deficits are recorded as a reduction in revenues, and therefore are not included as a commitment or obligation in the above table.
 
In connection with our service agreement with the Northern Ozaukee School District (and the Wisconsin Virtual Academy), there is an indemnification provision which arguably could be asserted by the school district for certain expenses in the event the plaintiff prevails and the Court enjoins open enrollment payments to the district that otherwise would cover those expenses. We have assessed the likelihood of a claim as remote, and therefore it has not been included as a commitment or obligation in the table above.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.
 
Impact of Inflation
 
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for any of the years in the three year period ended June 30, 2007. We cannot assure you that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.7 million and $9.5 million as of June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively. Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are maintained primarily in non-interest bearing accounts and are used for working capital purposes. Because we currently do not have balances in interest bearing accounts, fluctuations in interest rates would not have a material impact on our investment income.
 
Our interest rate exposure is related to short-term debt obligations under our revolving credit facility. A significant portion of our interest expense is based upon changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate. Due to the short-term nature of our outstanding debt subject to variable interest rates as of June 30, 2007 of $1.5 million, fluctuations in the LIBOR rate would not have a material impact on our interest expense.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
 
We currently do not operate in a foreign country or transact business in a foreign currency and therefore we are not subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. However, we intend to pursue opportunities in international markets in the future. If we enter into any material transactions in a foreign currency


46


 

or establish or acquire any subsidiaries that measure and record their financial condition and results of operation in a foreign currency, we will be exposed to currency transaction risk and/or currency translation risk. Exchange rates between U.S. dollars and many foreign currencies have fluctuated significantly over the last few years and may continue to do so in the future. Accordingly, we may decide in the future to undertake hedging strategies to minimize the effect of currency fluctuations on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, which revised SFAS No. 123, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. The revised statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other third parties, eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using APB Opinion No. 25 and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions be recognized in the statements of operations. We adopted SFAS No. 123R for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
In February 2006, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 155 (SFAS No. 155), Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 . This Statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. At adoption, any difference between the total carrying amount of the individual components of the existing bifurcated hybrid financial instrument and the fair value of the combined hybrid financial instrument should be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings. We do not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . This interpretation defines the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. We believe the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on our financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this statement on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (SFAS No. 159), The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This statement permits companies and not-for-profit organizations to make a one-time election to carry eligible types of financial assets and liabilities at fair value, even if fair value measurement is not required under GAAP. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted if the decision to adopt the standard is made after the issuance of this statement but within 120 days after the first day of the fiscal year of adoption, provided no financial statements have yet been issued for any interim period and provided the requirements of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, are adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 159. The Company does not believe that it will adopt the provisions of this statement.


47


 

 
BUSINESS
 
Our Company
 
We are a technology-based education company. We offer proprietary curriculum and educational services created for online delivery to students in kindergarten through 12th grade, or K-12. Our mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective education, regardless of geographic location or socio-economic background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $95 million to develop curriculum and an online learning platform that promotes mastery of core concepts and skills for students of all abilities. This learning system combines a cognitive research-based curriculum with an individualized learning approach well-suited for a virtual school and other educational applications. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from approximately 11,000 students to 27,000 students, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 35%. From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased revenues from $71.4 million to $140.6 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 25%, and improved from a net loss of $7.4 million to net income of $3.9 million.
 
We believe we are unique in the education industry because of our direct involvement in every component of the educational development and delivery process. Most educational content, software and service providers typically concentrate on only a portion of that process, such as publishing textbooks, managing schools or providing testing and assessment services. This traditional segmented approach has resulted in an uncoordinated and unsatisfactory education for many students. Unburdened by legacy, we have taken a holistic approach to the design of our learning system. We have developed an engaging curriculum which includes online lessons delivered over our proprietary school platform. We combine this with a rigorous system to test and assess students and processes to manage school performance and compliance. In addition, our professional development programs enable teachers to better utilize technology for instruction. Our end-to-end learning system is designed to maximize the performance of the schools we serve and enhance student academic achievement.
 
As evidence of the benefit of our holistic approach, the virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. These results have been achieved despite the enrollment of a significant number of new students each school year who have had limited exposure to our learning system prior to taking these required state tests. Students using our learning system for at least three years usually perform better on standardized tests relative to state averages than students using it for one year or less. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. According to a 2006 internal survey of parents of students enrolled in virtual public schools we serve, approximately 97% of respondents stated that they were either satisfied or very satisfied with our curriculum and 95% of respondents stated that they would recommend our curriculum to other families.
 
We deliver our learning system to students primarily through virtual public schools. As with any public school, these schools must meet state educational standards, administer proctored exams and are subject to fiscal oversight. The fundamental difference is that students attend virtual public schools primarily over the Internet instead of traveling to a physical classroom. In their online learning environment, students receive assignments, complete lessons, and obtain instruction from certified teachers with whom they interact online, telephonically, and face-to-face. Many states have embraced virtual public schools as a means to provide families with a publicly funded alternative to a traditional classroom-based education. For parents who believe their child is not thriving and for whom relocating or private school is not an option, virtual public schools can provide a compelling choice. This widespread availability makes them the “most public” of schools. From an education policy standpoint, virtual public schools often represent a savings to the taxpayers when compared with traditional public schools because they are generally funded at a lower per pupil level than the per pupil state average reported by the U.S. Department of Education. Finally, because parents are not required to pay tuition, virtual public schools make our learning system available to the broadest range of students.
 
We offer virtual schools our proprietary curriculum, online learning platform and varying levels of academic and management services, which can range from targeted programs to complete turnkey solutions, under long-term contracts. These contracts provide the basis for a recurring revenue stream as students progress through successive grades. Additionally, without the requirement of a physical classroom, virtual schools can be scaled quickly to


48


 

accommodate a large dispersed student population, and allow more capital resources to be allocated towards teaching, curriculum and technology rather than towards a physical infrastructure.
 
Substantially all of our enrollments are served through 25 virtual public schools to which we provide full turnkey solutions and seven virtual public schools to which we provide limited management services, located in 17 states and the District of Columbia. In addition, a small number of enrollments are served by an additional 27 schools, located in these and other states, to which we provide limited management services. Parents can also purchase our curriculum and online learning platform directly to facilitate or supplement their children’s education. Additionally, we have piloted our curriculum in brick and mortar classrooms with promising academic results. We also believe there is additional widespread applicability for our learning system internationally.
 
Families that choose our learning system for their children come from a broad range of social, economic and academic backgrounds. They share, however, the desire for an individualized learning program to maximize their children’s potential. Examples include, but are not limited to, families with: (i) students seeking to learn faster or slower than they could in a “one size fits all” traditional classroom; (ii) safety concerns about their local school; (iii) students with disabilities for which traditional classrooms are problematic; (iv) students with geographic or travel constraints; and (v) student athletes and performers who are not able to attend regularly scheduled classes. Our individualized learning approach allows students to optimize their individual academic performance and, therefore, their chances of achieving their goals.
 
Our History
 
We were founded in 2000 to utilize the advances in technology to provide children access to a high-quality public school education regardless of their geographic location or socio-economic background. Given the geographic flexibility of technology-based education, we believed that the pursuit of this mission could help address the growing concerns regarding the regionalized disparity in the quality of public school education, both in the United States and abroad. These concerns were reflected in the passage of the No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act in 2000, which implemented new standards and accountability requirements for public K-12 education. The convergence of these concerns and rapid advances in Internet technology created the opportunity to make a significant impact by deploying a high quality learning system on a flexible, online platform.
 
In September 2001, after 18 months of research and development on our curriculum, we launched our kindergarten through 2nd grade offering. We initially launched our learning system in virtual public schools in Pennsylvania and Colorado, serving approximately 900 students in the two states combined. During the 2002-03 school year, we added our 3rd through 5th grade offering and entered into contracts to operate virtual public schools in California, Idaho, Ohio, Minnesota and Arkansas, increasing our average enrollment to approximately 5,900 students during the 2002-03 school year. During the 2003-04 and 2004-05 school years, we added 7th and 8th grades, respectively, and added contracts with virtual public schools in Wisconsin, Arizona and Florida. By the end of the 2004-05 school year, we had increased enrollment to approximately 15,100 students. In the 2005-06 school year, we added contracts to operate virtual public schools in Washington, Illinois and Texas. Additionally during the 2006-07 school year, we implemented a hybrid school offering in Chicago that combines face-to-face time in the classroom with online instruction. We recently entered the virtual high school market, enrolling 9th and 10th grade students at the start of the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, respectively, and enrolling 11th and 12th grade students at the start of the 2007-08 school year.
 
We believe we have significant growth potential. Therefore over the last three years, we have put a great deal of effort into developing the infrastructure necessary to scale our business. We further developed our logistics and technological infrastructure and implemented sophisticated financial systems to allow us to more effectively operate a large and growing company.
 
Our Market
 
The U.S. market for K-12 education is large and growing. For example:
 
  •  According to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), a division of the U.S. Department of Education, there were more than 49 million students in K-12 public schools during the 2005-06 school year.


49


 

  In addition, according to National Home Education Research, approximately two million students are home schooled and, according to a March 2006 NCES report, approximately five million students are enrolled in private schools.
 
  •  According to the NCES, the public school system alone encompassed more than 98,000 schools and 17,000 districts during the 2005-06 school year.
 
  •  The NCES estimates that total spending in the public K-12 market was $558 billion for the 2005-06 school year.
 
Parents and lawmakers are demanding increased standards and accountability in an effort to improve academic performance in U.S. public schools. As a result, each state is now required to establish performance standards and to regularly assess student progress relative to these standards. We expect continued focus on academic standards, assessments and accountability in the near future.
 
Many parents and educators are also seeking alternatives to traditional classroom-based education that can help improve academic achievement. Demand for these alternatives is evident in the growing number of choices available to parents and students. For example, charter schools emerged in 1988 to provide an alternative to traditional public schools. Currently, 40 states and the District of Columbia have passed charter school legislation and there are approximately 4,000 charter schools in the U.S. with an estimated enrollment of over 1.1 million students according to the Center for Education Reform. Similarly, acceptance of online learning initiatives, including not only virtual schools but also online testing and Internet-based professional development, has become widespread. As of September 2006, 38 states had established some form of online learning initiative, and Michigan recently became the first state to pass legislation mandating that high school students take part in an “online learning experience” in order to graduate.
 
Virtual public schools represent one approach to online learning that is gaining acceptance. According to the Center for Education Reform, as of January 2007 there were 173 virtual schools with total enrollment exceeding 92,000 students, operating in 18 states compared to just 86 virtual schools in 13 states with total enrollment of 31,000 students in the 2004-05 school year. Virtual schools can offer a comprehensive curriculum and flexible delivery model; therefore, we believe that a growing number of families will pursue virtual public schools as an attractive public school alternative. Given these statistics and the nascence of this market, we believe there is a significant opportunity for a high-quality, trusted, national education provider to serve virtual public schools.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe the following to be our key competitive strengths:
 
Proprietary Curriculum Specifically Designed for a Technology-Enabled Environment.   We specifically designed our curriculum for online learning, in contrast to other online curriculum providers who often just digitize classroom textbooks for transmission over the Internet. Our lessons utilize a combination of innovative technologies, including flash animations, online interactivity and real-time individualized feedback, which we combine with textbooks and other offline course materials to create an engaging and highly effective curriculum. Our curriculum contains more than 11,000 discrete lessons, each of which addresses specific learning objectives and can be utilized in the manner most appropriate for each student. We continuously measure student performance and use this information to improve our curriculum and drive greater, more consistent academic achievement, a valuable competitive advantage we enjoy by virtue of our integration into all aspects of the educational development and delivery process. We believe our curriculum is the most advanced cognitive research-based curriculum in K-12 education.
 
Flexible, Integrated Online Learning Platform.   Our online learning platform provides a highly flexible and effective means for delivering educational content to students. Our platform offers assessment capabilities to identify the current and targeted academic level of achievement for each individual student, and then incorporates this information into a detailed lesson plan. As students progress through their studies, our learning platform measures mastery of each learning objective to ensure that students grasp each concept prior to proceeding to the next lesson. Additionally, our learning platform updates each student’s lesson plan for completed lessons and enables us to track the effectiveness of each lesson with each student on a real-time basis. Finally, the fact that our


50


 

learning system is Internet-based allows us to update our proprietary content and incorporate user feedback on a real-time basis. For example, our content for the 2006-07 school year reflected the fact that Pluto is no longer considered a planet, which was announced in August 2006.
 
Expertise in Opening Channels for Virtual Schooling.   Our education policy experts and established relationships with key educational authorities have allowed us to participate effectively in advocating for virtual public schools. Specifically, we have demonstrated our expertise in helping individual educational policymakers understand the benefits of virtual schools and in managing the regulatory requirements once new virtual schools are opened. Since our inception, we have partnered with individual state governing bodies to establish highly effective, publicly funded education alternatives for parents and their children. Our experience in opening up these new channels gives us a valuable first-mover advantage over potential competitors.
 
Track Record of Student Achievement and Customer Satisfaction.   The virtual public schools we serve generally test near, and in some cases above, state averages on standardized achievement tests. These results have been achieved despite the enrollment of a significant number of new students each school year who have had limited exposure to our learning system prior to taking these required state tests. Students using our learning system for at least three years usually perform better on standardized tests relative to state averages than students using it for one year or less. Additionally, in California, the virtual public schools we serve performed in the 50th to 70th percentile of all public schools in the state during the 2005-06 school year. Among statewide virtual public schools, those using the K 12 learning system outperform other providers in terms of academic performance. The efficacy of our learning system has also helped us achieve high levels of customer satisfaction. According to a 2006 internal survey of parents of students enrolled in virtual public schools we serve, approximately 97% of respondents stated that they were either satisfied or very satisfied with our curriculum and 95% of respondents stated that they would recommend our curriculum to other families. This high degree of customer satisfaction has been a strong contributor to our growth, helps drive new student referrals and leads to re-enrollments.
 
Highly Scalable Model.   We have built our educational model systems and management team to successfully and efficiently serve the academic needs of a large dispersed student population. We generate high levels of recurring revenue as a result of our long-term contracts with schools (typically five years in length), the extended duration over which an individual student can utilize our learning system (kindergarten through 12th grade) and our high level of customer satisfaction. Since our inception, we have invested over $95 million to develop our learning system, incurring significant losses. Our ability to leverage this historical investment in our learning system and our ability to deliver our offering over the Internet enables us to successfully serve a greater number of students at a reduced level of capital investment.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We intend to pursue the following strategies to drive our future growth:
 
Generate Enrollment Growth at Existing Virtual Public Schools.   From fiscal year 2004 to fiscal year 2007, we increased average enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve from more than 11,000 students to more than 27,000 students. In the 2007-08 school year, substantially all of our enrollments are served through virtual public schools in 17 states and the District of Columbia. We intend to continue to drive increased enrollments at the virtual public schools we serve through targeted marketing and recruiting efforts as well as through referrals. Our marketing and recruiting efforts utilize both traditional and online media as well as community events to communicate the effectiveness of our solution to parents who are evaluating educational alternatives for their children. Historically, we have also enrolled a significant number of new students each year through referrals from families who have had a positive experience with our learning system and recommended K 12 to their friends and family members.
 
Enhance Curriculum to Include a Complete High School Offering.   We believe that serving virtual public high schools represents a significant growth opportunity for online education delivery given the increased independence of high school students and the wide variance in academic achievement levels and objectives of students who are entering high school. America’s Digital Schools 2006 , a survey sponsored by Discovery Education and Pearson Education, projects that the percentage of U.S. high school students enrolled in online courses will increase from 3.8% in 2006 to 15.6% in 2011. We believe that our early offering of our integrated K-8 learning system and our experience serving K-8 virtual public schools positions us well for growth in serving virtual public


51


 

high schools. In the 2005-06 and 2006-07 school years, we began enrolling 9th and 10th grade students, respectively, and with the launch of our 11th and 12th grades in the 2007-08 school year, we are able to provide a complete high school offering. We are developing our high school curriculum to satisfy the broad range of high school student interests with a broad variety of required and elective courses, supplemented by selected courses from other content providers.
 
Expand Virtual Public School Presence into Additional States.   We work closely with state policymakers and school districts to assist them in considering virtual public schools as an effective educational choice for parents and students. A virtual public school program can help state administrations or school districts quickly establish and offer an alternative to traditional classroom-based education, expanding the range of choices available to parents and students. The flexibility and comprehensiveness of our learning system allows us to efficiently adapt our curriculum to meet the individual educational standards of any state with minimal capital investment. We intend to continue to seek opportunities to assist states in establishing virtual public schools and to contract with them to provide our curriculum, online learning platform and related services.
 
Strengthen Awareness and Recognition of the K 12 Brand.   Within the virtual public school community, we enjoy strong brand recognition among parents and students as a leading provider of virtual education. Outside of this community, however, the K 12 brand is not as well recognized. We have developed a comprehensive brand strategy and intend to invest in further developing awareness of both the K 12 brand and the core philosophy behind our learning system. The recent launch of our “Unleash the x Potential” campaign is a strong first step towards this goal of creating broader brand awareness. We believe that a strong and recognized brand will result in an increased presence among virtual public schools, attract more student applications and facilitate our entry into adjacent markets.
 
Pursue International Opportunities to Offer Our Learning System.   We believe there is strong worldwide demand for high-quality, flexible education alternatives. In many countries, students seek a U.S. accredited education to gain access to higher education and improved employment opportunities. Given the highly flexible design and technology-based nature of our platform, it can be adapted to other languages and cultures efficiently and with modest capital investment. Additionally, our ability to operate virtually is not constrained by the need for a physical classroom or local teachers, which makes our learning system ideal for use internationally.
 
Develop Additional Channels Through Which to Deliver our Learning System.   We believe there are many additional channels through which the K 12 learning system can be offered. These include direct classroom instruction, hybrid models, and as a supplemental educational offering. For example, in an urban public school in Philadelphia, we piloted our K-5 curriculum in traditional classrooms and were able to generate meaningful improvements in academic performance. Additionally, we have recently implemented a hybrid classroom offering in Chicago that combines face-to-face time in the classroom with online instruction. Outside the public school channels, the flexibility of our learning system enables us to package lessons to be sold as individual products directly to parents and students. We intend to regularly evaluate additional delivery channels and to pursue opportunities where we believe there is likely to be significant demand for our offering.
 
Educational Philosophy
 
The design, development and delivery of our learning system is based on the following set of guiding principles:
 
  •  Apply “Tried and True” Educational Approaches for Instruction. Our learning system is designed to utilize both “tried” and “true” methods to drive academic success. “True” methodologies are based on cognitive research regarding the way in which individuals learn. We also supplement our learning system with teaching tools and methodologies that have been tested, or “tried,” and proven to be effective. This “tried and true” philosophy allows us to benefit from both decades of research about learning, and effective methods of teaching.
 
  •  Employ Technology Appropriately for Learning. While all of our courses are delivered primarily through an online platform and generally include a significant amount of online content, we employ technology only where we feel it is appropriate and can enhance the learning process. In addition to online content, our curriculum includes a rich mix of offline course materials, including engaging textbooks and hands-on


52


 

  materials such as phonics kits and musical instruments. We believe our balanced use of technology and offline materials helps to maximize the effectiveness of our learning system.
 
  •  Base Learning Objectives on Rich Content and “Big Ideas.” We refer to “big ideas” as the key, subconscious frameworks that serve as the foundation to a student’s future understanding of a subject matter. For example, an understanding of waves is fundamental to a physicist’s understanding of quantum mechanics; therefore, we teach 1st graders the fundamentals of waves. We use these “big ideas” to organize and provide the master objectives of every course we develop. We then utilize rich, engaging content to best communicate these concepts to students to promote mastery of the topics.
 
  •  Assess Every Objective to Ensure Mastery. Ongoing assessments are the most effective way to evaluate a student’s mastery of a lesson or concept. To facilitate effective assessment, our curriculum establishes clear objectives for each lesson. Throughout a course, each student’s progress is assessed and evaluated by a teacher at a point when each objective is expected to be mastered, providing direction for appropriate pacing. These periodic and well-timed assessments reinforce learning and promote mastery of a topic before a student moves to the next lesson or course.
 
  •  Facilitate Flexibility as the Level, Pace and Hours Spent on Each Objective Vary by Child. We believe that each student should be challenged appropriately. Generally, adequate progress for most students is to complete one academic year’s curriculum within a nine-month school year. Each individual student may take greater or fewer instructional hours and more or less effort than the average student to achieve this progress. Our learning system is designed to facilitate this flexibility in order to ensure that the appropriate amount of time and effort is allocated to each lesson.
 
  •  Prioritize Important, Complex Objectives. We have developed a clear understanding of those subjects and concepts that are difficult for students. Greater instructional effort is focused on the most important and difficult concepts and skills. We use existing research, feedback from parents and students and experienced teacher judgments to determine these priorities, and to modify our learning system to guide the allocation of each student’s time and effort.
 
Products and Services
 
Our Products
 
K 12 Curriculum
 
Our curriculum consists of the K 12 online lessons, offline learning kits and teachers’ guides. We have developed an extensive catalogue of proprietary courses, consisting of more than 11,000 lessons, designed to teach concepts to students from kindergarten through 10th grade. Each lesson is designed to last approximately 45 to 60 minutes, although students are able to work at their own pace. A single course generally consists of 120 to 180 individual lessons.
 
Online Lessons.   Our online lessons are accessed through our Online School (OLS) platform. Each online lesson provides the roadmap for the entire lesson including direction to specific online and offline materials, online lesson content and a summary of the major objectives for the lesson. Lessons utilize a combination of innovative technologies including flash animations and online interactivity, coordinated textbooks and hands-on materials and individualized feedback to create an engaging, responsive and highly effective curriculum. Each lesson also contains an online assessment to ensure that students have mastered the material and are ready to proceed to the next lesson, allowing them to work at their own pace. Pronunciation guides for key words and references to suggested additional resources, specific to each lesson and each student’s assessment, are also included.


53


 

Offline Learning Kits.   All of our courses utilize a series of offline learning kits in conjunction with the online lessons to help maximize the effectiveness of our learning system. In addition to receiving access to our online lessons through the Internet, each student receives a shipment of offline materials, including textbooks, art supplies, laboratory supplies (e.g. microscopes and scales) and other reference materials which are incorporated throughout our curriculum. This approach is consistent with our guiding principle to utilize technology where appropriate in our learning system. Most of the textbooks we use are proprietary textbooks that are written in a way that is designed to be engaging to students and to compliment the online experience. We believe that our ability to combine online lessons and offline materials so effectively is a competitive advantage.
 
Teachers’ Guides.   All of our courses are paired with a teacher’s guide. Each guide outlines the course objectives, refers back to all of the course content that is contained in the online and offline course materials, includes answers and explanations to the exercises that the students complete and contains suggestions for explaining difficult concepts to students.


54


 

 
Courses Offered
 
The following table provides a list of our proprietary courses and selected third-party courses (shown in italics) that we are offering during the 2007-08 school year. We also offer an additional 33 third-party courses at the high school level.
 
                 
       
English and Language Arts
 
Mathematics
 
Science
 
   





Elementary School











Middle School



High School










Elementary School






Middle School



High School
  Kindergarten Language Arts
Kindergarten Phonics
1st Grade Language Arts
1st Grade Phonics
2nd Grade Language Arts
3rd Grade Language Skills
3rd Grade Spelling
3rd Grade Literature
4th Grade Language Skills
4th Grade Spelling
4th Grade Literature
5th Grade Language Skills
5th Grade Spelling
5th Grade Literature

Intermediate Language Skills A
Intermediate Language Skills B
Intermediate Literature A
Intermediate Literature B
Literary Analysis and Composition

Literary Analysis and Composition I Foundations
Literary Analysis and Composition I
Literary Analysis and Composition II
American Literature
AP English Literature and Composition
World Literature and Language

History
Kindergarten History
1st Grade History
2nd Grade History
3rd Grade History
4th Grade History
American History Before 1865



American History Since 1865
Intermediate World History A
Intermediate World History B



Modern World Studies
World History
U.S. History
AP U.S. History
American Government and Economics
Macroeconomics
  Kindergarten Math
1st Grade Math
2nd Grade Math
3rd Grade Math
4th Grade Math
5th Grade Math









Pre-Algebra A
Pre-Algebra B
Algebra I



Pre-Algebra
Pre-Algebra Foundations
Algebra Foundations
Algebra I
Geometry
Algebra II


Art
Kindergarten Art
1st Grade Art
2nd Grade Art
3rd Grade Art
4th Grade Art
Intermediate Art: American A



Intermediate Art: American B
Intermediate Art: World A
Intermediate Art: World B


Art History
Fine Art and Art Appreciation

  Kindergarten Science
1st Grade Science
2nd Grade Science
3rd Grade Science
4th Grade Science
5th Grade Science
Kindergarten Science (classroom)
1st Grade Science (classroom)
2nd Grade Science (classroom)
3rd Grade Science (classroom)





Earth Science
Life Science
Physical Science



Earth Science Foundations
Physical Science Foundations
Biology Foundations
Earth Science
Biology
Physical Science

Music/Other
Preparatory Music
Beginning 1 Music
Beginning 2 Music
Introduction to Music
Intermediate 1 Music
Intermediate 2 Music
Intermediate 3 Music
Exploring Music

Music Concepts A
Music Concepts B




Music Appreciation
Learning Online
Physical Education
Spanish I, II, III, AP
French I, II, III, AP
German I, II
Latin I, II
Chinese I


55


 

 
K-8 Courses. From kindergarten through 8th grade, our courses are categorized into six major subject areas: English and Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, History, Art and Music. Our proprietary curriculum includes all of the courses that students need to complete their core kindergarten through 8th grade education. These courses focus on developing fundamental skills and teaching the key knowledge building blocks or schemas that each student will need to master the major subject areas, meet state standards and complete more advanced coursework. Unlike a traditional classroom education, our learning system offers the flexibility for each student to take courses at different grade levels in a single academic year, providing flexibility for students to progress at their own level and pace within each subject area. In addition, the flexibility of our learning system allows us to tailor our curriculum to state specific requirements. For example, we have developed eight courses specifically for use in Texas public schools.
 
High School Courses. The curriculum sought by students in each of the high school grades is much broader and varies from student to student, largely as a result of the increased flexibility in course selection required for high school students. In order to offer a full suite of courses, including the many elective courses required to meet the needs of high school students, we offer a combination of proprietary courses and selected rigorously tested courses licensed from third-parties. We have 16 proprietary high school courses for the 2007-08 school year (including eight courses that have one or more lessons that remain under development for delivery prior to their first scheduled use later in the school year). The high school students we serve using our proprietary courses account for approximately 60% of the total course enrollment of our high school students in the 2007-08 school year.
 
Online School Platform
 
Our Online School (OLS) platform is an intuitive, web-based software platform that provides access to our online lessons as well as our lesson planning and scheduling tools and our progress tracking tool, both of which serve a key role in assisting parents and teachers in managing each student’s progress. Because the OLS is a web-based platform, students, parents and teachers can access our online tools and lessons through the OLS from anywhere with an Internet connection at any time of the day or night.
 
  •  Lesson Planning and Scheduling Tools. In a school year, a typical student will complete between 800 and 1,200 lessons across six or more subject areas. Our lesson planning and scheduling tools enable teachers and parents to establish a master plan for completing these lessons. These tools are designed to dynamically update the lesson plan as a student progresses through each lesson and course, allowing flexibility to increase or decrease the pace at which the student moves through the curriculum while ensuring that the student progresses towards completion in the desired time frame. For example, the schedule can easily be adapted to accommodate a student who desires to attend school six days a week, a student who is interested in studying during the winter holidays to take time off during the spring, or a student who chooses to take two math classes a day for the first month of the school year and delay art classes until the second month of the school year. Moreover, changes can be made to the schedule at any point during the school year and the remainder of the student’s schedule will automatically adjust in the OLS.
 
  •  Progress Tracking Tools. Once a master schedule has been established, the OLS delivers lessons based upon the specified parameters. Each day, a student is initially directed to a screen listing the syllabus for that particular day and begins the school day by selecting one of the listed lessons. As each lesson is completed, the student returns to the day’s syllabus to proceed to the next subject. If a student does not complete a lesson during the session, the lesson will be rescheduled to the next day and will resume at the point where the student left off. Our progress tracking tool allows students, parents and teachers to monitor student progress. In addition, information collected by our progress tracking tool regarding student performance, attendance and other data is transferred to our proprietary management system for use in providing administrative support services.
 
Student Administration Management System
 
Our Student Administration Management System (SAMS) organizes, updates and reports information that is automatically collected through interfaces with our OLS and related management systems. SAMS collects and provides us with all of the information required to manage student enrollment and monitor student performance.


56


 

SAMS is also central to collecting and managing all administrative data required to operate a virtual public school. In addition, the information provided by SAMS feeds our proprietary Order Management System (OMS) that generates orders for offline learning kits and computers to be delivered to students.
 
Student Community Tools
 
We place a strong emphasis on the importance of building a sense of community in the schools we manage. Accordingly, we offer a combination of tools that foster communication and interaction among virtual public school students and parents. Our K 12 Community Chest website for virtual public school students includes discussion boards, blogs, games, competitions and other functions. Additionally, our K 12 Family Directory web-based tool enables parents of virtual public school students to organize online and offline social activities for their children. Parents can run searches based on criteria such as their child’s location, age or interests (such as hobbies or sports) to locate and contact other parents of children with similar interests to facilitate student interaction.
 
Our Services
 
We provide a wide array of services to students and their families as well as directly to virtual public schools. Our services can be categorized broadly into academic support services and management and technology services.
 
Academic Support Services
 
Teachers and Related Services.   Teachers are critical to the educational success of students in virtual public schools. Teachers in the virtual public schools that we serve are generally employed by the school, with the ultimate authority over these teachers residing with the school’s governing body. Under our service agreements, we recruit, train and provide management support for these teachers. Historically, we have seen significant demand for teaching positions in the virtual public schools that we serve. For example, for the virtual public schools we serve in California, we recently received approximately six applications for each teaching position filled for the 2006-07 school year.
 
We use a rigorous evaluation program for making hiring recommendations to the virtual public schools we serve. We hire teachers who, at a minimum, are state certified and meet the federal requirements for designation as a “Highly Qualified Teacher,” and generally have at least three years of teaching experience. We also seek to recruit teachers who have the skill set necessary to be successful in a virtual public school environment. Teaching in a virtual public school is characterized by heightened one-on-one student-teacher and parent-teacher interaction, so virtual public school teachers must have strong interpersonal communications skills. Additionally, a virtual public school teacher must be creative in finding ways to effectively connect with their students and integrate themselves into the daily lives of the students’ families.
 
New virtual public school teachers attend our comprehensive training program during which, among other things, they are introduced to our educational philosophy, our curriculum and our OLS and other technology applications, and are provided strategies for communicating and connecting with students and their families in a virtual public school environment. We also provide ongoing training opportunities for teachers so that they may stay abreast of changing educational standards and key learning trends, which we believe enhances their teaching abilities and effectiveness.
 
Gifted and Special Education Services.   We believe that our individualized learning system is able to effectively address the educational needs of gifted and special education students because it is self-paced and employs flexible teaching methods. For students requiring special attention, we employ a national director who is an expert on the delivery of special education services in a virtual public school environment and who oversees and directs the special education programs at the virtual public schools we serve. We direct and facilitate the development and implementation of “individualized education plans” for students with special needs. Our special education program is compliant with the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and all state special education requirements. Each special needs student is assigned a certified special education teacher who arranges for any required ancillary services, including speech and occupational therapy, and any required assistive technologies, such as special computer displays or speech recognition software.


57


 

Student Support Services.   We provide students attending virtual public schools that we serve and their families with a variety of support services to ensure that we effectively meet their educational needs and goals. Each student is assigned a guidance counselor to assist them with academic achievement planning. Additionally, we provide tutors as necessary to help students with courses that they find difficult. We also plan and coordinate social events to offer students opportunities to meet and socialize with their virtual public school peers. Finally, we offer our “K 12 HUG” (Help, Understanding and Guidance) program to address any other questions or concerns that students and their parents have during the course of their matriculation.
 
Management Services
 
Under many of our contracts, we provide virtual public schools with turnkey management services. In these circumstances, we take responsibility for all aspects of the management of the schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher hiring and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. In 2007, the Commission on International and Trans-regional Accreditation (CITA), a leading worldwide education accreditation agency, thoroughly evaluated our school management services and we ultimately received the prestigious CITA accreditation.
 
Compliance and Tracking Services.   Operating a virtual public school entails most of the compliance and regulatory requirements of a traditional public school. We have developed management systems and processes designed to ensure that schools we serve are in compliance with all applicable requirements, including tracking appropriate student information and meeting various state reporting requirements. For example, we collect enrollment related information, monitor attendance and administer proctored state tests. As we have expanded into new states, our processes have grown increasingly robust, and we believe our compliance and tracking processes provide us with a distinct competitive advantage.
 
Financial Support Services.   We provide each school we serve with a dedicated business manager who oversees the preparation of the annual budget and coordinates with the school’s directors to determine their annual objectives. In addition, we implement an internal control framework, develop policies and procedures, provide accounting services and payroll administration, oversee all federal entitlement programs and arrange for external audits.
 
Facility, Operations and Technology Support Services.   We operate administrative offices and all other facilities on behalf of the virtual public schools we serve. We provide these schools with a complete technology infrastructure. In addition, we provide a comprehensive student help desk solution.
 
Human Resources Support Services.   We are actively involved in hiring virtual public school administrators, teachers and staff, through a thorough interview and orientation process. To better facilitate the hiring process, we review and analyze the profiles of teachers that have been highly effective in our learning system to identify the attributes desired in future new hires. We also negotiate and secure employment benefits for teachers on behalf of virtual public schools and administer employee benefit plans for virtual public school employees. Additionally, we assist the virtual schools we serve in drafting and implementing administrative policies and procedures.
 
Product Development
 
We develop our products and related service offerings through a highly collaborative process that blends cognitive research with an innovative development approach by utilizing best practices from the education industry and other industries. Our approach provides for effective content and rapid time to market. Unlike many traditional content companies that may take several years to develop a new course, our course development process usually takes between six and 12 months, depending upon grade and subject. Our development team includes professionals from the following disciplines:
 
  •  Cognitive Scientists, Evaluation and Research Specialists  — conduct and review cognitive research to determine how students master the key ideas in a subject area, the common misconceptions that present obstacles to mastery and available techniques that can effectively address common misconceptions.


58


 

 
  •  Curriculum and Teaching Specialists  — bring deep subject matter knowledge and experience with a variety of pedagogical approaches to our course design process.
 
  •  Writers and Editors  — script out the text of the lessons, ensuring that the information is accurate, meaningful and suitable for the age group we are trying to reach.
 
  •  Instructional Designers  — weave together all elements of a lesson and determine the extent to which online, multi-media components, textbooks and other offline materials, and activities can be integrated to achieve the desired learning outcomes.
 
  •  Graphic Artists/Media Specialists/Flash Designers  — ensure overall visual integrity of each lesson and build creative and interactive content.
 
  •  Print Designers  — design and publish our proprietary textbooks and printed learning materials.
 
  •  User Experience Specialists  — work closely with our design teams to ensure that lessons are easy for students to navigate and understand.
 
  •  Training Specialists  — concurrent with the development of the courses, develop training materials and programs to support the effective delivery of our curriculum by teachers.
 
  •  Project Managers  — coordinate all of the activities, including the work of the above-listed resources to develop the product as designed, on time, and on budget.
 
Using these highly skilled resources, we follow a six-stage product development process beginning with idea-generation and carrying through to post-production evaluation. Our ability to continually modify our products based upon student, parent and teacher feedback and assessment data is one of the significant advantages of our online curriculum. All of our lessons contain a user feedback button that allows us to identify learning issues on a real-time basis. In a given week, we receive hundreds of feedback items from students, parents and teachers. The related descriptions below illustrate each stage in our product development process.
 
Blueprint Stage.   During this stage of development, we gather the key requirements for a new product, which may be a new course or a group of related courses. We conduct a thorough review to identify all of the cognitive research related to learning of the subject and gain an understanding of the stages a student will go through in mastering the subject material. We also look at how experts perform in the subject. Expert-novice research has shown that an experts’ knowledge of a domain is contained in a subconscious framework, the components of which can help guide the development of a course. During this stage, we also analyze state standards to confirm that we are encompassing the elements of the nation’s highest state standards and that we are building courses which meet or surpass all state standards.
 
Design Stage. We begin the design stage by developing the learning environment in which the product will be used. This includes understanding the types of students that will be using the product, how the course will be taught, the learning objectives within the course and what online and offline materials can be utilized. We then produce a design document and our creative teams develop a work plan for every aspect of the product, including the look and feel of the product, level of functionality and length of the course. We produce, test and refine prototypes with focus groups of students, teachers and parents.
 
Pre-production Stage. With the work plan complete, a pre-production team is assembled to develop the scope and sequence of the course. The scope and sequence is an ordered collection of learning objectives based on cognitive research and state standards. These learning objectives, once organized, guide the production team in the creation of the individual course lessons. The pre-production team also creates the list of materials that will be required and provides this list to our logistics group for sourcing.
 
Production Stage. During this stage, the product is built in accordance with the work plan. First, manuscripts, storyboards and lesson design specifications are created. Online screens, offline materials such as textbooks, simulations, photographs, and other reference materials are then created, reviewed and refined. Rights for licensed materials are cleared at this point, if needed. Each lesson then goes through a rigorous quality review before being released.


59


 

Support Stage. The goal during this stage is to support the initial launch and ongoing utilization of our lessons and to enhance the products during the course of their useful life. We break this stage down into three components: (i) content development, where we design and develop teacher and student training packages; (ii) alignment and standards analysis, where we examine performance on state tests to determine the extent to which we should refine or adjust the standard alignments initially developed during the blueprint stage; and (iii) long-term maintenance, where we maintain and update the online and offline materials on an ongoing basis based upon feedback from teachers, parents and students.
 
Evaluation Stage. The final stage of the product development cycle is the evaluation stage. During this phase, we evaluate the overall performance of our product against the original design specifications. We obtain measurement feedback from a number of sources, including:
 
  •  User Feedback  — we receive a substantial amount of feedback from teachers, parents and students. Some feedback is directly incorporated into course modifications. In addition, we observe students in our usability labs and visit students and parents to better understand how our products are being used;
 
  •  Progress Reports  — through our OLS, we are able to monitor each student’s progress through a course. This data helps us identify portions of a course that may be especially difficult for students, and may require revision or enhancements; and
 
  •  State Test Scores  — students in the virtual public schools we serve participate in proctored state exams. These tests provide an impartial assessment of how these students are performing against established benchmarks and within their state.
 
Using these sources of feedback, we can revise our courses as necessary to achieve the desired learning objectives. We believe that this ability to proactively respond to feedback and other data in an efficient manner is a key competitive advantage within the educational industry.
 
Channel Development
 
K 12 receives numerous inquiries from school districts, legislators, community leaders, educators and parents who express the desire to offer a virtual public school alternative. Our school development and public affairs groups work together with these interested parties to identify and pursue opportunities to expand the use of our products and services through new channels and in new jurisdictions. Where interested parties seek to offer a virtual public school alternative in their state, our public affairs group works with them to establish the legal framework, advocate for appropriate legislation and explain the educational and fiscal benefits of our learning system. Our public affairs group also seeks to increase public awareness and ensure transparency in virtual schooling by supporting accountability standards for virtual public schools.
 
Once there is legal and regulatory authorization for, as well as sufficient interest in, a virtual public school, our school development group engages state and school district officials, legislators, community leaders, educators and parent groups seeking to open a virtual public school, and initiates a dialog with these interested parties to explain the steps necessary to pursue this public school alternative in their jurisdiction. Our school development group works with these officials and parent groups in planning, developing and launching the virtual school. We also offer assistance to independent school boards with charter application and authorization processes.
 
After virtual public schools are approved and established, our school development group engages school administrators and maintains relationships with school officials in order to ensure that they are aware of our product and services offerings and that we understand their specific needs and goals.
 
Distribution Channels
 
We distribute our products and services primarily to virtual public schools and directly to consumers. We derive revenues from virtual public schools by providing access to our OLS, offline learning kits, student computers and a variety of management and academic support services, ranging from turnkey end-to-end management solutions to a single service to meet a school’s specific needs.


60


 

 
In fiscal year 2007, we derived more than 10% of our revenues from each of the Ohio Virtual Academy, the Arizona Virtual Academy, the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School and the Colorado Virtual Academy. In aggregate, these schools accounted for 49% of our total revenues. As with all of the virtual public schools we serve, each of these schools is subject to periodic audits. Two such audits of the Colorado Virtual Academy have initially resulted in the disallowance of funding with respect to approximately 63 students alleged not to have satisfied enrollment requirements and approximately 290 students alleged not to have satisfied certain other documentation requirements in the 2004-05 school year and approximately 90 students alleged not to have satisfied enrollment requirements in the 2005-06 school year (out of total enrollments of approximately 2,000 students in 2004-05 and approximately 2,500 students in 2005-06). Certain of these determinations are being appealed, but to the extent determined adversely to these schools, we would be obligated to reimburse these schools pursuant to our agreements with them to forgive expenses that they incur in excess of their revenues. We have not received written notice of any other claims or litigation involving these schools. We provide our full turnkey solution pursuant to our contract with the Ohio Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2017 and provides for the parties to review the agreement in 2012. The agreement is renewable automatically for an additional two years unless the school notifies us one year prior to expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide our full turnkey solution to the Arizona Virtual Academy, pursuant to a contract with Portable Practical Education, Inc., an Arizona not-for-profit organization holding the charter under which the school operates, that expires June 30, 2010. We provide our curriculum and online learning platform to the Pennsylvania Virtual Charter School pursuant to a contract that terminates June 30, 2009, and which automatically renews for an additional three-years unless the school notifies us one year prior to expiration that it elects to terminate the contract. We provide turnkey solution pursuant to our contract with the Colorado Virtual Academy, which terminates June 30, 2008. We are currently engaged in negotiations with the Colorado Virtual Academy for a new contract. Each of the contracts with these schools provides for termination of the agreement if the school ceases to hold a valid and effective charter from the charter-issuing authority in their respective states.
 
Our direct-to-consumer product is purchased through our customer call center or online by parents, who are looking either to educate their children outside the public school system or as a supplement to their child’s existing public school curriculum. The flexibility of our curriculum combined with the assessment capabilities of our online delivery platform enables us to modularize and repackage lesson modules that can be sold as individual products. For example, if a child has particular difficulties with fractions, the parent could purchase our fractions module. The ability to rebundle individual lessons is highly scalable and we believe this opportunity is significant.
 
In addition to these primary distribution channels, we are continuously pursuing additional channels through which to offer our learning system, including direct classroom instruction and hybrid models. For example, we have piloted select grades and subjects of our curriculum in classrooms in 11 states. Although our in-class offering business is at a nascent stage, we believe that this distribution channel offers significant potential. Additionally, we have recently implemented a hybrid offering in Chicago that combines some face-to-face time for students and teachers in a traditional classroom setting along with online instruction. In addition to expanding our offering to additional jurisdictions within the United States, we intend to pursue international opportunities where we believe there is significant demand for a quality online education.
 
Student Recruitment and Marketing
 
Our student recruitment and marketing team consisted of 44 employees as of June 30, 2007, and is responsible for promoting our corporate brand, generating new student enrollments and enhancing the experience of students and families enrolled in the virtual public schools we serve. This team employs a variety of strategies designed to better understand and address the requirements of our target markets. First, this team is responsible for defining our brand image and associating our brand with the many positive attributes of our learning system. We believe that a strong brand provides the basis for our expansion into new states and other markets.
 
Second, our student recruitment and marketing team generates new enrollments in the virtual public schools we serve through targeted recruiting programs, which utilize coordinated direct mailings, email marketing, print and radio advertising and search engine marketing. In addition, our marketing team conducts information sessions and workshops that provide teachers and parents with the opportunity to learn about K 12 and the products and services that we offer. We conducted more than 2,500 such events during fiscal year 2007. We have found that


61


 

effectively communicating the details and benefits of our learning system is an important first step towards building a core group of interested parties. Additionally, we believe that our consistently high customer satisfaction rates serve as the foundation for word-of-mouth referrals which supplement our other recruiting efforts.
 
Finally, this team is responsible for enhancing our relationship with students enrolled in the virtual public schools that we serve to complement the relationship that these students have with their teachers and school. In order to maintain a sense of community, we host the K 12 Community Chest website for students to interact online with our Chief Learning Officer and with each other. We also send welcome packages, conduct art contests, survey parents and provide support to students through assigned support counselors under our K 12 HUG program.
 
Technology
 
As of June 30, 2007, we employed 59 employees in our technology department. Our learning system, along with our back office systems supporting order management, logistics and e-commerce, are built on our proprietary Service Oriented Architecture, or SOA, to ensure high availability and redundancy and allow flexibility and security to be core principles of our systems’ foundation.
 
Service Oriented Architecture.   All of our systems leverage our SOA built on top of Enterprise Java that separates an implemented capability from a request flow that utilizes those capabilities. This leverage provides us with the ability to deliver different presentations against a single request workflow. Additionally, this flexibility allows iterative solutions to be developed expeditiously to meet both present and future market needs. Our high availability and scalability are also facilitated by this architecture. The SOA also enables seamless integration with third-party solutions in our platform with ease and efficiency.
 
Availability and Redundancy.   Our SOA allows for a hardware topology where primary and secondary equipment can be utilized at all network and application tiers. Each application layer is load balanced across multiple servers, which, along with our sophisticated state management capabilities, allows for additional hardware to be inserted into our network providing us with impressive scalability and availability as evidenced by our greater than 99.9999% uptime with our ever growing user base. We regularly backup critical data and store this backup data at an offsite location.
 
Security.   Our security measures and policies include dividing application layers into multiple zones controlled by firewall technology. Sensitive communications are encrypted between client and server and our server-to-server accessibility is strictly controlled and monitored.
 
Physical Infrastructure.   We utilize the best of breed hardware from industry leading vendors including Cisco, F5, Oracle, Sun, Microsoft, Dell, Intel, and NetApp to provide a foundation for our SOA. Our systems are housed offsite in a state of the art data center that provides robust, redundant network backbone and power. We vigilantly monitor our physical infrastructure for security, availability, and performance.
 
Competition
 
We face varying degrees of competition from a variety of education companies because our learning system encompasses many components of the educational development and delivery process. We compete primarily with companies that provide online curriculum and school support services to K-12 virtual public schools. These companies include Connections Academy, LLC, White Hat Management, LLC and National Network of Digital Schools. We also face competition from curriculum developers, including traditional textbook publishers such as the McGraw-Hill Companies, Harcourt, Inc., Pearson plc and Houghton Mifflin Riverdeep Group plc. Additionally, we expect increased competition from post-secondary and supplementary education providers that have begun to establish a presence in the K-12 virtual school sector, including Apollo Group, Pearson plc and Kaplan, Inc.
 
We believe that the primary factors on which we compete are:
 
  •  track record of academic results and customer satisfaction;
 
  •  quality of curriculum and online delivery platform;
 
  •  qualifications and experience of teachers;


62


 

 
  •  comprehensiveness of school management and student support services; and
 
  •  cost of the solution.
 
We are unable to provide meaningful data with respect to our market share. We believe that we serve the market for public education, and in any jurisdiction in which we operate, we serve far less than 1% of the public school students in the geographic area in which virtual school enrollments are drawn. In addition, our integrated learning system consists of components that face competition from many different education industry segments, such as traditional textbook publishers, test and assessment firms and private education management companies. Finally, our learning system is designed to operate domestically and internationally over the Internet, and thus the geographic addressable market is global and indeterminate in size.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Since our inception, we have invested more than $95 million to develop our proprietary curriculum and OLS. We continue to invest in our intellectual property as we develop more courses for new grades and expand into adjacent education markets, both in the U.S. and overseas. These intellectual property assets are critical to our success and we avail ourselves of the full protections provided under the patent, copyright, trademark and trade secrets laws. We also routinely utilize confidentiality and licensing agreements with our employees, students, the virtual public schools that we serve, direct-to-consumer customers, independent contractors and other businesses and persons with which we have commercial relationships.
 
On May 1, 2007, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) granted us the patent for our “System and Method of Virtual Schooling” (Patent No. 7,210,938), which provides us with a period of exclusive use until January 26, 2024. In general terms, this patent covers the hardware and network infrastructure of our online school, including the system components for creating and administering assessment tests, the planner, lesson progress tracker and instructional sequencer. We also have four additional international and five additional U.S. patents pending, and several pending provisional U.S. patent applications.
 
We own the copyright in over 11,000 lessons contained in 87 courses that make up our proprietary curriculum, including our online lessons and offline learning kits, and we register this growing lesson portfolio with the U.S. Copyright Office as each new course is completed or updated. We own and use the domain names K12 (.com, .org) and K-12 (.com, .net, .org) as well as the trademark and service mark, K 12 . In addition, we have applied to the USPTO to register the trademark “Unleash the x Potential.”
 
Students who enroll in the virtual public schools we serve are granted a license to use our software in order to access our learning system. Similarly, virtual public schools are granted a license to use our learning system in order to access SAMS and our other systems. These licenses are intended to protect our ownership and the confidentiality of the embedded information and technology contained in our software and systems. We also own the trademarks and service marks that we use as part of the student recruitment and branding services we provide to virtual public schools. Those marks are licensed to the schools for use during the term of the products and services agreements.
 
Our employees, contractors and other parties with access to our confidential information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.
 
Operations
 
An essential component of the K 12 courses are the offline learning kits that accompany our online lessons. A student enrolling in one of our courses receives multiple textbooks, art supplies, laboratory supplies (e.g. microscopes and scales) and other reference materials designed to enhance the learning experience. We package these books and materials into course-specific learning kits. Because each student’s curriculum is customized, the combination of kits for each student must also be customized. In fiscal year 2007, we assembled approximately 2.5 million items into more than 200,000 kits.
 
Over our six years of operation, we believe that we have gained significant experience in the fulfillment of offline materials and that this experience provides us with an advantage over many of our current and potential future competitors. We have developed strong relationships with partners allowing us to source goods at favorable


63


 

price, quality and service levels. Through our fulfillment partner located in Harrisonburg, Virginia, we store our inventory, build our learning kits and ship the kits to students throughout the United States. We have invested in systems including our Order Management System (OMS), to automatically translate the curriculum selected by each enrolled student into an order to build the corresponding learning kit. In 2008, we plan to establish a second logistics and fulfillment center in the western portion of the United States to support our growth and to mitigate single-location fulfillment risk.
 
For many of our virtual public school customers, we attempt to reclaim any materials that are not consumed during the course of the school year. These items, once returned to our fulfillment center, are refurbished and included in future learning kits. This reclamation process allows us to maintain lower materials costs.
 
In order to ensure that students in virtual public schools have access to our OLS, we often provide students with a computer and all necessary support. We source computers and ship them to students when they enroll and reclaim the computers at the end of a school year or upon termination of their enrollment or withdrawal from the virtual public school in which they are enrolled. As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately 20,370 personal computers deployed for use by students.
 
Our fulfillment activities are highly seasonal, and are centered around the start of school in August or September. Accordingly, approximately 70% of our annual materials receiving occurs between March and May, approximately 75% of our annual offline learning kit assembly is accomplished between May and July, and approximately 75% of customer item fulfillment and shipping occurs between July and October.
 
Properties
 
The Company’s headquarters are located in approximately 70,000 square feet of office space in Herndon, Virginia under a lease that expires in April 2013 and a sublease that expires in September 2009.
 
Employees
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had 557 employees. In addition, there are more than 650 teachers who are employed by virtual schools we serve, but who we manage under turnkey solution contracts with those schools. No K 12 employees are union employees; however, certain virtual public schools we serve employ unionized teachers. We believe that our employee relations are good.
 
We have an agreement with a professional employer organization (PEO), to manage all payroll processing, workers’ compensation, health insurance, and other employment-related benefits for our employees. The PEO is a co-employer of our employees along with us. Although the PEO processes our payroll and pays our workers’ compensation, health insurance and other employment-related benefits, we are ultimately responsible for such payments and are responsible for complying with state and federal employment regulations. We pay the PEO a fee based on the number of employees we have.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to lawsuits and other legal proceedings from time to time. There are currently two pending lawsuits in which we are involved, Johnson v. Burmaster and Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School that, in each case, have been brought by teachers’ unions seeking the closure of the virtual public schools we serve in Wisconsin and Illinois, respectively.
 
While we prevailed on summary judgment at the circuit court level in Johnson v. Burmaster , and recently won a preliminary motion in Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School , it is not possible to predict the final outcome of these matters with any degree of certainty. Even so, we do not believe at this time that a loss in either case would have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Depending on the legal theory advanced by the plaintiffs, however, there is a risk that a loss in these cases could have a negative precedential effect if like claims were to be advanced and succeed under similar laws in other states where we operate. The cumulative effect under those circumstances could be material.


64


 

Johnson v. Burmaster
 
In 2003, the Northern Ozaukee School District (NOSD) in the State of Wisconsin established a virtual public school, the Wisconsin Virtual Academy (WIVA), and entered into a service agreement with us for online curriculum and school management services. On January 6, 2004, Stan Johnson, et al., and the Wisconsin Education Association Council (WEAC) filed suit in the Circuit Court of Ozaukee County against the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction (DPI), Elizabeth Burmaster, the NOSD and K12 Inc. The plaintiffs alleged that the NOSD violated the state charter school, open enrollment and teacher-licensure statutes when it authorized WIVA.
 
On March 16, 2006, the Circuit Court issued a Decision and Order upholding on Summary Judgment that WIVA complies with applicable law (No. 04-CV-12 ). WEAC and DPI filed an appeal in the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, District II (No. 2006-AP/01380). Should the plaintiff prevail and state funding of open enrollment payments to the NOSD are enjoined, a claim could be made that the Company must indemnify the NOSD for expenses approximating $2.5 million.
 
Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School
 
On October 4, 2006, the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) filed a citizen taxpayers lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Cook County challenging the decision of the Illinois State Board of Education to certify the Chicago Virtual Charter School (CVCS) and to enjoin the disbursement of state funds to the Chicago Board of Education under its contract with the CVCS. Specifically, the CTU alleges that the Illinois charter school law prohibits any “home-based” charter schools and that CVCS does not provide sufficient “direct instruction” by certified teachers of at least five clock hours per day to qualify for funding. K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC were also named as defendants. On May 16, 2007, the Court dismissed K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC from the case and on June 15, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. We continue to participate in the defense of CVCS under an indemnity obligation in our service agreement with that school, which requires us to indemnify CVCS against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of the service agreement and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of challenges to the validity of the virtual school charter.


65


 

 
REGULATION
 
We and the virtual public schools that purchase our curriculum and management services are subject to regulation by each of the states in which we operate, including Colorado, Arizona, Idaho, Florida, Wisconsin, Arkansas, Texas, Illinois, Minnesota, Kansas, Utah, Nevada, California, Georgia, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Washington and the District of Columbia. The state laws and regulations that directly impact our business are those that authorize or restrict our ability to operate virtual public schools, and those that restrict virtual public school growth and funding. In addition, there are state laws and regulations that are applicable to virtual public schools that indirectly affect our business insofar as they affect these virtual public schools’ ability to operate and receive funding. Finally, to the extent a virtual school obtains federal funds, such as through a grant program or financial support dedicated for the education of low-income families, these schools then become subject to additional federal regulation. These federal regulations have not had a material impact on our business.
 
State Laws Authorizing or Restricting Virtual Public Schools.   The authority to operate a virtual public school is dependent on the laws and regulations of each state. Laws and regulations vary significantly from one state to the next and are constantly evolving. In states that have implemented specific legislation to support virtual public schools, the schools are able to operate under these statutes. Other states provide for virtual public schools under existing charter school legislation or provide that school districts and/or state education agencies may authorize them. Some states do not currently have legislation that provides for virtual public schools or have requirements that effectively prohibit virtual public schools and, as a result, may require new legislation before virtual public schools can open in the state.
 
State Laws and Regulations Applicable to Virtual Public Schools.   Virtual public schools that purchase our curriculum and management services are often governed and overseen by a non-profit or local or state education agency, such as an independent charter school board, local school district or state education authority. We generally receive funds for products and services rendered to operate virtual schools under detailed service agreements with that governing authority. Virtual public schools are typically funded by state or local governments on a per student basis. A virtual school that fails to comply with the state laws and regulations applicable to it may be required to repay these funds and could become ineligible for receipt of future state funds. We are not aware of any material non-compliance with these state regulations by the virtual public schools we serve.
 
To be eligible for state funding, some states require that virtual schools be organized under not-for-profit charters exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The schools must then be operated exclusively for charitable educational purposes, and not for the benefit of private, for-profit management companies. The board or governing authority of the not-for-profit virtual school must retain ultimate accountability for the school’s operations to retain its tax-exempt status. It may not delegate its responsibility and accountability for the school’s operations. Our service agreements with these virtual schools are therefore structured to ensure the full independence of the not-for-profit board and preserve its ability to exercise its fiduciary obligations to operate a virtual public school.
 
Laws and regulations affect many aspects of operating a virtual public school. They can dictate the content and sequence of the curriculum, the requirements to earn a diploma, use of approved textbooks, the length of the school year and the school day, the assessment of student performance, and any accountability requirements. In addition, a virtual public school may be obligated to comply with state requirements to offer programs for specific populations, such as students at risk of dropping out of school, gifted and talented students, non-English speaking students, pre-kindergarten students, and students with disabilities. Tutoring services and the use of technology may also be regulated. Other state laws and regulations may affect the school’s compulsory attendance requirements, treatment of absences and make-up work, and access by parents to student records and teaching and testing materials. Additionally, states have various requirements concerning the reporting of extensive student data that may apply to the school. A virtual public school may have to comply with state requirements that school campuses report various types of data as performance indicators of the success of the program.
 
States have laws and regulations concerning certification, training, experience and continued professional development of teachers and staff with which a virtual public school may be required to comply. There are also numerous laws pertaining to employee salaries and benefits, statewide teacher retirement systems, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, and matters related to employment agreements and procedures for


66


 

termination of school employees. A virtual public school must also comply with requirements for performing criminal background checks on school staff, reporting criminal activity by school staff and reporting suspected child abuse.
 
As with any public school, virtual public schools must comply with state laws and regulations applicable to governmental entities, such as open meetings laws, which may require the board of trustees of a virtual public school to hold its meetings open to the public unless an exception in the law allows an executive session. Failure to comply with these requirements may lead to personal civil and/or criminal penalties for board members or officers. Virtual public schools must also comply with public information or open records laws, which require them to make school records available for public inspection, review and copying unless a specific exemption in the law applies. Additionally laws pertaining to records privacy and retention and to standards for maintenance of records apply to virtual public schools.
 
Other types of regulation applicable to virtual public schools include restrictions on the use of public funds, the types of investments made with public funds, the collection of and use of student fees, and controlling accounting and financial management practices.
 
There remains uncertainty about the extent to which we may be required to comply with state laws and regulations applicable to traditional public schools because the concept of virtual public schools is relatively new. Although we receive state funds indirectly, according to the terms of each service agreement with the local public school entity, our receipt of state funds subjects us to extensive state regulation and scrutiny. Several states have commenced audits, some of which are still pending, to verify enrollment, attendance, fiscal accountability, special education services, and other regulatory issues. While we may believe that a virtual public school we serve is compliant with state law, an agency’s different interpretation of law in a particular state could result in non-compliance, potentially affecting funding.
 
Regulations Restricting Virtual Public School Growth and Funding.   As a new public schooling alternative, some state and regulatory authorities have elected to proceed cautiously with virtual public schools while providing opportunities for taxpayer families seeking this alternative. Regulations that control the growth of virtual public schools range from prescribing the number of schools in a state to limiting the percentage of time students may receive instruction online. Funding regulations can also have this effect.
 
Regulations that hinder our ability to serve certain jurisdictions include: restrictions on student eligibility, such as mandating attendance at a traditional public school prior to enrolling in a virtual public school or course completion (Arizona and Colorado); caps on the total number of students in a virtual school (Arkansas, Idaho, Wisconsin, Texas, Illinois, Florida and the District of Columbia); restrictions on grade levels served (Nevada and Arkansas); geographic limitations on enrollments (California); fixing the percentage of per pupil funding that must be paid to teachers; state-specific curriculum requirements; and limits on the number of charters that can be granted in a state.
 
Funding regulations for virtual schools can take a variety of forms. These regulations include: (i) attendance — some state daily attendance rules were designed for traditional classroom procedures and applying them to track daily attendance and truancy in an online setting can cause disputes to arise over interpretation and funding; (ii) enrollment eligibility— some states place restrictions on the students seeking to enroll in virtual schools, resulting in lower aggregate funding levels; and (iii) teacher contact time — some states have regulations that specify minimum levels of teacher-student face-to-face time, which can create logistical challenges for statewide virtual schools, reduce funding and eliminate some of the economic, academic and technological advantages of virtual learning.
 
Federal and State Grants.   We have worked with certain entities to secure public and grant funding that flows to virtual public schools that we serve. These grants are awarded to the not-for-profit entity that holds the charter of the virtual public school on a competitive basis in some instances and on an entitlement basis in other instances. Grants awarded to public schools and programs — whether by a federal or state agency or nongovernmental organization — often include reporting requirements, procedures, and obligations.
 
Federal Laws and Regulations Applicable to Education Programs.   Some of the virtual public schools we serve may receive federal funds under Title I (funding for education of children from low-income families), Title II


67


 

(funding for the professional development of teachers), Title III (funding for technology programs), Title VII (funding for bilingual education programs) and Title X (start-up funding for charter schools) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act. The schools must comply with applicable federal laws and regulations to remain eligible for receipt of federal funds. The schools we manage could lose all or part of these funds if they fail to comply with the applicable statutes or regulations, if the federal authorities reduce the funding for the programs or if the schools are determined to be ineligible to receive funds under such programs. Under the terms of our service agreements, we assist virtual public schools in fulfilling these reporting requirements.
 
Four primary federal laws are directly applicable to the day-to-day provision of educational services we provide to virtual public schools:
 
  •  No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act.   Through the funding of the Title I programs for disadvantaged students under NCLB, the federal government requires public schools to develop a state accountability system based on academic standards and assessments developed by the state, which are applicable to all public school students. Each state must determine a proficiency level of academic achievement based on the state assessments, and must determine what constitutes adequate yearly progress (AYP) toward that goal. NCLB has a timeline to ensure that no later than the 2013-14 school year, all students, including those in all identified subgroups (such as economically disadvantaged, limited English proficient and minority students,), will meet or exceed the state proficient level of academic achievement on state assessments. The progress of each school is reviewed annually to determine whether the school is making adequate yearly progress. If a Title I school does not make adequate yearly progress as defined in the state’s plan, the local education agency (LEA) is required to identify the school as needing school improvement , and to provide all students enrolled in the school with the option to transfer to another public school served by the LEA, which may include a virtual public school. The LEA must develop a school improvement plan for each school identified as needing improvement in consultation with parents, staff and outside experts and this plan must be implemented not later than the beginning of the next full school year. If the school does not make adequate yearly progress in subsequent years, the school transfer option remains open to students and other corrective action must be taken ranging from providing supplemental education services to the students who remain in the school to taking corrective action including, but not limited to, replacing school staff, implementing a new curriculum, appointing outside experts to advise the school, extending the school year or the school day, reopening the school as a public charter school with a private management company or turning over the operation of the school to the state educational agency.
 
Another provision of NCLB requires public school programs to ensure that all teachers are highly qualified. A highly qualified teacher means one who has: (1) obtained full state certification or licensure as a teacher and who has not had certification or licensure requirements waived on an emergency, temporary or provisional basis; (2) obtained a bachelor’s degree; and (3) demonstrated competence in the academic subject the teacher teaches. All teacher aides working in a school supported with Title I funds must be highly qualified which means the person must have a high school diploma or its equivalent and one of the following: completed at least two years of study in an institution of higher education, obtained an associate’s or higher degree, or met a rigorous standard of quality demonstrated through a formal state or local assessment. Virtual public schools using our products and services may be required to meet these requirements for any persons who perform instructional services.
 
Virtual schools that receive Title I funding and use our products and services may be required to provide parents of Title I students with a variety of notices regarding the teachers and teachers aides that teach their children. In addition, if these schools serve limited English proficient (LEP) children, they may be required to provide a variety of notices to the parents regarding the identification of the student as LEP and certain information about the instruction to be provided to the student, as well as the right to remove or refuse to enroll the student in the LEP program. Finally, these schools may also be required annually to develop, with input from parents of Title I students, and implement a written policy on parental involvement in the education of their children, to hold annual meetings with these parents and to provide these parents with assistance in various areas to help the parents to work with their children to improve student achievement.


68


 

 
Under NCLB, even schools that do not receive Title I funding must provide certain notices to parents. For example, schools may be required to provide a school report card and identify whether any school has been identified as needing improvement and for how long. Parents also must be provided data that will be used to determine adequate yearly progress. Virtual public schools may be contacted by military recruiters who have the right to access the names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary school students for military recruiting purposes. Additionally, virtual public schools may be required to notify parents that they have the option to request that this information not be released to military recruiters or to institutions of higher education.
 
  •  Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA).   The IDEA is implemented through regulations governing every aspect of the special education of a child with one or more of the specific disabilities listed in the act. The IDEA created a responsibility on the part of a school to identify students who may qualify under the IDEA and to perform periodic assessments to determine the students’ needs for services. A student who qualifies for services under the IDEA must have in place an individual education plan, which must be updated at least annually, created by a team consisting of school personnel, the student, and the parent. This plan must be implemented in a setting where the child with a disability is educated with non-disabled peers to the maximum extent appropriate. The act provides the student and parents with numerous procedural rights relating to the student’s program and education, including the right to seek mediation of disputes and make complaints to the state education agency. The schools we manage are responsible for ensuring the requirements of this act are met. The virtual schools could be required to comply with requirements in the act concerning teacher certification and training. We or the virtual public school could be required to provide additional staff, related services and supplemental aids and services at our own cost to comply with the requirement to provide a free appropriate public education to each child covered under the IDEA. If we fail to meet this requirement, we or the virtual public school could lose federal funding and could be liable for compensatory educational services, reimbursement to the parent for educational service the parent provided, and payment of the parent’s attorney’s fees.
 
  •  Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.   A virtual public school receiving federal funds is subject to Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504) insofar as the regulations implementing the act govern the education of students with disabilities as well as personnel and parents. Section 504 prohibits discrimination against a person on the basis of disability in any program receiving federal financial assistance if the person is otherwise qualified to participate in or receive benefit from the program. Students with disabilities not specifically listed in the IDEA may be entitled to specialized instruction or related services pursuant to Section 504 if their disability substantially limits a major life activity. There are many similarities between the regulatory requirements of Section 504 and the IDEA; however this is a separate law which may require a virtual public school to provide a qualified student with a plan to accommodate his or her disability in the educational setting. If a school fails to comply with the requirements and the procedural safeguards of Section 504, it may lose federal funds even though these funds flow indirectly to the school through a local board. In the case of bad faith or intentional wrongdoing, some courts have awarded monetary damages to prevailing parties in Section 504 lawsuits.
 
  •  Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.   Virtual public schools are subject to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act which protects the privacy of a student’s educational records and generally prohibits a school from disclosing a student’s records to a third-party without the parent’s prior consent. The law also gives parents certain procedural rights with respect to their minor children’s education records. A school’s failure to comply with this law may result in termination of its eligibility to receive federal education funds.
 
If we fail to comply with other federal laws, including federal civil rights laws not specific to education programs, we could be determined ineligible to receive funds from federal programs or face criminal or civil penalties.


69


 

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees
 
The following table sets forth information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key members of our management team as of September 21, 2007:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Executive Officers
       
Ronald J. Packard
  43   Chief Executive Officer, Founder and Director
John F. Baule
  43   Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Bruce J. Davis
  42   Executive Vice President, School Services
Nancy Hauge
  53   Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Howard D. Polsky
  56   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Bror V. H. Saxberg
  47   Chief Learning Officer
Celia M. Stokes
  43   Chief Marketing Officer
Key Employees
       
Mary C. Desrosiers
  43   Senior Vice President, Strategic Relationships
Bryan W. Flood
  41   Senior Vice President, Public Affairs
George B. Hughes
  48   Senior Vice President, School Services
John P. Olsen
  40   Senior Vice President, High School Programs
and Classroom Solutions
Peter G. Stewart
  38   Senior Vice President, School Development
Maria A. Szalay
  41   Senior Vice President, Product Development
Elton R. Williams
  45   Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology
Nonemployee Directors
       
Andrew H. Tisch
  57   Chairman
Liza A. Boyd
  32   Director
Guillermo Bron
  55   Director
Steven B. Fink
  55   Director
Dr. Mary H. Futrell
  67   Director
Thomas J. Wilford
  64   Director
 
Executive Officers
 
Ronald J. Packard, Chief Executive Officer, Founder and Director
 
Ronald J. Packard started K 12 in 2000 and has served as Chief Executive Officer since May 2007 after having served as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Packard served as Vice President of Knowledge Universe from 1997 to 2000, and he served as Chief Executive Officer of Knowledge Schools, a provider of early childhood education and after school companies, from 1998 to 2002. Mr. Packard has also held positions at McKinsey & Company from 1989 to 1993 and Goldman Sachs in mergers and acquisitions from 1986 to 1988. Additionally, Mr. Packard has served on the Advisory Board of the Department of Defense Schools since 2002, and from 2004 to 2006 served as a director of Academy 123. Mr. Packard holds B.A. degrees in Economics and Mechanical Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley, an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago, and he was a Chartered Financial Analyst.


70


 

John F. Baule, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
 
John F. Baule joined us in March 2005, and serves as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Mr. Baule spent five years at Headstrong, a global consultancy services firm, first serving as Senior Vice President of Finance from 1999 until 2001 and later as Chief Financial Officer from 2001 to 2004. Prior to Headstrong, Mr. Baule worked for Bristol-Myers Squibb (BMS) from 1990 to 1999, initially joining their corporate internal audit division. He then spent six years with BMS based in the Asia Pacific region, first as the Director of Finance for BMS Philippines, and then as the Regional Finance Director for BMS Asia-Pacific. He later served as Director of International Finance for the BMS Nutritional Division. Mr. Baule began his career working in the audit services practice at KPMG from 1986 to 1990. Mr. Baule holds a B.B.A. in Accounting from the College of William and Mary and he is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
Bruce J. Davis, Executive Vice President, School Services
 
Bruce J. Davis joined us January 2007, and serves as Executive Vice President, School Services. From 2002 until joining us, Mr. Davis ran his own strategy consultancy where his clients included Laureate Education, Discovery Communications, Pearson Publishing, Sylvan Learning Systems, Educate Inc., AICPA, and USAID. Mr. Davis previously held the position of Chief Executive Officer at Medasorb Technologies, a biotechnology company, from 2001 to 2002 and at Mindsurf Networks, a wireless educational system provider, from 1999 to 2000. He also served as Chief Operating Officer of Prometric, a computer test administration company, from 1994 to 1999. Prior to Prometric, he was a senior consultant with Deloitte and Touche from 1985 to 1991 in the Information Systems Strategy group where he managed their IT practice in Egypt. Mr. Davis holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Loyola College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.
 
Nancy Hauge, Senior Vice President, Human Resources
 
Nancy H. Hauge joined us in February 2006, and serves as Senior Vice President, Human Resources. From 2004 to 2006, Ms. Hauge served as Chief Customer Advocate and Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Ruckus Network, a digital media company. Prior to Ruckus, she founded and operated 54th Street Partners, an international management consulting company, from 1999 to 2004. Ms. Hauge has also held the position of Vice President of Human Resources at Ridge Technologies, Crag Technologies, Noah’s New York Bagels, and Gymboree Corporation. Previously, Ms. Hauge held multiple senior management positions in human resources, strategic planning and quality at Sun Microsystems from 1984 to 1994.
 
Howard D. Polsky, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
Howard D. Polsky joined us in June 2004, and serves as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Polsky previously held the position of Vice President and General Counsel of Lockheed Martin Global Telecommunications from 2000 to 2002. Prior to Lockheed Martin, Mr. Polsky worked at COMSAT Corporation from 1992 to 2000, initially serving as Vice President and General Counsel of COMSAT’s largest operating division, and subsequently serving on the executive management team as Vice President of Federal Policy and Regulation. From 1983 to 1992, Mr. Polsky was a partner at Wiley, Rein & Fielding after having worked at Kirkland & Ellis. Mr. Polsky began his legal career at the Federal Communications Commission. Mr. Polsky received a B.A. in Government from Lehigh University, and a J.D. from Indiana University.
 
Bror V. H. Saxberg, Chief Learning Officer
 
Bror V.H. Saxberg joined us in February 2000, and serves as Chief Learning Officer. From 1998 to 2000, Dr. Saxberg served as Vice President of Operations at Knowledge Testing Enterprises, a developer of web-based assessments for IT skills owned by Knowledge Universe; he was a Vice President at Knowledge Universe from 1997 through 2000 as well. Prior to Knowledge Universe, Dr. Saxberg held the position of Publisher and General Manager at DK Multimedia, the North American subsidiary of educational and reference publisher Dorling Kindersley, from 1995 to 1997. Previously, Dr. Saxberg also worked as a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1990 to 1995. Dr. Saxberg holds B.S. degrees in Electrical Engineering and Mathematics from the University of


71


 

Washington, an M.A. in Mathematics from Oxford University, an M.A. and Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and an M.D. from Harvard University.
 
Celia M. Stokes, Chief Marketing Officer
 
Celia M. Stokes joined us in March 2006, and serves as Chief Marketing Officer. Before joining K 12 , Ms. Stokes served as Vice President of Marketing at Independence Air from 2003 to 2006. Previously, Ms. Stokes ran her own marketing firm providing consulting services to organizations such as Fox TV, PBS, the National Gallery of Art, JWalter Thompson, and ADP. From 1993 to 1998, Ms. Stokes served in successive roles leading to Vice President of Marketing at Bell Atlantic and at a joint venture of Bell Atlantic and two other Regional Bell Operating Companies. From 1990 to 1993, Ms. Stokes was Manager of Marketing at Software AG, and from 1988 to 1990, was Client Group Manager at Targeted Communications, an Ogilvy & Mather Direct company. Ms. Stokes holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Virginia.
 
Key Employees
 
Mary C. Desrosiers, Senior Vice President, Strategic Relationships
 
Mary C. Desrosiers joined us in May 2000, and currently serves as Senior Vice President, Strategic Relationships. From May 2000 to October 2003 she headed our Product Development department. From May 1999 until joining us, Ms. Desrosier was managing director at Origin Technology , a national e-business practice. At Origin Technology, Ms. Desrosiers designed and produced applications for the educational, training, and commercial markets. Previously, she was a senior director for Philips Electronics NV, where she established Fountain Works, an internal Internet technology organization, and helped develop and implement global e-business strategies. Ms. Desrosiers also established and managed Studio Interactive, a division of Philips Media, which produced award-winning educational software. Ms. Desrosiers started her career at Booz, Allen. Ms. Desrosier holds a B.S. from St. Mary’s College and an M.B.A. from Marymount University.
 
Bryan W. Flood, Senior Vice President, Public Affairs
 
Bryan W. Flood joined us in June 2002, and serves as Senior Vice President, Public Affairs. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Flood served as Vice President of the MPGH Agency, a public affairs consulting firm. Mr. Flood previously served as National Spokesman for the Lamar Alexander for President campaign from 1995 to 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Flood served as spokesman for the reelection campaign for Gov. John Engler (MI) in 1994. Additionally, Mr. Flood held the positions of Director of Communications for the Michigan Republicans State Committee from 1991 to 1993 and as Spokesman for Rinfret for Governor (NY). Mr. Flood started his career as a Legislative Aide for the Town of Brookhaven, New York. Mr. Flood holds a B.A. in Public Policy from New College of Florida.
 
George B. (“Chip”) Hughes, Jr., Senior Vice President, School Services
 
George B. (“Chip”) Hughes, Jr. joined us in July 2007, and serves as Senior Vice President, School Services. From 1997 until joining us, Mr.  Hughes was a co-founder and Managing Director of Blue Capital Management, L.L.C., a middle-market private equity firm. Mr. Hughes previously served as a Partner of McKinsey & Company, Inc., a global management consulting firm, in McKinsey’s Los Angeles and New Jersey offices, where he was a member of the firm’s Strategy and Health Care practices. Mr. Hughes serves on the National Board of Recording for the Blind & Dyslexic, and on the Board of Councilors of the College of Letters, Arts & Sciences at the University of Southern California. Previously he was a member of the Board of Trustees at Big Brothers of Greater Los Angeles and of Big Brothers Big Sisters of Morris, Bergen, and Passaic Counties (New Jersey). Mr. Hughes holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Southern California and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
John P. Olsen, Senior Vice President, High School Programs and Classroom Solutions
 
John Olsen joined us in March 2004 and currently serves as Senior Vice President, High School Programs and Classroom Solutions. From March 2004 to October 2006 Mr. Olsen served as Senior Vice President, Operations and from October 2004 to March 2006 was also head of our Marketing department. Prior to joining us, he was Vice President of Performance Improvement for America Online’s Broadband, Premium, and Advanced Technology


72


 

Services. Mr. Olsen previously served as a management consultant at Diamond Technology Partners where he practiced in the telecommunications, financial services and consumer products industries. From May 1989 to August 1997 Mr. Olsen served in the U.S. Navy as a Supply Officer in activities ranging from aviation logistics to major weapons systems acquisition to duty as a White House Social Aide. Mr. Olsen holds a B.S. from the United States Naval Academy and an MBA from the University of Michigan.
 
Peter G. Stewart, Senior Vice President, School Development
 
Peter G. Stewart joined us in September 2000, and serves as Senior Vice President, School Development. From 1990 to 2000, Mr. Stewart worked at urban, rural, and international schools in various roles including teacher, school principal, head of school and curriculum director. Mr. Stewart holds a B.A. in English from Williams College and a M.A. from Columbia University Teachers College.
 
Maria A. Szalay, Vice President, Product Development
 
Maria A. Szalay joined us in March 2001, and serves as Vice President, Product Development. From 1999 to 2001, Ms. Szalay served as Practice Director at Operon Partners, an e-business consulting firm. Prior to that, Ms. Szalay worked at Telecom New Zealand from 1994 to 1999 and served as a management consultant at KPMG from 1990 to 1994. Previously, Ms. Szalay served as a Client Portfolio Analyst at Shearson Lehman from 1988 to 1990. Ms. Szalay holds a B.S. in Finance and a B.A. in German Literature from Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University and an M.B.A. from American University.
 
Elton R. Williams, Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology
 
Elton R. Williams joined us in August 2006, and serves as Senior Vice President, Systems and Technology. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Williams served as Senior Vice President of Product Development and Operations for Ruckus Network, a digital media company. From 1993 to 2004, Mr. Williams held multiple technology positions at America Online leading up to Senior Technical Director. Mr. Williams previously served as a software developer at Software A.G., a software infrastructure solutions company from 1988 to 1993. Mr. Williams holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Rochester Institute of Technology.
 
Nonemployee Directors
 
Andrew H. Tisch, Chairman
 
Andrew H. Tisch joined us as director in August 2001, and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since May 2007. Since 1985, Mr. Tisch has been a director of Loews Corporation, and is Co-Chairman of its Board, Chairman of its Executive Committee and, since 1999, has been a member of its Office of the President. In addition, Mr. Tisch has served as past Chairman of the board of directors of Bulova Corporation and a director since 1979. Mr. Tisch has also served as director on the board of directors of CNA Financial Corporation since 2006, at Texas Gas Transmission, LLC and Boardwalk Pipelines, LLC since 2005 and Lord & Taylor, Inc. since 2006. Mr. Tisch holds a B.S. in Hotel Administration from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
Liza A. Boyd, Director
 
Liza A. Boyd joined us as director in April 2006. Ms. Boyd has been employed with Constellation Ventures, a venture capital fund affiliated with The Bear Stearns Companies, Inc. investing in early to mid-stage companies, since 2000, and has been a Managing Director since 2006. At Constellation Ventures, Ms. Boyd focuses on investments in software and services and online media technologies. Ms. Boyd has served as a director on the board of directors of Widevine Technologies since 2004, Fathom Online since August 2005, Siperian since 2006, Avolent since 2006 and Orchestria since 2006. Ms Boyd holds a B.A. in Mathematical Economics from Colgate University.
 
Guillermo Bron, Director
 
Guillermo Bron joined us as a director in July 2007. Mr. Bron has served as Chairman of the Board and a director of United Pan Am Financial Corp. (UPFC) since April 1994, and as a director of Pan American Bank, FSB


73


 

(Pan American), a federally chartered savings association and former wholly owned subsidiary of UPFC, from 1994 until its dissolution in February 2005. Mr. Bron is a Managing Director of Acon Funds Management LLC, a private equity firm, and the Managing Member of PAFGP, LLC, the sole general partner of Pan American Financial, L.P. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Bron was a director of Telemundo Group, Inc. Mr. Bron founded UPFC and organized a Hispanic investor group that acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Pan American’s predecessor from the Resolution Trust Corporation in April 1994. From 1994 to 2003, Mr. Bron was an officer, director and principal stockholder of a general partner of Bastion Capital Fund, L.P., a private equity investment fund primarily focused on the Hispanic Market. Previously, Mr. Bron was a Managing Director of Corporate Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Mr. Bron holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Management from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
Steven B. Fink, Director
 
Steven B. Fink joined us as director in October 2003. Since 2000, Mr. Fink has been the Chief Executive Officer of Lawrence Investments, LLC, a technology and biotechnology private equity investment firm, and since 1996, Mr. Fink has served as a Vice Chairman of Knowledge Universe (now Mounte LLC), a private company focused on building leading companies in areas relating to education, technology and career management. Since 1995, Mr. Fink has also served as Chairman and Vice Chairman of Heron International, a European real estate development company. Mr. Fink has served as non-executive Chairman of Spring Group PLC, an information technology services company in the United Kingdom affiliated with Knowledge Universe, from 1997 to 2000 and again from 2002 to the present, and has served as a director of Leapfrog, Inc. since 1999 and as Chairman of the board since 2004. Mr. Fink has also served as a director of Nextera Enterprises, Inc. since 1997. Mr. Fink holds a B.S. in Psychology from the University of California, Los Angeles and a J.D. and an L.L.M. from New York University.
 
Dr. Mary H. Futrell, Director
 
Dr. Mary H. Futrell joined us as a director in August 2007. Dr. Futrell is currently the director of the George Washington Institute for Curriculum Standards and Technology and the founding president of the World Confederation of the Teaching Profession. Previously, she served as president of the Virginia Education Association, Education International, and ERAmerica. After teaching and holding various administrative positions in different secondary schools, Dr. Futrell joined the faculty at the George Washington University, while earning her Ph.D. and in 1995 was promoted to dean of the Graduate School of Education and Human Development. Dr. Futrell is best known for serving six years as president of the National Education Association from 1983 to 1989. Dr. Futrell has also served on the boards of the Kettering Foundation and the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching Leadership, and on the editorial board of Phi Delta Kappa. She has published articles in a number of scholarly journals, such as Education Record, Foreign Language Annals, and Education Administration Quarterly. Dr. Futrell holds a B.A. in Business Education from Virginia State University, a M.A. from and a Ph.D. in Education Policy Studies from George Washington University. She is also the recipient of numerous honors and awards, including more than twenty honorary degrees.
 
Thomas J. Wilford, Director
 
Thomas J. Wilford joined us as director in November 2002. Since 1993, Mr. Wilford has served as director of Alscott, Inc., privately held a real estate investment company, and since 1997 has served as President. Since 2003, Mr. Wilford has served as Chief Executive Officer of the J.A. and Kathryn Albertson Foundation, a foundation focused on education within Idaho. Mr. Wilford has served as director on the board of directors of Idacorp, Inc. since 2004, and has served on its Audit Committee since 2005. Previously, Mr. Wilford served as an Office Managing Partner of Ernst & Young LLP from 1979 to 1993. Mr. Wilford holds a B.S., and a M.S. in Business from the University of Minnesota and he is a Certified Public Accountant.


74


 

Board of Directors and Director Independence
 
Our board of directors is authorized to have nine members and is currently composed of six nonemployee members and our Chief Executive Officer, Ronald J. Packard. Our executive officers and key employees serve at the discretion of our board of directors.
 
All directors are elected for a period of one year at our annual meeting of stockholders and serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Additionally, our stockholders will have the ability to remove directors with cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the common stock.
 
Director Independence
 
Our board has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Mr. Packard, is “independent” as defined in the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Packard is not independent because he is one of our executive officers.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board directs the management of our business and affairs as provided by Delaware law and conducts its business through meetings of the board of directors, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee. Further, from time to time, other committees may be established under the direction of the board when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of the board committees will comply, when required, with the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange and applicable law.
 
Audit Committee.   Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations concerning the engagement of our independent public accountants, reviewing with the independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent public accountants, reviewing the independence of the independent public accountants, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees, and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit committee comprises Steven B. Fink, Liza A. Boyd and Thomas J. Wilford. Mr. Fink is the chairman of the audit committee. Each of Mr. Fink and Mr. Wilford has been designated as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Both Mr. Fink and Mr. Wilford are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and under the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Ms. Boyd is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.
 
In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.   Our nominating and corporate governance committee provides assistance to the board of directors by identifying qualified candidates to become board members, selecting nominees for election as directors at stockholders’ meetings and to fill vacancies, developing and recommending to the board a set of applicable corporate governance guidelines and principles as well as oversight of the evaluation of the board and management. Our nominating and corporate governance committee comprises Mr. Steven B. Fink, Mr. Guillermo Bron and Mr. Andrew H. Tisch. Mr. Tisch is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Fink, Mr. Bron and Mr. Tisch are “independent” as defined in the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the pricing of our common stock to be sold in this offering and will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.


75


 

 
Compensation Committee.   The compensation committee is responsible for determining compensation for our executive officers and administering our amended and restated stock option plans and other compensation programs. The compensation committee is also charged with establishing, periodically re-evaluating and, where appropriate, adjusting and administering policies concerning compensation of management personnel, including the Chief Executive Officer and all of our other executive officers. Our compensation committee comprises Andrew H. Tisch, Dr. Mary H. Futrell and Liza A. Boyd. Mr. Tisch is the chairman of the compensation committee. Mr. Tisch, Dr. Futrell and Ms. Boyd are “independent” as defined in the currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of our compensation committee at any time has been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. Our entire board of directors made all compensation decisions prior to the creation of our compensation committee.
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, upon consummation of this offering, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as directors. The duty of care generally requires that when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These limitations of liability do not alter liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, upon consummation of this offering, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize us to indemnify or officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and provide that:
 
  •  we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;
 
  •  we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and
 
  •  the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.
 
Contemporaneously with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors which will be in addition to and may be broader than the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.


76


 

We also maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers and intend to obtain a policy of directors and officers liability insurance that will be effective upon completion of this offering which will also cover certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which any of them is seeking indemnification from us, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.


77


 

 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
Objectives and Philosophy of Executive Compensation
 
The Compensation Committee, composed entirely of independent directors, administers our executive compensation programs. The Compensation Committee’s role as described in its charter is to discharge the board’s responsibilities relating to compensation of our executives, including the named executive officers, and to oversee and advise the board on the adoption of policies that govern our compensation and benefit programs. Our executive compensation programs are designed to:
 
  •  Attract and retain individuals of superior ability and managerial talent;
 
  •  Ensure senior executive compensation is aligned with our corporate strategies, business objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;
 
  •  Provide an incentive to achieve key strategic and financial performance measures by linking incentive award opportunities to the achievement of performance goals in these areas; and
 
  •  Enhance the executives’ incentive to increase our stock price and maximize stockholder value, as well as promote retention of key people, by providing a portion of total compensation opportunities for senior management in the form of direct ownership in our stock through stock options.
 
To achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our annual revenues and operating earnings. The Compensation Committee also evaluates individual executive performance with the goal of setting compensation at levels the Compensation Committee believes are comparable with executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development that operate in the major education and high-technology industries, taking into account our relative performance and our strategic goals.
 
Determination of Compensation Awards
 
The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine and recommend the compensation awards available to our named executive officers. Historically, we have set base salaries and annual incentive targets based on both individual performance and position. Base salaries and annual incentive targets for the named executive officers are determined as of the date of hire. Base salaries and annual incentive targets are reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee and may be adjusted to reflect individual performance and any changes in position within the Company to both reward the executives for superior performance and to further our goals of attracting and retaining managerial talent. To aid the Compensation Committee in making its determination, the CEO and COO/CFO provide recommendations annually to the Compensation Committee regarding the compensation of all executive officers, excluding themselves. Each named executive officer other than our CEO and COO/CFO, in turn, participates in an annual performance review with either the CEO or the COO/CFO to provide input regarding the named executive officer’s contributions to our success for the period being assessed. The performance of our CEO and COO/CFO is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee.
 
In 2007, the Compensation Committee retained an independent compensation consultant, Radford Surveys + Consulting, to assist the Compensation Committee with determining the key elements of our compensation programs for fiscal year 2008 and future fiscal years. Radford Surveys + Consulting is an independent consultant specializing in compensation matters in both the technology and education industries. The compensation consultant provides advice to the Compensation Committee with respect to competitive practices and the amounts and nature of compensation paid to the named executive officers. The compensation consultant also advises us on, among other things, structuring our various compensation programs and determining the appropriate levels of salary, bonus and other incentive awards payable to our named executive officers. Based upon the compensation consultant’s recommendations, our executive compensation package continues to consist of a fixed base salary and variable cash and option-based incentive awards, with a significant portion weighted towards the variable components to ensure that total compensation reflects our overall success or failure and to motivate executive officers to meet appropriate performance measures, thereby maximizing total return to stockholders. Within our performance-based compensation program, we aim to compensate the named executive officers in a manner that is tax effective for us.


78


 

Compensation Benchmarking and Peer Group
 
For the fiscal year ending in 2008, we set base salary structures and annual incentive targets at slightly above the median of a peer group of major education and high-technology companies. An important component of setting and structuring compensation for our named executive officers is determining the compensation packages offered by leading education and high-technology companies in order for us to offer competitive compensation within that group of companies. With the assistance of the compensation consultant, we surveyed the compensation practices of a peer group of companies in the United States to assess our competitiveness. The peer group generally consists of 15 leading education companies. This “Peer Group” of companies for our fiscal year ending in 2008 includes: Audible, Inc; Blackboard Inc; Capella Education Company; CNET Networks, Inc; Corinthian Colleges, Inc.; Courier Corporation; DeVry Inc.; eCollege.com; Educate, Inc.; IHS Inc.; ITT Educational Services, Inc.; Learning Tree International, Inc.; PLATO Learning, Inc.; Renaissance Learning, Inc.; and Strayer Education. Overall, our independent compensation consultant determined that our compensation programs, as structured, achieve our market philosophy relative to our Peer Group.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
Base Salary
 
Base salaries for our named executive officers are generally established in line with the scope of their responsibilities, taking into account competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions, and recognizing cost of living considerations. Base salaries are reviewed at least annually, and are adjusted from time to time according to performance and inflation and to realign salaries with market levels. Based upon competitive data and in keeping with the compensation philosophy, the named executive officers’ respective base salaries at the close of fiscal year 2007 were at the following ratio to the median of the comparable position at companies in the Peer Group: Mr. Packard 1.00; Mr. Baule 1.15; Mr. Davis 1.32; Mr. Saxberg 1.13; and Ms. Stokes 1.00. Salaries among the named executive officers reflect the legacy of their position at hire and subsequent adjustments for parity or new responsibilities assigned. None of Mr. Packard, Mr. Baule or Mr. Saxberg received salary increases in fiscal year 2007. Mr. Packard, Mr. Baule and Mr. Saxberg received increases in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 when they each acquired additional responsibilities. Ms. Stokes received a salary increase in the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. At the time of their respective salary increases, Mr. Packard was appointed Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Baule assumed responsibility for the operations of the enterprise, Mr. Saxberg assumed a role with expanded customer interface, and Ms. Stokes assumed responsibility related to marketing functions. Mr. Davis’ salary was negotiated at hire as a combination of external market and internal value associated with his experience and position.
 
Annual Performance Bonus
 
We maintain an annual cash performance bonus program, the Executive Bonus Plan, which is intended to reward executive officers based on our performance and the individual named executive officer’s contribution to that performance. In determining the performance-based compensation awarded to each named executive officer, the Compensation Committee may generally evaluate our performance and the executive’s performance in a number of areas, which could include revenues, operating earnings, student retention, efficiency in product and systems development, marketing investment efficacy, new enrollment and developing company leaders. The Compensation Committee believes that the performance bonus program provides incentives necessary to retain executives and reward them for our short-term performance.
 
For fiscal year 2007, the amounts payable under our annual cash performance bonus program were primarily determined based upon our financial performance including earnings, revenue and EBITDA factors representing improvement in comparison to the prior fiscal year. Other key factors considered included achieving product development goals, enrollment growth and efforts in preparing the company for an initial public offering. The performance bonuses were not, however, predicated or tied to predetermined objective targets for any financial or other metric. Rather, the Compensation Committee made a subjective determination regarding the extent to which these corporate goals were achieved by the executive team as a whole. In 2007 the Compensation Committee and the executives agreed upon a philosophy and practice of “one-team-one-goal.” The accomplishment of these


79


 

performance measures was a substantial accomplishment, which required all executives to remain focused, not merely on individual goal-sets, but on the achievement of these corporate goals.
 
For fiscal year 2007, Mr. Packard’s target bonus was 100% of base salary, Mr. Baule’s target bonus was 50% of base salary, Mr. Davis’ target bonus was 40% of base salary, Mr. Saxberg’s target bonus was 30% of base salary and Ms. Stokes’ target bonus was 30% of base salary. Bonus targets have historically been negotiated at the time of hire. The legacy of these at-hire negotiations have clustered bonus targets at the 40% -50% range of base salary for the Chief Financial Officer and any Executive Vice President, and 30% for the Senior Vice President roles. Mr. Davis’ fiscal year 2007 bonus was guaranteed at $120,000 as part of his employment agreement to offset an earned bonus he left behind with his previous employer. The Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Packard and Mr. Saxberg received their full target bonus for fiscal year 2007, Mr. Baule received a bonus equal to 68% of his base salary in recognition of his expanded role and Ms. Stokes received a bonus equal to 36% of her base salary in recognition of her success in product demand creation.
 
The performance goals for fiscal year 2007 were difficult to achieve in the view of the Compensation Committee, as executives were required to improve the financial performance of the Company while simultaneously focusing on establishing corporate governance standards, improving accounting practices, creating effective internal control systems and maintaining operational stability. The results of performance are set forth in the section entitled “Summary Compensation Table” below.
 
Using peer group data, the Compensation Committee plans to review each of the executive bonus targets in fiscal year 2008 and set objectively determinable goals for the 2008 fiscal year to reflect the stated compensation philosophy. Executive bonuses will be based in part on the Company achieving revenue and EBITDA targets. The Compensation Committee believes these targets are difficult to achieve because they will require the Company to expand the jurisdictions in which it operates in order to achieve the targeted growth, which is not assured in any given time period, particularly in light of factors beyond our control. Additionally, each executive will have an individual set of goals (in addition to the corporate objectives) upon which his or her performance will be measured.
 
Stock Options
 
The Company’s named executive officers, along with a large portion of our employees, are eligible to participate in our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, pursuant to which we grant awards of stock options. We have also granted stock options to some of our named executive officers pursuant to stand-alone agreements. Initial stock option grants are typically made as of the date of hire and then additional stock options may be granted to realign the recipient’s stock option holdings with the stock option holdings of similarly situated employees. Participants, including the named executive officers, become eligible for stock option grants based on individual performance, as determined by the Compensation Committee; however, historically the amount of stock options granted to each participant has generally been determined using a procedure approved by the Compensation Committee based upon several factors, including our financial performance, measured generally based on revenue and EBITDA, the value of the stock option at the time of grant and the recipient’s contributions to the Company. Option grants in 2006 were not, however, tied to objective targets for any financial or other metric. Additional grants may be made following a significant change in job responsibility or in recognition of a significant achievement. In addition, since we hired an independent compensation consultant, we have begun to review external factors such as market data and equity award policies of comparable companies when determining the grants of stock options to participants, including the named executive officers. Providing long-term incentive awards through the grant of stock options enhances our goal of aligning executive compensation with the long-term interests of our stockholders by linking compensation to our stock price and maximizing stockholder value.
 
Stock options granted under our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan generally have a four-year vesting schedule in order to provide an incentive for continued employment. The exercise price of options granted under the stock option plan is equal to or greater than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. During fiscal year 2007, Messrs. Packard and Davis received stock option grants pursuant to stand-alone agreements. These stand alone agreements were used to include vesting and pricing elements that our standard stock option plan did not accommodate. Mr. Davis’ option grant pursuant to his stand alone agreement is subject to a time-


80


 

based vesting schedule. However, to align Mr. Packard’s equity compensation with our success, we developed a dual vesting schedule with a portion of his option grant subject to a time-based vesting schedule and a portion of his option grant subject to a vesting schedule based upon the Company’s achievement of performance metrics or the fair market value of our common stock reaching a certain price. Similarly, in connection with board approval of the amendments of Mr. Packard’s and Mr. Baule’s employment agreements discussed below on July 12, 2007, we granted options to Mr. Packard and Mr. Baule that utilize this dual vesting schedule. This dual vesting takes into consideration Mr. Packard’s role as Chief Executive Officer and steward of achieving the corporate goals, as well as his role as an individual contributor to business development and revenue generation. The dual vesting model of Mr. Baule’s options was designed to align his incentives with the Chief Executive Officer’s. Additionally, the vesting model is reflective of his dual roles, including both his position as Chief Financial Officer, with the long term perspective that role implies, and his position as the Chief Operating Officer, with the quarterly and annual performance goals resident in that responsibility. For the same reasons as stated above with respect to the performance metrics relating to annual performance bonuses for executives, the Compensation Committee believes the achievement of these performance metrics will be difficult. Certain stock options granted to Messrs. Packard and Davis have exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. For fiscal year 2007, we granted 4,850,000 stock options to Mr. Packard and 500,000 stock options to Mr. Davis as part of their respective employment arrangements. The determination of the amounts of the option grants for Messrs. Packard and Davis was based on a combination of market data and internal value ascribed to their respective positions by the Compensation Committee. Messrs. Baule and Saxberg and Ms. Stokes did not receive option grants during fiscal year 2007.
 
Deferred Compensation Plan
 
While we do not currently maintain a deferred compensation plan, effective January 2008, members of our senior executive management team (including our named executive officers) and all vice presidents will be eligible to defer up to 100% of any cash component of the annual incentive bonus earned. The amounts may be deferred up to a maximum of 10 years and are expected to earn a fixed interest rate. The addition of a deferred compensation plan provides a means for us to provide benefits to our executive team to further our philosophy of attracting and retaining individuals of superior ability.
 
Defined Contribution Plan
 
We maintain a Section 401(k) Savings/Retirement Plan (the 401(k) Plan), which covers our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. The 401(k) Plan allows participants to defer up to 50% of their annual compensation, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The employees’ elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) Plan. We currently provide matching contributions equal to $0.25 for each dollar of participant contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant’s annual salary and subject to certain other limits. Our matching contributions are subject to a four-year vesting schedule.
 
Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements
 
We currently have employment agreements in place with each of our named executive officers that provide for severance payments in connection with certain terminations of employment. During our fiscal year ending in 2007, Mr. Packard had an employment agreement with us that provided for salary continuation for 450 days following a termination of his employment without cause by us or due to constructive termination. In addition, each of the other named executive officers have employment agreements with us that provide for employment on an “at will” basis and provide for severance payments ranging from six months to 12 months (plus benefit continuation in certain cases) generally in connection with terminations of employment without cause by us or for good reason by the executive. These agreements were generally negotiated at hire and the potential severance payments were determined considering the following: market data from the peer group; the executive’s perceived marketability; and the desired length of a non-standard non-competition agreement. On July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Packard and an amendment to Mr. Baule’s employment agreement, which are discussed below. Severance is considered by us and our employees to be an integral part of the overall compensation package. We provide severance to the executives as a means to attract and


81


 

retain individuals with superior ability and managerial talent. The severance arrangements impact annual compensation decisions regarding levels of salary and bonus because the severance is provided in the form of salary continuation.
 
While the named executive officers are generally not entitled to receive payments solely as a result of a change in control of the Company, upon certain corporate transactions (including a sale of all or substantially all of the assets, certain mergers or consolidations and certain sales of our outstanding stock) all outstanding options will become fully vested and exercisable.
 
We believe that providing the named executive officers with severance payments upon certain terminations of employment and accelerated vesting of stock options upon a change in control are key retention tools that assist us with remaining competitive with the companies in our Peer Group, further our goal of attracting and retaining key executives with superior ability and managerial talent and protect our intellectual capital and competitive position. These employment agreements, including the revised terms of Mr. Packard’s agreement approved by the board of directors and change in control arrangements, are further described below under the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
 
Summary Compensation Table for 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation that we paid to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
                                                         
                    Nonequity
       
                Option
  Incentive Plan
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus (1)   Awards (2)   Compensation   Compensation (3)   Total
 
Ronald J. Packard
    2007     $ 410,000     $ 410,000     $ 116,436     $    —     $     2,050     $    938,486  
Chief Executive Officer
                                                       
John F. Baule
    2007       300,000       210,000                   1,646       511,646  
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
                                                       
Bruce J. Davis
    2007       144,423       120,000 (5)     4,791                   269,214  
Executive Vice President of School Services (4)
                                                       
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    2007       310,000       93,000                   2,713       405,713  
Chief Learning Officer
                                                       
Celia M. Stokes
    2007       221,052       80,000                   1,847       302,899  
Chief Marketing Officer
                                                       
 
(1) This column represents cash awards to the named executive officers for performance with respect to fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. These awards were paid in September 2007. These awards were generally based upon corporate performance, but were not determined based upon the achievement of specific objective performance targets.
(2) This column represents the dollar amount recognized by us for financial statement reporting purposes of the fair value of stock options granted in fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and prior years in accordance with FAS 123R, assuming no forfeitures. For additional information, including information regarding the assumptions used when valuing the stock options, refer to note 9 of our consolidated financial statements filed herewith. The amounts set forth in this column reflect our accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the named executive officer receiving the awards. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for additional information on stock options granted during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
(3) The amounts in this column consist of 401(k) matching contributions paid by us.
(4) Mr. Davis commenced his employment with us on January 8, 2007. Amounts included in the table reflect Mr. Davis’ compensation from his date of hire through the end of the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2007.
(5) Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Davis was entitled to a guaranteed bonus of $120,000 for fiscal year 2007 which was paid on July 8, 2007.


82


 

 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. The awards described in the following table were granted under our Executive Bonus Plan and stand-alone stock option agreements. The performance metrics considered when the awards were granted, if any, are described in previous subsections of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. No awards were granted to any named executive officer under our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
                                                                       
        Estimated
                           
        Possible
              All
           
        Payouts
              Other
          Grant
        Under
              Option
          Date
        Nonequity
              Awards:
      Closing
  Fair
        Incentive
  Estimated Future Payouts
  Number of
  Exercise or
  Market
  Value
        Plan
  Under Equity
  Securities
  Base
  Price
  of
        Awards   Incentive Plan Awards (1)   Underlying
  Price
  on Date
  Option
    Grant
  Target
  Threshold
  Target
  Maximum
  Options (2)
  of Option
  of
  Awards
Name and Principal Position
  Date   ($)   (#)   (#)   (#)   (#)   Awards   Grant (3)   ($/Sh)
 
Ronald J. Packard
          $    —                                          
Chief Executive
    7/27/2006                     350,000               $     1.50     $     0.58     $    14,802  
Officer
    7/27/2006                     600,000                 1.50       0.58       87,206  
      7/27/2006                     150,000                 1.50       0.58       6,178  
      7/27/2006                     200,000                 1.50       0.58       16,715  
      7/27/2006                     200,000                 1.50       0.58       19,986  
      7/27/2006                     50,000                 1.50       0.58       4,996  
      7/27/2006               150,000       1,200,000                 1.50       0.58       171,652  
      7/27/2006               75,000       600,000                 1.50       0.58       85,826  
      7/27/2006                     1,500,000                 6.00       0.58       113,217  
John F. Baule
                                                     
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
                                                                     
Bruce J. Davis
    2/1/2007                             500,000       1.80       0.83       153,117  
Executive Vice President of School Services
                                                                     
Bror V. H. Saxberg
                                                     
Chief Learning Officer
                                                                     
Celia M. Stokes
                                                     
Chief Marketing Officer
                                                                     
 
 
(1) Stock options were granted pursuant to stand-alone stock option agreements with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of a share of our common stock subject to such option on the date of grant, expire on December 31, 2012, and are subject to performance vesting schedules, as further described in the footnotes to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table. The stock options with performance vesting schedules do not have maximum payout amounts.
(2) Stock options were granted pursuant to stand-alone stock option agreements with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of a share of our common stock subject to such option on the date of grant, expire on December 31, 2014 and are subject to a four year time-based vesting schedule.
(3) The closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant is based upon our analysis of its fair market value. For a discussion of this analysis, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.”


83


 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End for 2007
 
The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of June 30, 2007. All such equity awards consist of stock options granted pursuant to our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan or stand-alone stock option agreements, and no restricted stock awards have been granted to any of the named executive officers. The section titled “Stock Options” in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis section provides additional information regarding the outstanding equity awards set forth in this table.
 
                                         
    Option Awards  
                Equity Incentive Plan
             
    Number of
    Number of
    Awards: Number of
             
    Securities Underlying
    Securities Underlying
    Securities Underlying
    Option
    Option
 
    Unexercised Options
    Unexercised Options
    Unexercised Unearned
    Exercise
    Expiration
 
Name and Principal Position   Exercisable     Unexercisable     Options     Price     Date  
 
Ronald J. Packard
    350,000                 $  1.50       7/27/2014  
Chief Executive Officer (1)
    600,000                   1.50       7/27/2014  
      150,000                   1.50       7/27/2014  
                  200,000       1.50       7/27/2014  
                  200,000       1.50       7/27/2014  
                  50,000       1.50       7/27/2014  
                  1,200,000       1.50       7/27/2014  
      300,000             300,000       1.50       7/27/2014  
                  1,500,000       6.00       7/27/2014  
      675,000                   1.34       7/1/2011  
      900,000                   1.34       7/23/2010  
John F. Baule
    100,000       300,000             1.50       6/1/2014  
Chief Operating Officer
    450,000       350,000             1.34       3/24/2013  
and Chief Financial Officer (2)
                                       
Bruce J. Davis
          500,000             1.80       2/1/2015  
Executive Vice President of School Services (3)
                                       
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    75,000       225,000             1.50       4/26/2014  
Chief Learning Officer (4)
    50,625       39,375             1.34       3/1/2013  
Celia M. Stokes
    56,250       143,750             1.50       4/26/2014  
Chief Marketing Officer (5)
                                       
 
 
(1) Mr. Packard’s outstanding unvested options are subject to performance-based vesting. 200,000 options with exercise prices of $1.50 per share will vest in each of fiscal year ending June 30, 2008 and 2009 contingent upon our attaining revenues and EBITDA goals during each of the respective preceeding fiscal years. 50,000 options with exercise prices of $1.50 per share will vest in fiscal year ending June 30, 2009 contingent upon Mr. Packard attaining leadership goals during the preceeding fiscal year. 1,200,000 options with exercise prices of $1.50 per share will vest on dates that jurisdictional expansion and related EBITDA goals are obtained, if any. 300,000 options with vesting schedules contingent upon jurisdictional expansion and enrollment targets and with exercise prices of $1.50 per share have fully vested as of June 30, 2007. 1,500,000 options with exercise prices of $6.00 per share will vest upon the fair market value of a share of our common stock equaling $6.00.
(2) Mr. Baule’s outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 25,000 options with exercise prices of $1.50 per share will vest every three months beginning on September 1, 2007 through June 1, 2010. 50,000 options with exercise prices of $1.34 per share will vest every three months beginning on September 24, 2007 through March 24, 2009.


84


 

(3) Mr. Davis’s outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 125,000 options will vest on February 1, 2008 and 31,250 options will vest every three months thereafter beginning on May 1, 2008 through February 1, 2011.
(4) Mr. Saxberg’s outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 18,750 options will vest every three months beginning on July 27, 2007 through April 27, 2010, and 5,625 will vest every three months beginning on September 24, 2007 through March 24, 2009.
(5) Ms. Stokes’ outstanding unvested options are subject to time-based vesting. 6,250 options vest every three months beginning on July 27, 2007 through April 27, 2010, and 6,250 vest every three months beginning on September 21, 2007 through March 21, 2010.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
The following table provides information for the named executive officers regarding the stock options each named executive officer exercised, and the value realized, if any, during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
 
                 
    Option Awards  
    Number of
       
    Shares
       
    Acquired
    Value Realized
 
Name and Principal Position   on Exercise (1)     on Exercise  
 
Ronald J. Packard
        $      —  
Chief Executive Officer
               
John F. Baule
           
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer
               
Bruce J. Davis
           
Executive Vice President of School Services
               
Bror V. H. Saxberg
    200,000       64,000 (2)
Chief Learning Officer
               
Celia M. Stokes
           
Chief Marketing Officer
               
 
 
(1) None of the named executive officers other than Mr. Saxberg exercised any stock options during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.
(2) Represents the exercise of 200,000 options on May 29, 2007, each with an exercise price of $1.34 per share. The estimated fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise was $1.66. For a discussion of the analysis of the fair market value of our common stock, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.”
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
 
The Company has employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that provide for severance payments and, in some cases, other benefits upon certain terminations of employment.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Mr. Packard’s employment agreement, effective as of January 1, 2006, provides for a term of employment through January 1, 2009, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Upon a termination of Mr. Packard’s employment by us without cause or due to a “constructive termination” (generally, a material reduction in Mr. Packard’s duties, responsibilities or title), Mr. Packard is entitled to salary continuation for 450 days following termination and he may exercise his outstanding vested stock options until the earlier of 90 days following the expiration of any lock-up period applicable to our initial underwritten public offering, or the expiration of the option term. Upon termination of Mr. Packard’s employment due to his death, his estate will receive salary continuation payments for 180 days following his death. The agreement also provides that Mr. Packard is subject to restrictive covenants during the term of the agreement and for certain periods following termination of employment, including confidentiality restrictive covenants during the term and for three years following termination, intellectual property restrictive covenants during the term, and nonsolicitation and noncompetition restrictive covenants during the period that Mr. Packard receives any compensation from us (including severance) and one year thereafter.


85


 

 
On July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Packard. This amended and restated agreement extends the term of Mr. Packard’s employment until January 1, 2011, and provides for (i) an annual base salary of $425,000, (ii) an annual cash bonus to be awarded by the board of directors in its discretion with a target amount of 100% of base salary, (iii) additional stock option grants subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting, (iv) full vesting of all outstanding stock options upon a change in control of the Company, and (v) severance upon a termination of Mr. Packard’s employment without cause by us or due to “constructive termination” equal to 18 months of base salary and the extension of the exercise date for Mr. Packard’s outstanding stock options to the earlier of 90 days following expiration of any lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial public offering and the expiration of the term of the stock options.
 
Mr. Baule’s employment agreement, dated March 4, 2005, provides for his employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Mr. Baule’s employment for “good reason” (generally, a material reduction in Mr. Baule’s compensation, assignment of a materially different title and responsibilities effectively resulting in a demotion, relocation of Mr. Baule’s place of work more than 50 miles from our headquarters, or we otherwise materially breach the employment agreement), or by us for any reason other than cause, death or disability, Mr. Baule is entitled to severance equal to 365 days of his then-current salary, paid in six monthly installments following termination, and medical and dental benefit continuation for 365 days, or if earlier, until eligible for benefits elsewhere (or reimbursement of COBRA costs to the extent our employee benefit plans do not allow post-termination participation by Mr. Baule). The agreement also provides that Mr. Baule will be subject to the terms of the Company’s Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
On July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amendment to Mr. Baule’s employment agreement. This amendment provides for (i) an annual base salary of $340,000, (ii) an annual cash bonus to be awarded by the board of directors in its discretion with a target amount of 70% of base salary, (iii) additional stock option grants subject to both time-based and performance-based vesting, and (iv) full vesting of all stock options upon a change in control of the company.
 
Mr. Davis’ employment agreement, effective as of January 3, 2007, provides for his employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Mr. Davis’ employment for “good reason” (generally, a material breach of the employment agreement by us that is not cured within 60 days, a reduction in base salary, a diminution or adverse change to title or the person to whom Mr. Davis reports prior to a change in control of the Company, a material diminution in authority, responsibilities or duties, a relocation of place of employment more than 25 miles from our headquarters, a material reduction in Mr. Davis’ compensation, assignment of a materially different title and responsibilities effectively demoting Mr. Davis, or if the employment agreement is not assumed by the successor within 90 days following a change in control of the Company), or by us without cause, Mr. Davis is entitled to 180 days of salary continuation if the termination occurs prior to January 1, 2008, and 365 days of salary continuation if the termination occurs after January 1, 2008. The agreement also provides that Mr. Davis will be subject to the terms of our Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
Mr. Saxberg’s employment agreement, dated June 1, 2006, provides for his employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Mr. Saxberg’s employment for “good reason” (Mr. Saxberg’s resignation within 40 days after his discovery of a material breach of the agreement by us which is not cured within 30 days after written notice from Mr. Saxberg), or by us without “cause,” Mr. Saxberg is entitled to 180 days of salary continuation, reduced by any compensation resulting from new employment. The agreement also provides that Mr. Saxberg will be subject to the terms of our Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of


86


 

employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
Ms. Stokes’ employment agreement, dated March 10, 2006, provides for her employment with us on an “at-will” basis. Upon a termination of Ms. Stokes’ employment for “good reason” (Ms. Stokes’ resignation within 40 days after her discovery of a material breach of the agreement by us which is not cured within 30 days after written notice from Ms. Stokes), or by us without “cause,” Ms. Stokes is entitled to 180 days of salary continuation, reduced by any compensation resulting from new employment. The agreement also provides that Ms. Stokes will be subject to the terms of our Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement which generally prohibits the unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information during and after the period of employment, ensures our right of ownership of any intellectual property developed during the period of employment, prohibits the solicitation of employees for one year following termination of employment and requires that any disputes regarding employment or termination of employment be subject to binding arbitration.
 
Change in Control Arrangements
 
Except for certain stock options granted to Mr. Packard and Mr. Baule during our fiscal year ending in 2007, the stock option agreements for outstanding stock options generally provide for accelerated and full vesting of unvested stock options upon certain corporate events. As described above, on July 12, 2007, our board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Packard, which provides that all of his outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of the Company. Additionally, on July 12, 2007, our board of directors also approved the terms of a new option agreement for Mr. Baule, which provides that all of his outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of the Company. Those events include a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, a merger or consolidation which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of our voting stock immediately after the transaction, and a sale of our outstanding securities (other than in connection with an initial public offering) which results in our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of our voting stock immediately after the transaction.
 
In addition, as described above, Mr. Davis is entitled to voluntarily terminate his employment and receive the severance payments described above if his employment agreement is not assumed by the successor entity within 90 days following a change in control of the Company. Other than the foregoing, none of the named executive officers is entitled to any additional payments upon a change in control of the Company.


87


 

Potential Value of Termination and Change in Control Benefits
 
The following table provides the dollar value of potential payments and benefits that each named executive officer would be entitled to receive upon certain terminations of employment and upon a change in control of the Company, assuming that the termination or change in control occurred on June 30, 2007, and the price per share of our common stock subject to the stock options equaled $1.82, the value of a share on June 30, 2007. For a discussion of our analysis of the fair market value of our common stock, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Accounting for Stock-based Compensation.”
 
                                     
              Without
    Good
    Change in
 
Name
  Payment   Death     Cause     Reason     Control  
 
Ronald J. Packard (1)
  Salary continuation   $ 202,192     $ 505,479     $ 505,479     $  
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       624,000  
                                     
John F. Baule (2)
  Salary continuation           300,000       300,000        
    Benefit continuation           16,734       16,734        
    Option vesting                       264,000  
                                     
Bruce J. Davis
  Salary continuation           147,945       147,945        
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       10,000  
                                     
Bror V. H. Saxberg
  Salary continuation           152,877       152,877        
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       90,900  
                                     
Celia M. Stokes
  Salary continuation           109,012       109,012        
    Benefit continuation                        
    Option vesting                       46,000  
 
 
(1) Amounts do not reflect the terms of Mr. Packard’s amended and restated employment agreement effective July 12, 2007. If Mr. Packard’s amended and restated employment agreement was in effect as of June 30, 2007, Mr. Packard’s salary continuation upon death, termination without cause or termination for good reason would have been $209,589, $637,500 and $637,500, respectively. The value of Mr. Packard’s option vesting would not have changed because the exercise price of the new stock options would have exceeded the value of a share of our common stock on such date.
(2) Amounts do not reflect the terms of Mr. Baule’s amended employment agreement or stock option agreement effective July 12, 2007. If Mr. Baule’s amended employment agreement and option agreement were in effect as of June 30, 2007, Mr. Baule’s salary continuation upon termination without cause or termination for good reason would have been $340,000. The value of Mr. Baule’s option vesting would not have changed because the exercise price of the new stock options would have exceeded the value of a share of our common stock on such date. The value of the benefit continuation would not have changed.
 
Director Compensation
 
For fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and prior fiscal years, we compensated our nonemployee directors solely through grants of stock options. None of our nonemployee directors received any other form of compensation for service during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, such as cash fees for retainer, committee service, service as chairman of the board of directors or meeting attendance. For service during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, each nonemployee director received options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. In addition, members of the Executive Committee of the board during fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, which included Messrs. Tisch, Milken, Fink and Ms. Boyd, received options to purchase an additional 25,000 shares of our common stock in compensation


88


 

for their increased time commitments with respect to serving on the Executive Committee. Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for serving on the board or its committees.
 
                 
    Option
       
Name
  Awards (1)     Total (1)  
 
Andrew H. Tisch
  $  708 (2)     $  708  
Arthur H. Bilger
    354 (3)       354  
Chester E. Finn Jr. 
    354 (4)       354  
Liza A. Boyd
    708 (5)       708  
Lowell J. Milken
    708 (6)       708  
Steven B. Fink
    708 (7)       708  
Thomas J. Wilford
    354 (8)       354  
 
 
(1) This column represents the dollar amount recognized by us for financial statement reporting purposes of the fair value of stock options granted in fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and prior years under our Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan in accordance with FAS 123R, assuming no forfeitures. For additional information, including information regarding the assumptions used when valuing the stock options, refer to note 9 of our consolidated financial statements filed herewith. The amounts set forth in this column reflect our accounting expense for these awards and do not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the directors receiving the awards.
(2) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Tisch was granted 50,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Tisch held options to purchase 275,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 50,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 50,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 50,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 50,000 granted on March 31, 2004; 50,000 granted on February 10, 2003; and 25,000 granted on July 23, 2002.
(3) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Bilger was granted 25,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $16,988. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Bilger held options to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 25,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 25,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 25,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 25,000 granted on March 31, 2004; 25,000 granted on February 10, 2003; and 25,000 granted on July 23, 2002. Mr. Bilger resigned from the board of directors on June 29, 2007.
(4) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Finn was granted 25,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $16,988. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Finn held options to purchase 210,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 25,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 25,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 25,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 25,000 granted on March 31, 2004; 25,000 granted on February 10, 2003; 25,000 granted on July 23, 2002; and 60,000 granted on August 31, 2000. Mr. Finn resigned from the board of directors on July 19, 2007.
(5) Ms. Boyd serves as a director on behalf of certain funds managed by Constellation Ventures. During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Ms. Boyd was granted 50,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975, which have been assigned to these funds. The options granted to the director serving on behalf of these funds in prior years have also been assigned to these funds. As of June 30, 2007, these funds held options to purchase 237,500 shares of common stock, consisting of 50,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 50,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 50,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 50,000 granted on March 31, 2004; and 37,500 granted on February 10, 2003.
(6) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Milken was granted 50,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Milken held options to purchase 275,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 50,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 50,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 50,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 50,000 granted on March 31, 2004; 50,000 granted on February 10, 2003; and 25,000 granted on July 23, 2002. Mr. Milken resigned from the board of directors on July 11, 2007.
(7) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Fink was granted 50,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $33,975. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Fink held options to purchase 205,685 shares of common stock, consisting of 50,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 50,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 50,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 50,000 granted on March 31, 2004; 959 granted on December 18, 2003; and 4,726 granted on October 24, 2003.
(8) During fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, Mr. Wilford was granted 25,000 options on May 17, 2007 with a fair value of $16,988. As of June 30, 2007, Mr. Wilford held options to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock, consisting of 25,000 granted on May 17, 2007; 25,000 granted on April 27, 2006; 25,000 granted on March 24, 2005; 25,000 granted on March 31, 2004; and 25,000 granted on February 10, 2003.


89


 

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2004 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
 
Policies and Procedures for Related-Party Transactions
 
We recognize that related party transactions present a heightened risk of conflicts of interest and in connection with this offering, have adopted a policy to which all related party transactions shall be subject. Pursuant to the policy, the audit committee of our board of directors, or in the case of a transaction in which the aggregate amount is, or is expected to be, in excess of $250,000, the board of directors will review the relevant facts and circumstances of all related party transactions, including, but not limited to, (i) whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. Pursuant to the policy, no director, including the chairman of the audit committee may participate in any approval of a related party transaction to which he or she is a related party.
 
The audit committee will then, in its sole discretion, either approve or disapprove the transaction.
 
Certain types of transactions, which would otherwise require individual review, have been pre-approved by the audit committee. These types of transactions include, for example, (i) compensation to an officer or director where such compensation is required to be disclosed in our proxy statement, (ii) transactions where the interest of the related party arises only by way of a directorship or minority stake in another organization that is a party to the transaction and (iii) transactions involving competitive bids or fixed rates.
 
All of the transactions set forth below were approved by a majority of the board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the board of directors prior to the adoption of our related party transaction policy. We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
   Loan From Director Stockholders
 
On June 28, 2005, the Company entered into a loan commitment with certain of its director stockholders and their affiliates. The loan, which was made to supplement our working capital, entitled us to borrow up to $8.050 million in two installments. In June 2005, we borrowed $4.025 million. The loan was secured by our accounts receivable and certain other assets and was to mature on December 31, 2006. However, we paid the loan in full, including $1.0 million in interest, on December 21, 2006 and all obligations relating to the loan have since been released.
 
   Stockholders Agreement
 
We entered into a Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated December 19, 2003, with the holders of our common stock and the holders of our Series B and Series C preferred stock. We refer to this agreement below as the stockholders agreement. The stockholders agreement contains certain transfer restrictions, preemptive rights and drag-along rights, each of which will terminate upon completion of this offering.
 
Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, holders of shares of our common stock and preferred stock have the registration rights described below. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration and our right to postpone a requested registration for a period of no more than 120 days if our board determines such registration would be detrimental to us.
 
The holders of at least one-third of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable to our preferred stockholders upon conversion of their preferred stock, subject to certain exceptions, may require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to such shares of common stock. We are


90


 

not obligated to take any action to effect any registration demanded pursuant to the stockholders agreement during the period starting 60 days prior to and ending six months following the effective date of any registration statement pertaining to any of our securities. The stockholders agreement grants three such demand registration rights.
 
Beginning six months after this offering, if we propose to register any shares of our common stock, persons owning or having the right to acquire shares of our common stock are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include shares of their common stock therein.
 
We are obligated to pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting commissions, brokerage fees or transfer taxes related to any demand or piggyback registration. Each holder agrees not to undertake any public sale or distribution of shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock. The stockholders agreement contains customary indemnification provisions.
 
   Individual Stockholder Agreements
 
We entered into a Stockholder Agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Ronald J. Packard, and Knowledge Universe Learning, Inc. (KULI) dated April 26, 2000. Pursuant to that agreement, Mr. Packard granted to KULI an irrevocable proxy to vote and/or give written consents with respect to any and all shares of the Company owned by Mr. Packard and/or standing in the name of Mr. Packard on the books and records of the Company or with respect to which Mr. Packard otherwise may be entitled to vote at any and all annual or special meetings of the stockholders of the Company or by written consent. Upon the completion of this offering, this agreement shall automatically terminate.
 
We entered into a Stockholder Agreement with William J. Bennett and KULI on February 20, 2000. Dr. Bennett resigned as a director and our Chairman in October 2005, at which time certain terms of this agreement were amended in connection with his resignation. Upon the closing of the offering, any antidilution rights that remain in the agreement will terminate. The agreement initially prohibited sales by Dr. Bennett of the 1,500,000 shares he was issued in 2000, and now limits him to sales of no more than 20% of such shares per year.
 
   Employment Agreements
 
We have entered into employment with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Employment Agreements.”


91


 

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table provides certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding capital stock as of June 30, 2007, after giving effect to a      for      stock split, for:
 
  •  each person or group who beneficially owns more than 5% of our capital stock on a fully diluted basis;
 
  •  each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of the selling stockholders; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
The selling stockholders will only offer shares in this offering if, and to the extent, that the underwriters exercise their overallotment option.
 
Unless otherwise noted, the address for each director and executive officer is c/o K12 Inc., 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, VA 20171.
 
                                                 
                      Maximum
             
                      Number of
    Shares Beneficially
 
                Percentage of
    Shares to be
    Owned After
 
                Ownership After
    Sold in This
    This Offering if
 
    Shares Beneficially
    This Offering if
    Offering if the
    the Underwriters
 
    Owned Prior
    the Underwriters
    Underwriters
    Exercise Their
 
    to This
    Do Not Exercise
    Exercise Their
    Overallotment
 
    Offering (1)     Their Overallotment
    Overallotment
    Option in Full (1)  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number     Percent     Option     Option in Full     Number     Percent  
 
Executive Officers
                                               
Ronald J. Packard (2)
    4,681,369       4.07 %                                
John F. Baule (3)
    550,000       *                                  
Bror V. H. Saxberg (4)
    444,375       *                                  
Howard D. Polsky (5)
    101,000       *                                  
Nancy Hauge (6)
    68,125       *                                  
Celia M. Stokes (7)
    62,500       *                                  
Bruce J. Davis
                                           
Directors
                                               
Andrew H. Tisch (8)
    5,532,243       4.94 %                                
Thomas J. Wilford (9)
    4,206,345       3.76 %                                
Guillermo Bron (10)
    432,738       *                                  
Steven B. Fink (11)
    105,269       *                                  
Liza A. Boyd (12)
                                           
Dr. Mary H. Futrell
                                           
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (13 persons)
    16,183,964       13.92 %                                
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Our Outstanding Common Stock
                                               
Learning Group LLC (13)
    27,521,420       24.48 %                                
CV II Entities (14)
    17,573,842       15.70 %                                
Mollusk Holdings, LLC (15)
    13,002,086       11.51 %                                
 
 
*   Less than 1% beneficial ownership.
 
(1) Beneficial ownership of shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to


92


 

applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. The number of shares beneficially owned by a person includes shares of common stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2007 and not subject to repurchase as of that date. Shares issuable pursuant to options and warrants are deemed outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding the options and warrants but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. For purposes of this table, the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007 is deemed to be 111,798,779, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into 101,386,536 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of calculating the percentage beneficially owned by any person, shares of common stock issuable to such person upon the exercise of any options or warrants exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2007 are also assumed to be outstanding.
 
(2) Includes options for 3,175,000 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 6,369 shares of common stock and 1,500,000 shares of common stock. These totals include both shares and options held individually and in the 2006 Packard Investment Partnership, L.P.
 
(3) Includes options for 550,000 shares of common stock.
 
(4) Includes 300,000 shares of common stock and options for 144,375 shares of common stock.
 
(5) Includes options for 101,000 shares of common stock.
 
(6) Includes options for 68,125 shares of common stock.
 
(7) Includes options for 62,500 shares of common stock.
 
(8) Includes options for 175,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 12,739 shares of common stock. Also includes 1,248,900 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held Andrew H. Tisch 1991 Trust #2, 182,130 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by KAL Family Partnership and 182,129 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by KSC Family Partnership. Mr. Tisch has voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by these entities. The address of these stockholders is c/o Loews Corporation, 667 Madison Avenue, 7th Floor, New York, New York 10021. Also includes 3,731,345 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Continental Casualty Company. Mr. Tisch is on the board of directors of CNA Financial Corporation, which is affiliated with Continental Casualty Company. Mr. Tisch disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Continental Casualty Company. The address for Continental Casualty Company is c/o CNA Financial Corporation, CNA Center, Chicago, Illinois 60685.
 
(9) Includes options for 75,000 shares of common stock. Also includes 4,131,345 shares of common stock held by Alscott Investments, LLC. Mr. Wilford has voting and investment power with respect to shares held by this stockholder. The address of Alscott Investments, LLC is 501 Baybrook Court, Boise, Idaho 83706. Mr. Wilford disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alscott Investment, LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(10) Includes 432,738 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by The Bron Trust, dated July 27, 1998. Mr. Bron is not the trustee of The Bron Trust, however, he is the beneficiary of The Bron Trust and, therefore, is deemed to beneficially own such shares. Mr. Bron disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by The Bron Trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, therein.
 
(11) Includes options for 105,269 shares of common stock. Does not include the shares of common stock or preferred stock held by Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Mr. Fink is the Chief Executive Officer of Lawrence Investments, LLC. Lawrence Investments, LLC is a managing member of Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Mr. Fink does not have voting power nor investment power with respect to the common stock directly or beneficially owned by Mollusk Holdings, LLC.
 
(12) Does not include the shares of preferred stock or options to acquire common stock held by Constellation Venture Capital II, L.P., Constellation Venture Capital Offshore II, L.P., The BSC Employee Fund IV, L.P. and CVC II Partners, LLC (See note (14)). Ms. Boyd is a Managing Director of Constellation Ventures. Ms. Boyd does not have voting power nor investment power with respect to the common stock beneficially owned by such funds.
 
(13) Includes 23,791,931 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, 3,106,774 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 40,625 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 582,090 shares of preferred stock convertible into an equivalent amount of shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. Learning Group LLC may be deemed to be controlled by Michael R. Milken and/or Lowell J. Milken and as such, Michael R. Milken and/or Lowell J. Milken may be deemed to have the power to exercise investment and voting control over, and to share in the beneficial ownership of, the shares beneficially owned by Learning Group LLC. The address for Messrs. M. Milken and L. Milken and Learning Group LLC is 1250 Fourth Street, Santa Monica, CA 90401.
 
(14) The CV II Entities consist of (i) Constellation Venture Capital II, L.P. (CVC II), (ii) Constellation Venture Capital Offshore II, L.P. (Offshore), (iii) The BSC Employee Fund IV, L.P. (BSC) and (iv) CVC II Partners, LLC (CVC II Partners, and together with CVC II, Offshore and BSC, the Constellation Funds). Constellation Ventures Management II LLC is the sole general partner of CVC II, the sole general partner of Offshore and the sole managing general partner of BSC. Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. is the managing member of CVC II Partners and the investment adviser to each Constellation Fund. Clifford Friedman is a member of Constellation Ventures Management II, LLC and a senior managing director of Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. The Bear Stearns Companies Inc., a registered broker-dealer, is the sole managing member of Constellation Ventures Management II, LLC and the parent corporation of Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. Constellation Ventures Management II, LLC, Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. and Mr. Friedman share investment and voting control of shares beneficially owned by CVC II, Offshore and BSC. Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. exercises sole investment and voting control of the shares beneficially owned by CVC II Partners. The address for each such entity and person is 237 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.
 
The holdings of the CV II Entities include: (i) 9,220,061 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by CVC II and options for 72,710 shares of common stock assigned to CVC II by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds; (ii) 4,358,964 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Offshore and options for 34,375 shares of common stock assigned to Offshore by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds; (iii) 3,652,763 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by BSC and options for 28,806 shares of common stock assigned to BSC by Ms. Boyd or a former director appointed by the Constellation Funds; and (iv) 204,554 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by CVC II Partners and options for 1,609 shares of common stock assigned to CVC II Partners by Ms. Boyd or a former


93


 

director appointed by the Constellation Funds. Ms. Boyd is affiliated with the Constellation Funds but disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by them. The CV II Entities has informed us that it purchased the shares being registered on their behalf in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of their purchase, had no agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute those shares.
 
(15) Includes 7,962,395 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held, 3,875,512 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 1,164,179 shares of preferred stock convertible into an equivalent amount of shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. The address of this stockholder is 101 Ygnacio Valley Road, Suite 310, Walnut Creek, California 94596. Cephalopod Corporation and Lawrence Investments, LLC are the members of Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Cephalopod Corporation is the managing member of Mollusk Holdings, LLC. Mr. Lawrence J. Ellison is the Chief Executive Officer of Cephalopod Corporation. The Lawrence J. Ellison Revocable Trust U/D/D 12/8/95 (“Ellison Trust”), Philip B. Simon and Steven B. Fink are the members of Lawrence Investments, LLC. Mr. Fink is the Chief Executive Officer of Lawrence Investments, LLC and Mr. Simon is the President of Lawrence Investments, LLC. Mr. Ellison is the sole beneficiary and co-trustee of the Ellison Trust. Mr. Simon is the other co-trustee. Mr. Ellison may be deemed to exercise investment and voting control over the shares beneficially owned by Mollusk Holdings, LLC. The address for Mr. Ellison is 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, California 94065.


94


 

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following description of our capital stock is only a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms and provisions of the capital stock contained in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, Bylaws, as amended, and other agreements to which we and our stockholders are parties.
 
As of June 30, 2007, there were 10,412,243 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 35 stockholders, and there were 51,524,974 shares of Series B preferred stock and 49,861,562 shares of Series C preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 62 and 39 stockholders, respectively.
 
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms thereof without any further action required by us or the holders of the preferred stock. Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of           shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.
 
Common Stock
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:
 
Voting Rights
 
Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors.
 
Dividend Rights
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to any restrictions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Liquidation Rights
 
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock.
 
Other Matters
 
The holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. Our common stock does not entitle its holders to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. As of June 30, 2007, there was 51,524,974 shares of Series B preferred stock and 49,861,562 of Series C preferred stock issued and outstanding.


95


 

Governing Documents and Delaware Law that May Have an Antitakeover Effect
 
The provisions of (1) Delaware law, (2) our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, and (3) our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering, which are discussed below, could discourage or make it more difficult to accomplish a proxy contest or other change in our management or the acquisition of control by a holder of a substantial amount of our voting stock.
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Upon consummation of the offering, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company. In particular, we expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as applicable, among other things, will:
 
  •  provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, by the request in writing of a majority of the members of the board of directors or by the request in writing of stockholders holding in aggregate at least 40 % of the number of shares outstanding;
 
  •  establish procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and stockholder nominations, including requiring advance written notice of a stockholder proposal or director nomination;
 
  •  not permit action by stockholders by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  not include a provision for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Under cumulative voting, a minority stockholder holding a sufficient number of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or more directors. The absence of cumulative voting may have the effect of limiting the ability of minority stockholders to effect changes in the board of directors and, as a result, may have the effect of deterring a hostile takeover or delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders;
 
  •  require that the vote of holders of 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is required to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws; and
 
  •  provide that the board of directors has the power to alter, amend or repeal the bylaws without stockholder approval.
 
Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue up to           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in one or more classes or series, and to fix or alter:
 
  •  the number of shares constituting any class or series;
 
  •  the designations, powers and preferences of each class or series;
 
  •  the relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each class or series; and
 
  •  any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on each class or series.
 
The above provisions are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are expected to reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition attempts as well as discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.


96


 

Delaware Takeover Statute
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  prior to the date of the business combination, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock of the interested stockholder) those shares owned:
 
  •  by persons who are directors and also officers, and
 
  •  by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
A “business combination” includes:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is an entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years from the date of determination, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. This statute could delay, defer or prohibit a merger or other takeover or a change of control of the Company.
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
We will apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol LRN.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Registrar and Transfer Company.


97


 

 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. This summary is applicable only to non-U.S. holders who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes). We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
 
  •  banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;
 
  •  persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
 
  •  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
  •  entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors in such entities;
 
  •  “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
 
  •  U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;
 
  •  persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or
 
  •  persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.
 
In addition, if a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships which hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.
 
This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.
 
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
 
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. person if you are:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or who meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;


98


 

 
  •  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state therein or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
Distributions
 
As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock.
 
If distributions are made on shares of our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
 
Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide the appropriate withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.
 
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide the appropriate withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of any allowable deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
 
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you);
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (a USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.
 
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of our common stock.


99


 

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. You should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding is not required. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.
 
Payments of dividends made to you will not be subject to backup withholding if you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding at a current rate of 28%, may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.
 
Payments of the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. holder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply to such a payment if the broker is a U.S. person, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period, or a foreign partnership with certain connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.
 
Payments of the proceeds from a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its non-U.S. holder status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.


100


 

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market following the offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
 
Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of           shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. This leaves           shares eligible for sale in the public market as follows:
 
     
Number of
   
Shares
 
Date
 
            
  After           days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
            
  At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus as described below under “Lock-up” Agreements.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after the offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The Securities and Exchange Commission has a proposal pending to shorten the one-year holding period to six months.
 
Rule 144(k)
 
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. The Securities and Exchange Commission has a proposal pending to shorten the two-year holding period to six months.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
All of our officers and directors and certain of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements under which they agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, except for shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters.
 
In addition, at our request, the underwriters have reserved up to           shares of the shares of common stock offered for sale pursuant to this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, executive officers, employees and business associates in a directed share program. Any of these directed shares purchased by our directors, executive officers, employees and business associates, such as clients or suppliers, will be subject to a 180-day lock-up


101


 

restriction. Accordingly, the number of shares freely transferable upon completion of this offering will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by our directors, executive officers, employees and business associates, and there will be a corresponding increase in the number of shares that become eligible for sale after 180 days from the date of this prospectus.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of the offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.
 
Following the offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering approximately           shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of stock options, subject to outstanding options or reserved for issuance under our employee and director stock benefit plans. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the contractual restrictions described above. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Compensation — Stock Options.”


102


 

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriters
  Shares  
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
                
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
       
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
BMO Capital Markets Corp. 
       
ThinkEquity Partners LLC
       
Subtotal
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ overallotment option described below.
 
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $      a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
 
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of           additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. They may exercise this option during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $     , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $     , total proceeds to us would be $      and total proceeds to the selling stockholders would be $     .
 
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.
 
We intend to apply to have the common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LRN”.


103


 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts that we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters:
 
                                 
    Paid by Us     Paid by Selling Stockholders  
    Without
    With
    Without
    With
 
    Overallotment     Overallotment     Overallotment     Overallotment  
 
Per Share
  $                $                $                $             
Total
  $       $       $       $  
 
We will pay all of the expenses of the offering, including those of the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option (other than underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the shares sold by the selling stockholders). We estimate that the expenses of this offering other than underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $          .
 
We, our directors, our executive officers and certain of our stockholders have agreed that subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
 
  •  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;
 
  •  file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;
 
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:
 
  •  the sale of shares to the underwriters;
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  •  any shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under existing employee option plans, grants of employee stock options or restricted stock in accordance with the terms in effect on the date hereof and the filing by the Company of any registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof;
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares of common stock or any security convertible into shares of common stock in connection with a bona fide merger or acquisition transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares issued in these transactions shall not exceed 5% of the total shares offered in this offering and that any recipient of these shares executes a copy of the lock-up agreement;
 
  •  transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, provided, however, that no filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transaction (other than a filing on Form 4 after the expiration of the lock-up period or on a Form 5 made when required); or
 
  •  the transfer of shares of common stock (i) pursuant to a will, other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent, (ii) as a bona fide gift or (iii) to a family member or trust, provided that, in each case, the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of the lock-up agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any


104


 

  party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made when required) and such transfer does not involve a disposition for value.
 
The 180-day restricted period described above is subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the applicable restricted period, the “lock-up” restrictions described above will, subject to limited exceptions, continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.
 
As of          , 2007,           of our outstanding shares were subject to the abovementioned restrictions.
 
In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Overallotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Directed Share Program
 
At our request, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10% of the shares offered in this prospectus for our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus.


105


 

Pricing of the Offering
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the future prospects of us and our industry in general and our sales, earnings and certain other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to us. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.


106


 

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
Resale Restrictions
 
The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of the shares are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares.
 
Representations of Purchasers
 
By purchasing shares in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
 
  •  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
 
  •  where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,
 
  •  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and
 
  •  the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the shares to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.
 
Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.
 
Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only
 
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
 
Enforcement of Legal Rights
 
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
 
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
 
Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.


107


 

SALES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES OTHER THAN CANADA
 
No common stock has been offered to the public or will be offered to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock and the approval of the offer by the Financial Services Authority (FSA) or, where appropriate, approval in another Member State and notification to the FSA, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer of the stock may be made to persons who fall within the definition of “qualified investor” as that term is defined in Section 86(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) or otherwise in circumstances which do not result in an offer of transferable securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA;
 
Each underwriter has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us or to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA; and
 
Each underwriter has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
No prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) has been prepared in connection with the offering of the shares of our common stock that has been approved by France’s Autorité des marchés financiers or by the competent authority of another state that is a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des marchés financiers; no shares of our common stock have been offered or sold and will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France except to permitted investors (Permitted Investors) consisting of persons licensed to provide the investment service of portfolio management for the account of third parties, qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account and/or investors belonging to a limited circle of investors (cercle restraint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, with “qualified investors” and “limited circle of investors” having the meaning ascribed to them in Articles L. 411-2, D. 411-1, D. 411-2, D. 411-4, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder; none of this prospectus or any other materials related to the offering or information contained therein relating to the shares of our common stock has been released, issued or distributed to the public in France except to Permitted Investors; and the direct or indirect resale to the public in France of any Securities acquired by any Permitted Investors may be made only as provided by Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-l and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder.
 
The offering of shares of our common stock has not been cleared by the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the CONSOB) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, each underwriter acknowledges and agrees that the shares of our common stock may not and will not be offered, sold or delivered, nor may or will copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the shares of our common stock be distributed in Italy, except (i) to professional investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in Article 31, second paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of July 1, 1998, as amended (the Regulation No. 11522), or (ii) in other circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Degree No. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the Financial Service Act) and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended.
 
Any offer, sale or delivery of shares of our common stock or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares of our common stock in Italy may and will be effected in accordance with all Italian securities, tax, exchange control and other applicable laws and regulations, and, in particular, will be: (1) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the Italian Banking Law), Regulation No. 11522 and any other applicable laws and regulations; (2) in compliance with Article 129 of the Italian Banking Law and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy; and (3) in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy.


108


 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), and effective as of the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), no common stock have been offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and brought to the attention of the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an offer of common stock may be made effective as of the Relevant Implementation Date to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(1) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(2) to any legal entity which has two or more of (a) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (b) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (c) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
(3) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this paragraph, the expression an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer to sell any common stock to any member of the public in the Cayman Islands.
 
The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell stock or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, may be issued, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.
 
The common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 235 of 1948 as amended) (the Securities Exchange Law) and disclosure under the Securities Exchange Law has not been and will not be made with respect to the common stock. Accordingly, the common stock may not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Exchange Law and other relevant laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan. As used in this paragraph, “resident of Japan” means any person residing in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
 
This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold or made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase nor may this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase of such common stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any members of the public in Singapore other than: (1) to an institutional investor or other person falling within Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (2) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance


109


 

with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (3) pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
 
The common stock have not been registered under the South Korean Securities and Exchange Law. The common stock has not been offered, sold or delivered and will not be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in South Korea or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of South Korea, except as otherwise permitted by applicable South Korean laws and regulations; and any securities dealer to whom any Underwriter sells common stock will agree that it will not offer any common stock, directly or indirectly, in South Korea or to any resident of South Korea, except as permitted by applicable South Korean laws and regulations, or to any other dealer who does not so represent and agree.
 
The underwriters will not circulate or distribute this prospectus in the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly, any securities to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.
 
No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the common stock or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.


110


 

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by our counsel, Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington, DC. Various legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk &Wardwell, New York, New York.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements and schedules included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement. This prospectus summarizes provisions that we consider material of certain contracts and other documents to which we refer you. Because the summaries may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of those documents. We have included copies of those documents as exhibits to the registration statement.
 
The registration statement and the exhibits thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement and other information filed by us with the SEC are also available at the SECs website at www.sec.gov .
 
As a result of the offering, we and our stockholders will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, annual and periodic reporting requirements, restrictions of stock purchases and sales by affiliates and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements by an independent registered accounting firm and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.


111


 

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
Audited Financial Statements:
   
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
  F-23


F-1


 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Board of Directors and Stockholders
K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007. We have also audited the schedules listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and schedules are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and schedules, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedules. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.”
 
Also, in our opinion, the schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP

Bethesda, Maryland
September 25, 2007


F-2


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
    (in thousands,
 
    except share and
 
    per share data)  
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,660     $ 9,475  
Restricted cash
          2,332  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $589 and $1,440 at June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively
    15,455       11,449  
Inventories, net
    13,804       11,110  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,245       568  
                 
Total current assets
    32,164       34,934  
Property and equipment, net
    17,234       10,388  
Capitalized curriculum development costs, net
    9,671       1,470  
Other assets, net
    1,182       1,054  
Deposits and other assets
    961       639  
                 
Total assets
  $ 61,212     $ 48,485  
                 
 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities
               
Bank overdraft
  $ 1,577     $  
Line of credit
    1,500        
Accounts payable
    6,928       6,349  
Accrued liabilities
    1,819       2,643  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    6,200       5,100  
Deferred revenue
    2,620       1,396  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    2,780        
Current portion of notes payable
    192        
Notes payable — related party
          4,025  
                 
Total current liabilities
    23,616       19,513  
Deferred rent, net of current portion
    1,684       1,598  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    3,974        
Notes payable, net of current portion
    189        
                 
Total liabilities
    29,463       21,111  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
                 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
               
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 49,861,562 and 45,328,693 shares issued and outstanding at 2007 and 2006, respectively; liquidation value of $133,629 and $121,481 at 2007 and 2006, respectively
    91,122       76,211  
                 
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 76,000,000 shares authorized; 51,524,974 shares issued and outstanding at 2007 and 2006, respectively; liquidation value of $138,087 at 2007 and 2006
    138,434       124,614  
                 
Stockholders’ deficit
               
Common stock, par value $0.0001; 170,000,000 shares authorized; 10,412,243 and 10,194,414 shares issued and outstanding at 2007 and 2006, respectively
    1       1  
Accumulated deficit
    (197,808 )     (173,452 )
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (197,807 )     (173,451 )
                 
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 61,212     $ 48,485  
                 
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues
  $ 140,556     $ 116,902     $ 85,310  
                         
Cost and expenses
                       
Instructional costs and services
    76,064       64,828       49,130  
Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses
    51,159       41,660       30,031  
Product development expenses
    8,611       8,568       9,410  
                         
Total costs and expenses
    135,834       115,056       88,571  
                         
Income (loss) from operations
    4,722       1,846       (3,261 )
Interest expense, net
    (639 )     (488 )     (279 )
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    4,083       1,358       (3,540 )
Income tax expense
    (218 )            
                         
Net income (loss)
    3,865       1,358       (3,540 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (6,378 )     (5,851 )     (5,261 )
Preferred stock accretion
    (22,353 )     (18,697 )     (15,947 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (24,866 )   $ (23,190 )   $ (24,748 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share:
                       
Basic and diluted
  $ (2.44 )   $ (2.30 )   $ (2.46 )
                         
Weighted average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                       
Basic and diluted
    10,208,507       10,083,721       10,062,587  
                         
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
                                                                         
    Redeemable
    Redeemable
    Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Convertible Series C
    Convertible Series B
                Additional
             
    Preferred Stock     Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Total  
    (dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance, June 30, 2004
    37,461,730     $ 54,629       51,524,974     $ 100,440       10,019,232     $ 1     $     $ (125,622 )   $ (125,621 )
Employee exercised options
                            59,994             70             70  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          4,403             11,544                   (70 )     (15,877 )     (15,947 )
Series C 10% Stock Dividend
    3,746,173       5,261                                     (5,261 )     (5,261 )
Net loss
                                              (3,540 )     (3,540 )
                                                                         
Balance, June 30, 2005
    41,207,903       64,293       51,524,974       111,984       10,079,226       1             (150,300 )     (150,299 )
Employee exercised options
                            115,188             38             38  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          6,067             12,630                   (38 )     (18,659 )     (18,697 )
Series C 10% Stock Dividend
    4,120,790       5,851                                     (5,851 )     (5,851 )
Net income
                                              1,358       1,358  
                                                                         
Balance, June 30, 2006
    45,328,693       76,211       51,524,974       124,614       10,194,414       1             (173,452 )     (173,451 )
Employee exercised options
                            217,829             292             292  
Record stock compensation expense
                                        218             218  
Accretion of Preferred Stock
          8,533             13,820                   (510 )     (21,843 )     (22,353 )
Series C 10% Stock Dividend
    4,532,869       6,378                                     (6,378 )     (6,378 )
Net Income
                                              3,865       3,865  
                                                                         
Balance, June 30, 2007
    49,861,562     $ 91,122       51,524,974     $ 138,434       10,412,243     $ 1     $     $ (197,808 )   $ (197,807 )
                                                                         
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


 

 
K12 INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,865     $ 1,358     $ (3,540 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization expense
    7,404       4,986       5,509  
Stock based compensation expense
    218              
Provision for (reduction of) doubtful accounts
    (852 )     (275 )     1,113  
Provision for (reduction of) inventory obsolescence
    95       (39 )     (50 )
Provision for (reduction of) student computer shrinkage and obsolescence
    (48 )     174       (256 )
Impairment of curriculum development costs
          362       2,118  
Impairment of software development costs
                1,188  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (3,154 )     (2,718 )     3,434  
Inventories
    (2,790 )     (5,359 )     (555 )
Prepaid and other current assets
    (763 )     100       (431 )
Other assets
    (255 )     (258 )     (468 )
Deposits
    (322 )     (268 )     (56 )
Accounts payable
    579       1,559       (163 )
Accrued liabilities
    (824 )     122       1,208  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    1,100       1,782       994  
Deferred revenue
    1,224       501       (348 )
Deferred rent
    86       1,598        
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    5,563       3,625       9,697  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (5,366 )     (10,842 )     (4,692 )
Capitalized curriculum development costs
    (8,683 )     (655 )     (3,787 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (14,049 )     (11,497 )     (8,479 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds (payments on) from notes payable — related party
    (4,025 )           4,025  
Proceeds from notes payable
    441              
Payments on notes payable
    (62 )            
Net borrowings from revolving credit facility
    1,500              
Repayments for capital lease obligations
    (1,384 )     (441 )     (3,432 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    292       38       70  
Bank overdraft
    1,577              
Cash invested in restricted escrow account
    2,332       (2,203 )     2,191  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    671       (2,606 )     2,854  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (7,815 )     (10,478 )     4,072  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents , beginning of year
    9,475       19,953       15,881  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents , end of year
  $ 1,660     $ 9,475     $ 19,953  
                         
 
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   Description of the Business
 
K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries (K12 or the Company) sell on-line curriculum and educational books and materials designed for students in grades K-12 and provide management and technology services to virtual public schools. The K12 proprietary curriculum is research based and combines content with innovative technology to allow students to receive an outstanding education regardless of geographic location. The Company provides complete management and technology services to virtual public schools. Through these schools, the Company typically provides students with access to the K12 on-line curriculum, offline learning kits, and use of a personal computer. In addition, the company sells access to its on-line curriculum and offline learning kits directly to individual consumers. For the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company served schools in 15 states and the District of Columbia, providing curriculum for grades kindergarten through tenth.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition and Concentration of Revenues
 
Revenues are principally earned from long-term contractual agreements to provide on-line curriculum, books, materials, computers and management services to public charter schools and school districts. In addition to providing the curriculum, books and materials, under most contracts, the Company is responsible to the virtual public schools for all aspects of the management of schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher hiring and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. The schools receive funding on a per student basis from the state in which the public school or school district is located. Where the Company has determined that they are the primary obligor for substantially all expenses under these contracts, the Company records the associated per student revenue received by the school from its state funding school district up to the expenses incurred in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent. As a result, amounts recorded as revenues and instructional costs and services for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $38.5 million, $35.6 million and $29.6 million, respectively. For contracts in which the Company is not the primary obligor, the Company records revenue based on its net fees earned per the contractual agreement.
 
The Company generates revenues under contracts with public virtual schools which include multiple elements. These elements include providing each of a school’s students with access to the Company’s on-line school and the on-line component of lessons; offline learning kits which include books and materials designed to complement and supplement the on-line lessons; the use of a personal computer and associated reclamation services; internet access and technology support services; the services of a state-certified teacher and; all management and technology services required to operate a public virtual school.
 
We have determined that the elements of our contracts are valuable to schools in combination, but do not have standalone value. In addition, we have determined that we do not have objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each element of our contracts. As a result, the elements within our multiple-element contracts do not qualify for


F-7


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we account for revenues received under multiple element arrangements as a single unit of accounting and recognize the entire arrangement based upon the approximate rate at which we incur the costs associated with each element.
 
Under the contracts with the schools where the Company provides turnkey management services, the Company has generally agreed to absorb any operating deficits of the schools in a given school year. These operating deficits represent the excess of costs over revenues incurred by the virtual public schools as reflected on their financial statements. The costs include Company charges to the schools. These operating deficits may impair the Company’s ability to collect invoices in full. Accordingly, the Company’s amount of recognized revenue reflects this impairment. For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s revenue reflected impairment from these operating deficits of $13.7 million, $7.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Included in these deficits is the impact of certain disallowed enrollments stemming from regulatory audits in Colorado totaling $0.9 million in 2006 and $1.0 million in 2007, and $1.0 million in California in 2007.
 
Other revenues are generated from individual customers who prepay and have access for 12 or 24 months to curriculum via the Company’s Web site. The Company recognizes these revenues pro rata over the maximum term of the customer contract, which is either 12 or 24 months. Revenues from associated offline learning kits are recognized upon shipment.
 
During the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, approximately 97%, 94% and 96%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues were recognized from virtual public schools. In fiscal year 2007, we had contracts with four schools that individually represented 16%, 11%, 11% and 11% of revenues. In fiscal year 2006, we had contracts with three schools that individually represented 28%, 16% and 10% of revenues. In fiscal year 2005, we had contracts with four schools that individually represented 32%, 17%, 11% and 10% of revenues.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
All research and development costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 2, Accounting for Research and Development Costs.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash on hand and cash held in money market and demand deposit accounts. For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains funds in accounts in excess of FDIC insurance limits; however, management believes it minimizes risk by maintaining deposits in well-capitalized financial institutions.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists primarily of cash held in escrow related to the lease on our primary office facility. There was no balance in restricted cash as of June 30, 2007, as the result of the release of certain letters of credit related to operating leases. The letters of credit were incorporated into our revolving credit facility (see Note 6).
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying values reflected in our consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, receivables, inventory and short and long term debt approximate their fair values.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts primarily for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of individual customers to make required payments. These losses have been within


F-8


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
management’s expectations. The Company analyzes accounts receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts and changes in payment history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.6 million and $1.4 million as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is adequate. However, actual write-offs might exceed the recorded allowance.
 
Inventory
 
Inventory consists primarily of schoolbooks and curriculum materials, a majority of which are leased to virtual schools and utilized directly by students. Inventory represents items that are purchased and held for sale and are recorded at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets consist primarily of schoolbooks and curriculum materials which have been returned to the Company upon the completion of the school year. These assets are amortized over a period of two years which is included in instructional costs and services on the accompanying consolidated statement operations. Materials not returned are expensed as part of instructional costs and services.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment, which includes capitalized software development, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset (or the lesser of the term of the lease and the estimated useful life of the asset for fixed assets under capital leases). Amortization of assets capitalized under capital lease arrangements is included in depreciation expense. Property and equipment are depreciated over the following lives:
 
         
    Useful Life  
 
Computer hardware
    3 years  
Computer software and capitalized software development costs
    3 years  
Office equipment
    5-6 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    5-6 years  
Leasehold Improvements
    3-12 years  
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company determines the lease term in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 (FAS 13), Accounting for Leases , as the fixed non-cancelable term of the lease plus all periods for which failure to renew the lease imposes a penalty on the lessee in an amount such that renewal appears, at the inception of the lease, to be reasonably assured. Accordingly, the Company has determined the lease term as defined herein to be twelve years.
 
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use
 
The Company develops software for internal use. Software development costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . The Company amortizes these costs over the estimated useful life of the software which is generally three years.
 
Software development costs incurred totaled $3.1 million, $1.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 and 2005, respectively. These amounts are recorded on the balance sheet as part of property and equipment, net of amortization and impairment charges. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the three succeeding years ending June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 is $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively.


F-9


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Capitalized Curriculum Development Costs
 
The Company internally develops its curriculum, which is provided as web content and accessed via the Internet.
 
We capitalize curriculum development costs incurred during the application development stage in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 provides guidance for the treatment of costs associated with computer software development and defines those costs to be capitalized and those to be expensed. Costs that qualify for capitalization are external direct costs, payroll, payroll-related costs, and interest costs. Costs related to general and administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed as incurred. We capitalize curriculum development costs when the projects under development reach technological feasibility. Many of our new courses leverage off of proven delivery platforms and are primarily content, which has no technological hurdles. As a result, a significant portion of our courseware development costs qualify for capitalization due to the concentration of our development efforts on the content of the courseware. Technological feasibility is established when we have completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities necessary to establish that a course can be produced to meet its design specifications. Capitalization ends when a course is available for general release to our customers, at which time amortization of the capitalized costs begins. The period of time over which these development costs will be amortized is generally five years. This is consistent with the capitalization period used by others in our industry and corresponds with our product development lifecycle.
 
Total capitalized curriculum development costs incurred were $8.7 million, $0.7 million and $3.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These amounts are recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, net of amortization and impairment charges. Amortization and impairment charges are recorded in product development expenses on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years ending June 30, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 is $1.6 million, $1.6 million, $1.5 million, $1.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
 
Web Site Development Costs
 
The Company accounts for web site development costs in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-2 , Accounting for Web Site Development Costs (EITF 00-2). Total capitalized web site development costs incurred for the year ended June 30, 2007 were $0.4 million. For the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 all web site development costs occurred in the operating stage and were expensed as incurred.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets include property, equipment, capitalized curriculum and software developed or obtained for internal use. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company reviews its recorded long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between fair value and the carrying value of the asset. Impairment charges recorded were $0.4 million and $3.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There was no impairment for the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on the difference between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. SFAS No. 109 requires that the net deferred tax asset be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will not be realized.


F-10


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004) , as of July 1, 2006, which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective application method. SFAS No. 123(R) eliminates the intrinsic value method that was previously used by the Company as an alternative method of accounting for stock-based compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) requires an entity to recognize the grant date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company applied SFAS 123(R) to all new awards granted after July 1, 2006.
 
Advertising and Marketing Expenses
 
Advertising and marketing costs consist primarily of print media and brochures and are expensed when incurred. The advertising and marketing expenses recorded were $5.2 million, $2.9 million and $2.1 million during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Net Loss Per Common Share
 
The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share . Under SFAS No. 128, basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share includes the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The potentially dilutive securities consist of convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants.
 
As of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the shares of common stock issuable in connection with convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants of 118,626,692, 107,638,157 and 100,579,529, respectively, were not included in the diluted loss per common share calculation since their effect was anti-dilutive.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 . This Statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. At adoption, any difference between the total carrying amount of the individual components of the existing bifurcated hybrid financial instrument and the fair value of the combined hybrid financial instrument should be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . This interpretation defines the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company will adopt FIN 48 on July 1, 2007. The Company’s adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on its financial position and results of operations.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this statement on the consolidated financial statements.


F-11


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (SFAS No. 159), The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This Statement permits companies and not-for-profit organizations to make a one-time election to carry eligible types of financial assets and liabilities at fair value, even if fair value measurement is not required under GAAP. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted if the decision to adopt the standard is made after the issuance of the Statement but within 120 days after the first day of the fiscal year of adoption, provided no financial statements have yet been issued for any interim period and provided the requirements of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, are adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 159. The Company does not believe that it will adopt the provisions of this Statement.
 
3.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consists of the following at:
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Student computers
  $ 20,208     $ 12,617  
Computer hardware
    5,811       6,615  
Computer software
    3,390       4,127  
Capitalized software and web site development costs
    4,905       1,717  
Leasehold improvements
    2,270       2,130  
Furniture and fixtures
    809       752  
Office equipment
    784       1,083  
                 
      38,177       29,041  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (20,943 )     (18,653 )
                 
    $ 17,234     $ 10,388  
                 
 
The Company recorded depreciation expense related to property and equipment reflected in selling, administrative and other operating expenses of $1.9 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Depreciation expense of $5.1 million, $3.5 million and $3.9 million related primarily to computers leased to students reflected in instructional costs and services was recorded during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Included in depreciation expense reflected in instructional costs and services for the year ended June 30, 2007 was $0.5 million of depreciation related to the reduction in useful life of a portion of our software related to our on-line school. Amortization expense of $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million related to capitalized software development reflected in product development expenses was recorded during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
In the course of its normal operations, the Company incurs maintenance and repair expenses. Those are expensed as incurred and amounted to $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-12


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
4.   Income Taxes
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income taxes consists of the following:
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 25,376     $ 25,445  
Intangible assets
    4,202       5,247  
Reserves
    613       935  
Property and equipment
    491       857  
Accrued expenses
    486       671  
Deferred rent
    180        
Charitable contributions carryforward
    131       130  
Stock compensation expense
    87        
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    31,566       33,285  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Capitalized development costs
    (1,378 )     (522 )
Other assets
    (262 )     (236 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (1,640 )     (758 )
                 
Deferred tax asset
    29,926       32,527  
Valuation allowance
    (29,926 )     (32,527 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $     $  
                 
 
The Company requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The utilization of recorded net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets is subject to the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income. As the Company has historically generated tax losses and therefore has no tax earnings history, the net deferred tax assets have been fully reserved. At June 30, 2007, the Company has available net operating loss carryforwards of $63.4 million that expire between 2020 and 2027 if unused. When the Company begins to generate taxable income, a change in the Company’s ownership of outstanding classes of stock as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 could prohibit or limit the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating losses.
 
The provision for income taxes can be reconciled to the income tax that would result from applying the statutory rate to the net income (loss) before income taxes as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
U.S. federal tax at statutory rates
    35.00 %     35.00 %     35.00 %
Permanent items
    20.22       55.77       (20.19 )
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    13.65       12.98       2.12  
Change in valuation allowance
    (63.56 )     (103.75 )     (16.93 )
                         
Provision for income taxes
    5.31 %     %     %
                         


F-13


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
5.   Lease Commitments
 
As of June 30, 2007, computer equipment and software under capital leases are recorded at a cost of $8.1 million and accumulated depreciation of $1.7 million. The Company has an equipment lease line of credit with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company that expires on March 31, 2008 for new purchases on the line of credit. The interest rate on new advances under the equipment lease line is set quarterly. Prior borrowings under the equipment lease line had interest rates ranging from 8.5% to 8.8%. The prior borrowings include a 36-month payment term with a $1 purchase option at the end of the term. The Company has pledged the assets financed with the equipment lease line to secure the amounts outstanding. The Company entered into a guaranty agreement with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services Company to guarantee the obligations under this equipment lease and financing agreement.
 
The following is a summary as of June 30, 2007 of the present value of the net minimum lease payments on capital leases under the Company’s commitments:
 
         
    Year ending June 30,  
 
2008
  $ 3,238  
2009
    2,888  
2010
    1,399  
2011
    6  
         
Total minimum lease payments
    7,531  
Less amount representing interest (imputed interest rate of 8.6%)
    (777 )
         
Net minimum lease payments
    6,754  
Less current portion
    (2,780 )
         
Present value of net minimum payments, less current portion
  $ 3,974  
         
 
The Company has fixed non-cancelable operating leases expiring in 2013. Office leases generally contain renewal options and certain leases provide for scheduled rate increases over the lease terms.
 
In December 2005, the Company entered into an operating lease for non-owned facilities commencing in May 2006. The term of the lease is seven years with the option to extend the lease for two five year periods. In accordance with the lease terms, the Company delivered to the landlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $2.1 million for a term ending 90 days after the expiration of the lease. The letter of credit can be reduced up to 25% on the first day of each of the fourth, fifth and sixth years if certain covenants are met. Additionally, in December 2005, the Company entered into an operating sublease for non-owned facilities commencing in January 2006. The term of the sublease is through September 2009. In accordance with the lease terms, the Company delivered to the sublandlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $0.2 million for a term ending 60 days after the expiration of the lease. In November 2006, the Company entered into an operating lease for non-owned facilities commencing in January 2007. The term of the lease is through April 2013. Rent expense was $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-14


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more as follows:
 
         
    Year Ending
 
    June 30,  
 
2008
  $ 2,138  
2009
    2,127  
2010
    1,576  
2011
    1,386  
2012
    1,367  
Thereafter
    8,627  
         
Total future minimum lease payments
  $ 17,221  
         
 
6.   Line of Credit
 
In December 2006, the Company entered into a $15 million revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank (the “Credit Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the proceeds of the term loan facility were to be used primarily for working capital requirements and other general business or corporate purposes. Because of the seasonality of our business and timing of funds received from the state, expenditures are higher in relation to funds received in certain periods during the year. The Credit Agreement provides the ability to fund these periods until cash is received from the schools; therefore, borrowings against the Credit Agreement are primarily going to be short term.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based upon the term of the borrowings. Interest is charged, at either: (i) the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced by PNC Bank from time to time as its “prime rate” and (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (ii) the applicable London interbank offered rate divided by a number equal to 1.00 minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement which is imposed on member banks of the Federal Reserve System against “eurocurrency liabilities” as defined in Regulation D as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, plus the applicable margin for such loans, which ranges between 1.250% and 1.750%, based on the leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
 
The Company pays a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Credit Agreement, quarterly in arrears, during the term of the credit agreement which varies between 0.150% and 0.250% depending on the leverage ratio. The commitment fees incurred for the year ended June 30, 2007 were minimal. We are also required to pay certain letter of credit and audit fees.
 
The working capital line includes a $5.0 million letter of credit facility. Issuances of letters of credit reduce the availability of permitted borrowings under the Credit Agreement.
 
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets of the Company. The Credit Agreement contains a number of financial and other covenants that, among other things, restrict our and our subsidiaries’ abilities to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens or other security interests, make certain investments, become liable for contingent liabilities, make specified restricted payments including dividends, dispose of assets or stock, including the stock of its subsidiaries, or make capital expenditures above specified limits and engage in other matters customarily restricted in senior secured credit facilities. We must also maintain a minimum net worth (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and maximum debt leverage ratios. These covenants are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions.
 
In March 2007, certain letters of credit in the amount of $2.3 million in connection with an operating lease commenced in May 2006 and an operating sublease that commenced in January 2006 were cancelled and reissued under our Credit Agreement.


F-15


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
As of June 30, 2007, $1.5 million was outstanding on the working capital line of credit at an interest rate of 8.25% and approximately $2.3 million under the letter of credit facility with an interest rate of 1.25%.
 
From July 1, 2007 to September 15, 2007, the Company borrowed additional funds of $11.0 million under the Credit Agreement at interest rates of 6.6% to 7.1%. As of September 15, 2007, $12.5 million was outstanding on the working capital line of credit and $2.3 million was outstanding related to letters of credit.
 
7.   Debt and Warrants
 
All of the warrants for Series B Preferred Stock and common stock are still outstanding at June 30, 2007. These consisted of (i) 2,328,358 warrants to purchase an equivalent number of Series B Preferred Stock at a price of $1.34 per share that expire in April 2008 and (ii) 108,649 warrants to purchase an equivalent number of common stock at a price of $1.60 per share that expire in March 2010. For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 there were no warrants issued or exercised.
 
In June 2005, the Company closed on an $8.1 million loan from certain shareholders, $4.0 million of which was funded at closing and the remainder to be funded, at the Company’s option, within 120 days of the closing date. The outstanding loan amount has a term of thirteen months and an interest rate of 15%. During the 120 day period during which funds are committed but not yet provided, the commitment carries an interest rate of 2% on an annual basis. The Company has chosen not to call upon the remaining portion of the loan. The loan is secured by assets of the Company and there are no penalties for prepayment.
 
In July 2006, the term for repayment of the outstanding loan amount was extended to December 31, 2006. In December 2006, the Company repaid the loan and all accrued interest.
 
In January and April 2007, the Company entered into a two financing arrangements totaling $0.4 million for software purchases and hardware maintenance support, respectively. The payment terms range from 24 to 36 months at interest rates ranging up to 11.4%. The balance outstanding on these financing arrangements at June 30, 2007 is $0.4 million.
 
8.   Equity
 
Common Stock
 
On July 27, 2001, all holders of Class A Common stock (1,500,000 shares outstanding) and Class B Common stock (8,500,000 shares outstanding) converted these shares into 10,000,000 shares of common stock. The Company has reserved sufficient shares of common stock for potential issuance from exercise of stock options and warrants and conversion of Redeemable Convertible Series B and Series C Preferred stock.
 
Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred Stock
 
During the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, K12 issued approximately 21.6 million and 40.1 million shares of Redeemable Convertible Series B Preferred stock (Series B Preferred), respectively.
 
The Series B Preferred shares are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate equal to the original amount invested divided by $1.34. The Series B Preferred shares convert automatically upon certain events, including a qualified initial public offering by the Company. These shares have a liquidation preference over common stock shares equal to the greater of (i) two times the invested amount per share and (ii) the amount the Series B shareholders would have received had they converted their Series B shares into common stock immediately prior to the Liquidation. The Series B Preferred shares have voting rights equal to the number of common stock shares into which the Series B Preferred shares are convertible. The Series B Preferred shares are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the board of directors and are not cumulative. In the event the Board declares a dividend on the common stock, the Series B Preferred shareholders will receive dividends equal to the amount of such dividend had the shares been converted into common stock.


F-16


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Series B Preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the holder on December 31, 2006 at a price of two times the amount invested to the extent the Series B Preferred shares have not been previously converted into common shares. It is classified as temporary equity on the balance sheet based upon guidance in EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities . The Company accounts for the difference between the invested amount and the redemption value by increasing the book value under the effective interest method, charging the accretion to accumulated deficit each period. As discussed below, the redemption date for the Series B Preferred shares was extended to December 2008.
 
Redeemable Convertible Series C Preferred Stock
 
The Series C Preferred shares are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate equal to the original amount invested divided by $1.34. The Series C Preferred shares convert automatically upon certain events, including a qualified initial public offering by the Company. These shares have a liquidation preference over common stock shares equal to the greater of (i) two times the invested amount per share and (ii) the amount the Series C shareholders would have received had they converted their Series C shares into common stock immediately prior to the Liquidation. The Series C shares have voting rights equal to the number of common stock shares into which the Series C shares are convertible.
 
The Series C shares are entitled to dividends, which accrue at the rate of 10% per annum, compounded annually and shall be paid on January 2 of each year in additional Series C shares or, at the option of the Company, in cash. No dividends are paid to any other classes of capital stock unless any and all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series C shares have been declared and paid in full. For any other dividends or similar distributions, the Series C shares participate with Common Stock on an as-if-converted basis.
 
The Series C shares are redeemable at the option of the holder on December 31, 2008 at a price of two times the amount invested, to the extent the Series C shares had not previously been converted into common stock. It is classified as temporary equity on the balance sheet based upon guidance in EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities . The Company accounts for the difference between the invested amount and the redemption value by increasing the book value using the effective interest method, charging the accretion to accumulated deficit each period.
 
In accordance with the Series C placement, the redemption date for the Series B shares was extended to December 31, 2008.
 
In July 2006, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation, to effect an increase in the authorized number of shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock to 55,000,000 as well as a corresponding increase in the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock into which such shares are convertible.
 
9.   Stock Option Plan
 
The Company adopted a Stock Option Plan (the Plan) in May 2000. Under the Plan, employees, outside directors and independent contractors are able to participate in the Company’s future performance through the awards of nonqualified stock options to purchase common stock. In December 2003, the Board increased the total number of common stock shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan to 13,000,000 shares. Each stock option is exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the stock option agreement granting such stock option, generally over four years. Unless a shorter period is provided by the Board or a stock option agreement, each stock option may be exercisable until December 31, 2009, the term of the Plan. No stock option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its option term. The Company also grants stock options to executive officers under stand-alone agreements outside the Plan. These options totaled 7,350,000 as of June 30, 2007.
 
Effective July 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “ Share-Based Payment ” (“SFAS 123R”), using the prospective transition method which requires the


F-17


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Company to apply the provisions of SFAS 123R only to awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Equity-based compensation expense for all equity-based compensation awards granted after July 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award.
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton method to calculate the fair value of stock options. The use of option valuation models requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and the expected term of the option. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued SAB No. 107 (SAB 107) regarding the SEC’s interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments for public companies. For options issued subsequent to July 1, 2006, the Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123R. Under SAB 107, the Company has estimated the expected term of granted options to be the weighted average mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company estimates the volatility rate based on historical closing stock prices.
 
The following weighted-average assumptions were used for options granted in the year ended June 30, 2007 and a discussion of the Company’s methodology for developing each of the assumptions used in the valuation model follows:
 
     
    Year Ended
    June 30, 2007
 
Dividend yield
  0.0%
Expected volatility
  51%
Risk-free interest rate
  4.53% to 5.01%
Expected life of the option term (in years)
  3.25 — 6.40
Forfeiture rate
  20% to 30%
 
Dividend yield — The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.
 
Expected volatility — Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. Since the Company ’s common shares are not publicly traded, the basis for the standard option volatility calculation is derived from known publicly traded comparable companies. The annual volatility for these companies is derived from their historical stock price data.
 
Risk-free interest rate — The assumed risk free rate used is a zero coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity that approximates the expected term of the option.
 
Expected life of the option term — This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted during the quarter have a maximum term of eight years. The Company estimates the expected life of the option term based on an average life between the dates that options become fully vested and the maximum life of options granted in the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Forfeiture rate — This is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company uses a forfeiture rate that is based on historical forfeitures at various classification levels with the Company.
 
On a contemporaneous basis, the Company estimated the value of its common stock as of December 31, 2006, March 31, 2007 and June 27, 2007. The fair value applied to the option grants in July 2006 was based on the December 31, 2006 valuation applied retrospectively. The fair value applied to option grants in February 2007 and May 2007 was based on the contemporaneous valuations.


F-18


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
SFAS 123(R) requires management to make assumptions regarding the expected life of the options, the expected liability of the options and other items in determining estimated fair value. Changes to the underlying assumptions may have significant impact on the underlying value of the stock options, which could have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
The Company also grants stock options to executive officers under stand-alone agreements outside the plan. These options totaled 7,350,000 and 2,000,000 as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity including stand-alone agreements is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
          Average
 
          Exercise
 
    Shares     Price  
 
Outstanding, June 30, 2005
    10,457,617     $ 1.34  
Granted
    3,121,000       1.47  
Exercised
    (115,188 )     0.32  
Canceled
    (647,140 )     1.38  
                 
Outstanding, June 30, 2006
    12,816,289       1.38  
Granted
    6,372,185       2.62  
Exercised
    (217,829 )     1.34  
Canceled
    (492,842 )     1.39  
                 
Outstanding, June 30, 2007
    18,477,803     $ 1.81  
                 
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 was $0.1 million and $0, respectively.
 
The following table summarizes the option grant activity for the year ended June 30, 2007:
 
                                 
                Weighted-Average
       
    Options
    Weighted-Average
    Grant-Date
       
Grant date
  Granted     Exercise Price     Fair Value     Intrinsic Value  
 
July 2006
    5,136,385     $ 2.81     $ 0.58     $ 0.00  
February 2007
    960,800     $ 1.80     $ 0.95     $ 0.00  
May 2007
    275,000     $ 1.80     $ 1.58     $ 0.00  
 
A summary of the Company’s unvested stock options, including those related to stand-alone agreements, as of June 30, 2006 and changes during the year ended June 30, 2007 are presented below:
 
                 
          Weighted-Average
 
          Grant-Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
 
Unvested options outstanding, June 30, 2006
    4,936,899     $ 1.42  
Granted
    6,372,185       0.68  
Vested
    (2,860,026 )     0.96  
Exercised
    (217,829 )     1.34  
Canceled
    (492,842 )     1.37  
                 
Unvested options outstanding, June 30, 2007
    7,738,387     $ 0.99  
                 


F-19


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
As of June 30, 2007, there was $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over weighted average period of 3.1 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended June 30, 2007 was $4.2 million. During the year ended June 30, 2007, the Company recognized $0.2 million of stock based compensation.
 
The stock option agreements generally provide for accelerated and full vesting of unvested stock options upon certain corporate events. Those events include a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, a merger or consolidation which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after the transaction, and a sale of the Company’s outstanding securities (other than in connection with an initial public offering) which results in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the transaction owning less than 50% of the Company’s voting stock immediately after the transaction.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding, including those related to stand-alone agreements, as of June 30, 2007:
 
                                         
          Weighted-
                   
          Average
    Weighted-
          Weighted-
 
Range of
        Remaining
    Average
          Average
 
Exercise
  Number
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Number
    Exercise
 
Prices
  Outstanding     Life     Price     Exercisable     Price  
 
$.20 - $1.80
    16,977,803       5.3 years     $ 1.44       10,739,416     $ 1.38  
                                         
$6.00
    1,500,000       5.5 years     $ 6.00              
                                         
 
The total intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2007 was $6.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
 
10.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Litigation
 
In the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business, we are subject to lawsuits and other legal proceedings from time to time. There are currently two pending lawsuits in which the Company is involved, Johnson v. Burmaster and Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School that, in each case, have been brought by teachers’ unions seeking the closure of the virtual public schools the Company serves in Wisconsin and Illinois, respectively.
 
While the Company prevailed on summary judgment at the circuit court level in Johnson v. Burmaster , and recently won a preliminary motion in Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School , it is not possible to predict the final outcome of these matters with any degree of certainty. Even so, the Company does not believe at this time that a loss in either case would have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Depending on the legal theory advanced by the plaintiffs, however, there is a risk that a loss in these cases could have a negative precedential effect if like claims were to be advanced and succeed under similar laws in other states where the Company operates. The cumulative effect under those circumstances could be material.
 
Johnson v. Burmaster
 
In 2003, the Northern Ozaukee School District (NOSD) in the State of Wisconsin established a virtual public school, the Wisconsin Virtual Academy (WIVA), and entered into a service agreement with us for online curriculum and school management services. On January 6, 2004, Stan Johnson, et al., and the Wisconsin Education Association Council (WEAC) filed suit in the Circuit Court of Ozaukee County against the Superintendent of the Department of Public Instruction (DPI), Elizabeth Burmaster, the NOSD and K12 Inc. The plaintiffs alleged that the NOSD violated the state charter school, open enrollment and teacher-licensure statutes when it authorized WIVA.
 
On March 16, 2006, the Circuit Court issued a Decision and Order upholding on Summary Judgment that WIVA complies with applicable law (No. 04-CV-12 ). WEAC and DPI filed an appeal in the Wisconsin Court of Appeals, District II (No. 2006-AP/01380). Should the plaintiff prevail, and state funding of open enrollment


F-20


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
payments to the NOSD are enjoined, a claim could be made that the Company must indemnify the NOSD for expenses approximating $2.5 million.
 
Illinois v. Chicago Virtual Charter School
 
On October 4, 2006, the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) filed a citizen taxpayers lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Cook County challenging the decision of the Illinois State Board of Education to certify the Chicago Virtual Charter School (CVCS) and to enjoin the disbursement of state funds to the Chicago Board of Education under its contract with the CVCS. Specifically, the CTU alleges that the Illinois charter school law prohibits any “home-based” charter schools and that CVCS does not provide sufficient “direct instruction” by certified teachers of at least five clock hours per day to qualify for funding. K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC were also named as defendants. On May 16, 2007, the Court dismissed K12 Inc. and K12 Illinois LLC from the case and on June 15, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The Company continues to participate in the defense of CVCS under an indemnity obligation in the Company’s service agreement with that school, which requires the Company to indemnify CVCS against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of the service agreement and certain other claims and liabilities, including liabilities arising out of challenges to the validity of the virtual school charter. The Company is not able to estimate the range of potential loss if the plaintiff were to prevail and a claim was made against the Company for indemnification.
 
The Company expenses legal costs as incurred in connection with a loss contingency.
 
Employment Agreements
 
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers that provide for severance payments and, in some cases other benefits, upon certain terminations of employment. Except for one agreement that has a three year term, all other agreements provide for employment on an “at-will” basis. If the employee is terminated for “good reason” or without cause, the employee is entitled to salary continuation, and in some cases benefit continuation, for varying periods depending on the agreement.
 
On July 12, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved an amended and restated employment agreement for an executive officer. The amended and restated agreement extends the term of employment until January 1, 2011 and amended certain elements of compensation including salary, stock options and severance. Additionally, on July 12, 2007, the Company’s board of directors also approved the terms of a new option agreement for an executive officer which provides that all outstanding options will become fully vested upon a change in control of Company.
 
The Company maintains an annual cash performance bonus program that is intended to reward executive officers based on our performance and the individual named executive officer’s contribution to that performance. In determining the performance-based compensation awarded to each named executive officer, the Company may generally evaluate the Company’s and the executive’s performance in a number of areas, which could include revenues, operating earnings, student retention, efficiency in product and systems development, marketing investment efficacy, new enrollment and developing company leaders.
 
Vendor Payment Commitments
 
In April 2007, the Company entered into a master services and license agreement with a third party that provides for the Company to license their proprietary computer system. The agreement is effective through July 2010. In exchange for the license of the computer system, the Company agrees to pay a service fee per enrollment. In the event the fees paid over the term of the contract do not exceed $1 million (the minimum commitment fee), the Company agrees to pay the difference between the actual fees paid and the minimum commitment fee.
 
11.   Related Party Transactions
 
Affiliates of the Company, controlled by a major investor, rendered $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million of professional services to the Company during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These costs include administrative operations, consulting and curriculum development services, and other operating charges.


F-21


 

 
K12 Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
In June 2005, the Company closed on an $8.1 million loan from certain shareholders, $4.0 million of which was funded at closing and the remainder to be funded, at the Company’s option, within 120 days of the closing date. The Company has chosen not to call upon the remaining portion of the loan. In July 2006, the term for repayment of the outstanding loan amount was extended to December 31, 2006. In December 2006, the Company repaid the loan and all accrued interest.
 
12.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company is party to a Section 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Under the 401(k) Plan, employees at least 18 years of age having been employed for at least 30 days may voluntarily contribute up to 15% of their compensation. The 401(k) Plan provides for a matching Company contribution of 25% of the first 4% of each participant’s compensation, which begins following six months of service and vests after three years of service. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company expensed $0.1 million during each of the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
13.   Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,317     $ 33     $ 446  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing and financing activities:
                       
New capital lease obligations
  $ 8,052     $     $ 441  
                         
 
14.   Subsequent Events
 
Letters of Intent
 
On July 3, 2007, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent (LOI) with Socratic Network L.P., Socratic Learning, Inc. and Tutors Worldwide (India) Private Ltd. (individually and collectively referred to as Socratic) to acquire all, substantially all or a selected set of assets (as determined in the Company’s sole discretion) of Socratic, or all the equity interest in Socratic or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, for the aggregate purchase price of $2.2 million plus 300,000 shares of the common stock of the Company. Socratic is an education company whose primary asset is its India based tutoring and development center.
 
On August 2, 2007, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent (LOI) with a curriculum content developer to acquire substantially all of its assets or all of the equity interest in the developer (as determined in the Company’s sole discretion) for the aggregate purchase price up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and the assumption of up to $1.2 million in liabilities.
 
Initial Public Offering
 
On July 12, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to file a Form S-1 Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933 ” in order to pursue a public offering of the Company’s common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of Redeemable Convertible Series B and Series C preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock without any further action required by us or the holders of the preferred stock.
 
Stock Options
 
On July 3, 2007, the Board approved the grant of 3,287,965 stock options with an exercise price of $2.68 per share subject to amendment of the Stock Option Plan. On July 12, 2007, the Board authorized the Company to seek shareholder approval to amend the Stock Option Plan by increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance from 13 million to 20 million.


F-22


 

SCHEDULE II
 
K12 INC
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2006, 2005 AND 2004
 
1.  ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Deductions
       
    Beginning of
    Cost and
    from
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Expenses     Allowance     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 1,440,499       106,038       957,566     $ 588,972  
June 30, 2006
  $ 1,715,781       174,895       450,177     $ 1,440,499  
June 30, 2005
  $ 602,919       1,407,143       294,281     $ 1,715,781  
 
2.  INVENTORY RESERVE
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Deductions
       
    Beginning of
    Cost and
    Shrinkage and
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Expenses     Obsolescence     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 232,055       320,960       225,407     $ 327,608  
June 30, 2006
  $ 270,611             38,556     $ 232,055  
June 30, 2005
  $ 320,809       19,572       69,770     $ 270,611  
 
3.  COMPUTER RESERVE (1)
 
                                 
          Additions
             
          (Deductions)
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
    Deductions
       
    Beginning of
    Cost and
    Shrinkage and
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Expenses     Obsolescence     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 664,186       (47,825 )         $ 616,361  
June 30, 2006
  $ 490,533       173,653           $ 664,186  
June 30, 2005
  $ 746,294       (255,761 )         $ 490,533  
 
 
(1) A reserve account is maintained against potential shrinkage and obsolescence for those computers provided to our students. The reserve is calculated based upon several factors including historical percentages, the net book value and remaining useful life.
 
4.  INCOME TAX VALUATION ALLOWANCE
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Changes in Net
             
    Beginning of
    Deferred
    Income Tax
    Balance at End
 
    Period     Tax Assets     Benefit Realized     of Period  
 
June 30, 2007
  $ 32,527,019       (2,601,121 )         $ 29,925,898  
June 30, 2006
  $ 33,866,482       (1,339,463 )         $ 32,527,019  
June 30, 2005
  $ 33,267,514       598,968           $ 33,866,482  
 


F-23


 

(GRAPHIC)


 

(GRAPHIC)
 


 

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and Exchange Commission, the filing fee for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the listing fee for the New York Stock Exchange and estimates of all other expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in the registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 5,296  
NYSE listing fee
    *    
NASD fee
    17,750  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *    
Legal fees and expenses
    *    
Accounting fees and expenses
    *    
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *    
Miscellaneous
    *    
         
Total
  $ *    
         
 
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
K12 Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for, and upon consummation of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law.
 
The Underwriting Agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.


II-1


 

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Set forth in chronological order is information regarding all securities sold and employee stock options granted from June 2004 to date by the Company. Also included is the consideration, if any, received for such securities, and information relating to the section of the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to which the following issuances were exempt from registration. None of these securities were registered under the Securities Act. No award of options involved any sale under the Securities Act. No sale of securities involved the use of an underwriter and no commissions were paid in connection with the sales of any securities.
 
1. At various times during the period from July 2004 through July 2007, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 12,405,765 shares of common stock to current and prior employees and directors at a weighted average exercise price of exercise prices of $2.09 per share, of which 6,415,965 are subject to shareholder approval.
 
2. In addition to the foregoing option grants, at various times during the period from July 2004 through July 2007, we granted options to purchase 7,350,000 shares of our common stock to current and prior employees related to stand-alone agreements at a weighted average exercise price of $2.42 per share.
 
3. In December 2003, we issued and sold an aggregate of 18,656,896 shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the payment in kind dividend feature of Series C Preferred Stock, we have issued an aggregate of 12,399,833 additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock through a series of stock dividends to existing Series C Preferred stockholders from January 2005 through January 2007.
 
The issuances of the securities described in paragraph 1 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Rule 701, as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of such options and common stock were related to compensation. Appropriate legends were affixed to any share certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information from us or had adequate access, through their employment with us or otherwise, to information about us.
 
The issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 2 and 3 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) because the issuance of securities to recipients did not involve a public offering. The recipient of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to resale or distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs 2 and 3 were accredited or sophisticated investors and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.
 
All of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock described in paragraph 3 will automatically convert into shares of common stock prior to completion of this offering.
 
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
 
(a) Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1**   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3 .2**   Bylaws (as amended)
  3 .3*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering
  3 .4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering
  4 .1*   Form of stock certificate of common stock
  4 .2**   Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan and Amendment thereto
  4 .3**   Form of Stock Option Contract — Employee
  4 .4**   Form of Stock Option Contract — Director


II-2


 

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  4 .5**   Form of Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
  4 .6**   Form of Common Stock Warrant Agreement
  4 .7**   Form of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Agreement
  5 .1*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
  10 .1**   Revolving Credit Agreement and Certain Other Loan Documents by and among K12 Inc., School Leasing Corporation, American School Supply Corporation and PNC Bank, N.A.
  10 .2**   Stockholders Agreement dated as of April 26, 2000 (as amended) by and among Premierschool.com, Inc., Knowledge Universe Learning, Inc. and Ronald J. Packard
  10 .3**   Stockholders Agreement dated as of February 20, 2000 (as amended) by and among Premierschool.com, Inc., Knowledge Universe Learning, Inc. and William J. Bennett
  10 .4**   Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Agreement of Mollusk Holdings LLC
  10 .5*   Stock Option Agreement of Ronald J. Packard
  10 .6**   Stock Option Agreement of Bruce J. Davis
  10 .7**   Stock Option Agreement of John Baule
  10 .8**   Stock Option Agreement of Bror Saxberg
  10 .9*   Employment Agreement of Ronald J. Packard
  10 .10   Employment Agreement of John F. Baule and Amendment thereto
  10 .11   Employment Agreement of Bruce J. Davis
  10 .12   Employment Agreement of Bror V. H. Saxberg
  10 .13   Deed of Lease by and between ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC and K12 Inc.
  10 .14   Sublease between France Telecom Long Distance USA, LLC and K12 Inc.
  10 .15   Employment Agreement of Celia M. Stokes
  10 .16   Employment Agreement of Howard D. Polsky
  21 .1**   Subsidiaries of K12 Inc.
  23 .1   Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
  23 .2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1**   Power of Attorney (excluding Dr. Mary H. Futrell)
  24 .2   Power of Attorney of Dr. Mary H. Futrell
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules:
 
See Schedule II — “Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” contained on page F-33. All other schedules are omitted as the information is not required or is included in the Registrant’s financial statements and related notes.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a

II-3


 

court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


II-4


 

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Herndon, Commonwealth of Virginia on September 25, 2007.
 
 
K12 INC.
 
 
  By: 
/s/   Ronald J. Packard
  Name:  Ronald J. Packard
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Ronald J. Packard*

Ronald J. Packard
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  September 25, 2007
         
/s/   John F. Baule*

John F. Baule
  Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
  September 25, 2007
         
/s/   Andrew H. Tisch*

Andrew H. Tisch
  Chairman of the Board and Director   September 25, 2007
         
/s/   Guillermo Bron*

Guillermo Bron
  Director   September 25, 2007
         
/s/   Liza A. Boyd*

Liza A. Boyd
  Director   September 25, 2007
         
/s/   Steven B. Fink*

Steven B. Fink
  Director   September 25, 2007
         
/s/   Dr. Mary H. Futrell*

Dr. Mary H. Futrell
  Director   September 25, 2007
         
/s/   Thomas J. Wilford*

Thomas J. Wilford
  Director   September 25, 2007
             
*By:  
/s/   Howard D. Polsky

Howard D. Polsky
  Attorney-in-Fact    


II-5

 

Exhibit 10.10

 
 
8000 Westpark Drive
Suite 500
McLean, VA22102
 
ph 703.748.4005
fax 703.288.6740
 
www.K12.com
March 4, 2005
Mr. John F. Baule
10859 Meadow Pond Lane
Oakton,Va 22124
Dear John:
K12 Inc. (the Company) is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer. You (the Employee) will report directly to Richard Rasmus. This position will be located in our McLean, VA headquarters.
K12 offers employees an innovative compensation package reflecting our belief in rewarding performance appropriately. Your salary will be $265,000 on an annualized basis.
In addition, you will become eligible for the following Employment Benefits in accordance with Company policy:
  Health, welfare and 401k benefits.
 
  Accrual of 20 days of vacation per year pro-rated per Company policy.
 
  You will also be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus plan, pro-rated based on the date of hire. Your target bonus will be 50% of $265,000, based on Company performance and the successful completion of performance objectives that will be determined after your acceptance of this position.
 
  Upon acceptance and execution of the appropriate agreements, and subject to Board of Directors approval, you will be granted 800,000 options to purchase shares of common stock of K12. Your Stock Option Agreement will incorporate all relevant provisions of the Stock Option Plan, including vesting schedule and exercise price, and is made a part hereof.
 
  In the event that Employee resigns for “Good Reason” or Company terminates Employee’s employment with Company for other than “Cause,” death or disability, the Company shall (a) pay to Employee as severance pay an amount equal to Employee’s compensation for a period of 365 days from such event, as if Employee had continued to receive his then current rate of Compensation that existed prior to the “Good Reason” or termination event; provided that said amount of severance shall be paid in full during the six month period following the date of termination in equal installments not less frequently than semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, and (b) if permitted by the terms of the Company’s group medical and dental insurance plans, continue to provide Employee coverage thereunder at no additional cost to Employee for the Severance period or


(K12 LOGO)

 


 

March 4, 2005
John F. Baule
Page 2 of 4

 
    until Employee is eligible for coverage with new employer if earlier, or if not permitted by the terms of Company’s group medical and dental plans, reimburse Employee the cost of premiums if he elects to continue the coverage under such plans as permitted by COBRA for the Severance Period or until Employee is eligible for coverage with new employer if earlier. Employee shall have the right to continue coverage under the Company’s group medical and dental plans thereafter at his option and expense to the extent COBRA may continue to apply. As used herein, the “Severance Period” means the period commencing on the date of termination of employment and ending three hundred and sixty five (365) days thereafter. For purposes of this Agreement, a resignation shall be for “Good Reason” if Employee resigns because Company (or its successor in interest or acquiror) materially reduces Employees Compensation as of the date of the event, or assigns Employee a materially different title and responsibilities such that Employee has been demoted, or relocates the Employee’s place of work more than 50 miles from the Company’s current headquarters, or Company otherwise materially breaches the Agreement. The employee shall have thirty (30) days from the date of the event constituting “Good Reason” to determine whether he will resign for “Good Reason.” For purposes of the Agreement, a termination shall be for “Cause” if Employee shall (i) commit an act of fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation involving Company, (ii) be convicted of, or enter a plea of guilty or no contest to, any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (iii) commit an act, or fail to commit an act, involving Company which amounts to, or with the passage of time would amount to, willful misconduct, (iv) willfully fail or habitually or grossly neglect to perform job responsibilities under this Agreement and such failure or neglect is not cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice to Employee of such failure or neglect, or (v) engage in any unprofessional conduct which may adversely affect the reputation of the Company and/or his relationship with its employees, customers, or suppliers.
Your employment with K12 is not for any fixed term. This constitutes “at-will” employment which either you or the Company may terminate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice. It is further understood that the “at-will” nature of your employment with K12 is one aspect of employment that cannot be changed except in writing and signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
As a K12 employee, you will be expected to abide by all Company rules and regulations. As a condition of employment, you will be required to read and sign an Employee Acknowledgement in your orientation on or about your first day of employment. This offer of employment is contingent upon your submission and completion of 1-9 documentation and a signed Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights, and Non-Solicitation Agreement. On your first day, please bring with you two forms of 1-9 acceptable documentation. The enclosed 1-9 information lists examples of acceptable documentation.
This offer is valid until March 4, 2005 and a signed copy of this offer letter, including a mutually acceptable start date, must be returned to Heather Kane at 8000 Westpark


K12 Inc. 8000 Westpark Drive, Suite 500, McLean, VA 22102

 


 

March 4, 2005
John F. Baule
Page 3 of 4

 
Drive, Suite 500, McLean, VA 22102, by such date. The additional copy should be retained for your records.
This letter, together with your Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights, and Non-Solicitation Agreement, provides you with the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company. The employment terms in this letter supersede any other written or oral agreements to you concerning employment at K12. If you have any questions regarding this offer, please contact Heather Kane directly at 703-970-8006.
This Offer Letter together with the Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights, and Non-Solicitation Agreement and the Stock Option Agreement embodies the entire representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in relation to the subject matter hereof. No other representations, warranties, covenants, understandings or agreements in relation hereto exist between the parties except as otherwise expressly provided herein. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.
We look forward to establishing a mutually rewarding relationship with you and welcome your contribution to our company.
Sincerely,
-S- HEATHER KANE
Heather Kane
Human Resource Manager
K12 Inc.


K12 Inc. 8000 Westpark Drive, Suite 500, McLean, VA 22102

 


 

March 4, 2005
John F. Baule
Page 4 of 4

 
By signing below, you consent that you have read and agree to the terms of the above offer and agree to start your employment with K12 on Tuesday, March 1, 2005. In addition, you represent that you are not subject to any agreement, judgement, order, or restriction which would be violated by your being employed with the Company, or that in any way restricts your ability to perform services for the Company.
         
Signature:
  -S- JOHN BAULE    
 
       
 
       
Print name:
  John Baule    
 
       
 
       
Date:
  3/4/2005    
 
       


K12 Inc. 8000 Westpark Drive, Suite 500, McLean, VA 22102

 


 

K12 INC.
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT OFFER LETTER
          WHEREAS, K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) entered into an employment offer letter, dated as of March 4, 2005 (the “ Letter ”) with John F. Baule (the “ Executive ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to amend the Letter to provide for certain changes to the Executive’s compensation.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the Executive and the Company hereby agree that effective as of July 1, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), the Letter be, and it hereby is, amended as follows (the “ Amendment ”):
          1.      The second paragraph of the Letter is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
“K12 offers employees an innovative compensation package reflecting our belief in rewarding performance appropriately. Your salary will be $340,000 on an annualized basis.”
          2.      The third bullet point of the third paragraph of the Letter is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
“You will also be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus plan, pro-rated based on the date of hire. Your target bonus will be 70% of $340,000, based on Company performance and the successful completion of performance objectives that will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its discretion.”
          3.      The fourth bullet point of the third paragraph of the Letter is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
“The Company will grant to you (subject to certain conditions) (i) stock options to purchase up to four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of Two Dollars and Sixty-Eight Cents ($2.68) per share, one-third (1/3) of which shall vest on each of June 30, 2008, June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, provided that Executive remains employed by the Company or its affiliates on each such date, and (ii) stock options to purchase an aggregate of four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of Two Dollars and Sixty-Eight Cents ($2.68) per share, which shall vest upon the satisfaction of certain performance-based goals for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010 to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion, provided that Executive remains employed by the Company or its affiliates on the applicable vesting dates. Except as set forth herein, all such

 


 

stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) and the Company’s form of Stock Option Agreement under the Plan (the “Stock Option Agreement”). In addition, upon the occurrence of a Vesting Acceleration Event (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement), all outstanding stock options held by you immediately prior to the date of such event shall become fully vested and exercisable.”
          4.      To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Letter remains in full force and effect.
[ Signature page follows ]

 


 

          The undersigned do hereby consent to the foregoing amendment as of the date set forth above.
         
  K12 INC.
 
 
     
  Name:   Ronald J. Packard   
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
     
  John F. Baule   
       
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11
January 3, 2006
Mr. Bruce J. Davis
P.O. Box 221
Gibson Island, MD 21056
Dear Bruce:
It gives me great pleasure to confirm your employment with K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), beginning January 8, 2007 (the “Start Date”). Once countersigned by you, this letter shall constitute a binding agreement (the “Agreement”) between you (the “Executive”) and the Company, effective as of the date of this letter set forth above (the “Effective Date”).
  1.   Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and Executive hereby accepts such employment. Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President of School Services, and initially report to the Company’s principal executive officer, who is now the Executive Chairman of the Board and Founder, Ronald J. Packard. Executive’s place of employment will be at the Company headquarters, currently located in Herndon, Virginia. Executive shall perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are normally commensurate with Executive’s position, including such other duties as are reasonably assigned to Executive from time to time. Executive agrees that Company shall be his exclusive employer and Executive shall devote his full business time to performing Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement. Executive shall be granted use of the Company’s apartment located in Herndon, Virginia, as is necessary to carry out his responsibilities and duties, and Executive further recognizes that he will be required to travel in the ordinary course of performing such responsibilities.
 
  2.   Salary. Executive’s salary during the first year of employment by the Company shall be Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) monthly, which equates to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) on an annualized basis (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions. The Base Salary shall be paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually, and the Board of Directors and principal executive officer shall determine, in their sole and absolute discretion, whether to grant Executive any salary increase based on the performance of Executive and the Company.
CONFIDENTIAL
Hauge offer

- 1 -


 

  3.   Performance Bonus. The Company shall pay to Executive a bonus equal to forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary on July 8, 2007, unless Executive’s start date occurs after January 8, 2007, in which case such bonus shall be paid one hundred and eighty (180) days after Executive’s actual start date. For the year beginning July 1, 2007 and ending June 30, 2008, and for each year thereafter during Executive’s tenure at the Company, and subject to the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, Executive’s annual bonus shall be determined under the same incentive compensation plans applicable to all senior executives, and Executive may receive an annual end of year bonus ( the “Performance Bonus”) equal to forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary.
 
  4.   Stock Options. Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall enter into a Stock Option Agreement with Executive pursuant to which the Company is granting to Executive ( subject to certain conditions) stock options to purchase up to five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of the Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, and which shall be granted outside of and not as a part of, the K12 Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the “Option”). In the event the exercise price for a share of the Common Stock of the Company exceeds two dollars ($2.00) per share on the Option Grant date, the number of shares of the Option shall be adjusted upward in proportion to the difference between an exercise price of $2.00 per Common Share and any greater exercise price determined by the Board. In the event the exercise price for a share of the Common Stock of the Company is determined by the Board to be less than $2.00 per share, there shall be no downward adjustment in the number of shares in the Option. The Option will vest and become exercisable over four (4) years, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares covered by the Option vesting and becoming exercisable on the one year anniversary of the Start Date and the remaining seventy-five (75%) of the shares covered by the Option vesting and becoming exercisable in twelve (12) equal quarterly installments thereafter. The Stock Option Agreement shall provide further that, in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Company, as defined therein, Executive shall be entitled to accelerated vesting of fifty percent(50%) of the options that have not yet vested during the installment period as of the date of such event.
 
  5.   Personal Time Off. Executive shall be entitled to fifteen (15) days of paid personal time off (“PTO”) during each year of your employment. Executive will accrue all such PTO on the first day of July of each year of employment. Executive will be able to use PTO in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, which policy is subject to change or deletion at the discretion of the Company.
 
  6.   Expenses. During Executive’s employment, the Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable travel (excluding travel to and from any residence), business entertainment, and other business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties, including reasonable and/or required professional dues and fees ( e.g. , professional association dues,
CONFIDENTIAL

- 2 -


 

      continuing education expenses), subject to the rules and regulations adopted by the Company for the handling of such business and professional expenses.
 
  7.   Benefits (Health and Welfare Plans). Executive will be eligible to participate in such benefit plans as may be adopted from time to time by the Company on the same basis as similarly situated employees, including participation in any senior-level executive benefits plans that may be adopted by the Company. Executive’s participation shall be subject to: (i) the terms of the applicable plan documents; (ii) generally applicable Company policies; and (iii) the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plan or programs. These plans and programs are subject to change or deletion at the discretion of the Company.
 
  8.   Holidays. Executive will be eligible for paid holidays in accordance with the Company’s holiday policy and schedule, as may be amended by the Company from time to time at the sole discretion of the Company.
 
  9.   Employment at Will; Termination.
  9.1   Employment at Will. Executive’s employment with the Company will be on an “at-will” basis, meaning that Executive’s employment is not for a specified period of time and can be terminated by Executive or the Company at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.
 
  9.2   Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective immediately, for Cause, which shall be defined as: (i) a Willful and continued material failure to perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement in a satisfactory manner (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or Disability, as defined in Section 9.3 below), where Willful means, when applied to any action or omission made by Executive, that Executive did so without a good faith belief that such action or omission was in, or was not contrary to, the best interests of the Company; (ii) acts of dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation, and misappropriation involving the Company or any of its affiliates; (iii) unprofessional conduct which may adversely affect the reputation of the Company and/or its relationship with its customers, employees or suppliers ; and (iv) a conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or no contest to, any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty (collectively “Cause”). In the event of termination of this Agreement for Cause, Executive shall immediately be paid all accrued Base Salary, all accrued but unused PTO and any reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the duties hereunder, all to the date of termination. All stock options covered by the Option shall expire at the date of termination for any of the above-enumerated reasons to terminate for cause. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary
CONFIDENTIAL

- 3 -


 

      Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, K12 Agreement to Arbitrate, and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate.
 
  9.3   Termination Upon Disability. Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate upon the Disability of Executive. In the event of such termination, Company shall pay to Executive any unpaid compensation to the extent earned and payable as of the date of termination. As used herein, the term “Disability” means a physical or mental disability that renders Executive unable to perform Executive’s normal duties for the Company for a period of 90 or more days as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company. If Executive disagrees with the Board’s good faith determination of Disability, the matter shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to the K12 Inc. Agreement to Arbitrate, which is incorporated herein by reference as provided in Section 11.1 of this Agreement.
 
  9.4   Termination by Company Without Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective immediately, without Cause. In the event that the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause, Executive shall be paid immediately (except as noted) all accrued Base Salary, all accrued but unused PTO, and any reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s duties hereunder, all to the date of termination, as well as the severance pay set forth in Section 9.6 below. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, K12 Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate.
 
  9.5   Termination by Employee.
(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement by Executive other than for Good Reason (as defined in Section 9.5(b) below), Executive shall not be entitled to any salary, bonus, benefits, severance pay or other remuneration after the effective date of termination, other than the payment for accrued but unused PTO. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, K12 Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate
(b) In the event that this Agreement is terminated for Good Reason, then Executive shall be entitled to the severance pay set forth in Section 9.6 below. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, K12 Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate. Good Reason shall be defined as: (1) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company which is not cured within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof from Executive; (2) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary; (3) prior to a Change in Control, a diminution or adverse change to
CONFIDENTIAL

- 4 -


 

Executive’s title, or a requirement that Executive report to a person other than the principal executive officer of the Company; (4) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, responsibilities or duties; (5) a relocation of Executive’s primary place of employment to a location more than twenty-five(25) miles further from Executive’s primary residence than the current location of the Company’s headquarters in Herndon, Virginia; and (6) within ninety (90) days after a Change in Control, this Agreement is not assumed by the controlling entity in all material respects.
  9.6   Effect of Termination (Severance Pay).
(a) Termination prior to January 1, 2008: Upon termination of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 9.4 or by Executive pursuant to Section 9.5(b) above, and provided Executive executes a general release of claims satisfactory to the Company, Executive shall be entitled to one hundred eighty (180) days severance pay at the then-existing Base Salary, payable at the same time and in the same manner as such Base Salary had been paid prior to such termination.
(b) Termination after January 1, 2008: Upon termination of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 9.4 or by Executive pursuant to Section 9.5(b) above, and provided Executive executes a general release of claims satisfactory to the Company, Executive shall be entitled to three hundred sixty-five (365) days severance pay at the then-existing Base Salary, payable at the same time and in the same manner as such Base Salary had been paid prior to such termination
  10.   Other Conditions of Employment.
10.1 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation/Agreement to Arbitrate. Executive’s employment is contingent upon the execution of the enclosed K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement and K12 Agreement to Arbitrate, at or before the Start Date. In addition, during the period in which Executive is receiving any compensation from the Company (including any severance period), Executive shall not engage in any business or organization that directly competes with the Company or its business.
10.2 Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. Executive’s employment is contingent upon satisfying the requirements for employment in the United States. Within three (3) days of the Start Date, and thereafter if the law requires, Executive shall furnish the Company with all necessary documentation that will satisfy the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.
10.3 Policies and Procedures. Executive’s employment is subject to the Company’s
CONFIDENTIAL

- 5 -


 

personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.
  11.   Miscellaneous.
11.1 Entire Agreement. The terms described in this Agreement, together with the K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and K12 Agreement to Arbitrate, both attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, set forth the entire understanding between Executive and the Company, and supercede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. No term or provision of this Agreement or attached exhibits may be amended waived, released, discharged or modified except in writing, signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
11.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflict of law principles.
11.3 Successors. The Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. In that the Agreement constitutes a non-delegable personal services agreement, it may not be assigned by Executive and any attempted assignment by Executive in violation of this covenant shall be null and void.
11.4 Severability. In the event that any one ore more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and all such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
11.5 Waiver. The failure of either party to insist on strict compliance with any of the terms of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any terms of this Agreement or of the party’s right to require strict compliance with the terms of the Agreement in any other instance.
11.6 Notices. All notices, demands, or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing, unless otherwise specified, and shall be deemed to have been properly given, delivered, or served by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, with deliveries to be made to the following addresses:
     
If to Bruce Davis:
  Bruce Davis
 
  P.O. Box 221
 
  Gibson Island, MD 21056
CONFIDENTIAL

- 6 -


 

     
If to Company:
  Attn: General Counsel
 
  K12 Inc.
 
  2300 Corporate Park Dr
 
  Herndon, VA 21070
Either party may change such party’s address for notices as necessary by notice given pursuant to this Section.
11.7 Captions. Section headings used in the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered a part of the Agreement.
11.8 Amendments and Further Assurances. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, but only by written instrument executed by all the parties hereto. No variations, modifications, or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party except as set forth in such a written instrument. The parties will execute such further instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of the Agreement.
11.9 Counterparts. The Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
  12.   Representations by Executive: Executive represents and warrants that:
     (a) Executive is free to enter into and perform each of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Executive is not subject to any agreement, judgment, order or restriction that would be violated by Executive being employed by Company or that in any way restricts the services that may be rendered by Executive for Company. Executive’s execution of this Agreement and performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement does not and will not violate or breach any other agreement between Executive and any other person or entity.
     (b) Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions and covenants in this Agreement and Executive agrees that they will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood after employment with Company and that they are fair, reasonable and necessary to protect and maintain the proprietary interests, goodwill and other legitimate business interests of Company in view of the following facts: (i) Executive will hold a position of confidence and trust with Company as a result of Executive’s employment with Company, access to confidential financial and other information, and relationship with the customers, suppliers and other employees of Company, (ii) it would be impossible for Executive to be employed or engaged in a directly competitive business to that of the
CONFIDENTIAL

- 7 -


 

Company without inevitably using Company’s proprietary information, and (iii) Executive has broad skills that will permit gainful employment in many areas and businesses outside the scope of Company’s business.
     (c) Executive acknowledges that but for the above representations and warranties of Executive, Company would not employ Executive or enter into this Agreement.
Please acknowledge your acceptance of employment by signing the enclosed copy of this letter, completing the K12 Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement and K12 Agreement to Arbitrate, and returning them to me as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me. Bruce, I am personally pleased to welcome you to the K12 team and I look forward to working with you toward our mutual success.
     
 
  Sincerely,
 
   
 
  Nancy Hauge
 
  Senior Vice President, Human Resources
 
  K12 Inc.
                 
Agreed and Accepted:
               
 
               
/s/ Bruce J. Davis
          January 8, 2007    
 
Bruce J. Davis
     
 
Date
 
 
Start Date
   
CONFIDENTIAL

- 8 -

 

Exhibit 10.12
June 1, 2006

Bror Saxberg
Dear Bror:
It gives me great pleasure to confirm your employment with K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Once countersigned by you, this letter shall constitute a binding agreement (“Agreement”) between you and the Company, effective as of the date of this letter set forth above (the “Effective Date”).
  1.   Employment. The Company agrees to initially employ you and you agree to be initially employed as the Company’s Chief Learning Officer. This position will be located at the Company’s headquarters’, currently in McLean, Virginia (with relocation to Herndon, Virginia scheduled for April, 2006).You shall report directly to the Company’s Executive Vice President of Operations (“EVP”) and Chief Financial Officer, and perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are normally associated with your position and such duties as are reasonably assigned to you from time to time.
 
  2.   Salary. Your salary has been adjusted to Twenty Five Thousand, Eight Hundred and Thirty Three and 33/100 Dollars ($25,833.33) monthly, which equates to Three Hundred and Ten Thousand Dollars ($310,000.00) on an annualized basis (“Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions. The Base Salary shall be paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.
 
  3.   End-of-Year Bonus. For July 2005 through June 2006, you shall be eligible for a bonus based on your and the Company’s achievement of goals and objectives as mutually agreed upon by you and the EVP (the “Performance Bonus”) of thirty percent (30%) of your Base Salary. Going forward, your end-of-year Performance Bonus for each year during your tenure at the Company shall be determined by the EVP and the Board of Directors.
 
  4.   Stock Options. In addition to the other grants you have received the Company has granted you an option to purchase Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of the Company’s common stock, at a price to be determined by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the terms of the K12 Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan and an applicable stock option agreement between you and the Company (the “Option”). The Option will vest and become exercisable over four (4) years, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares covered by the Option vesting and becoming exercisable on the one year anniversary of the Start Date and
CONFIDENTIAL
Hauge offer

- 1 -


 

the remaining seventy-five (75%) of the shares covered by the Option vesting and becoming exercisable in twelve equal quarterly installments thereafter.
  5.   Personal Time Off. You shall be entitled to twenty (20) days of paid personal time off (“PTO”) during each year of your employment. You will accrue all such PTO on July 1 of each year during your employment. You will be able to use PTO in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, which policy is subject to change or deletion at the discretion of the Company.
 
  6.   Expenses. During your employment, the Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable travel (excluding travel to and from any residence), business entertainment, and other business expenses incurred in the performance of your duties, including reasonable and/or required professional dues and fees ( e.g. , professional association dues, continuing education expenses, etc.), subject to the rules and regulations adopted by the Company for the handling of such business and professional expenses.
 
  7.   Benefits (Health and Welfare Plans). You will be eligible to participate in such benefit plans as may be from time to time adopted by the Company on the same basis as similarly situated employees. Your participation shall be subject to: (i) the terms of the applicable plan documents; (ii) generally applicable Company policies; and (iii) the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plan or programs. These plans and programs are subject to change or deletion at the discretion of the Company.
 
  8.   Holidays. You will be eligible for paid holidays in accordance with the Company’s holiday policy and schedule, as may be amended by the Company from time to time at the sole discretion of the Company.
 
  9.   Employment at Will; Termination.
  9.1   Employment at Will. Your employment with the Company will be on an “at-will” basis, meaning that your employment is not for a specified period of time and can be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.
 
  9.2   Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective immediately, for cause, which shall be defined as (i) a Willful and continued material failure substantially to perform your duties in a satisfactory manner (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or Disability, as defined below), where Willful means, when applied to any action or omission made by you, that you, in acting or omitting to act, did so without a good faith belief that such action or omission was in, or was not contrary to, the best interests of the
CONFIDENTIAL

- 2 -


 

Company; or (ii) acts of dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation, moral turpitude; or (iii) unprofessional conduct which may adversely affect the reputation of the Company and/or its relationship with its customers, employees or suppliers, or (iv) a conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or no contest to, any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty (collectively, “Cause”); provided that no such termination for Cause as defined in (i) above shall be deemed to be for Cause unless the Company shall have given to you at least thirty (14) days’ prior written notice of the actions or omissions giving rise to such termination for Cause, which written notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement for Cause, you shall immediately be paid all accrued Base Salary, all accrued but unused PTO and any reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by you in connection with your duties hereunder, all to the date of termination. Consistent with the K12 Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, all options covered by the Option shall expire at the date of termination for any of the above-enumerated reasons to terminate for cause. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights, and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate, and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate. “Disability” means physical or mental incapacity resulting in you being unable for a period of six (6) consecutive months or for an aggregate of six (6) months in any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period to perform your duties. Any dispute between you and the Company regarding the existence of your alleged Disability shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to you and the Company. If you and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of Disability made in writing to you and the Company shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.
  9.3   Termination by Company Without Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective immediately, without Cause. In the event that the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause, you shall be paid immediately (except as noted) all accrued Base Salary, all accrued but unused PTO, and any reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by you in connection with your duties hereunder, all to the date of termination, as well as the severance pay set forth in Section 9.5 below. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate.
CONFIDENTIAL

- 3 -


 

  9.4   Termination by Employee.
(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement by you other than for Good Reason (as defined in Section 9.4(b) below), you shall not be entitled to any salary, bonus, benefits, severance pay or other remuneration after the effective date of termination, other than the payment for accrued but unused PTO. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate
(b) In the event that you terminate this Agreement for Good Reason, then you shall be entitled to the severance pay set forth in Section 9.5 below. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate. Good Reason shall be defined as: your resignation within forty (40) days after your discovery of any material breach of this agreement by the Company which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from you.
  9.5   Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 9.3 or by you pursuant to Section 9.4(b) above, and provided you execute a general release of claims satisfactory to the Company, you shall be entitled to: (a) one hundred eighty (180) days severance pay at your then-existing Base Salary, payable at the same time and in the same manner as such Base Salary had been paid prior to such termination. You agree to promptly notify Company if you obtain new employment during the severance period, and any other compensation received by you from any such employment and/or engagement shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the amount of compensation otherwise payable by the Company during that period
 
  9.6   Change of Control Acceleration. In the event of a Change of Control, your Option shall accelerate such that the entire Option shall be immediately vested and exercisable consistent with the terms of your stock option agreement. A Change of Control shall be defined as: (A) the direct sale or exchange by the stockholders of the Company of all or substantially all of the stock of the Company (but excluding any sale in connection with an initial public offering), where the stockholders of the Company before such sale or exchange do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interests in the voting stock of the acquiring or surviving entity after such sale or exchange; (B) a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party where the stockholders of the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting stock of the successor entity after such merger or consolidation; (C) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an unrelated third party.
CONFIDENTIAL

- 4 -


 

  10.   Other Conditions of Employment.
10.1 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation/Agreement to Arbitrate. Your employment is contingent upon your execution of the enclosed K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement and Agreement to Arbitrate, at or before the Start Date.
10.2 Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. Your employment is contingent upon you satisfying the requirements for employment in the United States. Within three (3) days of the Start Date, and thereafter if the law requires, you will be required to furnish the Company with all necessary documentation that will satisfy the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.
10.3 Policies and Procedures. Your employment is subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.
  11.   Miscellaneous.
11.1 Entire Agreement. The terms described in this Agreement, together with the Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and Agreement to Arbitrate, both attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, set forth the entire understanding between us, and supercede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. No term or provision of this Agreement or attached exhibits may be amended waived, released, discharged or modified except in writing, signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
CONFIDENTIAL

- 5 -


 

11.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflict of law principles.
11.3 Successors. The Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. In that the Agreement constitutes a non-delegable personal services agreement, it may not be assigned by you and any attempted assignment by you in violation of this covenant shall be null and void.
11.4 Severability. In the event that any one ore more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and all such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
11.5 Waiver. The failure of either party to insist on strict compliance with any of the terms of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any terms of this Agreement or of the party’s right to require strict compliance with the terms of the Agreement in any other instance.
11.6 Notices. All notices, demands, or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing, unless otherwise specified, and shall be deemed to have been properly given, delivered, or served by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, with deliveries to be made to the following addresses:
         
 
  If to Bror Saxberg:   Bror Saxberg
 
       
 
  If to Company:   Attn: John Baule, EVP and CFO
 
      K12 Inc.
 
      8000 Westpark Dr
 
      McLean, VA 22102
Either party may change such party’s address for notices as necessary by notice given pursuant to this Section.
11.7 Captions. Section headings used in the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered a part of the Agreement.
11.8 Amendments and Further Assurances. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, but only by written instrument executed by all the parties hereto. No variations, modifications, or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party
CONFIDENTIAL

- 6 -


 

except as set forth in such a written instrument. The parties will execute such further instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of the Agreement.
11.9 Counterparts. The Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
Please acknowledge your acceptance of employment by signing the enclosed copy of this letter, and completing the K12 Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and Agreement to Arbitrate, if you have not already done so and returning them to me as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me. Bror, I am personally pleased and proud that you are a member of the K12 team and I look forward to working with you toward our mutual success.
Sincerely,
         
/s/ John Baule
John Baule,
       
EVP Operations and CFO
       
K12, Inc.
       
 
       
Agreed and Accepted:
       
 
       
/s/ Bror Saxberg
  6/7/06  
 
Bror Saxberg
 
 
Date
   
CONFIDENTIAL

- 7 -

 

Exhibit 10.13
DEED OF LEASE
By and Between
ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC
(“Landlord”)
and
K12 INC.
(“Tenant”)
* * * * * *
South Pointe II
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon, Virginia 20171
HOLLAND & KNIGHT LLP
2099 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Suite 100
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 955-3000
(202) 955-5564 (Fax)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
      Page  
1. BASIC LEASE TERMS
    1  
2. PREMISES
    2  
3. TERM AND COMMENCEMENT OF TERM
    2  
4. RENT
    3  
5. SECURITY DEPOSIT
    6  
6. USE
    8  
7. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
    9  
8. IMPROVEMENTS AND FIXTURES
    11  
9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES
    12  
10. RIGHTS OF LANDLORD
    14  
11. LIABILITY
    15  
12. INSURANCE
    16  
13. FIRE OR CASUALTY
    16  
14. EMINENT DOMAIN
    17  
15. SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
    17  
16. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    18  
17. BANKRUPTCY
    20  
18. PAYMENT OF TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS BY LANDLORD AND UNPAID RENT
    21  
19. VOLUNTARY SURRENDER
    21  
20. ABANDONMENT OF PERSONAL PROPERTY
    21  
21. HOLD-OVER
    21  
22. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM
    21  
23. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
    23  
24. USA PATRIOT ACT AND ANTI-TERRORISM LAWS
    24  
25. QUIET ENJOYMENT
    24  
26. PARKING
    24  
27. NOTICES
    24  
28. BROKERS
    24  
29. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS
    25  
30. LANDLORD’S LIEN
    25  
31. RULES AND REGULATIONS
    25  
32. ROOFTOP COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
    25  
33. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE
    27  
34. MUST-TAKE SPACE
    28  
35. SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC SYSTEM
    28  
36. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    30  

i


 

DEED OF LEASE
      THIS DEED OF LEASE (this “Lease”) is made as of the 7 th day of December, 2005 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and K12 INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), who agree as follows:
1.   BASIC LEASE TERMS.
     The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Lease:
             
 
  a.   Premises:   Approximately 35,740 rentable square feet of space (subject to increase pursuant to the terms of Section 34 of the Lease) comprising and a portion of the first (1 st ) floor, and the entire second (2 nd ) floor, of the Building (described in Section 1.b., below), as outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A .
 
           
 
  b.   Building:   2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia (the “Building”), containing approximately 158,897 rentable square feet of office space, measured in accordance with a modified Building Owners and Managers Association “Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area” (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996).
 
           
 
  c.   Commencement Date:   Defined in Section 3.a, below
 
           
 
      Rent Commencement Date:   May 1, 2006
 
           
 
  d.   Lease Expiration Date:   The last day of the seventh (7 th ) Lease Year
 
           
 
  e.   Initial Annual Base Rent*:   $27.50 per rentable square foot
$982,850.04 per annum
$81,904.17 per month
 
           
[*subject to escalation as provided for in this Lease]
 
           
 
  f.   Base Year:   Calendar Year 2006
 
           
 
  g.   Tenant’s Pro Rata Share   22.49%*
 
      (Operating Expenses):    
 
           
 
      Tenant’s Pro Rata Share   22.49%*
 
      (Real Estate Taxes):  
[*subject to adjustments provided for in this Lease, including the adjustment resulting from the inclusion in the Premises of the “Must Take Space” pursuant to Section 34 of this Lease]
             
 
  h.   Address for Notices:    
 
           
 
      To Landlord:   ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC
444 Brickell Avenue
Suite 900
Miami, Florida 33131
Attention: Chief Operating Officer
 
           
 
                     and
 
           
 
          ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC
c/o ACP Mid-Atlantic LLC, as Agent
2350 Corporate Park Drive
Suite 110
Herndon, Virginia 20171
Attention: Asset Manager
 
           
 
      With a copy to:   Holland & Knight LLP
2099 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Suite 100
Washington, D.C. 20006
Attention: David S. Kahn, Esquire
 
           
 
      To Tenant:   At the Premises

1


 

             
 
      With a copy to:   Kelley Drye & Warren LLP
8000 Towers Crescent Drive
Suite 1200
Vienna, Virginia 22182
Attention: Joseph B. Hoffman, Esquire
 
           
 
  i.   Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent:   ACP/Woodland Park, LLC
P.O. Box 01-9741
Miami, Florida 33101-9741
Landlord’s Tax Identification Number: 20-0194026
 
           
 
  j.   Extension Option:   Two (2) five (5) year options
 
           
 
  k.   Security Deposit:   $2,136,535.98 (Letter of Credit)
2. PREMISES.
      a. Premises. In consideration of Tenant’s agreement to pay Annual Base Rent (hereinafter defined) and Additional Rent (hereinafter defined) and subject to the covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and leases from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, those certain premises described in Section 1.a. hereof and located in the Building (the “Premises”). The Premises are located in the Building described in Section 1.b. hereof. The lease of the Premises to Tenant includes the non-exclusive right, together with other tenants of the Building and members of the public, to use the common public areas of the Building and the land on which the Building is situated (the “Land”), but includes no other rights not specifically set forth. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Building constitutes one of three (3) office buildings owned by Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates in the office project known as “Woodland Park,” the other buildings having a street address of 2250 Corporate Park Drive and 2350 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia (collectively, along with the Building, the “Buildings”). For all purposes hereunder, the Buildings, the land on which the Buildings are located (the “Project Land”) and all common areas, roadways and public areas therein or thereon are collectively referred to herein as the “Project.”
      b. Improvements. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in its “as-is” condition without (A) any obligation on Landlord’s part to undertake or, except for the Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Work Agreement (hereinafter defined)) to be provided by Landlord pursuant to the Work Agreement, pay for, any improvements or alterations therein; or (B) except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, any representations or warranties regarding the condition thereof. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the application of the Improvement Allowance, construct in the Premises the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Agreement) described in the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Agreement”), in substantial accordance with the terms and conditions of the Work Agreement. In the event that Landlord and Tenant have not finally agreed upon the scope and details of the Tenant Improvements as of the Effective Date, Tenant’s submissions to Landlord of plans and specifications detailing such work shall be subject to Landlord’s written approval in accordance with the Work Agreement. The Tenant Improvements shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, shall comply with all applicable building codes, laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended (the “ADA”)), shall not require any changes to or modifications of any of the mechanical, electrical, plumbing or other systems of the Building, and shall otherwise be constructed in strict accordance with the terms of the Work Agreement. The cost of all design, architectural and engineering work, demolition costs, construction costs, construction supervision, contractors’ overhead and profit, licenses and permits, and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the application of the Improvement Allowance pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Work Agreement. Landlord shall disburse the Improvement Allowance as provided in the Work Agreement. All costs incurred with respect to the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance shall be paid by Tenant as provided in the Work Agreement. Any portion of the Improvement Allowance not expended by Tenant in undertaking the Tenant Improvements within nine (9) months after the Effective Date shall be retained by Landlord.
3. TERM AND COMMENCEMENT OF TERM.
      a. Term. This Lease shall be in full force and effect from the Effective Date. The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant (the “Commencement Date”) and shall expire on the last day of the seventh (7 th ) Lease Year (hereinafter defined) (the “Lease Expiration Date”), unless otherwise extended or terminated in accordance with the terms hereof. Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant within five (5) business days of the Effective Date. As used herein, the term “Lease Year” means (i) each twelve (12)-month period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date (hereinafter defined), and (ii) each successive period of twelve (12) calendar months thereafter during the Term. As used herein, the term “Rent Commencement Date” means May 1, 2006. Reference is made to the form of Declaration of Commencement Date (the “Declaration”) attached hereto as Exhibit C. Promptly after the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall complete the Declaration and deliver the completed Declaration to Tenant. Within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives the completed Declaration from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and return the Declaration to Landlord to confirm the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date, the Term and the actual number of rentable square feet in the Premises. Failure to execute the Declaration shall not affect the commencement or expiration of the Term. As used

2


 

herein, the term “business day” shall mean all days other than Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays (hereinafter defined).
      b. Delays. No delay by Tenant in completing the Tenant Improvements shall delay or otherwise affect the Rent Commencement Date or Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent from and after such date.
4. RENT. Beginning on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay as Rent for the Premises the following amounts set forth in this Section 4 and as otherwise provided in this Lease. “Additional Rent” shall mean such costs, expenses, charges and other payments to be made by (or on behalf of) Tenant to Landlord (or to a third party if required under this Lease), whether or not the same be designated as such. “Rent” or “rent” shall mean all Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder.
      a. Annual Base Rent.
          (i) During each Lease Year, Tenant shall pay annual base rent in the amounts set forth immediately below (the “Annual Base Rent”), which amounts shall be payable in equal monthly installments (the “Monthly Base Rent”) as set forth immediately below:
                         
    Annual Base Rent        
Lease   per Rentable   Annual   Monthly
  Year   Square Foot   Base Rent   Base Rent
1
  $ 27.50     $ 982,850.04     $ 81,904.17  
2
  $ 28.19     $ 1,007,510.64     $ 83,959.22  
3
  $ 28.89     $ 1,032,528.60     $ 86,044.05  
4
  $ 29.61     $ 1,058,261.40     $ 88,188.45  
5
  $ 30.35     $ 1,084,709.04     $ 90,392.42  
6
  $ 31.11     $ 1,111,871.40     $ 92,655.95  
7
  $ 31.89     $ 1,139,748.60     $ 94,979.05  
          (ii) In addition to the payment of Annual Base Rent, Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs (hereinafter defined) pursuant to Section 4.b. hereof.
          (iii) All installments of Monthly Base Rent shall be payable in advance, with the first monthly installment due and payable upon execution of this Lease.
      b. Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs.
          (i) As used in this Lease:
               (1)  “Operating Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses, costs and disbursements (but not specific costs billed to and paid by specific tenants) of every kind and nature incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, management, operation, maintenance, servicing and repair of the Building and appurtenances thereto, including, without limitation, the common areas thereof, and the Land, including, but not limited to, employees’ wages, salaries, welfare and pension benefits and other fringe benefits; payroll taxes; telephone service; painting of common areas of the Building; exterminating service; detection and security services; concierge services; sewer rents and charges; premiums for fire and casualty, liability, rent, workmen’s compensation, sprinkler, water damage and other insurance; repairs and maintenance; building supplies; uniforms and dry cleaning; snow removal; the cost of obtaining and providing electricity, water and other public utilities to all areas of the Building; trash removal; janitorial and cleaning supplies; and janitorial and cleaning services; window cleaning; service contracts for the maintenance of elevators, boilers, HVAC and other mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment; fees for all licenses and permits required for the ownership and operation of the Building; business license fees and taxes; the rental value of the management office maintained in the Building, if any; all costs of operating and maintaining equipment in the health and fitness facility located in the Building; sales, use and personal property taxes payable in connection with tangible personal property and services purchased for the management, operation, maintenance, repair, cleaning, safety and administration of the Buildings; legal fees; accounting fees relating to the determination of Operating Expenses and the tenants’ share thereof and the preparation of statements required by tenant’s leases; management fees, whether or not paid to any person having an interest in or under common ownership with Landlord; purchase and installation of indoor plants in the common areas; and landscaping maintenance and the purchase and replacement of landscaping services, plants and shrubbery. If Landlord makes an expenditure for a capital improvement to the Building (or any portion thereof) by installing energy conservation or labor-saving devices to reduce Operating Expenses, or to comply with any law, ordinance or regulation pertaining to the Building (each, a “Permitted Capital Expenditure”), and if, under generally accepted accounting principles, such expenditure is not a current expense, then the cost thereof shall be amortized over a period equal to the useful life of such improvement, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the amortized costs allocated to each calendar year during the Term, together with an imputed interest amount calculated on the unamortized portion thereof using an interest rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum,

3


 

shall be treated as an Operating Expense. In the event that any costs with respect to the operation and management of more than one of the Buildings are allocated among the Building and any other building owned by Landlord, the costs so allocated to the Building shall be included in the calculation of Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.b(i)(1), Operating Expenses shall not include (i) costs of capital improvements or capital expenditures determined under generally accepted accounting principles, except for Permitted Capital Expenditures; (ii) interest, principal, late charges, prepayment penalties or premiums on any debt owed by Landlord (including any mortgage debt) and depreciation; (iii) expenses resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, but only if such expenses would not have been incurred but for such negligence or willful misconduct; (iv) legal fees, space planners’ fees, real estate brokers’ leasing commissions and advertising expenses incurred in connection with the leasing of space in the Building; (v) costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance (by Landlord’s carrier, Tenant’s carrier or by any third party’s insurance carrier) or pursuant to any warranty; (vi) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for replacements; (vii) costs associated with the operation of the limited liability company which constitutes Landlord, as opposed to costs associated with the operation of the Building; (viii) costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building; (ix) litigation costs relating to suits filed by or against Landlord and/or the Building (expressly excluding tax assessment appeals); (x) fines and penalties; (xi) amounts paid as ground rent by Landlord; (xii) the portion of any costs paid to affiliates of Landlord for services at the Building to the extent that such costs exceed the cost of such services if rendered by unaffiliated third parties on an arms-length basis; (xiii) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature if purchased (excluding equipment not affixed to the Building which is used in providing janitorial or similar services); (xiv) the cost of all items and services with respect to which Landlord receives reimbursement (excluding reimbursement by way of Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs paid by Tenant or other tenants); (xv) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any space lease in the Building, provided that such costs would not have been incurred by Landlord but for such violation; (xvi) attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with disputes with tenants or prospective tenants of the Building; (xvii) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, mortgaging or sale of the Building, including brokerage commissions, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, closing costs, title insurance premiums, transfer taxes and interest charges; (xviii) costs of correcting any violations of law applicable to the Building, which violations existed on the Effective Date; (xix) Landlord’s political or charitable contributions; (xx) Real Estate Taxes; (xxi) costs incurred in connection with work or services or other benefits that are not offered to Tenant but that are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building without additional cost; (xxii) federal income taxes assessed against Landlord; (xxiii) costs of remediating Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined) in the Building to the extent such Hazardous Materials (A) were present in the Building on the Commencement Date in violation of any Environmental Laws (hereinafter defined) or (B) were introduced to the Building by Landlord, or its agents or employees; or (xxiv) the costs of constructing any health and fitness facility located in the Building and the cost of purchasing, installing or replacing any equipment in such health and fitness facility. Landlord shall not duplicate any component of Operating Expenses under the terms of this Lease.
                (2) “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all taxes, assessments and charges levied upon or with respect to the Land (or any portion thereof), the Building, and any improvements adjacent thereto (computed as payable in installments as permitted by law regardless of whether so paid), including, without limitation, vault rents, if any, franchise taxes, any tax, fee or excise on rents, on the square footage of the Premises including the Fairfax County Business License Tax, on the act of entering into this Lease, on the occupancy of Tenant, on account of the rent hereunder or the business of renting space now or hereafter levied or assessed against Landlord by the United States of America or the state, county, city or town in which the Building are located, or any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity; and shall also include any other tax to the extent that such tax is imposed in lieu of or in addition to such Real Estate Taxes. Reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with any proceedings for appeal or reduction of any Real Estate Taxes shall also be considered Real Estate Taxes for the year in question. In the event that Real Estate Taxes for the Land and the Building are not separately assessed, Landlord shall allocate to the Land and the Building the portion of the total Real Estate Tax assessment that fairly represents the relative values of all properties that have been assessed together.
                (3) “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses),” as of the date hereof, shall be as provided in Section 1.g., representing the ratio that the rentable area of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of office space in the Building. If either the rentable area of the Premises or the total rentable area of the Building, shall be increased or decreased, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) shall be adjusted accordingly.
                (4) “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes),” as of the date hereof, shall be as provided in Section 1.g., representing the ratio that the rentable area of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Building. If either the rentable area of the, Premises or the total rentable area of the Building, shall be increased or decreased, as reasonably determined by Landlord, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes) shall be adjusted accordingly.
                (5) “Base Year” means calendar year 2006.
          (ii) If, in any calendar year during the Term, the total amount of Operating Expenses for the Buildings exceed the amount of Operating Expenses in the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, commencing on January 1, 2007, an amount which is the product of (1) the amount of such increase in Operating Expenses, multiplied by (2) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating

4


 

Expenses). Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) of increases in Operating Expenses for any partial calendar year during the Term shall be determined by multiplying the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) of increases in Operating Expenses for the full calendar year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such calendar year falling within the Term and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five (365). If in any calendar year during the Term, the amount of Real Estate Taxes exceeds the amount of Real Estate Taxes for the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, commencing on January 1, 2007, an amount which is the product of (x) the amount of such increase in Real Estate Taxes, multiplied by (y) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes). Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes) of increases in Real Estate Taxes for any partial calendar year during the Term shall be determined by multiplying the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes) of increases in Real Estate Taxes for the full calendar year by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such calendar year falling within the Term and the denominator of which is three hundred sixty-five (365).
          (iii) If at any time during the Base Year, or during any subsequent calendar year (“Subsequent Year”), less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the total rentable square feet of office space in the Building is occupied by tenants, the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year, or for any such Subsequent Year, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the amount of Operating Expenses as reasonably estimated by Landlord that would have been incurred if the percentage of occupancy of the Building during the Base Year or any such Subsequent Year was ninety-five percent (95%). If at any time during any calendar year, any part of the Building is leased to a tenant (hereinafter referred to as a “Special Tenant”) who, in accordance with the terms of its lease, provides its own utilities, cleaning or janitorial services or other services or is not otherwise required to pay a share of Operating Expenses in accordance with the methodology set forth in this Section 4.b., and Landlord does not incur the cost of such services, Operating Expenses for such calendar year shall be increased by the additional costs for cleaning and janitorial services and such other applicable expenses as reasonably estimated by Landlord that would have been incurred by Landlord if Landlord had furnished and paid for cleaning and janitorial services and such other services for the space occupied by the Special Tenant, or if Landlord had included such costs in “operating expenses” as defined in the Special Tenant’s lease.
          (iv) During the month of December, 2006 (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable), and thereafter during the month of December of each Lease Year (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish to Tenant a statement of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs for the next calendar year. “Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs” shall be an amount equal to the sum of (1) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) multiplied by the difference between Operating Expenses incurred during any calendar year during the Term, and Operating Expenses incurred in the Base Year; plus (2) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes) multiplied by the difference between Real Estate Taxes for any calendar year during the Term and Real Estate Taxes incurred during the Base Year. Such statement shall show the amount of Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs, if any, payable by Tenant for such calendar year pursuant to this Section 4.b. on the basis of Landlord’s estimate. Commencing on January 1, 2007, and continuing on each monthly rent payment date thereafter until further adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.b.(iv), Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount of said estimated Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the expiration of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (the “Expense Statement”) showing the actual Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for such calendar year. The Expense Statement shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant, unless objected to in writing by Tenant within sixty (60) days following Tenant’s receipt thereof. In case of an underpayment, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such statement, pay to Landlord an amount equal to such underpayment. In case of an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the next monthly rental payment by Tenant with an amount equal to such overpayment. Additionally, if this Lease shall have expired, Landlord shall apply such excess against any sums due from Tenant to Landlord and shall refund any remainder to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the calendar year in which the Term ends.
          (v) Tenant shall be entitled to the following audit right with respect to a Expense Statement delivered by Landlord. Such audit right shall be exercisable by Tenant’s providing Landlord with written notice of Tenant’s exercise of such audit right within sixty (60) days of Tenant’s receipt of such Expense Statement, time being of the essence. Tenant’s notice shall contain a statement of Tenant’s reasonable objections to such Expense Statement. If, within forty-five (45) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice, Landlord and Tenant are unable to resolve Tenant’s objections, then not later than fifteen (15) days after the expiration of such forty-five (45)-day period Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the “Audit Notice”) that it wishes to employ on an hourly rate (and not a contingency fee) basis an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Landlord to inspect and audit Landlord’s books and records at the Building relating to the objections raised in Tenant’s notice. If Tenant elects to employ such accounting firm as set forth above, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement satisfactory to Landlord executed by Tenant and such accounting firm, and provide Landlord not less than fifteen (15) days’ notice of the date on which the accounting firm desires to examine Landlord’s books and records at the Building during regular business hours; provided, however, that such date shall be between thirty (30) and ninety (90) days after Tenant delivers to Landlord the Audit Notice. Such audit shall be limited to a determination of whether Landlord calculated the Expense Statement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease. Except as otherwise expressly set forth below, all costs and expenses of any such audit shall be paid by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its right to audit pursuant to this Section 4.b(v) only in strict accordance with the foregoing procedures and each such audit shall relate only to the calendar year covered by the Expense Statement most recently delivered by Landlord. As a condition precedent to exercising its audit rights, Tenant shall

5


 

pay to Landlord all monies which Landlord claims are owing by Tenant, as shown on the Expense Statement. Except for an Affiliate (hereinafter defined) of Tenant to which Tenant has assigned its interest in this Lease, the audit rights pursuant to this Section 4b(v) shall not transfer or apply to any subtenant or any other person or entity other than K12 Inc. If on account of any demonstrated errors in the Expense Statement under audit, Tenant is entitled to a refund of the amount paid by Tenant for Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs for the calendar year under audit because such Expense Statement overstated the amounts to which Landlord was entitled hereunder, Landlord shall credit the next monthly rental payment by Tenant with an amount equal to such refund. If the Expense Statement under audit overstated the amounts to which Landlord was entitled to hereunder by more than four percent (4%), then Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such audit in an amount not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00). In the event the audit reveals an underpayment by Tenant for Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to such underpayment within thirty (30) days.
          (vi) All monies received from Tenant as Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs shall be received by Landlord to pay Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes of the Building and the Land. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to commingle Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs with other funds collected by Landlord.
          (vii) Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.c. shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease with respect to any period during the Term hereof and with respect to any holdover period of occupancy following the expiration of the Term.
          (viii) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.b. to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right, at any time in the future, to aggregate some or all of the Operating Expenses and/or Real Estate Taxes with the expenses and/or taxes, respectively, incurred in connection with the operation of all the Buildings in the Project, in which event Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) and/or Tenant’s Pro Rate Share (Real Estate Taxes), as applicable, shall be adjusted accordingly by Landlord.
      c. Payment of Rent. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States of America without deduction, diminution, set-off, counterclaim or prior notice or demand, at the office of Landlord as provided in Section 1.i. hereof or at such other place as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing, on the first day of every calendar month during the Term. All such payments shall be made by good checks payable to Landlord or such other person, firm or corporation as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing. No payment by Tenant or receipt and acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent shall be deemed to be other than partial payment of the full amount then due and payable; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check, payment of Rent or other payment, be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept, but is not obligated to accept, such partial, payment without prejudice to the Landlord’s right to recover the balance due and payable or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or by law. If Landlord shall at any time or times accept Rent after it becomes due and payable, such acceptance shall not excuse a subsequent delay or constitute a waiver of Landlord’s rights hereunder. Any Rent owed by Tenant to Landlord, including, without limitation, Annual Base Rent, Additional Rent, Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs and Late Charges, which is not paid within five (5) days after the date such payment is due shall bear interest from the due date at a rate equal to the prime rate on corporate loans quoted in the Wall Street Journal (the “Prime Rate”) plus two percent (2%). In addition, if any amount of Rent required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease is not paid within five (5) days after the date such payment is due, then in addition to paying the amount of Rent then due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge (the “Late Charge”) equal to four percent (4%) of the amount of Rent then required to be paid; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to waive the first (1 st ) such Late Charge in any Lease Year during the Term, provided that Tenant pays the Rent then due within three (3) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord. Payment of such Late Charge will not excuse the untimely payment of Rent. In the event Tenant makes any payment of Rent by check and said check is returned by the bank unpaid, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of Seventy-Five Dollars ($75.00) to cover the costs and expenses of processing the returned check, in addition to the Rent payment and any other charges provided for herein. Any interest, Late Charge and other amounts charged hereunder shall constitute Additional Rent.
      d. Separate Metering and Rent Reduction. Landlord may elect to discontinue the distribution or furnishing of electricity and/or water to the Premises if such services are available and may feasibly be furnished directly to Tenant by the utility company supplying same. In the event of any such election by Landlord: (i) Landlord agrees to give reasonable advance notice of such discontinuance to Tenant; (ii) Landlord agrees to permit Tenant to receive electricity and/or water directly from the utilities supplying such service to the Building and to permit the existing feeders, risers, wiring, pipes and other facilities serving the Premises to be used by Tenant for such purpose to the extent they are suitable and safely capable of carrying Tenant’s requirements; (iii) Landlord agrees to pay such charges and costs, if any, as such public utility may impose in connection with the installation of Tenant’s meters; (iv) Landlord shall install, at Landlord’s expense, any additional equipment reasonably required by the utility company which may be necessary to furnish such service to Tenant; and (v) the amount of Additional Rent payable in respect to the Operating Expenses shall be decreased appropriately to reflect such discontinuance. This Lease shall remain in full force and effect and such discontinuance shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.
5. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

6


 

      a.  Landlord acknowledges receipt from Tenant of the Letter of Credit (hereinafter defined) in the amount set forth in Section 5.b, below to be held by Landlord during the Term as collateral security (the “Security Deposit”) (and not prepaid rent), for the payment of Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent and for the faithful performance by Tenant of all other covenants, conditions and agreements of this Lease. Landlord shall not be obligated to hold the Letter of Credit or any proceeds thereof in a separate account. The Security Deposit shall not earn interest. If any sum payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be overdue and unpaid, or if Landlord makes any payments on behalf of Tenant, or if Tenant fails to perform any of the terms of this Lease, then Landlord, at its option and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, may apply all or part of the Security Deposit to compensate Landlord for the payment of Annual Base Rent or Additional Rent, or any loss or damage sustained by Landlord. Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit to the original sum deposited upon demand. Provided that Tenant shall have made all payments and performed all covenants and agreements of this Lease, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant (except to the extent of any portion of the Security Deposit which has been applied by Landlord and not restored by Tenant) within ninety (90) days after the expiration of this Lease or the vacation of the Premises by Tenant.
      b.  Contemporaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery to Landlord of this Lease, Tenant has delivered to Landlord an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit issued by a federally-insured banking institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord in the face amount of Two Million One Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Five and 98/100 Dollars ($2,136,535.98) (the “Letter of Credit”), as a Security Deposit to be held by Landlord until disposed of in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5. The Letter of Credit shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , and shall be issued for a term ending ninety (90) days after the Lease Expiration Date (or, if applicable, the last day of any applicable Extension Period (hereinafter defined)). If the Letter of Credit (or any replacement thereof) is issued for an effective period of time ending less than ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Term of this Lease (or any renewal thereof), Tenant shall from time to time, and not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, replace each such expiring Letter of Credit with a new Letter of Credit in the same amount and upon the same terms. The Letter of Credit (and any replacement thereof) may be drawn upon by Landlord under the terms and conditions as provided in this Section 5. Failure of Tenant to renew the Letter of Credit at least sixty (60) days prior to its expiration shall constitute an Event of Default (hereinafter defined) under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord, in addition to the other remedies contained in this Lease, to draw upon the Letter of Credit.
      c.  Landlord (or the beneficiary under the Letter of Credit, if such beneficiary is not Landlord) shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit in any of the following circumstances (in addition to any other right to draw on the Letter of Credit that is set forth in this Section 5): (i) if the credit rating of the issuer of the Letter of Credit is downgraded from the credit rating of such issuer at the time of the issuance of the Letter of Credit, the issuer of the Letter of Credit shall enter into any supervisory agreement with any governmental authority, or the issuer of the Letter of Credit shall fail to meet any capital requirements imposed by applicable law, and Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord (or the beneficiary under the Letter of Credit, if such beneficiary is not Landlord) a replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Lease within thirty (30) days of request from Landlord, (ii) if Tenant fails to provide Landlord with any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Lease at least sixty (60) days prior to expiration of the then-current Letter of Credit where the issuer of such Letter of Credit has advised Landlord of its intention not to renew the Letter of Credit, (iii) if Tenant fails to provide Landlord with any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Lease at least sixty (60) days prior to the final expiration date (i.e., the date that, by the terms of the Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit expires and is either not subject to any automatic renewal or extension or the conditions to such automatic renewal or extension have not then been satisfied) of the then-current Letter of Credit if such Letter of Credit expires prior to the date that is ninety (90) days after the end of the Term, or (iv) any voluntary or involuntary proceedings are filed by or against Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws. In the event the Letter of Credit is drawn upon due solely to the circumstances described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), the amount drawn shall be held by Landlord as a cash Security Deposit in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, and shall be otherwise retained, expended or disbursed by Landlord for any amounts or sums due under this Lease to which the proceeds of the Letter of Credit could have been applied pursuant to this Lease, and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for restoration, by way of a Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Lease or, at Landlord’s sole option, cash, of any amount so expended to the same extent as set forth in this Section 5.
      d.  In the event of the sale or transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit to the purchaser or assignee, in which event Tenant shall look only to the new landlord for the return of the Letter of Credit, and Landlord shall thereupon be released from all liability to Tenant for the return of the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby agrees not to look to the mortgagee, as mortgagee, mortgagee in possession, or successor in title to the property, for accountability for any security deposit required by the Landlord hereunder, unless said sums have actually been received by said mortgagee as security for Tenant’s performance of this Lease. In the event of any permitted assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, the Letter of Credit may, at Landlord’s sole option, be held by Landlord as a deposit made by the assignee, and Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant with respect to the return of the Letter of Credit.
      e.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5, and provided that, as of the applicable Reduction Date (hereinafter defined): (a) Tenant is not in default of its obligations under the Lease, and (b) Landlord determines in its sole discretion that (i) Tenant’s Net Worth (hereinafter defined) equals or exceeds Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00), (ii) Tenant’s Net Worth has increased during the immediately-preceding twelve (12) month period, (iii) Tenant’s ratio of current assets (minus good will and other intangibles) to current liabilities ‘(i.e., current assets divided by current

7


 

liabilities) is no less than 1.0, and (iv) Tenant’s ratio of total debt to total equity (i.e., total debt divided by total equity) as of the Reduction Date is not greater than 1.5, then the then-current face amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by twenty—five percent (25%) as of the first day of each of the fourth (4 th ), fifth (5 th ) and sixth (6 th ) Lease Years (each, a “Reduction Date”). In no event shall the face amount of the Letter of Credit be reduced below Five Hundred Thirty-Four Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Four Dollars ($534,134.00) pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.e). No such reduction in the face amount of the Letter of Credit shall be undertaken by the Tenant or the issuer of the Letter of Credit unless and until Landlord notifies such issuer in writing that Tenant has satisfied the conditions precedent to such reduction (“Landlord’s Reduction Notification”). The foregoing reductions shall be effected by Tenant replacing the Letter of Credit then being held by Landlord with a new Letter of Credit (complying with the terms of this Lease) in the amount then required to be maintained with Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions (or amending the then existing Letter of Credit to the amount then required to be maintained with Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions). At least thirty (30) days prior to the then-applicable Reduction Date, Tenant shall submit audited financial statements to Landlord containing financial information which Landlord confirms is sufficient to enable Landlord to determine whether Tenant has satisfied the conditions precedent set forth in subparagraph (b), above (the “Security Deposit Reduction Financial Statements”). The Security Deposit Reduction Financial Statements provided must be as of a date not more than six (6) months prior to the applicable Reduction Date. As used herein, the term “Net Worth” shall mean an amount equal to Tenant’s assets (excluding good will and other intangibles) as of the applicable Reduction Date minus Tenant’s liabilities as of the applicable Reduction Date. Provided Tenant has timely submitted the applicable Security Deposit Reduction Financial Statements to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.e, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Landlord’s Reduction Notification to the issuer of the Letter of Credit within sixty (60) days after the applicable reduction date.
6. USE.
      a.  Tenant covenants with the Landlord not to use the Premises for any purpose other than general office use for the conduct of the Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not use the Premises or allow the Premises to be used (i) for any other purpose without the prior written consent of the Landlord; or (ii) in any manner or for any purpose which violates any applicable Legal Requirements (hereinafter defined). Except as otherwise set forth immediately below or in Section 9.f, below, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all laws, codes, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulation, and requirements of federal, state, county, and municipal authorities, now in force or which may hereafter be in force, which shall impose any duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the condition, maintenance, use, occupation, operation or alteration of the Premises, or the conduct of Tenant’s business therein, including, without limitation, the ADA and all applicable zoning, recycling and environmental laws and regulations. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees from and against any cost, damage, claim, liability and expense (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of claims or suits brought by third parties (including governmental authorities) against Landlord, its agents, officers, directors and employees alleging or relating to the failure of the Premises to comply with the terms of the ADA or any other law or regulation applicable to the Premises and/or its occupancy by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnity set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to claims or suits arising out of the failure by the Sole Occupant Bathrooms (hereinafter defined) to comply with the terms of the ADA. As used herein, the term “Sole Occupant Bathrooms” means the bathrooms located in those portions of the Premises which are located on floors of the Building on which Tenant occupies one hundred percent (100%) of the rentable square footage of space on such floor. Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner that constitutes waste, nuisance or unreasonable disturbances to other tenants of the Building or for any disorderly, unlawful or hazardous purpose and will not store or maintain therein any hazardous, toxic or highly combustible items other than usual and customary office supplies intended for Tenant’s use and in such event, only in such amounts as permitted by applicable law. Tenant covenants not to change Tenant’s use of the Premises without the prior written approval of Landlord.
      b.  Tenant shall not put the Premises to any use, the effect of which use is reasonably likely to cause cancellation of any insurance covering the Premises or the Building, or an increase in the premium rates for such insurance. In the event that Tenant performs or commits any act, the effect of which is to raise the premium rates for such insurance, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the additional premium, as Additional Rent payable by Tenant upon demand therefor by Landlord. The Premises shall not be used for any illegal purpose or in violation of any regulation of any governmental body or the regulations or directives of Landlord’s insurance carriers, or in any manner which interferes with the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Building. Tenant will not install or operate in the Premises any electrical or other equipment, other than such equipment as is commonly used in modern offices (specifically excluding mainframe computers), without first obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, who may condition such consent upon the payment by Tenant of Additional Rent in compensation for excess consumption of water, electricity and/or other utilities, excess wiring and other similar requirements, and any changes, replacements or additions to any base building system, as may be occasioned by the operation of said equipment or machinery.
      c.  Tenant agrees to maintain the Premises, and the Tenant Improvements and other Alterations (hereinafter defined) therein, in good order, repair and condition during the Term at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant will, at the expiration or other termination of the Term, surrender and deliver the same and all keys, locks and other fixtures connected therewith (excepting only Tenant’s personal property) in good order, repair and condition, as the same shall be at the Commencement Date, except as repaired, rebuilt, restored, altered or added to pursuant to this Lease, and except for ordinary wear and tear. Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant to make any repairs in or to the Premises, the

8


 

Tenant Improvements or any Alterations, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. Any and all damage or injury to the Premises (including, but not limited to, the Tenant Improvements), the Building or the Land caused by Tenant, or by any employee, agent, contractor, assignee, subtenant, invitee or customer of Tenant shall be promptly reported to Landlord and repaired by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the option of repairing any such damage, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all actual costs incurred by Landlord in respect thereof as Additional Rent within twenty (20) days after Tenant receives Landlord’s notice of such costs.
      d.  Tenant shall not place a load upon the floor of the Premises exceeding the designated floor load capacity of the Building (e.g. 100 pounds per square foot: 80 pounds per square foot, live load, and 20 pounds per square foot, dead load) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Business machines, mechanical equipment and materials belonging to Tenant which cause vibration, noise, cold, heat or fumes that may be transmitted to the Building or to any other leased space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any other tenant in the Building shall be placed, maintained, isolated, stored and/or vented by Tenant at its sole expense so as to absorb and prevent such vibration, noise, cold, heat or fumes.
7. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
      a.  Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance: (i) assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or any of Tenant’s rights hereunder, (ii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant or its employees, agent and invitees, or (iii) permit the assignment or other transfer of this Lease or any of Tenant’s rights hereunder by operation of law. Landlord’s consent to a proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided Landlord reasonably determines that the proposed assignee or subtenant (A) is of a type and quality consistent with the first-class nature of the Building, (B) has the financial capacity and creditworthiness to undertake and perform the obligations of this Lease or the sublease, (C) is not a party by whom any suit or action could be defended on the ground of sovereign immunity or diplomatic immunity and (D) will not impose any additional material burden upon Landlord in the operation of the Building (to an extent greater than the burden to which Landlord would have been had Tenant continued to use such part of the Premises). In addition, the following conditions must be satisfied at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease:
               (1) no Event of Default (hereinafter defined) exists and no event has occurred which, with notice and/or the passage of time, would constitute an Event of Default if not cured within the time, including any applicable grace period, specified herein;
               (2) Landlord receives at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of Tenant’s intention to assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises (“Tenant’s Transfer Notice”);
               (3) the proposed use of the Premises will not violate any agreement affecting the Premises or the Building (provided, that if such proposed use will violate any such agreement, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Notice);
               (4) Tenant submits to Landlord, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request therefor, whatever information Landlord reasonably requires in order to permit Landlord to approve of or disapprove of the proposed subletting or assignment, including without limitation the name, business experience, financial history, net worth and business references of the proposed assignee or subtenant (and each of its principals), an in-depth description of the transaction, and the consideration delivered to Tenant for the assignment or sublease; and
               (5) Tenant has paid to Landlord an administrative fee in the amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750.00) which shall be retained by Landlord whether or not such consent is granted.
      b.  All proposed subleases and assignments shall be on a form of sublease or assignment, whichever is applicable, reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and shall contain, inter alia, the following provisions: (i) any such assignment or sublease shall include an assumption by the assignee or subtenant, from and after the effective date of such assignment or sublease, of the performance and observance of the covenants and conditions to be performed and observed on the part of Tenant as contained in this Lease, and (ii) any such sublease or assignment shall specify that this Lease or sublease shall not be further assigned nor the Premises further sublet (except in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease) and shall specify that the term of such sublease shall not extend beyond one (1) day prior to the expiration of this Lease. The consent by Landlord to any assignment, transfer or subletting to any person or entity shall not be construed as a waiver or release of Tenant from any provision of this Lease, unless expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord (it being understood that Tenant shall remain primarily liable as a principal and not as a guarantor or surety), nor shall the collection or acceptance of rent from any such assignee, transferee, subtenant or occupant constitute a waiver or release of Tenant from any such provision. No consent by Landlord to any such assignment, transfer or subletting in any one instance shall constitute a waiver of the necessity for such consent in a subsequent instance.
      c.  In the event that Tenant assigns this Lease or sublets all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of the difference between (i) all sums

9


 

paid to Tenant or its agent by or on behalf of such assignee or subtenant under the assignment or sublease after deducting Tenant’s reasonable, actual expenses of obtaining such assignment or subleasing, including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions, tenant improvement or other allowances or concessions granted and actually paid out by Tenant, advertising and marketing costs incurred, and legal fees (with all such expenses amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the proposed sublease or over the term of the assignment), and (ii) the Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant under this Lease and attributable to the portion of the Premises assigned or sublet.
      d.  For purposes of this Section 7, a transfer, conveyance, grant or pledge, directly or indirectly, in one or more transactions, of an interest in Tenant (whether stock, partnership interest or other form of ownership or control, or the issuance of new interests) by which an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest in Tenant shall be vested in a party or parties who are not holders of such interest(s) as of the date hereof) shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to any corporation, all of the outstanding voting stock of which is listed on a national securities exchange as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The merger or consolidation of Tenant into or with any other entity, the sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, or the dissolution of Tenant shall each be deemed to be an assignment within the meaning of this Section.
      e.  Any assignment or subletting not in conformance with the terms of this Lease shall be void ab initio and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 16, constitute a default under the Lease.
      f.  Except in connection with an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or any portion of the Premises to an Affiliate of Tenant, upon receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Notice, Landlord may, at its option, in lieu of approving or rejecting the proposed assignment or subletting, exercise all or any of the following rights by written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intent to do so within fifteen (15) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Notice:
          (i) with respect to a proposed assignment of this Lease, the right to terminate this Lease on the effective date of proposed assignment as though it were the Lease Expiration Date;
          (ii) with respect to a proposed sublease of the entire Premises for a sublease term ending during the last Lease Year of the Term, the right to terminate this Lease on the effective date of the sublease as though it were the Lease Expiration Date; or
          (iii) with respect to a proposed sublease of less than the entire Premises for a sublease term ending during the last six (6) months of the Term, the right to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises affected by such sublease on the effective date of the sublease, as though it were the Lease Expiration Date, in which case Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an appropriate modification of this Lease, in form satisfactory to Landlord in all respects within ten (10) days of Landlord’s notice of partial termination, which modification of this Lease shall provide that the number of rentable square feet of the Premises shall be decreased by, and the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder shall be adjusted in proportion to, the number of rentable square feet of the Premises affected by such termination, as determined by Landlord.
      g.  If Landlord exercises any of its options under Section 7.f., above, Landlord may then lease (or sublease) the Premises or any portion thereof to Tenant’s proposed assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, without any liability whatsoever to Tenant.
      h.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Sections 22 and 23, below, upon any assignment of this Lease or sublease of all or a portion of the Premises (except to an Affiliate of Tenant), any and all option rights, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation, and expansion rights shall terminate, it being understood that any and all such rights are personal to Tenant (and not to any assignee or subtenant) and are not appurtenant to the Premises or this Lease. Further, except as otherwise expressly set forth in Sections 22 and 23, below, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise any such rights unless Tenant (and not any assignee or subtenant of Tenant) shall be in occupancy of all of the Premises at the time of the exercise of any such right. In addition to the administrative fee described in Section 7.a.(7), above, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its reasonable attorneys’ fees (which fees shall in no event exceed Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00)) and other third party expenses incurred in reviewing any requested consent whether or not such consent is granted. Tenant shall not collaterally assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber this Lease or any of Tenant’s rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion.
      i.  Notwithstanding any consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain primarily liable for the performance of all covenants and obligations contained in this Lease. Each approved assignee or subtenant shall also automatically become liable for the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall be permitted to enforce the provisions of this Lease directly against Tenant and/or against any assignee or sublessee without proceeding in any way against any other person. Collection or acceptance of Annual Base Rent or Additional Rent from any such assignee, subtenant or occupant shall not constitute a waiver or release of Tenant from the terms of any covenant or obligation contained in this Lease, hor shall such collection or acceptance in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord to such assignment or subletting or any subsequent assignment or subletting.

10


 

      j.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the consent requirement set forth in Section 7a, above, shall not be applicable to any assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises to an Affiliate (hereinafter defined) of Tenant; provided, however, that in each instance, Tenant shall give Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice of any proposed sublease or assignment to an Affiliate, which notice shall contain information and documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that the proposed assignee or subtenant is an Affiliate, and a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease document. As used herein, the term “Affiliate” shall refer to a person or entity that controls (hereinafter defined), is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant. “Control” as used herein shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the entity in question, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract.
8. IMPROVEMENTS AND FIXTURES.
      a.  Tenant shall neither make nor allow any alterations, decorations, replacements, changes, additions or improvements (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) to the Premises or any part thereof that will or may affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems or the exterior or structure of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant shall not make or allow any other kind of Alterations to the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All of such Alterations, structural or otherwise, must conform to (i) the Construction Rules and Regulations (as defined in the Work Agreement); and (ii) such other rules and regulations as are established from time to time by Landlord. All Alterations must be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, must comply with all applicable building codes, laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, as amended), shall not require any changes to or modifications of any of the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems or the exterior or structure of the Building, and shall otherwise be constructed in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 8. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the right to make Cosmetic Alterations (hereinafter defined) in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent, but upon at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord. As used herein, the term “Cosmetic Alterations” shall mean nonstructural Alterations in or to the Premises (e.g., paint, wallpaper or carpet) which are consistent with the design standards of the Tenant Improvements, which do not require a building permit to undertake, which cost in the aggregate less than Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) to undertake, and which do not affect the structure or any of the systems of the Building. Tenant shall certify to Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to undertaking any Cosmetic Alterations that the proposed Alterations are Cosmetic Alterations and describing the same in detail. If Landlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the proposed Alterations are not Cosmetic Alterations, Tenant shall request Landlord’s consent for such Alterations in accordance with this Section 8. If any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant requires Landlord to make any alterations or improvements to any part of the Building in order to comply with applicable law (including without limitation the Americans With Disabilities Act, as amended), Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such alterations or improvements. Prior to undertaking any Alterations in the Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord duplicate original policies or certificates thereof of worker’s compensation insurance (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration), builder’s all- risk insurance, and comprehensive public liability insurance (including property damage coverage) in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord and its agents, and any mortgagee as additional insureds.
      b.  It is understood and agreed by Landlord and Tenant that any Alterations undertaken in the Premises shall be constructed at Tenant’s sole expense. The costs of Alterations shall include, without limitation, the cost of all architectural work, engineering studies, materials, supplies, plans, permits and insurance. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall provide to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of Tenant’s ability to pay for such Alterations (including, but not limited to, a payment or performance bond). No consent by Landlord to any Alterations shall be deemed to be an agreement or consent by Landlord to subject Landlord’s interest in the Premises, the Building or the Land to any mechanic’s or materialman’s liens which may be filed in respect to such Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant. If Landlord’s prior consent to any Alteration is required pursuant to the terms of this Section 8, and Landlord gives its consent as specified in Section 8.a., above, Landlord may impose as a condition to such consent such requirements as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or desirable, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, including, without limitation, the right to approve the plans and specifications for any work, supervision of the work by Landlord or its agents or by Landlord’s architect or contractor and, if Landlord or Landlord’s contractors undertake the construction of such Alteration, the payment to Landlord or its agents, architect or contractor of a reasonable construction supervision fee in connection therewith (provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Landlord, its agents, architects or contractors, such fee in connection with Tenant’s undertaking any Cosmetic Alterations), the right to require security for the full payment of any work and the right to impose requirements as to the manner in which or the time or times at which work may be performed. Landlord shall also have the right to approve the contractor or contractors who shall perform any Alterations, repairs in, to or about the Premises, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and to post notices of non-responsibility and similar notices, as appropriate. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in reviewing and approving Tenant’s plans and specifications for such Alterations within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. In addition, unless otherwise specifically agreed to in writing by and between Landlord and Tenant, immediately after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall assign to Landlord any and all warranties applicable to such Alterations and shall provide Landlord with as-built plans of the Premises depicting such Alterations.

11


 

      c.  Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed on, or materials furnished to, the Premises, or arising from any other obligation incurred by Tenant. If any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien is filed against the Premises, the Building and/or the Land for work claimed to have been done for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, such lien shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by the payment thereof or by filing any bond required by law. If Tenant shall fail to timely discharge any such mechanic’s or materialman’s lien, Landlord may, at its option, discharge the same and treat the cost thereof as Additional Rent payable with the installment of rent next becoming due; it being expressly covenanted and agreed that such discharge by Landlord shall not be deemed to waive or release the default of Tenant in not discharging the same. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, the Premises and the Building from and against any and all expenses, liens, claims, actions or damages to person or property in connection with any such lien or the performance of such work or the furnishing of such materials. Tenant shall be obligated to, and Landlord reserves the right to, post and maintain on the Premises at any time such notices as shall in the reasonable judgment of Landlord be necessary to protect Landlord against liability for all such liens or actions.
      d.  Unless otherwise specifically agreed to in writing by and between Landlord and Tenant, any Alterations of any kind to the Premises or any part thereof, except Tenant’s furniture and moveable trade fixtures, shall at once become part of the realty and belong to Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises, as a part thereof, at the end of the Term hereof; provided, however, that Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Term, require Tenant to remove any Alterations (including all telecommunications cabling in the Premises or running between the Premises and any other portion of the Building) and to repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal, all at Tenant’s sole expense. Any article of personal property, including business and trade fixtures, not attached to or built into the Premises, which were installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at its sole expense, shall be and remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term provided that Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal.
9. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.
      a.  Landlord shall furnish the following utilities and services to the Premises: electric current (for lighting and operation of normal desk-type office machines); hot and cold water; lavatory supplies; heat and air-conditioning during the appropriate seasons of the year as reasonably required; elevator service; and trash removal/cleaning and char service (after 6:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding Holidays). Heating and air conditioning shall be provided to the Premises only during the following days and hours (“Normal Business Hours”): (i) Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and (ii) Saturday 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., excluding Holidays. As used herein, the term “Holidays” shall mean New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King’s Birthday, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. At times other than the Normal Business Hours and days aforesaid, central air conditioning and heating shall be provided to Tenant upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice from Tenant, and upon payment by Tenant of the hourly charge established by Landlord from time to time for each hour (or a portion thereof) of after-hours usage. The current hourly charge for each hour (or any portion thereof) of after-hours usage of central air conditioning and heating is Forty-Five Dollars ($45.00) per hour (or any portion thereof), which charge reasonably approximates the cost to Landlord of providing such after-hours service as of the Effective Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that at least one (1) passenger elevator is operating in the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week. All Building standard light bulbs and tubes in the Premises shall be replaced by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be included in Operating Expenses. In addition, Landlord may impose a reasonable additional charge for any additional or unusual services required to be provided by Landlord to Tenant because of the carelessness of Tenant, the nature of Tenant’s business or the removal of any refuse and rubbish from the Premises except for discarded material placed in wastepaper baskets and left for emptying as an incident to Tenant’s normal cleaning of the Premises. In the event that Landlord must temporarily suspend or curtail services because of accident and repair, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for such suspension or curtailment or due to any restrictions on use arising therefrom or relating thereto, and Landlord shall proceed diligently to restore such service. No interruption or malfunction of any such services shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, the Building or the parking garage or parking areas in or around the Building or constitute a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations hereunder or render Landlord liable for damages or entitle Tenant to be relieved from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (including the obligation to pay rent) or grant Tenant any right of setoff or claim against Landlord or constitute a constructive or other eviction of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the interruption or cessation of any essential service(s) or utilities required to be provided by Landlord hereunder: (i) results from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct; (ii) is not caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees; (iii) renders the Premises untenantable for Tenant’s business use therein; and (iv) exists for more than ten (10) consecutive business days, then, provided Tenant in fact ceases to use the Premises during the entirety of such period of cessation or interruption, commencing on the eleventh (11th) business day after such interruption, Monthly Base Rent hereunder shall be abated until such services or utilities are restored. The foregoing abatement of Monthly Base Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy resulting from such interruption or cessation. In the event of any such interruption, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to restore such services.
      b.  Except in any Electricity Meter Areas (hereinafter defined) in which submeters have been installed, Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including without limitation electric data processing machines, punch card machines and

12


 

machines using current in excess of 110 volts (or in excess of .60 kilowatt hours per square foot of usable area in the Premises per month, as determined by Landlord) which will in any way increase the amount of the electricity or water which would otherwise be furnished or supplied for the intended use of the Premises under this Section 9; and Tenant will not connect to electric current any apparatus or device for the purpose of using electric current or water, except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises or water pipes. If Tenant shall require water or electricity in excess of that which would otherwise be furnished or supplied for the intended use of the Premises, Tenant shall first secure the written consent of Landlord for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may not unreasonably withhold, but which consent may be conditioned by Landlord as set forth in this Section 9.b. Landlord may condition its consent on, among other things, the installation by Tenant at its sole cost of additional electric transformers and electric panels designated by Landlord (the “Additional Electrical Equipment”). Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining throughout the Term at Tenant’s sole cost all such Additional Electrical Equipment installed by Tenant (or, at Landlord’s sole option, by Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense). Furthermore, Landlord may condition its consent upon the requirement that a water meter or electric current meter be installed in the Premises, so as to measure the amount of water and electric current consumed for any such excess use. The parties acknowledge that the following areas within the Premises shall constitute “Electricity Meter Areas”: (i) all laboratory space (“Lab Space”) or space in which is located Tenant’s local area network (“LAN Space”); (ii) all portions of the Premises in which are located equipment which is or will be tied into the Supplemental HVAC System (hereinafter defined) or the Supplemental Electrical System (hereinafter defined); and (iii) all portions of the Premises in which the equipment therein is causing Excess Electricity Consumption (hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term “Supplemental Electrical System” means the 3000 amp electrical utility service (including but not limited to all feeder and distribution cables, busses and buss ducts, switchboards, transfer switches, disconnects, panel boards, circuit breakers, fuses, transformers, battery chargers, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units, power distribution units (PDU), and generator sets) installed in the Building and on the roof of the Building. Tenant shall pay for all electricity consumed in the Electricity Meter Areas. Tenant shall be responsible for paying its proportionate share (which proportionate share shall be based on Tenant’s share of the distributed electrical capacity of the Supplemental Electrical System) all costs incurred by Landlord in repairing and maintaining the Supplemental Electrical System. The cost of all meters and submeters installed in the Premises, and the cost of installation, maintenance and repair thereof, the cost of any such utility use as shown by said meter, the cost of any new or additional utility installations, including, without limitation, wiring and plumbing, resulting from such utility use, and the cost of any additional expenses by Landlord incurred in keeping count of such utility use shall be paid by Tenant promptly upon demand by Landlord or, if Tenant is billed separately therefor, promptly upon receipt of a bill for same. Whenever heat generating machines or equipment are used in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.
      c.  Tenant shall have the right to install and operate in the Premises personal computers and other electrically-operated office equipment normally used in modern offices. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.b, above, Tenant shall not install equipment of any kind or nature whatsoever nor engage in any practice or use which will or may necessitate any changes, replacements or additions to, or in the use of, the water system, heating system, plumbing system, air conditioning system, electrical system, floor load capacities, or other mechanical or structural system of the Premises or the Building without first obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be conditioned upon, but not limited to, Tenant first securing at its expense additional capacity for any said service in the Building; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for paying for any excess utility consumption arising from any such change, replacement, use or addition, such payments to be based on Landlord’s reasonable estimate or, at Landlord’s option, a submeter or similar device to measure such usage (said device to be installed at Tenant’s expense). Additionally, in the event that Landlord determines that Tenant’s electrical consumption exceeds standard office use (“Excess Electricity Consumption”), tenant shall pay the amount of such excess electrical consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. Machines, equipment and materials belonging to Tenant which cause vibration, noise, cold, heat, fumes or odors that may be transmitted outside of the Premises to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole opinion or to any other tenant in the Building shall be treated by Tenant at its sole expense so as to eliminate such objectionable condition, and shall not be allowed to operate until such time as the objectionable condition is remedied to Landlord’s satisfaction.
      d.  Tenant shall comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by any ordinances, laws, orders and/or regulations (hereinafter collectively called “regulations”) of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the Premises or the Building, whether required of Landlord or otherwise, regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash (hereinafter collectively called “waste products”) including, but not limited to, the separation of such waste products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by such regulations. Landlord reserves the right (i) to refuse to accept from Tenant any waste products that are not prepared for collection in accordance with any such regulations, (ii) to require Tenant to arrange for waste product collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and (iii) to require Tenant to pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages that may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with any such regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant is unable to comply with Landlord’s standard procedures regarding the internal collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, Landlord

13


 

shall use reasonable efforts to arrange for alternative procedures for Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord all additional costs incurred by Landlord with respect thereto.
      e.  Throughout the Term, Tenant shall be provided with access to the Building and the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, 365 days a year, subject to applicable law and events of force majeure. The Building’s main entrance doors and elevators shall be equipped with a card reader security system or other similar security access system. Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with one hundred (100) access cards, at no cost to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any additional or replacement access cards requested by Tenant. Subject to Landlord’s review and approval of the plans and specifications for such system, Tenant shall be entitled to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a card reader access system for the Premises, which Tenant shall be permitted to coordinate with the Building’s main security access system; provided that Tenant shall provide Landlord with a reasonable number of access cards by which Landlord may gain access to the Premises using Tenant’s card reader access system. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees harmless from and against any cost, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or claimed against Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in any way arising from Tenant’s installation or use of such card reader access system.
      f.  Throughout the Term, Landlord shall cause the common areas of the Building (and the Sole Occupant Bathrooms) to be in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all applicable governmental authorities now or hereafter in effect, unless such non-compliance is the result of (i) any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees, or (ii) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises.
      g.  As of the Commencement Date, all base-Building systems serving the Premises shall be in working order.
10. RIGHTS OF LANDLORD.
      a.  Landlord reserves the following rights:
          (i) to change the name or street address of the Building with thirty (30) days prior notice to Tenant; provided that if Landlord changes the street address of the Building and such change is not made by, directed by or requested by, the postal service or any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual cost of the letterhead, business cards and other stationary on hand which bears the old address of the Building, but in no event more than Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00);
          (ii) to approve the design, location, number, size and color of all signs or lettering on the Premises or visible from the exterior of the Premises;
          (iii) to have pass keys and/or access cards to the Premises;
          (iv) to grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the Building, provided the granting of such exclusive right shall not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s business operations in the Premises;
          (v) to enter the Premises at any reasonable time for inspection upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (which notice may be oral), or at any time, without prior notice, in the event of any emergency; to supply any service to be provided by Landlord hereunder; to submit the Premises to prospective purchasers; during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to submit the Premises to prospective tenants; to post notices of non-responsibility; during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to affix and display “For Rent” signs; and to make repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or the Building; and
          (vi) to approve the design, location, number, size and color of all signs located on the exterior of the Building.
      b.  Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 10.a., above, at any time during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to remove, alter, improve, renovate or rebuild the common areas of the Building (including, but not limited to, the lobby, hallways and corridors thereof), and to install, repair, replace, alter, improve or rebuild in the Premises, other tenants’ premises and/or the common areas of the Building (including the lobby, hallways and corridors thereof), any mechanical, electrical, water, sprinkler, plumbing, heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, at any time during the Term of this Lease. In connection with making any such installations, repairs, replacements, alterations, additions and improvements under the terms of this Section 10, Landlord shall, upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), have the right to access through the Premises as well as the right to take into and upon and through the Premises or any other part of the Building, all materials that may be required to make any such repairs, replacements, alterations, additions or improvements, as well as the right in the course of such work to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities located in the Building or temporarily to cease the operations of any services or facilities therein or to take portion(s) of the Premises reasonably necessary in connection with such work, without being deemed or held guilty of an eviction of Tenant; provided, however that Landlord agrees to use all reasonable efforts not to interfere

14


 

with or interrupt Tenant’s business operation in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to install, use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the Premises, including, without limitation, telephone and computer installations, provided that they do not permanently adversely affect (i) Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises, or (ii) the aesthetic appearance of the Premises. In connection with Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section 10.b, Landlord will use reasonable efforts not to materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s business operations in the Premises.
      c.  Except for injury or death to persons or damage to property caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from Landlord’s exercise of any rights under this Section 10, all claims against Landlord for any and all such liability being hereby expressly released by Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for damages by reason of interference with the business of Tenant or inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or the customers of Tenant. The Rent reserved herein shall not abate while the Landlord’s rights under this Section 10 are exercised, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any set-off or counterclaims for damages of any kind against Landlord by reason thereof, all such claims being hereby expressly released by Tenant.
      d.  Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, in any emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means shall not be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.
11. LIABILITY.
      a.  Except for injury or death to persons or damage to property caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees assume no liability or responsibility whatsoever with respect to the conduct or operation of the business to be conducted in the Premises and shall have no liability for any claim of loss of business or interruption of operations (or any claim related thereto). Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees shall not be liable for any accident to or injury to any person or persons or property in or about the Premises which is caused by the conduct and operation of said business or by virtue of equipment or property of Tenant in said Premises. Tenant agrees to hold Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees harmless against all such claims, except to the extent resulting from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord and its agents, officer, directors and employees shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents, business invitees, licensees, customers, clients, family members or guests for any damage, compensation or claim arising out of or related to managing the Premises or the Building, repairing any portion of the Premises or the Building, the interruption in the use of the Premises, accident or damage resulting from the use or operation (by Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees, Tenant, or any other person or persons whatsoever) or failure of elevators, or heating, cooling, electrical or plumbing equipment or apparatus, or the termination of this Lease by reason of the destruction of the Premises, or from any fire, robbery, theft, mysterious disappearance and/or any other casualty, or from any leakage in any part of portion of the Premises or the Building, or from water, rain or snow that may leak into or flow from any part of the Premises or the Building, or from any other cause whatsoever, unless occasioned by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees. In no event shall Landlord be liable for punitive or consequential damages, nor shall Landlord be liable with respect to utilities furnished to the Premises, or the lack of any utilities. Any goods, property or personal effects, stored or placed by Tenant in or about the Premises or in the Building, shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees shall not in any manner be held responsible therefor, except if such injury or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees. The agents and employees of Landlord are prohibited from receiving any packages or other articles delivered to the Building for Tenant, and if any such agent or employee receives any such package or articles, such agent or employee shall be the agent of Tenant for such purposes and not of Landlord.
      b.  Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees harmless from and against any cost, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or claimed against Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in any way arising from (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or in any other manner which relates to the business of Tenant, including, but not limited to, any cost, damage, claim, liability or expense arising from any violation of any zoning, health, environmental or other law, ordinance, order, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency; (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its officers, directors, employees and agents; (iii) any default, breach or violation of this Lease by Tenant; or (iv) injury or death to individuals or damage to property sustained in or about the Premises.
      c.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant agree that in the event that the Building, the Premises or the contents thereof are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, each party hereto waives its rights, if any, against the other party with respect to such damage or destruction to the extent such damage or destruction is covered under the property insurance policy(ies) of the party waiving such rights (or would have been covered had the party waiving such rights carried the property insurance required hereunder to be carried by such party). All policies of fire and/or extended coverage or other insurance covering the Premises or the contents thereof obtained by Landlord or Tenant shall contain a clause or endorsement providing in substance that (i) such insurance shall not be prejudiced if the insureds thereunder have waived in whole or in part the right of recovery from any person or persons prior to the date and time of loss or damage, if any, and (ii) the

15


 

insurer waives any rights of subrogation against Landlord (in the case of Tenant’s insurance policy) or Tenant (in the case of Landlord’s insurance policy), as the case may be.
12. INSURANCE.
      a.  Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Term hereof and at its sole cost and expense, broad-form commercial general liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage naming Landlord as an additional insured, in such amounts as are adequate to protect Landlord and Landlord’s managing agents against liability for injury to or death of any person in connection with the use, operation or condition of the Premises. Such insurance at all times shall be in an amount of not fewer than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) combined single limit aggregate for bodily injury or death or damage to property. If, in the reasonable opinion of the insurance broker retained by Landlord, the amount of public liability and property damage insurance coverage at any time during the Term is not adequate, Tenant shall increase the insurance coverage as reasonably required by Landlord’s insurance broker. In no event shall the limits of such policy be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.
      b.  Tenant shall at all times during the Term hereof maintain in effect policies of insurance covering the Tenant Improvements (including any Alterations, additions or improvements as may be made by Tenant after the Commencement Date), plate glass, trade fixtures, merchandise and all other personal property from time to time in or on the Premises, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their actual replacement cost, providing protection against all risks covered by standard form of “Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance,” together with insurance against vandalism and malicious mischief. Tenant shall also maintain at its sole cost and expense workman’s compensation insurance in the maximum amount required by law.
      c.  All insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall be issued by responsible insurance companies, qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia and reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Each policy shall name Landlord and the property management company retained by Landlord at the Building, as additional insureds, and shall contain a provision that the same may not be cancelled or reduced without providing Landlord not fewer than thirty (30) days prior written notice. Certificates of insurance (ACORD 28 only) evidencing the existence and amounts of said insurance shall be delivered to Landlord no later than five (5) days prior to the Commencement Date, and renewals thereof shall be delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any such policy. If Tenant fails to adhere to the requirements of this Section 12, Landlord may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which amount shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be payable by Tenant upon demand. Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in force the aforementioned insurance shall be regarded as a material default hereunder, entitling Landlord to exercise any or all of the remedies provided in this Lease, Any policy may be carried under so-called “blanket coverage” form of insurance policies. Tenant shall obtain and furnish evidence to Landlord of the waiver by Tenant’s insurance carriers of any right of subrogation against Landlord and Landlord’s management company at the Building.
      d.  Each party hereby waives any and every right or cause of action for any and all loss of, or damage to, any of its property (whether or not such loss or damage is caused by the fault or negligence of the other party or anyone for whom said other party may be responsible), which loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible fire, extended coverage, “All Risk” or similar policies, maintained by such party or required to be maintained by such party under this Lease, but only to the extent that such loss or damage is recovered under said insurance policies (if such policy or policies have been obtained) or would have been recovered if such party had obtained the required insurance coverage hereunder. Written notice of the terms of said mutual waivers shall be given to each insurance carrier and said insurance policies shall be properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverages by reason of said waivers.
      e.  During the Term, Landlord shall maintain a policy of casualty insurance covering the Building in such amounts and with such other coverages as are normally and customarily carried by prudent owners of comparable office buildings located in the Dulles Toll Road Corridor submarket.
13. FIRE OR CASUALTY.
      a.  If the Premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or any other cause, Tenant shall give prompt notice thereof to Landlord. If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord’s architect, restoration of the Premises is feasible within a period of nine (9) months from the date of the damage, and provided such damage was not caused by Tenant, its agents, servants or invitees, Landlord shall restore the Premises to the condition existing as of the Commencement Date, provided that adequate insurance proceeds are made available to Landlord. Tenant agrees to make all proceeds of Tenant’s insurance policies available to Landlord in accordance with Tenant’s insurance obligations set forth in Section 12, above. In addition, Tenant shall repair and restore, at Tenant’s sole expense, all Alterations, furniture, fixtures and other property of Tenant located in the Premises prior to such casualty. If the Premises are Unusable, in whole or in part, during such restoration, the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder shall be abated to the extent and for the period that the Premises are unusable; provided, however, that if such damage or destruction shall result from the act or omission of Tenant, its employees, agents or invitees, tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent.

16


 

      b.  If restoration is not feasible in the reasonable judgment of Landlord’s architect within the aforesaid nine (9) month period, Landlord shall so notify Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to the other party within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such damage, in which event this Lease and the tenancy hereunder shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction and the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent will be apportioned as of the date of such damage or destruction. If neither party exercises its right of termination, the Premises shall be restored as provided above. Landlord’s architect shall use reasonable efforts to determine, within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty, the approximate amount of time that will be required in order to restore the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease.
      c.  In case the Building is so severely damaged by fire or other casualty (although the Premises may not be affected) that Landlord shall decide in its sole discretion not to rebuild or reconstruct such Building, then this Lease and the tenancy hereunder shall terminate on the date specified by Landlord in a notice given to Tenant no later than forty-five (45) days after the date of such casualty.
14. EMINENT DOMAIN.
     If the Premises or any part thereof shall be taken or condemned by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority pursuant to the power of eminent domain or otherwise, Tenant shall make no claim for compensation in such proceedings and shall have no right to participate in any condemnation proceedings under any statutes, laws or ordinances of the Commonwealth of Virginia. All sums awarded or agreed upon between Landlord and the condemning authority for the taking of the interest of Landlord or Tenant, whether as damages or as compensation, will be the property of Landlord. In the event of such taking, Rent shall be paid to the date of vesting of title in the condemning authority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assert any claim that it may have against the condemning authority for compensation for any fixtures and personalty owned by Tenant (which were not paid for out of the proceeds of the Improvement Allowance) and for any relocation expense compensable by statute, and receive such award therefor as may be allowed in the condemnation proceedings, if such award shall be made in addition to, and stated separately from, the award made for the Land and the Building or the part thereof so taken, and shall not reduce any award otherwise payable to Landlord.
15. SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.
      a.  This Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to all ground or underlying leases which now exist or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or any part thereof or the Land, and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter placed on or against the Building or any part thereof or the Land, or on or against Landlord’s interest or estate therein or on or against any ground or underlying lease without the necessity of having further instruments on the part of Tenant to effect such subordination. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant will execute any further written instrument necessary to subordinate its rights hereunder to any such underlying leases or liens. If, at any time, or from time to time during the Term, any mortgagee shall request that this Lease have priority over the lien of such mortgage, and if Landlord consents thereto, this Lease shall have priority over the lien of such mortgage and all renewals, modifications, replacements, consolidations and extensions thereof and all advances made thereunder and interest thereon, and Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt of a request therefor from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents and instruments confirming the priority of this Lease. In any event, however, if this Lease shall have priority over the lien of a first mortgage, this Lease shall not become subject or subordinate to the lien of any subordinate mortgage, and Tenant shall not execute any subordination documents or instruments for any subordinate mortgagee, without the written consent of the first mortgagee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination of the Lease pursuant to this Section 15.a shall be conditioned upon the receipt by Tenant from the current mortgagee of a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) for Tenant’s benefit on such mortgagee’s standard form of SNDA. Throughout the Term, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from any future mortgagee a SNDA for Tenant’s benefit on such mortgagee’s standard form of SNDA. Tenant shall pay for (or reimburse Landlord for) all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord or any such mortgagee in connection with the negotiation and drafting of any such SNDA, whether or not Landlord is ultimately able to obtain same for Tenant’s benefit.
      b.  In the event of: (i) a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, (ii) the termination of any ground or underlying lease of the Building, or the Land, or both, or (iii) the purchase or other acquisition of the Building, or Landlord’s interest therein in a foreclosure sale or by deed in lieu of foreclosure under any mortgage or deed of trust, or pursuant to a power of sale contained in any mortgage or deed of trust, then in any of such events Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or Landlord’s successor in interest, attorn to and recognize the transferee or purchaser of Landlord’s interest or the interest of the lessor under the terminated ground or underlying lease, as the case may be, as “Landlord” under this Lease for the balance then remaining of the Term, and thereafter this Lease shall continue as a direct lease between such person or entity, as “Landlord,” and Tenant, as “Tenant,” except that such lessor, transferee or purchaser shall not be liable for any act or omission of Landlord before such lease termination or before such person’s succession to title, nor be subject to any offset, defense or counterclaim accruing before such lease termination or before such person’s succession to title, nor be bound by any payment of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent before such lease termination or before such person’s succession to title for more than one month in advance.
      c.  Tenant agrees, at any time, and from time to time, upon not fewer than fifteen (15) days prior notice by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, a statement in writing

17


 

certifying, to the extent accurate, that (i) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); (ii) the Term of the Lease has commenced and the full rental is now accruing hereunder; (iii) Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises and is presently occupying the same; (iv) all improvements required by the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed and all tenant improvement allowances have been paid in full; (v) there are no offsets, counterclaims, abatements or defenses against or with respect to the payment of any rent or other charges due under the Lease; (vi) no rent under the Lease has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date; (vii) to the best of the knowledge of the Tenant, Landlord is not in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement, provision or condition contained in the Lease or, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge; (viii) the address for notices to be sent to Tenant; (ix) the only security deposit tendered by Tenant is as set forth in the Lease, and such security deposit has been paid to Landlord; and (x) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor of the Building and/or the Land it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or lessee of the Building or any part thereof, any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee thereof, any prospective assignee of any mortgage thereof, any ground lessor or prospective ground lessor of the Land and/or the Building, or any prospective assignee of any such ground lease. Tenant also agrees to execute and deliver from time to time such estoppel certificates as an institutional lender may reasonably require with respect to this Lease.
16. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.
      a.  If Tenant shall (i) fail to pay any installment of Monthly Base Rent, although no legal or formal demand has been made therefor, within five (5) calendar days after the due date therefor, or (ii) fail to make any payment of Additional Rent or any other payment required by the terms and provisions hereof, within five (5) days after notice or demand therefor; or (iii) convey, assign, mortgage or sublet this Lease, the Premises or any part thereof, or Tenant’s interest therein, or attempt any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Landlord; or (iv) abandon the Premises for a period of ten (10) consecutive calendar days (coupled with the non-payment of Rent as such amounts become due pursuant to the terms of this Lease); or (v) commit or suffer to exist an Event of Bankruptcy (hereinafter defined), or (vi) fail to maintain the insurance coverage required by Section 12, above, or (vii) violate or fail to perform any of the other terms, conditions, covenants, or agreements herein made by Tenant and fails to cure such default within thirty (30) calendar days after notice, provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be in default if it begins such cure within the thirty (30) day period described above and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion within an additional thirty (30) days; then there shall be deemed to have been committed an “Event of Default”. Notwithstanding the foregoing cure periods, in the event that Tenant breaches its covenant set forth in Section 6.a. hereof on more than two (2) occasions in any nine (9) consecutive month period, then any subsequent breach of such covenant during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed to be an immediate Event of Default. Upon an Event of Default, at Landlord’s option, this Lease shall terminate, without prejudice however, to the right of Landlord to recover from Tenant all rent and any other sums accrued up to the later of: (1) the date of termination of this Lease or (2) the date Landlord recovers possession of the Premises, and without release of Tenant from any indemnification obligations to Landlord under this Lease, which indemnification obligations arose or accrued prior to the later of: (a) the date of termination of this Lease or (b) the date Landlord recovers possession of the Premises. The foregoing is not intended to, and shall not, limit Landlord in the exercise of any other remedy for such immediate Event of Default.
      b.  In the event of any Event of Default by Tenant as defined in Section 16.a., Landlord may at any time thereafter, without notice and demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any other right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach do any of the following:
          (i) Landlord may terminate this Lease, by giving written notice of such termination to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall automatically cease and terminate and Tenant shall be immediately obligated to quit the Premises. Any other notice to quit or notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter the Premises is hereby expressly waived. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, everything contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord to be done and performed shall cease without prejudice, subject, however, to the right of Landlord to recover from Tenant all rent and any other sums accrued up to the time of termination or recovery of possession by Landlord, whichever is later.
          (ii) With or without the termination of this Lease, Landlord may proceed to recover possession of the Premises under and by virtue of the provisions of the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located, or by such other proceedings, including re-entry and possession, as may be applicable. If this Lease is terminated or Landlord recovers possession of the Premises before the expiration of the Term by reason of Tenant’s default as hereinabove provided, or if Tenant shall abandon or vacate the Premises before the Lease Expiration Date for a period of ten (10) consecutive calendar days (coupled with the non-payment of Rent as such amounts become due pursuant to the terms of this Lease), Landlord shall have the option to take reasonable steps to relet the Premises for such rent and upon such terms as are not unreasonable under the circumstances and, if the full rental reserved under this Lease (and any of the costs, expenses or damages indicated below) shall not be realized by Landlord, Tenant shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord, including, without limitation, deficiency in rent during any period of vacancy or otherwise; the costs of removing and storing the property of Tenant or of any other occupant; all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing Landlord’s remedies, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and Late Charges as provided herein, and advertising, brokerage fees and expenses of placing the Premises in first class

18


 

rentable condition. Landlord, in putting the Premises in good order or preparing the same for rerental may, at Landlord’s option, make such alterations, repairs, or replacements in the Premises as Landlord, in its sole judgment, considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of reletting the Premises, and the making of such alterations, repairs, or replacements shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. If Tenant requests in writing that Landlord attempt to relet the Premises after an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder and Tenant states in such writing that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises to another tenant (a “Substitute Tenant”) on terms and conditions determined by Landlord in its sole discretion; provided, however, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (a) Landlord shall have no obligation to solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenants for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises; (b) Landlord shall not be obligated to offer the Premises to a prospective tenant when other premises in the Building suitable for that prospective tenant’s use are (or soon will be) available; (c) Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, lease the Premises to a Substitute Tenant for a rental less than the current fair market rental then prevailing for similar office uses in comparable buildings in the same market area as the Building, nor shall Landlord be obligated to enter into a new lease under other terms and conditions that are unacceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion; (d) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any proposed tenant whose use would: (1) violate any restriction, covenant or requirement contained in the lease of another tenant of the Building; (2) adversely affect the reputation of the Building; or (3) be incompatible with the operation of the Building as a first class building; and (e) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any proposed Substitute Tenant which does not have, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, sufficient financial resources or operating experience to operate the Premises in a first class manner and pay all Rent on time and fulfill all of its obligations under such new lease. Tenant agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages that Tenant may suffer as a result of any default by Landlord hereunder.
          (iii) Any damage or loss of rent sustained by Landlord may be recovered by Landlord, at Landlord’s option, at the time of termination of this Lease, the time of the reletting, or in separate actions, from time to time, as said damage shall have been made more easily ascertainable by successive relettings, or at Landlord’s option in a single proceeding deferred until the expiration of the Term (in which event Tenant hereby agrees that the cause of action shall not be deemed to have accrued until the date of expiration of said Term) or in a single proceeding prior to either the time of reletting or the expiration of the Term. If the Landlord elects to repossess the Premises without terminating this Lease, then Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord all Rent and other indebtedness accrued to the date of such repossession, plus Rent required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord during the remainder of this Lease until the date of expiration of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period (after deducting expenses incurred by Landlord as provided in Section 16.b,(ii), above). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess of any Rent obtained by reletting over and above the Rent herein reserved. Actions to collect amounts due from Tenant as provided in this Section 16.a.(iii) may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until expiration of this Lease term.
      c.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord terminates this Lease pursuant to Section 16.b.(i), above, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages for Tenant’s default, an amount equal to the difference between (i) all Monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums which would be payable under this Lease from the date of such demand (or, if it is earlier, the date to which Tenant shall have satisfied in full its obligations under Section 16.b.(ii), above) for what would be the then unexpired Term in the absence of such termination, and (ii) the fair market rental value of the Premises over the same period (net of all expenses and all vacancy periods reasonably projected by Landlord to be incurred in connection with the reletting of the Premises), with such differential discounted at the rate of seven percent (7%) per annum. Nothing herein shall be construed to affect or prejudice Landlord’s right to prove, and claim in full, unpaid Rent or any other amounts accrued prior to termination of this Lease.
      d.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Landlord, with or without terminating the Lease, may immediately reenter and take possession of the Premises and evict Tenant therefrom in accordance with applicable law, without being liable for or guilty of trespass, forcible entry or any other tort.
      e.  Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present of future laws in the event Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event Landlord obtains possession of the Premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this Lease or otherwise. In addition, Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights to bring any action whatsoever against any tenant taking possession after Tenant has been dispossessed or evicted hereunder, or to make any such tenant or party to any action brought by Tenant against Landlord.
      f.  Landlord and Tenant shall and each does hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease or its termination, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or any claim of injury or damage and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. In the event Landlord commences any summary proceeding for nonpayment of Rent or Additional Rent, or commences any other action or proceeding against Tenant in connection with this Lease, Tenant will interpose no counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding, except mandatory counter-claims.

19


 

      g.  Nothing contained herein shall prevent the enforcement of any claim Landlord may have against Tenant for anticipatory breach of the unexpired Term. In the event of a breach or anticipatory breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Landlord shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if reentry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not provided for herein.
      h.  In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages (Tenant hereby waiving the benefit of any laws granting Tenant a lien upon the property of Landlord or upon Rent due Landlord), but prior to any such action Tenant will give Landlord and any mortgagee notice specifying such default with particularity, and Landlord and/or such mortgagee shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice in which to cure any such default; provided, however, that if such default cannot, by its nature, be cured within such period, Landlord shall not be deemed in default if Landlord and/or such mortgagee shall within such period commence to cure such default and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion. Unless and until Landlord and/or any mortgagee fails so to cure any default after notice, Tenant shall have no remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. All obligations of Landlord hereunder will be construed as covenants, not conditions; all such obligations will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Building and not thereafter (provided that any uncured default by Landlord of any of its obligations hereunder which occurs during Landlord’s ownership of the Building shall not be extinguished as a result of the transfer or any other disposition of the Building by Landlord, unless any purchaser, transferee or subsequent owner of the Building assumes the obligations of Landlord under this Lease); and no default or alleged default by Landlord shall relieve or delay performance by Tenant of its obligations to continue to pay Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder as and when the same shall be due.
17. BANKRUPTCY.
      a.  For purposes of this Lease, the following shall be deemed “Events of Bankruptcy”: (i) if a receiver or custodian is appointed for any or all of Tenant’s property or assets, or if there is instituted a foreclosure action on any of Tenant’s property; or (ii) if Tenant files a voluntary petition under 11 U.S.C. Article 101, et seq., as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”), or under the insolvency laws of any jurisdiction (the “Insolvency Laws”); or (iii) if there is filed an involuntary petition against Tenant as the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws, which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing; or (iv) if Tenant makes or consents to an assignment of its assets, in whole or in part, for the benefit of creditors, or a common law composition of creditors.
      b.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy, Landlord, at its option and sole discretion, may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant (subject, however to applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws during the pendency of any action thereunder). If this Lease is terminated under this Section 17, Tenant shall immediately surrender and vacate the Premises, waives all statutory or other notice to quit, and agrees that Landlord shall have all rights and remedies against Tenant provided in Section 16 in case of an Event of Default by Tenant.
      c.  If Tenant becomes the subject debtor in a case pending under the Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Case”), Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease under this Section 17 shall be subject to the applicable rights (if any) of the debtor-in-possession or the debtor’s trustee in bankruptcy (collectively, the “Trustee”) to assume or assign this Lease as then provided for in the Bankruptcy Code, however, the Trustee must give to Landlord, and Landlord must receive, proper written notice of the Trustee’s assumption or rejection of this Lease, within sixty (60) days (or such other applicable period as is provided pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code) after the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case; it being agreed that failure of the Trustee to give notice of such assumption hereof within said period shall conclusively and irrevocably constitute the Trustee’s rejection of this Lease and waiver of any right of the Trustee to assume or assign this Lease. The Trustee shall not have the right to assume or assign this Lease unless said Trustee (i) promptly and fully cures all defaults under this Lease, (ii) promptly and fully compensates Landlord and any third party (Including other tenants) for all monetary damages incurred as a result of such default, and (iii) provides to Landlord “adequate assurance of future performance.” Landlord and Tenant (which term may include the debtor or any permitted assignee of debtor) hereby agree in advance that “adequate assurance of performance” as used in this paragraph, shall mean that all of the following minimum criteria must be met: (1) the source of Monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent, and other consideration due under this Lease, and the financial condition and operating performance of Tenant, and its guarantor, if any, shall be similar to the financial condition and operating performance of Tenant as of the Commencement Date; (2) Trustee or Tenant must pay to Landlord all Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder in advance pursuant to the terms of this Lease, (3) Trustee or Tenant must agree (by writing delivered to Landlord) that the use of the Premises shall be used only for the permitted use as stated in this Lease, and that any assumption or assignment of this Lease is subject to all of the provisions thereof and will not violate or affect the rights or agreements of any other tenants or occupants in the Building or of Landlord (including any mortgage or other financing agreement for the Building, (4) Trustee or Tenant must pay to Landlord at the time the next Monthly Base Rent is due under this Lease, in addition to such installment of Monthly Base Rent, an amount equal to the installments of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent due under this Lease for the next four (4) months of this Lease, said amount to be held by Landlord in escrow until either Trustee or Tenant defaults in its payment of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent or other obligations under this Lease (whereupon Landlord shall have the right to draw on such escrowed funds) or until the expiration of this Lease (whereupon the funds shall be returned to Trustee or Tenant except to the extent the funds have been drawn and not replaced); and (5) Trustee or Tenant must agree to pay to Landlord at any time Landlord is authorized to and does draw oh the escrow account the amount necessary to restore such escrow account to the original level required by clause (4), above. The criteria stated above are not

20


 

intended to be exhaustive or all-inclusive and Landlord may reasonably determine that the circumstances of Tenant or of this Lease require other or further assurances of future performance. In the event Tenant is unable to: (a) cure its defaults, (b) reimburse Landlord for its monetary damages, (c) pay the Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent due under this Lease on time, or (d) meet that criteria and obligations imposed by (1) through (5), above, then Tenant hereby agrees in advance that it has not met its burden to provide adequate assurance of future performance, and this Lease may be terminated by Landlord in accordance with Section 17.b., above.
18. PAYMENT OF TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS BY LANDLORD AND UNPAID RENT.
     All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond, any applicable grace period set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, make any such payment or perform any such other required act on Tenant’s part. All sums so paid by Landlord, and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at two percentage points (2%) over the Prime Rate then in effect, from the date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder, upon receipt of an invoice therefor, and Tenant covenants and agrees to pay any such sums. Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord hereunder or at law) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Additional Rent. In addition, any Rent, including, without limitation, Annual Base Rent, Additional Rent, Tenant’s Pass-Through Costs and/or Late Charges, which is not paid timely will accrue interest per annum at two percentage points (2%) over the Prime Rate from the date such payment is due until the date paid in full (including all accrued interest).
19. VOLUNTARY SURRENDER.
     The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the sole option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the sole option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies; provided however, that if Landlord elects to treat such termination as an assignment of any such sublease, Landlord shall have no obligation or liability to the subtenant thereunder for any claim, damage or injury which accrued prior to the date of surrender or mutual cancellation hereunder.
20. ABANDONMENT OF PERSONAL PROPERTY.
     Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall forthwith remove Tenant’s goods and effects and those of any other persons claiming through or under Tenant, or subtenancies assigned to it, and quit and deliver the Premises to the Landlord peaceably and quietly. Goods and effects not removed by Tenant after termination of this Lease (or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of Tenant’s default) shall be considered abandoned. Landlord shall give Tenant notice of right to reclaim abandoned property pursuant to applicable local law and may thereafter dispose of the same as Landlord deems expedient, including public or private sale and/or storage in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost, and for the account, of Tenant, and Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
21. HOLD-OVER.
     If Tenant shall not immediately surrender the Premises at the expiration of the Term then Tenant shall, by virtue of the provisions of this Section 21, become a tenant by the month. In such event Tenant shall be required to pay one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the Monthly Base Rent then in effect and as subsequently escalated in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with all Additional Rent in effect during the last month of the Term commencing said monthly tenancy with the first day next after the end of the Term; and said Tenant, as a month-to-month tenant, shall be subject to all of the conditions and covenants of this Lease as though the same had originally been a monthly tenancy, except as otherwise provided above with respect to the payment of Rent. Each party hereto shall give to the other at least thirty (30) days written notice to quit the Premises, except in the event of non-payment of Rent provided for herein when due, or of the breach of any other covenant by the said Tenant, in which event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any notice to quit, the usual thirty (30) days notice to quit being expressly waived; provided, however, that in the event that Tenant shall hold over after expiration of the Term, and if Landlord shall desire to regain possession of said Premises promptly at the expiration of the Term, then at any time prior to the acceptance of the Rent by Landlord from Tenant, as a monthly tenant hereunder, Landlord, at its election or option, may reenter and take possession of the Premises forthwith, without process, or by any legal action or process in the Commonwealth of Virginia.
22. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM.
      a.  Tenant shall have and is hereby granted the option to extend the Term hereof for two (2) periods of five (5) years each (each, an “Extension Period”) commencing on the date immediately following the Lease Expiration Date, or on the date immediately following the last day of the first Extension Period, as applicable, provided that: (i) Tenant delivers written notice (the “Extension Notice”)

21


 

to Landlord, not more than fifteen (15), or less than twelve (12), months prior to the Lease Expiration Date, or prior to last day of the first Extension Period, as applicable, time being of the essence, of Tenant’s irrevocable election to exercise such extension option (provided, however, that if the Premises contains more than 63,492 rentable square feet, Tenant shall deliver the Extension Notice to Landlord not more than eighteen (18), or less than fifteen (15), months prior to the Lease Expiration Date, or prior to last day of the first Extension Period, as applicable); (ii) no event exists at the time of the exercise of such option or arises subsequent thereto, which event by notice and/or the passage of time would constitute an Event of Default if not cured within the applicable cure period; and (iii) Tenant has not assigned its interest in the Lease or sublet more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the Premises (except to an Affiliate of Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may elect to extend the Term hereof pursuant to the terms of this Section 22 with respect to the entire Premises, or alternatively, with respect to any full floor(s) which comprise the Premises as of the date Tenant delivers the Extension Notice to Landlord, which notice shall set forth the portion of the Premises which shall be subject to the applicable Extension Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers to Landlord, not more than nineteen (19), or less than sixteen (16), months prior to the Lease Expiration Date, or prior to the last day of the first Extension Period, as applicable, written notice (the “Extension Period Proposed Rent Notice”) requesting that Landlord furnish Tenant with Landlord’s proposed Annual Base Rent, Base Year and other material economic terms and conditions for the first or second (2 nd ) Extension Period, as applicable, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such proposed terms and conditions within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Extension Period Proposed Rent Notice (provided, however, that if the Premises contains more than 63,492 rentable square feet, Tenant shall deliver the Extension Period Proposed Rent Notice to Landlord not more than twenty-one (21), or less than eighteen (18), months prior to the Lease Expiration Date, or prior to last day of the first Extension Period, as applicable).
      b.  All terms and conditions of the Lease, including without limitation all provisions governing the payment of Additional Rent and annual increases in Annual Base Rent, shall remain in full force and effect during the any Extension Period, except that (i) Annual Base Rent (on a per rentable square foot basis) payable during each Extension Period shall equal the Fair Market Rental Rate (hereinafter defined) at the time of the commencement of the applicable Extension Period; (ii) Landlord shall provide a “market” improvement allowance, rental abatement and other tenant concessions in connection with the Extension Period; and (iii) the “Base Year” for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Real Estate Taxes shall be mutually determined by and between Landlord and Tenant. As used in this Lease, the term “Fair Market Rental Rate” shall mean the fair market rental rate that would be agreed upon between a landlord and a tenant entering into a lease for comparable space as to location, configuration, size and use, in a comparable building as to quality, reputation and age which is located in the Dulles Toll Road Corridor submarket, with a comparable build-out and a comparable term assuming the following: (A) the landlord and tenant are informed and well-advised and each is acting in what it considers its own best interests; (B) the landlord shall provide a “market” tenant improvement allowance, free rent period and other tenant concessions typically provided to tenants of comparable space in comparable buildings for leases having terms comparable to the applicable Extension Period; and (C) the tenant will continue to pay its proportionate share of increases (over a new “Base Year” as negotiated by and between Landlord and Tenant) in Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes as described above.
      c.  Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to determine the Annual Base Rent for each Extension Period, for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which Landlord receives the Extension Notice. In the event Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Annual Base Rent for any Extension Period within said thirty (30)-day period, the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises shall be determined by a board of three (3) licensed real estate brokers, one of whom shall be named by the Landlord, one of whom shall be named by Tenant, and the two so appointed shall select a third (the ‘Third Broker”). Each real estate broker so selected shall be licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia as a real estate broker specializing in the field of office leasing in Fairfax County, having no fewer than ten (10) years experience in such field, and recognized as ethical and reputable within the field. Landlord and Tenant agree to make their appointments promptly within ten (10) days after the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period, or sooner if mutually agreed upon. The two (2) brokers selected by Landlord and Tenant shall select the Third Broker within ten (10) days after they both have been appointed, and all three (3) brokers shall, within fifteen (15) days after the Third Broker is selected, submit his or her determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate. The Third Broker shall determine which determination of Fair Market Rental Rate made by Landlord’s broker or Tenant’s broker is closest to the determination of Fair Market Rental Rate made by the Third Broker (the “Closest Determination”). The Fair Market Rental Rate hereunder shall be the mean of the Closest Determination and the determination of Fair Market Rental Value made by the Third Broker. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay the fee of the broker selected by it, and they shall equally share the payment of the fee of the Third Broker.
      d.  Should the Term of the Lease be extended hereunder, Tenant shall, if required by Landlord, execute an amendment (the “Extension Amendment”) modifying the Lease within ten (10) business days after Landlord presents same to Tenant, which Extension Amendment shall accurately set forth the Annual Base Rent for each year of the applicable Extension Period and the other economic terms and provisions in effect during such Extension Period, as determined pursuant to the terms of this Section 22. Should Tenant fail to execute the Extension Amendment (which Extension Amendment accurately sets forth the terms and provisions in effect during the applicable Extension Period) within ten (10) business days after presentation of same by Landlord, time being of the essence, Tenant’s right to extend the Term of the Lease shall, at Landlord’s sole option, terminate, and Landlord shall be permitted to lease such space to any other person or entity upon whatever terms and conditions are acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

22


 

23. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.
      a.  Subject to (i) any expansion rights, renewal rights, rights of first offer or refusal or other rights possessed by any tenant in the Building with respect to the Right of First Offer Space (hereinafter defined) or any portion thereof existing as of the Effective Date, (ii) any renewal rights granted by Landlord after the Effective Date to any tenant of all or any portion of the Right of First Offer Space, and (iii) the right of any tenant of the Right of First Offer Space (or any portion thereof) to negotiate an extension of the term of its lease of such space or a new lease demising such space, Tenant shall be granted during the initial Term the following rights with respect to the Right of First Offer Space. As used herein, the term “Right of First Offer Space” shall mean any space in the Building (other than the Premises) which becomes available for lease by third parties with respect to which Landlord receives during the initial Term an Offer (hereinafter defined) to lease such space. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary Tenant shall have no rights with respect to the Right of First Offer Space or any other rights of first offer or refusal, or first right to negotiate, or any other expansion rights whatsoever, except as expressly provided in this Section 23. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, other than the renewal rights of France Telecom USA set forth in its lease with Landlord, no other tenant in the Building possesses any renewal rights, rights of first offer or refusal or other expansion rights with respect to the portion of the Right of First Offer Space which is located on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building.
      b.  If, during the initial Term, Landlord receives a bona fide offer from a prospective tenant which is not related to Landlord (a “Prospective Tenant”) to lease all or any portion of the Right of First Offer Space (an “Offer”), the financial terms of which Landlord is prepared to accept, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such Offer (the “ROFO Notice”), and Landlord shall set forth in the ROFO Notice: (i) a description of the portion of the Right of First Offer Space that is subject to the Offer (the “Available Space”), (ii) the base rent, tenant concessions and other terms and conditions pursuant to which Landlord would agree to lease the Available Space to Tenant (which terms need not be those contained in the Offer), and (iii) the date on which Landlord anticipates that the Available Space would become available for lease by Tenant (the “ROFO Availability Date”). Provided that (A) no Event of Default then exists under the Lease; (B) Tenant has not assigned the Lease, or sublet thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the Premises (other than to an Affiliate of Tenant); (C) not less than thirty-six (36) months remain in the Term as of the ROFO Availability Date; and (D) Tenant notifies Landlord, in writing, within ten (10) business days after Tenant receives the ROFO Notice, time being of the essence, of Tenant’s irrevocable election to lease all (but not less than all) of the Available Space described in the ROFO Notice on the terms and conditions set forth in the ROFO Notice (the “ROFO Tenant Election Notice”), Tenant shall have the right to lease all, but not less than all, of the Available Space described in the ROFO Notice on the terms and conditions set forth in the ROFO Notice.
      c.  In the event that Tenant timely delivers a ROFO Tenant Election Notice to Landlord, Landlord shall prepare an amendment modifying the Lease to incorporate the Available Space (the “ROFO Amendment”), which amendment shall accurately set forth, among other things: (i) the amount of Annual Base Rent for the Available Space (based on the per rentable square foot rental rate set forth in the ROFO Notice); (ii) the adjustments to Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent caused by the addition of the Available Space; and (iii) any other term and condition applicable to the Available Space and mutually agreed to by and between Landlord and Tenant. The term of the demise of the Available Space (the “Right of First Offer Space Term”) shall commence on the date on which Landlord delivers such Available Space to Tenant (the “ROFO Space Commencement Date”), at which time all of Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Available Space shall commence, including the obligation to pay Annual Base Rent. In all instances, the Right of First Offer Space Term shall be coterminous with the Term of this Lease.
      d.  In the event that Landlord and Tenant enter in a ROFO Amendment, and Landlord is unable to deliver to Tenant possession of the Available Space demised thereunder on the ROFO Availability Date in vacant, broom-clean condition for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation the failure of an existing tenant to vacate such space, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages or liabilities in connection therewith or by reason thereof/provided that (i) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of such space (which reasonable efforts shall include the commencement of eviction proceedings) and deliver same to Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; and (ii) rent with respect to the Available Space shall abate until Landlord delivers the Available Space to Tenant. In the event that Landlord is unable to deliver the Available Space to Tenant by the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days after the ROFO Availability Date, subject to a day-for- day extension for matters of Force Majeure (the “Available Space Outside Delivery Date”), Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the applicable ROFO Amendment upon ten (10) business days prior written notice to Landlord, in which event the applicable ROFO Amendment shall be null and void and of no further force or effect; provided that if Landlord delivers the Available Space to Tenant during such ten (10) business day period, the applicable ROFO Amendment shall not terminate and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.
      e.  In the event Tenant fails timely to deliver a ROFO Tenant Election Notice to Landlord or, having done so, Tenant fails to execute the ROFO Amendment tendered by Landlord within ten (10) business days after Landlord tenders such amendment to Tenant: (i) Landlord may lease the Available Space (or any portion thereof) described in the ROFO Notice to any person or entity of Landlord’s choice, on whatever terms and conditions are selected by Landlord in its sole discretion; and (ii) this Section 23 shall terminate automatically, and Tenant shall have no further right to lease any Right of First Offer Space.

23


 

24. USA PATRIOT ACT AND ANTI-TERRORISM LAWS.
      a.  Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the other party that neither it, nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates currently are, or shall be at any time during the Term hereof, in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the “Executive Order”) and/or the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “USA Patriot Act”).
      b.  Landlord and Tenant each covenants with the other party that neither it nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates is or shall be during the Term hereof a “Prohibited Person,” which is defined as follows: (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to, the provisions of the Executive Order; (ii) a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order; (iii) a person or entity with whom Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, is prohibited from dealing with or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, including without limitation the Executive Order and the USA Patriot Act; (iv) a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in Section 3(d) of the Executive Order; (v) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the then-most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/t11 sdn.pdf or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; and (vi) a person or entity who is affiliated with a person or entity listed in items (i) through (v), above.
      c.  At any time and from time-to-time during the Term, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall deliver to the other party, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request therefor, a written certification or such other evidence reasonably acceptable to such requesting party evidencing and confirming the other party’s compliance with this Section 24.
25. QUIET ENJOYMENT.
     Landlord covenants that, if Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall at all times during the Term peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises without disturbance from Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease and to the rights of the parties presently or hereinafter secured by any deed of trust or mortgage against the Building.
26. PARKING.
      a.  Tenant shall be provided, without charge during the initial Term of the Lease, the right to park, on an unreserved basis, one hundred forty-two (142) automobiles (or 3.98 automobiles per 1,000 r.s.f. of the Premises then being leased by Tenant) belonging to Tenant’s employees, agents and guests on the surface lot adjacent to the Building (the “Surface Lot”) and/or the parking structure adjacent to the Building (the “Parking Structure”), as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion.
      b.  Tenant agrees that it and its employees shall observe reasonable safety precautions in the use of the Surface Lot and/or the Parking Structure, and shall at all times abide by all rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord or the parking operator governing the use of the Surface Lot and/or the Parking Structure. Landlord shall not intentionally discriminate against Tenant in Landlord’s enforcement of such rules and regulations. Tenant understands and agrees that Landlord does not assume any responsibility for any damage or loss to any automobiles parked on the Surface Lot and/or the Parking Structure, or to any personal property located therein or thereon, or for any injury sustained by any person in or about the Surface Lot and/or the Parking Structure.
27. NOTICES.
     Any and all notices or demands required or permitted herein shall be in writing and served (a) personally, (b) by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (c) by guaranteed overnight courier, at the addresses provided in Section 1.h, above. If served personally, service shall be conclusively deemed made at the time of such delivery. If served by certified mail, service shall be conclusively deemed made seventy-two (72) hours after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, pursuant to this Section 27. If served by overnight courier, service shall be conclusively deemed made one (1) business day after deposit with such courier. Either party may specify a different address according to the terms of this Section 27.
28. BROKERS.
     Landlord and Tenant recognize ACP Mid-Atlantic LLC, as Landlord’s broker, and The Staubach Company — Northeast, Inc., as Tenant’s broker (collectively, the “Brokers”), as the sole brokers with respect to this Lease and Landlord agrees to be responsible for the payment of any leasing commissions owed to the aforesaid Brokers in accordance with the terms of separate commission agreements entered into between Landlord and each of said Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that, except for the Brokers, no other broker has been employed in carrying on any negotiations

24


 

relating to this Lease and shall each indemnify and hold harmless the other from any claim for brokerage or other commission arising from or out of any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.
29. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS.
      a.  Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees shall not (i) cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used or disposed on, in or about the Premises and/or the Building, or (ii) knowingly permit the release, discharge, spill or emission of any Hazardous Material in or from the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Hazardous Materials” which are prohibited by the terms of this Section 29 shall not include cleaning solvents, office supplies, or similar materials used in the ordinary course of a general office use (the “Office Product Materials”) provided that such Office Product Materials are used and stored by Tenant in strict accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws. In no event shall the foregoing sentence be construed to permit Tenant to engage in research, product testing, or other non-office uses in the Premises that involve the use of any Office Product Materials.
      b.  Tenant hereby agrees that it is and shall be fully responsible for all costs, expenses, damages or liabilities (including, but not limited to those incurred by Landlord and/or its mortgagee) which may occur from the use, storage, disposal, release, spill, discharge or emissions of Hazardous Materials by Tenant whether or not the same may be permitted by this Lease. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its mortgagee and its agents from and against any claims, demands, administrative orders, judicial orders, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney and consultant fees, court costs and litigation expenses) of whatever kind, or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of or in any way related to the use, storage, disposal, release, discharge, spill or emission of any Hazardous Material, or the violation of any Environmental Laws, by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. The provisions of this Section 29 shall be in addition to any other obligations and liabilities Tenant may have to Landlord at law or in equity and shall survive the transactions contemplated herein or any termination of this Lease.
      c.  As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall include, without limitation:
          (i) those substances included within the definitions of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials,” toxic substances,” or “solid waste” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq.) (“CERCLA”), as amended by Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (“SARA”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“RCRA”), and the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, and in the regulations promulgated pursuant to said laws, all as amended;
          (ii) those substances listed in the United States Department of Transportation Table (49 CFR 172.101 and amendments thereto) or by the Environmental Protection Agency (of any successor agency) as hazardous substances (40 CFR Part 302 and amendments thereto); and
          (iii) any material, waste or substance which is (A) petroleum, (B) asbestos, (C) polychlorinated biphenyl, (D) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq. (33 U.S.C. .§1321) or listed pursuant to Section of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §1317); (E) flammables or explosives; or (F) radioactive materials.
      d.  All federal, state or local laws, statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, standards, orders, licenses and permits of any governmental authority or issued or promulgated thereunder shall be referred to as the “Environmental Laws”.
30. LANDLORD’S LIEN. Intentionally Omitted.
31. RULES AND REGULATIONS.
     Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto and with any reasonable additions thereto and modifications thereof adopted from time to time by Landlord; Tenant shall be given five (5) business days written notice of any such additions and modifications. Each such rule or regulation shall be deemed to be a covenant of this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant. Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in its enforcement of the rules and regulations. In the event of any conflict between the rules and regulations and the terms and conditions of this Lease, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall control.
32. ROOFTOP COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT.
      a.  Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at no additional charge during the initial Term hereof, to use a portion of the roof of the Building (the “Roof”) selected by Landlord and reasonably agreeable to Tenant, the area of which shall not exceed sixty-four (64) square feet, for the installation of one (1) microwave dish and one (1) antennae (collectively, the “Communications Equipment”), provided that (i) the Communications Equipment sought to be installed by Tenant is permitted under, and conforms to the requirements of, the laws, rules and regulations of the Town of Herndon, Fairfax County, the Commonwealth of Virginia, any other governmental or quasi-governmental authorities having appropriate jurisdiction over the Building, and any restrictive covenants or other documents governing the use of the Project; (ii) Tenant obtains and maintains all permits, licenses, variances, authorizations and approvals

25


 

that may be required in order to install such Communications Equipment; (iii) Tenant shall obtain insurance coverages required by Landlord relating to the installation and operation of such Communications Equipment; (iv) Tenant shall install any screen or other covering for the Communications Equipment that Landlord may require in order to camouflage or conceal the Communications Equipment; (v) Landlord shall have approved in its sole discretion the dimensions and specifications for the Communications Equipment, and the proposed method of attaching the Communications Equipment to the Roof; and (vi) Landlord’s engineer determines that the portion of the Roof on which Tenant desires to install the Communications Equipment is capable of bearing the weight of the Communications Equipment.
      b.  Prior to or contemporaneous with requesting Landlord’s approval of the installation of the Communications Equipment, Tenant shall provide to Landlord: (i) plans and specifications for the Communications Equipment; (ii) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licensees, special zoning variances, and authorizations for the installation and operation of the Communications Equipment, all of which Tenant shall, obtain at its own cost and expense; and (iii) a policy or certificate of insurance evidencing such insurance coverage as may be required by Landlord for the installation, operation and maintenance of the Communications Equipment and sufficient to cover, inter alia, the indemnities from Tenant to Landlord provided in the Lease relating to the installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Communications Equipment. Landlord may withhold its approval of the installation of the Communications Equipment if the installation, operation or removal of the Communications Equipment may (A) damage the structural integrity of the Building or void any warranty or guaranty applicable to the Roof or the Building; or (B) cause the violation of any zoning ordinance or other governmental or quasi-governmental law, rule or regulation applicable to the Building. Landlord may require as a precondition to its approval of the installation of the Communications Equipment that Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, install additional structural support (in a manner determined by Landlord’s engineer in its sole discretion) to the portion of the Roof on which Tenant desires to install the Communications Equipment. Tenant shall not be entitled to rely on any such approval as being a representation by Landlord that such installation and operation is permitted by or in accordance with any zoning ordinance or other governmental or quasi-governmental law, rule or regulation applicable to the Building.
      c.  Landlord shall be provided with access to the Roof, including the portion of the Roof on which the Communications Equipment is located, in order to inspect the Communications Equipment and Roof to determine, inter alia, if the Communications Equipment is causing damage to the Roof or any other part of the Building and/or to repair the Roof or remove or relocate the Communications Equipment. Landlord, at its sole option and discretion, may require Tenant, at any time prior to the expiration of the Lease, to terminate the operation of the Communications Equipment if it is causing physical damage to the structural integrity of the Building or voids any warranty or guaranty applicable to the Roof or the Building, or is interfering with any satellite dish, antennae or other telecommunications device being operated on the Roof or elsewhere in the Building by any tenant in the Building or other licensee authorized by Landlord, or causing the violation of any condition or provision of the Lease or any governmental or quasi-governmental law, rule or regulation (now or hereafter in effect) applicable to the Building.
      d.  Tenant acknowledges that the rights contained in this Section 32 are non-exclusive, and that Landlord may grant such rights to any other tenant in the Building or any other licensee of Landlord’s choice (whether or not such licensee is a tenant of the Building). Tenant expressly acknowledges that it may not (i) license or otherwise permit third parties to install on the Roof of the Building or anywhere else in the Premises, any Communications Equipment; (ii) permit any third party to use any portion of the Roof for any purpose whatsoever; or (iii) utilize the Communications Equipment as a direct means of generating revenue. The breach of this provision shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease.
      e.  Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall remove the Communications Equipment and all cabling and other equipment relating thereto from the Building, and Tenant shall restore the area where the Communications Equipment was located to its condition existing prior to such installation in a manner and with materials determined by Landlord. In the event Tenant fails to promptly do so, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove the Communications Equipment and all cabling and other, equipment relating thereto and restore the area of the roof and the other portions of the Building affected thereby, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and charge Tenant for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith. Tenant’s obligation to perform and observe this covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease.
      f.  Tenant covenants and agrees that the installation, operation and removal of the Communications Equipment shall be at its sole cost and risk. Tenant covenants and agrees absolutely and unconditionally to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, actions, damages, liability, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) suffered or sustained by Landlord arising out of the installation, operation, maintenance or removal of the Communications Equipment, including without limitation any loss or injury resulting from transmissions from the Communications Equipment.
      g.  The rights contained in this Section 32 shall transfer to any assignee of Tenant, or any subtenant of all of the Premises for a sublease term which expires during the last Lease Year of the Term hereof.
      h.  Tenant shall be entitled to connect the Communications Equipment to the Building’s electric power source; provided, however, that: (i) the method of connecting any component of the

26


 

Communications Equipment to the Building’s electric power source and the specific location in the Building at which such connection shall be effected, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval; and (ii) such connection shall be undertaken by licensed contractor(s) approved by Landlord. The cost of connecting the Communications Equipment to the Building’s electric power source and the cost of all electricity consumed by the Communications Equipment shall be borne solely by Tenant. Except in the event of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees harmless from and against any cost, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or claimed against Landlord and its agents, officers, directors and employees, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in , any way relating to the connection of any component of the Communications Equipment to, or the removal of any component of the Communications Equipment from, the Building’s electric power source
33. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE.
      a.  Tenant shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a sign bearing Tenant’s name and corporate logo (the “Exterior Sign”) on the top level of the exterior of the Building, in the location which is currently occupied by the exterior sign previously installed by France Telecom USA). All attributes of the Exterior Sign, including without limitation size, materials and color, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, the approval of the Woodland Park Owners Association (the “Association”) and the approval of Fairfax County. Prior to installing the Exterior Sign, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for its approval a drawing of the Exterior Sign, which drawing shall specify the dimensions, materials, color and other attributes of the Exterior Sign which Tenant desires to install. Tenant’s right to install the Exterior Sign shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary permits and governmental approvals for such installation; provided that the failure to obtain such permits or approvals shall not affect the Lease (or Tenant’s obligations hereunder) in any way. The exact placement of the Exterior Sign on the Building shall be subject to Landlord’s approval regarding structural support issues. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and maintaining all permits and governmental approvals necessary for the installation and operation of the Exterior Sign, including without limitation the approval of the Association. Tenant shall be responsible for repairing and maintaining the Exterior Sign installed by Tenant in a first-class condition throughout the Term and shall pay for the cost of all electricity consumed by the Exterior Sign. The Exterior Sign shall be installed by a licensed contractor acceptable to Landlord using a mounting procedure approved by Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant shall cause its insurance carrier to include the Exterior Sign in the coverage required to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to Section 12, above. The right to install the Exterior Sign shall be personal to K12 Inc. and shall not be applicable to any assignee or sublessee of Tenant (other than an Affiliate of Tenant). Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against all claims, damage or liability (including attorneys’ fees) sustained or suffered by Landlord arising out of or related to the installation, maintenance or removal of the Exterior Sign. Tenant shall remove the Exterior Sign upon the date (the “Exterior Sign Removal Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (1) the date on which Tenant has subleased in excess of forty percent (40%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises (as the Premises may be expanded pursuant to the terms of this Lease), or (2) the Lease Expiration Date (or any earlier termination date of the Lease), subject to any extension thereof, and Tenant shall restore the portions of the Building affected by such removal to their condition immediately prior to the installation of such sign, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to remove the Exterior Sign on or before the Exterior Sign Removal Date or fails to restore the portions of the Building affected by such removal in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to remove the Exterior Sign and/or restore the portion of the Building affected thereby, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such removal and/or restoration immediately upon demand therefor.
      b.  If, during the Term hereof, Landlord constructs a monument sign adjacent to the Building for use by tenants of the Building, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be permitted to install a plaque bearing Tenant’s name (the “Monument Plaque”), on the upper-most position of such monument sign. All attributes of the Monument Plaque, including without limitation size, design, materials, and color, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant’s right to install the Monument Plaque shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary permits and governmental approvals for such installation; provided that the failure to obtain such permits or approvals shall not affect the Lease (or Tenant’s obligations hereunder) in any way. Tenant shall be responsible for repairing and maintaining the Monument Plaque in a first-class condition throughout the Term. The Monument Plaque shall be installed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The right to install the Monument Plaque shall transfer to Tenant’s assignees or any subtenant of the all of the Premises for a sublease term which expires in the last Lease Year of the Term hereof. Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against all claims, damage or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) sustained or suffered by Landlord arising out of or related to the installation, maintenance or removal of the Monument Plaque. Tenant shall remove the Monument Plaque upon the date (the “Monument Plaque Removal Date”) which is the earlier to occur of (1) the date on which Tenant has subleased in excess of forty percent (40%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises (as the Premises may be expanded pursuant to the terms of this Lease), or (2) the Lease Expiration Date (or any earlier termination date of the Lease), subject to any extension thereof, and Tenant shall restore the portion of Landlord’s monument sign affected by such removal to its condition immediately prior to the installation of such Monument Plaque, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to remove the Monument Plaque from the monument sign on or before the Monument Plaque Removal Date or fails to restore the portions of the monument plaque affected by such removal in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to remove the Monument Plaque and/or restore the portion of the monument sign affected thereby, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such removal and/or restoration immediately upon demand therefor.

27


 

34. MUST-TAKE SPACE.
      a.  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 34: (i) Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, for a term commencing on the Must-Take Space Commencement Date (hereinafter defined) and ending on the Lease Expiration Date, approximately 27,752 rentable square feet of office space comprising the entire fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building (the “Must-Take Space,” as shown on the attached Exhibit A-1); and (ii) the Must-Take Space is currently leased to France Telecom USA (the “Current Tenant”) pursuant to a lease (the “FTUSA Lease”) the term of which expires on September 30, 2009. Promptly after the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the FTUSA Lease, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to regain possession of the Must-Take Space and deliver same to Tenant. As used herein, the term “Must-Take Space Commencement Date” shall mean the date Landlord delivers the Must-Take Space to Tenant. Landlord shall deliver the Must-Take Space to Tenant promptly after the Current Tenant vacates the Must-Take Space and delivers possession thereof to Landlord.
      b.  Landlord shall deliver the Must-Take Space to Tenant in its “as-is” condition without (i) any obligation on Landlord’s part to undertake or pay for any improvements or alterations therein; or (ii) any representations or warranties regarding the condition thereof.
      c.  Effective as of the Must-Take Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Annual Base Rent to Landlord for the Must-Take Space only (“Must-Take Space Annual Base Rent”) in the amounts set forth immediately below, in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 4, above:
                         
    Must Take space   Must Take Space   Must take Space
    Lease   Annual Base Rent   Annual   Monthly
    Year   per Square Foot   Base Rent   Base Rent
1
  $ 27.50     $ 763,180.00     $ 63,598.33  
2
  $ 28.19     $ 782,259.48     $ 65,188.29  
3
  $ 28,89     $ 801,815.99     $ 66,818.00  
4
  $ 29.61     $ 821,861.39     $ 68,488.45  
5
  $ 30.35     $ 842,407.92     $ 70,200.66  
6
  $ 31.11     $ 863,468.12     $ 71,955.68  
7
  $ 31.89     $ 885,054.82     $ 73,754.57  
      d.  From and after the Must-Take Space Commencement Date: (i) the aggregate number of rentable square feet demised under the Lease shall be 63,492; (ii) wherever the term “Premises” appears in the Lease, it is hereby deemed to mean the entire 63,492 rentable square feet (consisting of the initial Premises and the Must-Take Space); and (iii) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes) as set forth in Section 1.g, above, shall each be increased to thirty-nine and ninety-six hundredths percent (39.96%). Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Base Year shall remain calendar year 2006 from and after the Must-Take Space Commencement Date.
      e.  In the event that Landlord’s delivery of the Must-Take Space to Tenant is delayed for any reason, Tenant shall remain obligated to lease the Must-Take Space from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Section 34 and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord by reason of any such delay. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s obligation to deliver the Must-Take Space to Tenant is expressly contingent upon the surrender to Landlord of the Must-Take Space by the Current Tenant.
      f.  In the event Tenant refuses to accept delivery of the Must-Take Space on the Must-Take Space Commencement Date, time being of the essence, such refusal shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder, whereupon Landlord may elect to (i) pursue all of its remedies as provided in Section 16, above; and/or (ii) lease the Must-Take Space to any person or entity of Landlord’s choice on whatever terms and conditions Landlord elects in its sole discretion.
35. SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC SYSTEM.
      a.  At any time during the Term, Tenant shall have the right to elect to use the supplemental HVAC units, if any, and the equipment related thereto, if any, located at the Premises on the Effective Date, which equipment shall include any ceiling mounted supplemental HVAC units serving the Premises (collectively, the “Supplemental HVAC Units”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to using any Supplemental HVAC Units, Tenant shall provide Landlord With all equipment plans and specifications relating to the loads that would be imposed upon the Supplemental HVAC System (hereinafter defined), and Landlord shall have the right to deny Tenant use of the Supplemental HVAC Units if Landlord determines the Supplemental HVAC System will not or might not be adequate to meet Tenant’s demand. In the event that Landlord rejects Tenant’s proposed plans and specifications relating to the Supplemental HVAC Units and/or Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC System, Landlord shall work with Tenant’s engineers to design modifications to the Supplemental HVAC System (the “HVAC System Modifications”) that would permit Tenant to use the Supplemental HVAC Units and the Supplemental HVAC System in the manner envisioned by Tenant; provided that all HVAC System Modifications (i) shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in its sole discretion; (ii) if approved by Landlord, shall be undertaken by Landlord at

28


 

Tenant’s sole cost and expense; and (iii) shall, at Landlord’s sole option, either (A) be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term (and the portions of the Supplemental HVAC System and the Building which are affected by such removal restored to their condition immediately prior to the installation of the HVAC System Modifications, reasonable wear and tear excepted), or (B) remain in the Building and owned by Landlord; provided however that if Landlord desires that Tenant remove any HVAC System Modifications at the end of the Term, Landlord must so indicate to Tenant at the time Tenant submits its plans and specifications describing the HVAC System Modifications proposed by Tenant; provided further however that Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the Existing HVAC Units at the end of the Term. Throughout the Term, Tenant shall bear all costs associated with the operation and repair of the HVAC System Modifications, as well as all incremental repair and maintenance costs to the Supplemental HVAC Units and the Supplemental HVAC System caused by the installation or use of the HVAC System Modifications, all as determined by Landlord, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all such costs within forty-five (45) days after demand by Landlord. If Landlord approves of Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC Units, Landlord’s engineer or contractor will activate Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC Units. The minimum period for which Tenant can elect to use a Supplemental HVAC Unit is thirty (30) days and Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice if Tenant elects at any time to discontinue using any Supplemental HVAC Unit.
      b.  Except with respect to emergency repairs, Landlord will maintain, repair and make any capital repairs or replacements of the Supplemental HVAC Units. If any Supplemental HVAC Units require emergency repairs, Tenant shall send Landlord prompt written notice of such emergency and Tenant shall make arrangements for such repairs directly with Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Unit contractor. Landlord will provide Tenant with written notice from time to time of the name and telephone number of Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Unit contractor. Landlord will maintain, repair and make any capital repairs or replacements to any equipment relating to the operation of the Supplemental HVAC Units that is not located at the Premises, which shall include the cooling tower(s) located on the roof of the Building that generally serve(s) the supplemental HVAC units presently located in the Building (collectively, the “Supplemental Common Equipment”). The Supplemental HVAC Units and the Supplemental Common Equipment are together called the “Supplemental HVAC System”.
      c.  Beginning on the date on which Tenant commences to use the Supplemental HVAC System and continuing thereafter during the Term, for so long as Tenant has elected to use any Supplemental HVAC Unit:
          (i) Tenant shall pay all costs incurred by Landlord and/or Tenant during the Term in connection with the ordinary maintenance and emergency and non-emergency repairs and replacements to the Supplemental HVAC Units (whether for parts, labor, warranty coverage or otherwise) (the “Supplemental Maintenance Costs”). If Tenant directly incurs any Supplemental Maintenance Costs, Tenant shall pay such Supplemental Maintenance Costs as and when due and owing to the applicable Supplemental HVAC Unit service provider.
          (ii) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Supplemental Share (hereinafter defined) of all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the ordinary maintenance and emergency and non-emergency repairs and replacements of the Supplemental Common Equipment (whether for parts, labor, warranty coverage or otherwise) (the “Supplemental Common Costs”). As used herein, the term ‘Tenant’s Supplemental Share” means a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the tonnage rating of the Supplemental HVAC Units in the Premises and the denominator of which shall be the tonnage rating of all supplemental HVAC units in the Building (exclusive of any such units that are owned by a tenant of the Building) that any tenant of the Building from time to time elects to use.
          (iii) In addition to Tenant’s payment of Supplemental Maintenance Costs and Tenant’s Supplemental Share, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly electricity charge for the Supplemental HVAC System as reasonably established from time to time by Landlord (the “Supplemental Charge”). The current Supplemental Charge is $70.00 per ton per month.
          (iv) All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 35 shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be due and payable to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord will be entitled to an administrative charge of ten percent (10%) of all costs payable by Tenant under this Section, other than the Supplemental Charge (the “Supplemental Administrative Fee”).
      d.  Except for liability resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, Landlord shall have no liability arising from any failure of the Supplemental HVAC System or any component thereof to operate properly or at all at any time including, without limitation, no liability if any such failure results in the Premises not being reasonably comfortable or useable at all, any of Tenant’s equipment not functioning or not functioning fully or properly, Tenant missing or being delayed in meeting any business or other deadlines, or Tenant incurring any other costs or damages.
      e.  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Supplemental HVAC System. Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in its enforcement of such rules and regulations.
      f.  In the event that Landlord elects to discontinue the operation of the Supplemental HVAC System at any time during the Term: (i) Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof; and (ii) Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost, shall (A) connect Tenant’s Supplemental

29


 

HVAC Units to the base Building HVAC System; and (B) install one or more meters or submeters to measure Tenant’s consumption of electricity relating to the operation of the Supplemental HVAC Units. Landlord shall bill Tenant monthly for the cost of such electricity consumption by Tenant, as measured by such meters or submeters. Landlord shall determine in its reasonable discretion the specifications, location and number of meters or submeters to be installed. Tenant agrees to pay all charges for such electricity within thirty (30) days of written demand by Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written demand by Landlord, a reasonable monthly charge determined by Landlord for the additional maintenance and repair costs with respect to the operation of the base Building HVAC System incurred by. Landlord as a result of the connection of the Supplemental HVAC Units to the base Building HVAC System.
36. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
     a. Time is of the essence with respect to all of Tenant’s and Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.
     b. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition of any prior or subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any prior breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such prior breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.
     c. In the event of any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other under this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party the fees of its attorneys in such action or proceeding in such amount as the court may judge to be reasonable for such attorneys’ fees.
     d. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the provisions of this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their heirs, successors, representatives, executors, administrators, transferees and assigns. The term “Landlord,” as used herein, shall mean only the owner of the Building and the Land or of a lease of the Building and the Land, at the time in question, so that in the event of any transfer or transfers of title to the Building and the Land, or of Landlord’s interest in a lease of the Building and the Land, the transferor shall be and hereby is relieved and freed of all obligations of Landlord under this Lease accruing before such transfer, and it shall be deemed, without further agreement, that such transferee has assumed and agreed to perform and observe all obligations of Landlord herein during the period it is the holder of Landlord’s interest under this Lease.
     e. At Landlord’s request, Tenant will execute a memorandum of this Lease in recordable form setting forth such provisions hereof as Landlord deems desirable. Further, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall acknowledge before a notary public its execution of this Lease, so that this Lease shall be in form for recording. The cost of recording this Lease or memorandum thereof shall be borne by Landlord.
     f. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property of Landlord in and to the Land and the Building in the event of any claim against Landlord arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use of the Premises, and Tenant agrees that the liability of Landlord arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or Tenant’s use of the Premises, shall be limited to such estate and property of Landlord in and to the Land and the Building. No properties or assets of Landlord other than the estate and property of Landlord in and to the Building and no property owned by any partner of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of any judgment (or other judicial process) or for the satisfaction of any other remedy of Tenant arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant or Tenant’s use of the Premises.
     g. Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises with respect to the Building, the Land or the Premises except as herein expressly set forth.
     h. Landlord and Tenant shall be excused from performing an obligation or undertaking provided for in this Lease so long as such performance is prevented or delayed, retarded or hindered by an Act of God, force majeure, fire, earthquake, flood, explosion, action of the elements, war, invasion, insurrection, riot, mob violence, sabotage, inability to procure or a general shortage of labor, equipment, facilities, materials or supplies in the open market, failure of transportation, strike, lockout, action of labor unions, a taking by eminent domain, requisition, laws, orders of government, or of civil, military or naval authorities, inability to obtain, or delays in obtaining, permits or other governmental approvals, or any other cause whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, not within the reasonable control of Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, including delays in obtaining permits or governmental approvals or delays for adjustments of insurance (collectively, “Force Majeure”); provided, however, that no such event or cause shall relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder to make full and timely payments of Rent as provided herein.
     i. Tenant hereby elects domicile at the Premises for the purpose of service of all notices, writs of summons or other legal documents or process in any suit, action or proceeding which Landlord or any mortgagee may undertake under this Lease.

30


 

     j. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by operations of others in the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work.
     k. If in this Lease it is provided that Landlord’s consent or approval as to any matter will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and it is established by a court or body having final jurisdiction thereover that Landlord has been unreasonable, the sole effect of such finding shall be that Landlord shall be deemed to have given its consent or approval, but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant in any respect for money damages or expenses incurred by Tenant by reason of Landlord having withheld its consent. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be deemed to limit Landlord’s right to give or withhold consent unless such limitation is expressly contained in the paragraph to which such consent pertains.
     l. If any governmental entity or authority hereafter imposes a tax or assessment upon or against any of the rent or other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (whether such tax takes the form of a lease tax, sales tax or other tax), Tenant shall be responsible for the timely payment thereof. Unless Landlord and Tenant otherwise agree in writing with respect to the payment thereof, Tenant shall pay the applicable tax to Landlord in monthly installments on the date upon which Tenant pays to Landlord the installments of Monthly Base Rent due under this Lease.
     m. This Lease and the Exhibits hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings between them. This Lease is not effective until executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant and approved by any current mortgagee of the Building and/or the Land. The provisions of this Lease may not be modified in any way except by written agreement signed by both parties.
     n. This Lease shall be subject to and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
     o. All voice, data, video, audio, and other low-voltage control transport system cabling and/or cable bundles installed in the Building shall be (a) plenum rated and/or have a composition makeup suited for its environmental use in accordance with NFPA 70/National Electrical Code; (b) labeled every 3 meters with the Tenant’s name and origination and destination points; (c) installed in accordance with all EIA/TIA standards and the National Electric Code; (d) installed and routed in accordance with a routing plan showing “as built” or “as installed” configurations of cable pathways, outlet identification numbers, locations of all wall, ceiling and floor penetrations, riser cable routing and conduit routing if applicable, and such other information as Landlord may request. The routing plan shall be available to Landlord and its agents at the Building upon request.
     p. Tenant (and any guarantor of this Lease), within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord delivers to Tenant (or such guarantor) written request therefor (“Landlord’s Financial Statement Request”), will provide Landlord with a copy of its most recent financial statements, consisting of a Balance Sheet, Earnings Statement, Statement of Changes in Financial Position, Statement of Changes in Owner’s Equity, and related footnotes, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Such financial statements must be either certified by a certified public accountant or sworn to as to their accuracy by Tenant’s (or the guarantor’s, if applicable) chief financial officer. The financial statements provided must be as of a date not more than twelve (12) months prior to the date of request. Landlord shall retain such statements in confidence, but may provide copies to lenders and potential lenders as required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not deliver to Tenant (or any guarantor of this Lease) more than one (1) Landlord Financial Statement Request in any twelve (12) month period, unless such Landlord Financial Statement Request is delivered (i) at the request of Landlord’s lender or prospective Lender, (ii) at the request of a potential purchaser of the Building, or (iii) after a default by Tenant under the Lease.
     q. It is generally understood that mold spores are present essentially everywhere and that mold can grow in most any moist location. Emphasis is properly placed on prevention of moisture and on good housekeeping and ventilation practices. Tenant acknowledges the necessity of housekeeping, ventilation, and moisture control (especially in kitchens, janitor’s closets, bathrooms, break rooms and around outside walls) for mold prevention. Tenant represents that they have first inspected the aforementioned Premises and certifies that they have not observed mold, mildew or moisture within the Premises. Tenant agrees to immediately notify Landlord if they observe mold/mildew and/or moisture conditions (from any source, including leaks), and allow Landlord to evaluate and make recommendations and/or take appropriate corrective action. Except in the event of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, Tenant releases Landlord from any liability for any personal injury or damages to property caused by or associated with moisture or the growth of or occurrence of mold or mildew on the Premises. In addition, execution of this Lease constitutes acknowledgement by Tenant that control of moisture and mold prevention are integral to its obligations under this Lease.

31


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, duly authorized representatives of Landlord and Tenant have executed this Deed of Lease under seal on the day and year first above written.
                     
        LANDLORD:
 
                   
        ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
                   
        By:   ACP/Woodland Park, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, its sole member
 
                   
WITNESS:           By:   ACP/Woodland Park Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager
 
                   
/s/ John Fleby
              By:   /s/ Douglas Fleet
 
                   
 
                  Name: Douglas Fleet
 
                  Title:   Managing Member
 
                   
        TENANT:
 
                   
WITNESS:       K12 INC., a Delaware corporation
 
                   
/s/ Howard Polsky
      By:   /s/ John Baule
             
            Name: John Baule
Title: CFO
     
                      LIST OF EXHIBITS
 
EXHIBIT A:
  Floor Plan of Premises
EXHIBIT A-1:
  Floor Plan of Must-Take Space
EXHIBIT B:
  Work Agreement
EXHIBIT C:
  Declaration of Commencement Date
EXHIBIT D:
  Rules and Regulations
EXHIBIT E:
  Form of Letter of Credit

32


 

EXHIBIT A
FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
FLOOR PLAN OF MUST TAKE SPACE
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT B
WORK AGREEMENT
     This Work Agreement (the “Work Agreement”) is attached to and made a part of that certain Deed of Lease (the “Lease”) dated November ___, 2005 by and between ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC, as landlord (“Landlord”), and K12 INC., as tenant (“Tenant”), for the premises (the “Premises”) described therein in the building having a street address of 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia (the “Building”). It is the intent of this Work Agreement that Tenant shall be permitted freedom in the design and layout of the Premises, consistent with applicable building codes and requirements of law, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act, and with sound architectural and construction practice in first-class office buildings, provided that neither the design nor the implementation of the Tenant Improvements (hereinafter defined) shall cause any interference to the operation of the Building’s HVAC, mechanical, plumbing, life safety, electrical or other systems or to other Building operations or functions, nor shall they increase maintenance or utility charges for operating the Building. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Work Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of the Lease, the terms hereof shall prevail for the purposes of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements.
     A.  TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.
          1. As-ls Condition. Landlord shall have no obligation to perform or cause the performance or construction of any improvements in or to the Premises and Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in its “as is” condition; provided, however, that Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant vacant and in broom-clean condition. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has made no representations or warranties to Tenant with respect to the condition of the Premises or the working order of any systems or improvements therein existing as of the date of delivery.
          2. Tenant Improvements. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall furnish and install in the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement, the improvements set forth in the Tenant’s Plans (hereinafter defined) which are subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph B.3, below (the “Tenant Improvements”). All costs of all design, space planning, and architectural and engineering work for or in connection with the Tenant Improvements, including without limitation all drawings, plans, specifications, licenses, permits or other approvals relating thereto, and all insurance and other requirements and conditions hereunder, and all costs of construction, including supervision thereof, shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the application of the Improvement Allowance in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement.
     B.  PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
          1. Space Planner. Tenant shall retain the services of The M Group (the “Space Planner”) to design the Tenant Improvements in the Premises and prepare the Final Space Plan (hereinafter defined) and the Contract Documents (hereinafter defined). The Space Planner shall meet with the Landlord and/or Landlord’s building manager from time to time to obtain information about the Building and to insure that the improvements envisioned in the Contract Documents do not interfere with and/or affect the Building or any systems therein. The Space Planner shall prepare all space plans, working drawings, and plans and specifications described in Paragraph B.3, below, in conformity with the base Building plans and systems, and the Space Planner shall coordinate its plans and specifications with the Engineers (hereinafter defined) and Landlord. All fees of the Space Planner shall be borne solely by Tenant, subject to application of the Improvement Allowance as hereinafter provided.
          2. Engineers. Tenant shall retain the services of mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural engineers reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “Engineers”) to (i) design the type, number and location of all mechanical systems in the Premises, including without limitation the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system therein, fire alarm system and to prepare all of the mechanical plans, (ii) to assist Tenant and the Space Planner in connection with the electrical design of the Premises, including the location and capacity of light fixtures, electrical receptacles and other electrical elements, and to prepare all of the electrical plans, (iii) to assist Tenant and the Space Planner in connection with plumbing-related issues involved in designing the Premises and to prepare all of the plumbing plans and (iv) assist Tenant and the Space Planner in connection with the structural elements of the Space Planner’s design of the Premises and to prepare all of the structural plans. All fees of the Engineers shall be borne solely by Tenant, subject to application of the Improvement Allowance as hereinafter provided.
          3. Time Schedule.
               a. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord for its review and approval a proposed detailed space plan for the Tenant Improvements (the “Final Space Plan”) prepared by the Space Planner, in consultation with Landlord and the Engineers. The Final Space Plan shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements therefor described in Schedule B-1 attached hereto. Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Final Space Plan within seven (7) business days after Tenant submits the Final Space Plan to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly revise the proposed Final Space Plan to meet Landlord’s objections, if any, and resubmit the Final Space Plan to Landlord for its review and approval within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s objections, if any.

 


 

               b. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord approves the Final Space Plan, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord for its review and approval, all architectural plans, working drawings and specifications (the “Contract Documents”) necessary and sufficient (i) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements; and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain a building permit for the construction of the Tenant Improvements by the Contractor (hereinafter defined). The Contract Documents shall contain the information and otherwise comply with the requirements therefore described in Schedule B-2 attached hereto and shall set forth the location of any core drilling by Tenant (the approval of same shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in its sole discretion). Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Contract Documents, or any of them, within ten (10) business days after Tenant submits the Contract Documents to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly revise the Contract Documents to meet Landlord’s objections, if any, and resubmit the Contract Documents to Landlord for its review and approval within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s objections, if any. Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the revised Contract Documents within five (5) business days after Tenant submits same. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, approval by Landlord of the Contract Documents shall not constitute an assurance by Landlord that the Contract Documents: (a) satisfy Legal Requirements (hereinafter defined), (b) are sufficient to enable Tenant to obtain a building permit for the undertaking of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, or (c) will not interfere with, and/or otherwise affect, base Building or base Building systems.
               c. The Final Space and the Contract Documents are referred to collectively herein as the “Tenant’s Plans.”
               d. The Tenant Improvements shall be of first-class quality, commensurate with the level of improvements for a first-class tenant in a first-class office building in the Herndon, Virginia area. The Tenant’s Plans shall be prepared in accordance with a Data Cadd or convertible DXF format for working drawings (using 1/8” reproducible drawings) in conformity with the base Building plans and Building systems and with information furnished by and in coordination with Landlord and Engineers. Tenant’s Plans shall comply with all applicable building codes, laws and regulations (including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act), shall not contain any improvements which interfere with or require any changes to or modifications of the Building’s HVAC, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety or other systems or to other Building operations or functions, and, unless Tenant agrees in writing to pay all such excess costs or charges, shall not increase maintenance or utility charges for operating the Building in excess of the standard requirements for normal first-class office buildings in the Herndon, Virginia area. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Agreement, Landlord shall have the right to disapprove, in its sole discretion, any portion of the Tenant’s Plans that Landlord reasonably believes will or may affect the exterior or structure of the Building or will or may affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety, HVAC or other base Building systems.
               e. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) business days after demand therefor, for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s, or its agents, review of Tenant’s Plans.
          4. Base Building Changes. If Tenant requests work to be done in the Premises or for the benefit of the Premises that necessitates revisions or changes in the design or construction of the base Building or affect Building systems, any such changes shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and delays resulting from such design revisions or construction changes, including architectural and engineering charges, and any special permits or fees attributed thereto.
          5. Changes.
               a. In the event that Tenant requests any changes to the Contract Documents or the Final Space Plan after Landlord has approved same, or if it is determined that the Contract Documents prepared in accordance with the Final Space Plan do not conform to the plans for the base Building, deviate from applicable Legal Requirements or contain improvements which will or may interfere with and/or affect the base Building or any of the base Building systems, or in the event of any change orders, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses and all delay resulting therefrom, including without limitation costs or expenses relating to (i) any additional architectural or engineering services and related design expenses, (ii) any changes to materials in process of fabrication, (iii) cancellation or modification of supply or fabricating contracts, (iv) removal or alteration of work or plans completed or in process, or (v) delay claims made by any subcontractor.
               b. No changes shall be made to the Contract Documents without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right to disapprove, in its sole discretion, any such change that Landlord believes will affect the exterior or structure of the Building or will affect the mechanical, electrical plumbing, life safety, HVAC or other base Building systems. Landlord shall not be responsible for delay in occupancy by Tenant because of any changes to the Final Space Plan or the Contract Documents after approval by Landlord, or because of delay caused by or attributable to any deviation by the Contract Documents from applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall be required to pay to Landlord the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s review of any changes to the Contract Documents or Final Space Plan, in full, within thirty (30) days after invoice. As used herein, the term “Legal Requirements” shall mean any laws, ordinances, regulations and orders of the United States of America, the Commonwealth of Virginia and any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over the Building or the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 


 

     C.  COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS/ALLOWANCES
          1. Construction Costs. All costs of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including without limitation the costs of all space planning, architectural and engineering work related thereto, all governmental and quasi-governmental approvals and permits required therefor, any costs incurred by Landlord because of changes to the base Building or the base Building systems, all construction costs, contractors’ overhead and profit, Tenant’s construction management fees, insurance and other requirements, the cost of Tenant’s telecommunications cabling and wiring, the cost of Tenant’s initial furniture, fixtures and equipment installed in the Premises, and all other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements (collectively, “Construction Costs”), shall be paid by Tenant, subject, however, to the application of the Improvement Allowance in accordance with Paragraph C.2, below, not previously disbursed pursuant to this Work Agreement (the “Available Allowance”).
          2 Improvement Allowance. Provided Tenant is not in default of the Lease, Landlord agrees to provide to Tenant an allowance (the “Improvement Allowance”) in an amount up to One Million Five Hundred Eighteen Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty Dollars ($1,518,950,00) (or Forty-Two and 50/100 Dollars ($42.50) per rentable square foot of the Premises) to be applied solely to the Construction Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall expend no less than One Million One Hundred Sixty-One Thousand Five Hundred Fifty Dollars ($1,161,550.00) (or Thirty-Two and 50/100 Dollars ($32.50). per rentable square foot of the Premises) on Construction Costs associated with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Provided that Tenant has fully performed all of its obligations under the Lease and this Work Agreement, Construction Costs shall be disbursed by Landlord from the Available Allowance, as and when such costs are actually incurred by Tenant. Tenant shall submit to Landlord, from time to time, but not more often then once per calendar month, requests for direct payments to third parties, of or for reimbursement to Tenant for Construction Costs incurred by Tenant out of the Available Allowance, which requests shall be accompanied by (a) paid receipts or invoices substantiating the costs for which payment is requested; (b) a signed statement from Tenant certifying that the costs were actually incurred for the stated amount; (c) lien waivers from the party supplying the services or materials for which payment is sought; and (d) such other information as Landlord reasonably requires. Provided Tenant delivers to Landlord an approved draw request, prepared as set forth above, Landlord shall pay the costs covered by such payment request within thirty (30) days following receipt thereof (but Landlord shall not be obligated to make more than one (1) such payment in any calendar month). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay, in the aggregate, an amount in excess of ninety percent (90%) of the Improvement Allowance until satisfaction of the following conditions: (A) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises; (B) if previously submitted by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant’s execution and delivery to Landlord of the Declaration attached to the Lease as Exhibit C; (C) receipt by Landlord of appropriate paid receipts or invoices and a final lien waiver from each subcontractor and supplier covering all work performed by the subcontractors and all materials used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements; and (D) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of all receipts, invoices or other documentation necessary to substantiate all costs payable by Landlord hereunder. If Tenant does not expend all of the Improvement Allowance for Construction Costs as permitted hereunder within nine (9) months of the Effective Date, any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance not so used shall be retained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may elect to use all or any portion of the unused Improvement Allowance (but in no event more than Three Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($357,400.00) (or Ten Dollars ($10.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises)) to defray (x) Annual Base Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to the Lease, provided that Tenant gives written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to utilize such credit at least ten (10) business days prior to the due date of any installment of Annual Base Rent for which Tenant elects to use such credit, or (y) Tenant’s costs associate with its move to the Premises (excluding legal fees).
          3. Test Fit Allowance. In addition to the Improvement Allowance, Landlord grants to Tenant a “Test Fit Allowance” of up to Three Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Four Dollars ($3,574.00) (or Ten Cents ($0.10) per rentable square foot of the Premises), which Test Fit Allowance shall be used solely to reimburse Tenant for any architectural expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with the preparation of “test fit” plans and drawings for the Premises (the “Test Fit Plans”). Any costs and expenses relating to the preparation of the Test Fit Plans which exceed the Test Fit Allowance shall be payable by Tenant. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the cost of the Test Fit Plans, up to the amount of the Test Fit Allowance, promptly after Landlord’s receipt of a paid invoice evidencing Tenant’s payment of such cost. Landlord shall retain any portion of the Test Fit Allowance not expended by Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement Date.
          4. Costs Exceeding Available Allowance. All Construction Costs in excess of the Available Allowance shall be paid solely by Tenant on or before the date such costs are due and payable (or if previously paid by Landlord, shall be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant within ten (10) days of receipt by Tenant of invoices therefor from Landlord), and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord from and against any such costs. All amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Work Agreement shall be deemed to be Additional Rent for purposes of the Lease. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has sufficient funds available to pay all Construction Costs in excess of the Improvement Allowance.
     D.  CONSTRUCTION
          1. General Contractor. The general contractor undertaking construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Contractor”) shall be licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia and mutually

 


 

selected by Landlord and Tenant. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, at Tenant’s cost, all permits and approvals required for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.
          2. Construction By The Contractor. In undertaking the Tenant Improvements, Tenant and the Contractor shall strictly comply with the following conditions:
               a. No work involving or affecting the Building’s structure or the plumbing, mechanical, electrical or life/safety systems of the Building shall be undertaken without (i) the prior written approval of Landlord in its sole discretion, whether pursuant to its approval of Tenant’s Plans or otherwise, (ii) the supervision of Landlord’s building engineer, the actual cost of which shall be borne by Tenant, subject to the application of the Improvement Allowance, if more than one (1) hour of such engineer’s time is spent in connection with the Tenant Improvements during any single day; (iii) compliance by Tenant with the insurance requirements set forth in Paragraph D.2(c), below; and (iv) compliance by Tenant with all of the terms and provisions of this Work Agreement;
               b. All Tenant Improvement work shall be performed in strict conformity with (i) the final approved Tenant’s Plans; (ii) all applicable codes and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Building and the Premises; (iii) valid building permits and other authorizations from appropriate governmental agencies, when required, which shall be obtained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense; and (iv) Landlord’s construction policies, rules and regulations attached hereto as Schedule B-3, as the same may be reasonably modified by Landlord from time to time (“Construction Rules”). Any work not acceptable to the appropriate governmental agencies or not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord shall be promptly replaced at Tenant’s sole expense. Notwithstanding any failure by Landlord to object to any such work, Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor; and
               c. Before any work is commenced or any of Tenant’s, Contractor’s or any subcontractor’s equipment is moved onto any part of the Building, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord policies or certificates evidencing the following types of insurance coverage in the following minimum amounts, which policies shall be issued by companies approved by Landlord, shall be maintained by Tenant at all times during the performance of the Tenant Improvements, and which shall name Landlord as additional insured:
                    (1) Worker’s compensation coverage in the maximum amount required by law and employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than $500,000.00 and $500,000.00 per disease;
                    (2) Comprehensive general liability policy to include products/completed operations, premises/operations, blanket contractual broad form property damage and contractual liability with limits in an amount per occurrence of not less than $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit for bodily injury and property damage and $1,000,000.00 for personal injury; and
                    (3) Automobile liability coverage, with bodily injury limits of at least $1,000,000.00 per accident.
          3. Construction Supervision. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by the Contractor. Landlord shall retain ACP Mid-Atlantic LLC (“Construction Supervisor”) as Landlord’s construction supervisor in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and Landlord shall pay the Construction Supervisor a construction supervision fee (“Construction Supervision Fee”) equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, to cover the costs of coordination and supervision of the Tenant Improvements work. Landlord shall not deduct any portion of the Construction Supervision Fee from the Improvement Allowance and Tenant shall not otherwise be responsible for the payment of any portion of the Construction Supervision Fee.
          4. Reimbursement of Landlord’s Costs. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable third-party expenses which Landlord incurs in connection with Landlord’s review of the Tenant’s Plans.
     E.  PERMITS AND LICENSES. Tenant shall be solely responsible for procuring, at its sole cost and expense, all permits and licenses necessary to undertake the Tenant Improvements and, upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, to occupy the Premises. Tenant’s inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, any such license or permit shall not delay or otherwise affect the Commencement Date or any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
     F.  INSPECTION. Landlord is authorized, at its sole cost and expense, to make such inspections of the Premises during construction as it deems reasonably necessary or advisable.
     G.  INDEMNIFICATION. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against all claims, injury, damage or loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) sustained by Landlord as a result of the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises.
LIST OF SCHEDULES
     
Schedule B-1
  Requirements for Final Space Plan
Schedule B-2
  Requirements for Contract Documents
Schedule B-3
  Construction Rules and Regulations

 


 

SCHEDULE B-1
REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL SPACE PLAN
     Floor plans, together with related information for mechanical, electrical and plumbing design work, showing partition arrangement and reflected ceiling plans (three (3) sets), including without limitation the following information:
  a.   identify the location of conference rooms and density of occupancy;
 
  b.   indicate the density of occupancy for all rooms;
 
  c.   identify the location of any food service areas or vending equipment rooms;
 
  d.   identify areas, if any, requiring twenty-four (24) hour air conditioning;
 
  e.   indicate those partitions that are to extend from floor to underside of structural slab above or require special acoustical treatment;
 
  f.   identify the location of rooms for, and layout of, telephone equipment other than building core telephone closet;
 
  g.   identify the locations and types of plumbing required for toilets (other than core facilities), sinks, drinking fountains, etc.;
 
  h.   indicate light switches in offices, conference rooms and all other rooms in the Premises;
 
  i.   indicate the layouts for specially installed equipment, including computer and duplicating equipment, the size and capacity of mechanical and electrical services required and heat rejection of the equipment;
 
  j.   indicate the dimensioned location of: (A) electrical receptacles (one hundred twenty (120) volts), including receptacles for wall Clocks, and telephone outlets and their respective locations (wall or floor), (B) electrical receptacles for use in the operation of Tenant’s business equipment which requires two hundred eight (208) volts or separate electrical circuits, (C) electronic calculating and CRT systems, etc., and (D) special audio-visual requirements;
 
  k.   indicate proposed layout of sprinkler and other life safety and fire protection equipment, including any special equipment and raised flooring;
 
  l.   indicate the swing of each door;
 
  m.   indicate a schedule for doors and frames, complete with hardware, if applicable; and
 
  n.   indicate any special file systems to be installed.

 


 

SCHEDULE B-2
REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
     Final architectural detail and working drawings, finish schedules and related plans (three (3) reproducible sets) including without limitation the following information and/or meeting the following conditions:
  a.   materials, colors and designs of wallcoverings, floor coverings and window coverings and finishes;
 
  b.   paintings and decorative treatment required to complete all construction;
 
  c.   complete, finished, detailed mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to the fire and life safety systems and all work necessary to connect any special or non-standard facilities to the Building’s base mechanical systems;
 
  d.   all final drawings and blueprints must be drawn to a scale of one-eighth (1/8) inch to one (1) foot. Any architect or designer acting for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be Tenant’s agent and authorized to bind Tenant in all respects with respect to the design and construction of the Premises; and
 
  e.   notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the Work Agreement or in the Lease, Tenant shall not request any work which would: (1) require changes to structural components of the Building or the exterior design of the Building; (2) require any material modification to the Building’s mechanical installations or installations outside the Premises; (3) not comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any governmental department having jurisdiction over the construction of the Building and/or the Premises, including specifically, but without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act; (4) be incompatible with the building plans filed with the appropriate governmental agency from which a building permit is obtained for the construction of the Tenant Improvements or with the occupancy of the Building as a first-class office building; or (5) delay the completion of the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall not oppose or delay changes required by any governmental agency affecting the construction of the Building and/or the Tenant Improvements in the Premises.

 


 

SCHEDULE B-3
CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS
  1.   Tenant and/or the general contractor will supply Landlord with a copy of all permits (if applicable) prior to the start of any work.
 
  2.   Tenant and/or the general contractor will post the building permit (if applicable) on a wall of the construction site while work is being performed.
 
  3.   Public area corridor, and carpet, is to be protected by plastic runners or a series of walk-off mats from the elevator to the suite under reconstruction.
 
  4.   Walk-off mats are to be provided at entrance doors.
 
  5.   Contractors will remove their trash and debris daily, or as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness in the Building. Building trash containers are not to be used for construction debris. Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant for any cost incurred to clean up debris left by the general contractor or any subcontractor. Further, the Building staff is instructed to hold the driver’s license of any employee of the contractor while using the freight elevator to ensure that all debris is removed from the elevator.
 
  6.   No utilities (electricity, water, gas, plumbing) or services to the tenants are to be cut off or interrupted without first having requested, in writing, and secured, in writing, the permission of Landlord.
 
  7.   No electrical services are to be put on the emergency circuit, without specific written approval from Landlord.
 
  8.   When utility meters are installed, the general contractor must provide the property manager with a copy of the operating instructions for that particular meter.
 
  9.   Landlord will be notified of all work schedules of all workmen on the job and will be notified, in writing, of names of those who may be working in the building after “normal” business hours.
 
  10.   Passenger elevators shall not be used for moving building materials and shall not be used for construction personnel except in the event of an emergency. The designated freight elevator is the only elevator to be used for moving materials and construction personnel. This elevator may be used only when it is completely protected as determined by Landlord’s Building engineer.
 
  11.   Contractors or personnel will use loading dock area for all deliveries and will not use loading dock for vehicle parking.
 
  12.   Contractors will be responsible for daily removal of waste foods, milk and soft drink containers, etc. to trash room and will not use any building trash receptacles but trash receptacles supplied by them.
 
  13.   No building materials are to enter the Building by way of main lobby, and no materials are to be stored in any lobbies at any time.
 
  14.   Construction personnel are not to eat in the lobby or in front of Building nor are they to congregate in the lobby or in front of Building.
 
  15.   Landlord is to be contacted by Tenant when work is completed for inspection. All damage to the Building will be determined at that time.
 
  16.   All key access, fire alarm work, or interruption of security hours must be arranged with Landlord’s Building engineer.
 
  17.   There will be no radios allowed on job site.
 
  18.   All workers are required to wear a shirt, shoes, and full length trousers.
 
  19.   Protection of hallway carpets, wall coverings, and elevators from damage with masonite board, carpet, cardboard, or pads is required.
 
  20.   Public spaces — corridors, elevators, bathrooms, lobby, etc. — must be cleaned immediately after use. Construction debris or materials found in public areas will be removed at Tenant’s cost.
 
  21.   There will be no smoking, eating, or open food containers in the elevators, carpeted areas or public lobbies.
 
  22.   There will be no yelling or boisterous activities.

 


 

  23.   All construction materials or debris must be stored within the project confines or in an approved lock-up.
 
  24.   There will be no alcohol or controlled substances allowed or tolerated.
 
  25.   The general contractor and Tenant shall be responsible for all loss of their materials and tools and shall hold Landlord harmless for such loss and from any damages or claims resulting from the work.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
DECLARATION OF COMMENCEMENT DATE
     This Declaration of Commencement Date is made as of       , 200       , by ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC (“Landlord”), and K12 INC. (“Tenant”), who agree as follows:
     1. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Deed of Lease dated       , 2005, in which Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, certain Premises described therein in the office building located at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20171 (the “Building”). All capitalized terms herein are as defined in the Lease.
     2. Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agreed to and do hereby confirm the following matters as of the Commencement Date of the Term:
  a.   the Commencement Date of the Lease is       , 200_;
 
  b.   the Rent Commencement Date of the Lease is May 1, 2006;
 
  c.   the Lease Expiration Date of the Lease is April 30, 2013;
 
  d.   the number of rentable square feet of the Premises is 35,740;
 
  e.   Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Operating Expenses) is 22.49%; and
 
  f.   Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (Real Estate Taxes) is 22.49%.
     3. Tenant confirms that:
  a.   it has accepted possession of the Premises as provided in the Lease;
 
  b.   Landlord is not required to perform any work or furnish any improvements to the Premises under the Lease; provided, however, that Landlord is required to furnish the Improvement Allowance to Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease;
 
  c.   Landlord has fulfilled all of its obligations under the Lease as of the date hereof;
 
  d.   the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, altered, or amended, except as follows:                                    ; and
 
  e.   there are no set-offs or credits against Rent, and no Security Deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid except as provided by the Lease.
     4. The provisions of this Declaration of Commencement Date shall inure to the benefit of, or bind, as the case may require, the parties and their respective successors and assigns, and to all mortgagees of the Building, subject to the restrictions on assignment and subleasing contained in the Lease, and are hereby attached to and made a part of this Lease.
                     
        LANDLORD:
 
                   
        ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
                   
        By:   ACP/Woodland Park, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, its sole member
 
                   
WITNESS:           By:   ACP/Woodland Park Manager, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
its Manager
 
                   
 
              By:    
 
                   
 
                  Name :
 
                  Title:
 
                   
        TENANT:
 
                   
WITNESS:       K12 INC., a Delaware corporation
 
                   
 
      By:            
             
            Name:
Title:

 


 

EXHIBIT D
RULES & REGULATIONS
1.   The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances (including, without limitation, coffee grounds) shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant if Tenant or its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused the same.
 
2.   No cooking (except for hot-plate and microwave cooking by Tenants’ employees for their own consumption, the location and equipment of which is first approved by Landlord), sleeping or lodging shall be permitted by any tenant on the Premises. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or permeate from the Premises.
 
3.   No inflammable, combustible, or explosive fluid, material, chemical or substance shall be brought or kept upon, in or about the Premises. Fire protection devices, in and about the Building, shall not be obstructed or encumbered in any way.
 
4.   Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.
 
5.   There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by any tenant or by its agents, contractors, jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, freight, or other matters, any hand trucks or other means of conveyance except those equipped with rubber tires, rubber side guards, and such other safeguards as Landlord may require, and Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any loss or damage resulting from any deliveries to Tenant in the Building. Deliveries of mail, freight or bulky packages shall be made through the freight entrance or through doors specified by Landlord for such purpose.
 
6.   Mats, trash or other objects shall not be placed in the public corridors. The sidewalks, entries, passages, elevators, public corridors and staircases and other parts of the Building which are not occupied by Tenant shall not be obstructed or used for any other purpose than ingress or egress.
 
7.   Tenant shall not install or permit the installation of any awnings, shades, draperies and/or other similar window coverings, treatments or like items visible from the exterior of the Premises other than those approved by the Landlord in writing.
 
8.   Tenant shall not construct, maintain, use or operate within said Premises or elsewhere in the Building or on the outside of the Building, any equipment or machinery which produces music, sound or noise which is audible beyond the Premises.
 
9.   Bicycles, motor scooters or any other type of vehicle shall not be brought into the lobby or elevators of the Building or into the Premises except for those vehicles which are used by a physically disabled person in the Premises.
 
10.   All blinds for exterior windows shall be building standard and shall be maintained by Tenant.
 
11.   No additional locks shall be placed upon doors to or within the Premises except as shall be necessary adequately to safeguard United States Government security classified documents stored with the Premises. The doors leading to the corridors or main hall shall be kept closed during business hours, except as the same may be used for ingress or egress.
 
12.   Tenant shall maintain and clean all areas or rooms within the Premises in which security classified work is being conducted or in which such work is stored; Landlord shall not provide standard janitorial service to such areas, the provisions of Section 9 of this Lease notwithstanding.
 
13.   Landlord reserves the right to shut down the air conditioning, electrical systems, heating, plumbing and/or elevators when necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or for repair, alterations, replacements or improvement.
 
14.   No carpet, rug or other article shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the Building; and Tenant shall not sweep or throw or permit to be swept or thrown from the Premises any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevator, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the Building. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or surfer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals or birds be kept in or about the Building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the Building is prohibited.
 
15.   Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building on weekdays between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. and at all hours on weekends and legal holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord; provided, however, that reasonable access for

 


 

    Tenant’s employees and customers shall be accorded. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requires same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests such passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.
 
16.   Tenant agrees to keep all windows closed at all times and to abide by all rules and regulations issued by Landlord with respect to the Building’s air conditioning and ventilation systems.
 
17.   Tenant will replace all broken or cracked plate glass windows and doors at its own expense, with glass of like kind and quality, provided that such windows and doors are not broken or cracked by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors.
 
18.   In the event it becomes necessary for the Landlord to gain access to the underfloor electric and telephone distribution system for purposes of adding or removing wiring, then upon request by Landlord, Tenant agrees to temporarily remove the carpet over the access covers to the underfloor ducts for such period of time until work to be performed has been completed. The cost of such work shall be borne by Landlord except to the extent such work was requested by or is intended to benefit Tenant or the Premises, in which case the cost shall be borne by Tenant.
 
19.   Violation of these rules, or any amendments thereof or additions thereto, may be considered a default of Tenant’s lease and shall be sufficient cause for termination of this Lease at the option of Landlord.

 


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
LETTER OF CREDIT
     
[Lending Institution Name]
   
[Address of Lending Institution]
  Date:                      , 200_
IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                                          
         
Account Party:
  K12 Inc.    
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
In favor of:
       
 
  ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC    
 
  c/o ACP Mid-Atlantic LLC, as Agent    
 
  2350 Corporate Park Drive    
 
  Suite 110    
 
  Herndon, Virginia 20171    
 
  Attention: Asset Manager    
     
AMOUNT
  EXPIRY DATE:                      , 200_
USD $                     
   
U.S. Dollars Only
   
Gentlemen:
     We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit in favor of ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC in the amount of                               ($                      ) (U.S. Dollars Only), effective immediately. Funds under this Letter of Credit are available to you by your draft at sight drawn on the [Lending Institution Name, Lending Institution Address], bearing the clause “Drawn under [Lending Institution Name] Letter of Credit No.                      dated                      , 200___,” and accompanied by the following document:
Beneficiary’s signed statement stating that: “The undersigned Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon this Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms of that Deed of Lease dated                      , 2005, for premises at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia between K12 Inc., as tenant, and ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC, as landlord, as such Deed of Lease may have been modified or amended to date. The undersigned Beneficiary hereby makes demand for the payment of                      of the Letter of Credit.”
     Such statement shall be conclusive as to such matters and we will accept such statement as binding and correct without having to investigate or having to be responsible for the accuracy, truthfulness or validity thereof or any part thereof and notwithstanding the claim of any person to the contrary.
     This Letter of Credit is transferable to any transferee of Beneficiary’s interest as landlord in that Deed of Lease dated                      , 2005, for premises at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia between K12 Inc., as tenant, and ACP/2300 Corporate Park Drive, LLC, as landlord, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time. There shall be no fee payable by Beneficiary in connection with such transfer.
     This Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking and such undertaking shall not in any way be modified, amended, or amplified by reference to any document(s), instrument(s), contract(s), or agreement(s) referred to herein or in which this Letter of Credit relates, and any such reference shall not be deemed to incorporate herein by reference any document(s), instrument(s), contract(s), or agreement(s).
     It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that it shall be deemed automatically extended without amendment for one (1) year from the present or any future expiration date of this Letter of Credit unless at least sixty (60) days prior to the then current expiration date we notify the Beneficiary by registered letter that we elect not to consider this Letter of Credit renewed for such additional period. If such notice is given, then during such notice period (i.e. the sixty (60) day period commencing on the date of such notice and ending with the then applicable expiration date of this Letter of Credit), this Letter of Credit shall remain in full force and effect and Beneficiary may draw up to the full amount of the sum when accompanied by a statement described above in the first paragraph of this Letter of Credit.
     If a demand for payment made hereunder does not, in any instance, conform to the terms and conditions of this Letter of Credit, we shall give you prompt notice that the purported negotiation of this Letter of Credit was not effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Letter of Credit, stating the reasons therefor and that we are holding any documents at your disposal or are returning them to you, as you may elect. Upon being notified that the purported negotiation of this Letter of Credit was not effected in conformity with this Letter of Credit, you may attempt to correct any such nonconforming demand for payment.

 


 

     We hereby agree with you that drafts drawn and presented in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit will be honored by us immediately if presented at any of our offices on or before the Expiry Date, as such date may be extended pursuant to the terms hereof.
     Unless otherwise stated in this Letter of Credit, this Letter of Credit is subject to The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, which is incorporated by reference herein.
     
Very truly yours,
   
 
   
 
Authorized Signature
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.14
SUBLEASE
     This Sublease (“Sublease”) is dated as of the 9 th day of December, 2005 (“Effective Date”) by and between FRANCE TELECOM LONG DISTANCE USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sublandlord”), and K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”).
RECITALS :
     R-l. TST WOODLAND FUNDING I, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Original Landlord”), as landlord and Sublandlord, as tenant, entered into that certain Deed of Lease dated as of October 1, 2002 (“Prime Lease”) for premises containing approximately 55,504 square feet of rentable space (“Premises”) located on the fifth (5 th ) and sixth (6 th ) floors of the office building known as 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Woodland Park, Herndon, Virginia 20171 (“Building”). A true and correct copy (except for certain financial information which has been redacted) of the Prime Lease is attached hereto as EXHIBIT A .
     R-2. ACP/2300 CORPORATE PARK DRIVE, LLC is the successor-in-interest to the Original Landlord (“Prime Landlord”).
     R-3. Sublandlord desires to sublease to Subtenant, and Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord, that certain space containing approximately 27,752 rentable square feet and located on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building, as more particularly described herein, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Recitals . The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein.
     2.  Integration . The terms in this Sublease shall have the meanings subscribed to them in the Prime Lease except as otherwise provided herein.
     3.  Subleased Premises . Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord that certain space located on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building containing approximately twenty-seven thousand seven hundred fifty-two (27,752) rentable square feet of space (“Subleased Premises”), as more particularly identified on EXHIBIT B attached hereto and made a part hereof.
     4.  Term . The term (“Term”) of this Sublease shall commence on January 15, 2006 (“Commencement Date”) and shall expire on September 29, 2009 (“Expiration Date”); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, if Sublandlord fails, for any reason other than the acts or omissions of either Subtenant or the Prime Landlord (including without limitation the Prime Landlord’s failure to timely consent to this Sublease) or the agents or employees of Subtenant or Prime Landlord, to provide possession of the Subleased Premises

 


 

within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined) will be extended for each day of delay beyond such date and provided further that if Sublandlord fails to provide possession of the Subleased Premises on or before February 2, 2006 (subject to the exceptions set forth above), then Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by written notice delivered to Sublandlord on or before February 7, 2006, upon which the parties shall have no further obligations to each other under this Sublease.
     5.  Condition, Acceptance and Use of Subleased Premises .
          (a) Upon the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall accept the Subleased Premises in their existing condition and state of repair WHERE-IS, AS-IS; provided, however, that such condition and state of repair shall be substantially and materially similar to the Subleased Premises’ condition and state of repair as of the date of final walkthrough prior to execution. Other than as may be contained in the Prime Lease or in this Sublease, Subtenant acknowledges that no representations, statements or warranties, express or implied, have been made by or on behalf of the Sublandlord in respect to the condition of the Premises, compliance with any laws, ordinances, statutes, or regulations, including, but not limited to, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1991, 42 USC § 1201 et seq. and all regulations applicable thereto promulgated as of the date hereof (collectively “ADA”), or the use or occupation that may be made thereof, and that Sublandlord shall in no event whatsoever be liable for any latent defects in the Subleased Premises or in the equipment therein. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce the provisions of the Prime Lease with regard to Prime Landlord’s obligations to provide services to the Subleased Premises and common areas of the Building to the extent required of the Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease, but subject to all terms, conditions and limitations of the Prime Lease. Unless such failure is a result of Sublandlord’s default under the Prime Lease, or Sublandlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Sublandlord shall in no event whatsoever be liable to Subtenant for the failure by Prime Landlord to keep and perform, according to the terms of the Prime Lease, Prime Landlord’s duties, covenants, agreements, obligations, restrictions, conditions and provisions, nor for any delay or interruption in Prime Landlord’s keeping and performing the same.
          (b) Acceptance of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant shall be construed as recognition that the Subleased Premises are in a satisfactory state of repair and in sanitary condition. Unless such failure is a result of Sublandlord’s default under the Prime Lease, or its gross negligence or willful misconduct, Sublandlord shall not be liable for any losses or damages incurred by Subtenant due to the failure of operation of the heating, cooling or other utility equipment or due to the necessity of repair of same.
          (c) The Subleased Premises shall be used or occupied by Subtenant solely for the Permitted Uses as defined in Section 3.1 of the Prime Lease and shall not be used for any other purpose. Subtenant shall not use or occupy the Subleased Premises for any unlawful purpose.

2


 

          (d) Subtenant warrants that Subleased Premises at the Expiration Date, or upon other termination of the Sublease hereunder, shall be in the same condition as when Subtenant took possession, reasonable wear and tear excepted.
          (e) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease, Subtenant shall have access to the Subleased Premises twenty-four (24) hours per each day of the year. Sublandlord shall provide one hundred (100) of its electronic access cards for the Subleased Premises and shall instruct the Prime Landlord to reprogram the electric access system such that only the foregoing 100 cards shall provide access to the Subleased Premises (except with respect to the Prime Landlord and Sublandlord as permitted and limited by this Sublease), or pay the costs associated with obtaining such cards if such cards provide access to the Premises in excess of the Subleased Premises.
     6.  Rent .
          (a) Subtenant covenants and agrees to pay Sublandlord as minimum rent (“Minimum Rent”) for the Subleased Premises without notice or demand, and without set-off, deduction or abatement, the amount of Twenty Four Dollars and Fifty Cents ($24.50) per annum per rentable square foot of the Subleased Premises. Minimum Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the Rent Commencement Date and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each and every successive month thereafter of the Term of this Sublease. If the Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, Subtenant shall pay a prorated monthly installment on the Rent Commencement Date for the period from the Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the next calendar month.
          (b) Commencing on the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, and on each annual anniversary thereafter of the Term, Minimum Rent shall be increased by four percent (4.0%), as set forth on EXHIBIT C attached hereto and made a part hereof. If the Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the increase in Minimum Rent shall be effective on the first day of the first full calendar month after each annual anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date.
          (c) Subtenant shall commence the payment of Minimum Rent on May 1, 2006 (“Rent Commencement Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall tender payment of the first full monthly installment of Minimum Rent upon Subtenant’s execution of the Sublease.
          (d) Minimum Rent includes all Operating Expenses and Taxes contemplated under the Prime Lease and Sublandlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Subtenant shall not be responsible for any other costs not specifically and expressly provided for herein, including but not limited to costs or charges for Building or common area maintenance, utilities or taxes. However, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay any other additional costs or expenses incurred under the Prime Lease related to the Sublease Premises or Subtenant’s occupancy thereof (including, without limitation, the cost of all overtime HVAC, energy and other services costs provided to Subtenant and/or the Sublease Premises and not included in Operating

3


 

Expenses or Taxes. Unless such costs and expenses can be paid directly to Prime Landlord, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for such other amounts within ten (10) business days of receipt of an invoice (attaching the charges of the Prime Landlord) from Sublandlord therefor. For the purposes of this Sublease and all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, Minimum Rent and any other sums due to Sublandlord from Subtenant under this Sublease shall together constitute “Rent.”
          (e) All Rent payable pursuant to this Sublease shall be payable to Sublandlord at the address set forth for notices to Sublandlord in Section 17 below or at such other place as Sublandlord may from time to time designate in writing.
     7.  Assumption of Obligations; Exclusion .
          (a) Subtenant agrees to assume and perform, according to the terms of the Prime Lease, all of the duties, covenants, agreements and obligations of Sublandlord under the Prime Lease, as and when required by the Prime Lease, with respect to the Subleased Premises, except Sublandlord’s duty to make rent payments to Prime Landlord. Subtenant further agrees to keep and obey, according to the terms of the Prime Lease, all of the rules, restrictions, conditions and provisions which pertain to the Subleased Premises, and are imposed by the terms of the Prime Lease upon Sublandlord with respect to the Subleased Premises or upon the use of the Subleased Premises. Subtenant agrees that it will take good care of the Subleased Premises, and will not knowingly commit waste, and will not do, suffer, or permit to be done any injury to the same. It is hereby understood and agreed that Subtenant’s rights to use, possess and enjoy the Subleased Premises are subject to the terms, conditions, rules and regulations of the Prime Lease and the rights and remedies of Prime Landlord thereunder. Any failure by Subtenant to perform, keep and obey the same and a failure to cure within the applicable cure period on notice from the Prime Landlord or Sublandlord shall be a default by Subtenant hereunder.
          (b) To the extent applicable to the Subleased Premises only, Sublandlord hereby transfers and subleases and Subtenant agrees to assume all of the rights, duties, obligations and privileges granted to Sublandlord under the Prime Lease with regard to nonexclusive parking rights at the ratio of 3.98 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Subleased Premises and as otherwise described in Section 3.2 of the Prime Lease, provided that Subtenant shall have no right to any reserved parking spaces. The parties hereto recognize and agree that Sublandlord is expressly retaining and is not transferring or subleasing, and Subtenant shall have no right whatsoever to exercise any or all of Sublandlord’s: (i) rights pursuant to EXHIBITS A-3, C, F and I of the Prime Lease, or (ii) any and all termination rights, right of first offer, renewal options or expansion rights granted by Prime Landlord to Sublandlord pursuant to the terms of the Prime Lease or otherwise, and Sublandlord expressly retains all such rights and privileges; provided, however, that Sublandlord shall immediately surrender the Subleased Premises to the Prime Landlord, to the extent Sublandlord has the legal right to effect such surrender to the Prime Landlord, on (y) the termination of this Sublease or the Prime Lease prior to the expiration of this Sublease for reasons other than Subtenant’s default under this Sublease, and (z) on the expiration of this Sublease. With regard to EXHIBITS G, H

4


 

and I , the parties hereto recognize and agree that Sublandlord is expressly retaining and is not transferring or subleasing, and Subtenant shall have no right whatsoever to exercise fifty percent (50%) of Sublandlord’s rights pursuant to EXHIBITS G and H , but Subtenant shall be entitled to exercise such rights pursuant to EXHIBITS G and H on the remaining fifty percent (50%) thereof.
     8.  Title and Possession . Sublandlord covenants, agrees and represents that (a) it has full right and authority to enter into this Sublease for the full Term hereof, that to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry and investigation, Sublandlord is not in default under the Prime Lease (and to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry and investigation there exists no event which would constitute an Event of Default under the Prime Lease but for the giving of any required notice and passage of any applicable grace or cure period), (b) the person or persons executing this Sublease for Sublandlord are fully authorized to so act and no other action is required to bind Sublandlord to this Sublease; (c) Sublandlord has the right and power to execute and deliver this Sublease and to perform its obligations hereunder, subject only to the Prime Landlord’s consent thereto and (d) this Sublease constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of Sublandlord and is enforceable in accordance with its terms and that Subtenant, subject to the provisions of the Prime Lease and upon paying the rents and other sums provided herein and upon performing the duties, covenants, agreements and obligations hereof and upon keeping and obeying all of the restrictions, conditions and provisions hereof, will have, hold and enjoy quiet possession of the Subleased Premises, free from claims of persons claiming by or through Sublandlord for the Term herein granted but subject to all of the duties, covenants, agreements, obligations, restrictions, conditions and provisions set forth or incorporated herein. Sublandlord, as of the Effective Date, has not received written notice of any mechanic’s liens charged against the Premises. During the Term of this Sublease, the Sublandlord agrees not to amend or modify the Prime Lease in such a manner as to increase Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease or adversely impact Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease without prior written notice to and reasonable approval by Subtenant. During the Term of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not voluntarily terminate the Prime Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises, nor will Sublandlord knowingly act or knowingly fail to act in such a manner as to cause the termination of the Prime Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Prime Lease is terminated for any reason whatsoever during the Term, this Sublease shall terminate simultaneously therewith.

5


 

     9.  Insurance . Subtenant agrees, during the Term hereof, to carry and maintain insurance of such types and in such amounts as required under Section 11.1 of the Prime Lease, with a company reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord, insuring Subtenant, with Sublandlord and Prime Landlord as additional insureds, against any liability with respect to property damage or events occurring on or about the Subleased Premises or arising out of the use and occupancy thereof by the Subtenant. The policy or policies maintained by Subtenant shall be issued by a company licensed to do business in Virginia, and prior to the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a certificate evidencing Subtenant’s compliance with the provisions hereof. Said policy or policies shall contain a provision requiring the insurer to give Sublandlord and Prime Landlord thirty (30) days’ written notice before canceling or terminating the policy for any reason, including expiration of the policy period and a provision naming Sublandlord as a loss payee under the policy. Subtenant agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold Sublandlord and Prime Landlord harmless against any and all claims, suits, actions, liabilities, actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of a third party claim for injury or death to persons or damage to property (including specifically, Furniture listed below in EXHIBIT D and Specialty Equipment listed below in EXHIBIT E) to the extent resulting from any act or omission of Subtenant, its employees, agents or contractors during the Term hereof.
     10.  Sublandlord’s Liability . Except as specifically provided herein, Sublandlord shall have no responsibility whatsoever with respect to the Subleased Premises, the condition thereof or Subtenant’s property situated therein, except for loss, injury or damage caused by Sublandlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Unless such failure is a result of Sublandlord’s default under the Prime Lease, Sublandlord shall not be liable for the failure by Prime Landlord to keep and perform, according to the terms of the Prime Lease, Prime Landlord’s duties, covenants, agreements, obligations, restrictions, conditions and provisions, nor for any delay or interruption in Prime Landlord’s keeping and performing the same. Sublandlord hereby assigns to Subtenant, for so long as this Sublease shall be in force and effect, any and all rights of Sublandlord under the Prime Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises and causes of action which Sublandlord may have against Prime Landlord with respect to the Subleased Premises due to default by Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease, excluding however (i) those provisions of the Prime Lease set forth in subsection 7(b) hereof in which certain rights under the Prime Lease are retained by Sublandlord, and (ii) any right of self help or rent abatement. Sublandlord agrees to cooperate with and, if requested by Subtenant, join Subtenant in any claims or suits brought by Subtenant against Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease, provided that such participation shall be without unreasonable cost or expense to Sublandlord and shall in no event exceed Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00). No allowances for moving, plans or tenant improvements are provided to Subtenant.
     11.  Sublease and Assignment .
          (a) Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or further sublease all or any portion of the Subleased Premises without first providing thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Sublandlord, subject, however, to all the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease. This Sublease shall not be assigned by operation of law. Subtenant shall not pledge its interest hereunder, or allow liens to be placed on such interest, or suffer this Sublease or any portion

6


 

thereof to be attached or taken upon execution. Any attempt to sell, assign or sublet without compliance with the Prime Lease shall be deemed a default by Subtenant.
          (b) Sublandlord shall have the right to terminate this Sublease upon a proposed assignment or subletting of this Sublease to the extent the Prime Lease is so terminated by the Prime Landlord. Sublandlord may exercise such right to terminate by giving notice to Subtenant at any time within thirty (30) days after the date on which Subtenant has furnished to Sublandlord all of the items required under Section 13.3 of the Prime Lease. If Sublandlord exercises such right to terminate, Sublandlord shall be entitled to recover possession of, and Subtenant shall surrender the Subleased Premises on the effective date of the proposed assignment or subletting.
          (c) In the event Sublandlord does not terminate the Prime Lease and this Sublease under Subsection 11(b) hereof, the following shall apply: (i) Subtenant shall remain fully liable for the performance of all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder jointly and severally with any assignee or subtenant; and (ii) Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord fifty percent (50%) of all rent and other consideration (less all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses actually paid by Subtenant in connection with consummating such transfer, including without limitation brokerage commissions, attorney’s fees, construction and improvements costs) as and when received by Subtenant in connection with such assignment or subletting to the extent due to Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease; and (iii) Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord all third party attorneys’ or other out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in connection with Sublandlord’s review of any proposed assignment or sublease; provided that such fees and expenses shall not exceed in each instance the lesser of: (i) Four Thousand Dollars ($4,000.00); and (ii) the amount payable by Sublandlord to the Prime Landlord plus One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).
          (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sublandlord shall have the unconditional right to assign this Sublease and/or the Prime Lease to any Affiliate (as such term is defined in the Prime Lease); provided that the original Sublandlord remains liable under this Sublease and the assignment is made in accordance with the terms of the Prime Lease or otherwise with Prime Landlord’s consent.
     12.  Damage, Destruction or Condemnation . In the event of damage or destruction of the Subleased Premises or the taking of all or any part thereof under the power of eminent domain, this Sublease shall terminate only if the Prime Lease is terminated as a result thereof, and the rent payable hereunder shall abate only as long as and to the extent that the rent due from Sublandlord to Prime Landlord under the Prime Lease with respect to the Subleased Premises abates as a result thereof. Subtenant shall have no claim to insurance or condemnation proceeds (other than moving expenses or a taking of or damage to Subtenant’s fixtures or personal property other than its leasehold interest in the Subleased Premises and then only to the extent the same does not diminish any award payable to Prime Landlord).
     13.  Release and Waiver of Sburogation . Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby releases all causes of action and rights of recovery against each other and their respective agents,

7


 

officers and employees for any loss, regardless of cause or origin, to the extent of any recovery to either party from any policy(s) of insurance carried or required to be carried hereunder. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that any policies presently existing or obtained on or after the date hereof (including renewals of present policies) shall include a clause or endorsement to the effect that any such release shall not adversely affect or impair said policies or prejudice the right of the releasor to recover thereunder.
     14.  Alterations, Improvement .
          (a) No alterations, additions or improvements in or upon the Subleased Premises shall be made by Subtenant without the prior written consent by Sublandlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the consent of Prime Landlord. Subtenant shall comply with the provisions of Article 5 of the Prime Lease with respect to any such alterations, additions or improvements. All alterations, additions and improvements shall be made in accordance with applicable building codes and laws.
          (b) If Subtenant requests that Sublandlord approve of any such proposed additions, alterations or improvements in or upon the Subleased Premises and the same are acceptable to Sublandlord within ten (10) business days of receipt of such request, Sublandlord shall send such request and accompanying documentation to the Prime Landlord; provided, however, that if such proposed additions, alterations or improvements are unacceptable to Sublandlord, within ten (10) business days of receipt of such request, written notice of the reasons for such determination shall be provided to Subtenant with reasonably sufficient detail provided so that Subtenant, if possible, could remedy such objections and resubmit the request. Upon the expiration of the Term hereof, all such alterations, additions and improvements shall be and remain part of the Subleased Premises and shall not be removed by Subtenant unless such removal is required or permitted by Prime Landlord, in which case Subtenant shall remove the same and restore the Subleased Premises to the same condition in which they were on the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Subtenant shall fail to remove the same and restore the Subleased Premises, then Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, do so at the expense of Subtenant. Personal property, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, furniture and movable partitions owned by Subtenant shall be and remain the property of Subtenant and may be removed by Subtenant at any time during the Term hereof. Subtenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal. Subtenant covenants and agrees to indemnify, protect and defend Sublandlord against, and hold Sublandlord harmless from, all liens, whether for labor or materials arising as the result of alterations, additions, repairs or improvements to the Subleased Premises made by Subtenant during the Term.
     15.  Furniture/Existing Infrastructure/Data Center & Equipment
          (a) Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that certain furniture described on the attached EXHIBIT D (the “Furniture”) is currently located in the Subleased Premises. Subtenant shall have the right to use the Furniture without charge throughout the Term, provided that (i) Subtenant shall maintain the Furniture in the condition that the Furniture is in on the Commencement Date (normal wear and tear excepted); (ii) if necessary to return the Furniture to

8


 

its Commencement Date condition, Subtenant shall repair the Furniture at Subtenant’s expense, and (iii) at no time shall the Subtenant remove any Furniture during the Term. Sublandlord represents and warrants that, to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry and investigation, as of the Effective Date, the Furniture is free and clear of any liens or other interests which could impede transfer of the Furniture and/or title to the Furniture to Subtenant pursuant to this Sublease. Unless there is an earlier termination of the Sublease not caused by the Sublandlord, upon the Expiration Date, Sublandlord shall transfer title of the Furniture for the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) and such transfer shall be free and clear of any liens or other interests which could impede transfer of the Furniture.
          (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease, which shall not be amended or modified from October 1, 2002 without written notice to and reasonable approval by Subtenant, Subtenant shall have the right, with Prime Landlord’s consent pursuant to the Prime Lease, to connect certain equipment into the Prime Landlord’s emergency power generator and uninterrupted power supply systems (“Emergency Power System”), provided, however, that Subtenant’s maximum usage of the Emergency Power System shall not exceed 72.03% of its total capacity. Subtenant shall pay directly to the Prime Landlord all costs and expenses related to the Subtenant’s actual usage of the Emergency Power System. In the event that Subtenant is not permitted to pay such costs directly, then Sublandlord shall pay the costs and expenses of the Emergency Power System and the Subtenant shall promptly reimburse the Sublandlord for Sublandlord’s actual costs incurred with respect to the Subleased Premises; provided that Sublandlord submits reasonable supporting documentation regarding such costs. In addition, upon the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall agree to assume all of the Sublandlord’s responsibilities, obligations, and liabilities under the Prime Lease related to the Emergency Power System; provided that, the parties acknowledge and agree that any contracts, agreements or other understandings between Sublandlord and a third party concerning the Emergency Power System (the “EPS Contracts”) shall be terminated as of the Commencement Date and replaced with such contracts or agreement for regular maintenance and repair of the Emergency Power System as are reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord, and Subtenant shall have no rights or obligations with regard to the EPS Contracts. Within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date (and thereafter as may be reasonably requested by Subtenant), Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with access to all records related to the maintenance and operations of the Emergency Power System, but Sublandlord does not, and shall not, make any warranty or representation of any type related to the Emergency Power System. Subtenant shall assume all of the aforementioned costs as of the Commencement Date.
          (c) Sublandlord and Subtenant acknowledge that certain equipment described on the attached EXHIBIT E (the “Specialty Equipment”) is currently located in the Subleased Premises. Subtenant accepts all Specialty Equipment WHERE-IS, AS-IS and Sublandlord makes no representation as to the operating quality of the Specialty Equipment or the suitability of the Specialty Equipment with regard to the Subtenant’s operations and requirements or otherwise; provided, however, that as of the Effective Date, Sublandlord represents and warrants that to the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry and investigation, the Specialty Equipment is free and clear of any liens or other interests which could impede transfer of the Specialty Equipment. Within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date (and thereafter

9


 

as may be reasonably requested by Subtenant in writing), Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant with all available information and records related to the Specialty Equipment. From the Commencement Date and all times thereafter during the Term, Subtenant will, at its sole cost and expense adopt a formal maintenance and repair program for the Specialty Equipment, which shall include the engagement at all times of a reputable maintenance and repair contractor experienced in working with equipment that this the same or substantially similar to the Specialty Equipment, and such program and contractor shall be reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord. The parties acknowledge and agree that any contracts, agreements or other understandings between Sublandlord and a third party concerning the Specialty Equipment (the “SE Contracts”) shall be terminated as of the Commencement Date and Subtenant shall have no rights or obligations with regard to the SE Contracts. In the event that the Subtenant is not permitted to pay any or all of the costs associated with the Specialty Equipment directly to the Prime Landlord or other provider, then the Sublandlord shall pay all costs and expenses and Subtenant shall within thirty (30) days reimburse the Sublandlord for the actual costs incurred; provided that Sublandlord submits reasonable supporting documentation regarding such costs. Subtenant shall not, without the Sublandlord’s prior written approval, remove or replace any of the Specialty Equipment during the term of this Sublease. Unless there is an earlier termination of the Sublease not caused by the Sublandlord, upon the Expiration Date, the Specialty Equipment shall convey to the Subtenant for one dollar ($1.00) and such transfer shall be free and clear of any liens or other interests which could impede transfer of the Specialty Equipment.
          (d) To the best of Sublandlord’s knowledge, the Premises as constructed were designed by Gensler Design and were properly permitted within Fairfax County, Virginia and Sublandlord has not received written notice of any violation or alleged violation of the Americans with Disabilities Act with respect to the Premises.
     16.  Default . Subtenant shall be considered to be in default of this Sublease to the extent that Subtenant fails to abide by the terms or conditions of this Sublease and/or the Prime Lease, with Subtenant being afforded the same rights as to notice of default and curing of default, if any, as those provided to Sublandlord in Article 15 of the Prime Lease. Furthermore, if any default under the Prime Lease shall occur with respect to Subtenant or the performance by Subtenant of any of its covenants and obligations under this Sublease, then and in any of said cases, Subtenant shall be deemed in default, and Sublandlord shall have the following rights and remedies against Subtenant (in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or in equity): (i) to terminate this Sublease, (ii) to cure or attempt to cure the default, whereupon Subtenant shall upon demand reimburse Sublandlord for all costs thus expended together with interest thereon at the lesser rate (the “Interest Rate”) of the highest rate permitted by law or twelve percent (12%) per annum, (iii) to sue for Subtenant’s performance, whereupon, if Sublandlord is the prevailing party in such suit in a court of competent jurisdiction, Subtenant shall upon demand reimburse Sublandlord for all costs thus expended together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate; (iv) to exercise all remedies set forth in the Prime Lease as if Sublandlord were the Prime Landlord and Subtenant were the Tenant thereunder, or (v) to re-enter and take possession of the Subleased Premises, and to remove any property therein, without liability for damage to, and without the obligation to store such property but may store same at Subtenant’s reasonable expense. In the event of such re-entry, Sublandlord may, but shall not be

10


 

obligated to, relet the Subleased Premises, or any part thereof, from time to time, in the name of Sublandlord or Subtenant, without further notice, for such term or terms, on such conditions and for such uses and purposes as Sublandlord, in its sole discretion, may determine, and Sublandlord may collect and receive all rents derived therefrom and apply the same, after deduction of all appropriate expenses (including broker’s, consultant’s and attorney’s fees, if incurred, and the expenses of putting the property in leasable condition), to the payment of the Rent and other sums payable hereunder, Subtenant remaining liable for any deficiency. Sublandlord shall not be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Subleased Premises or any part thereof, or for failure to collect any rent connected therewith. The exercise by Sublandlord of any remedy shall not preclude the subsequent or simultaneous exercise of any other remedy. No delay in exercising any remedy shall be deemed a waiver thereof. In addition, any payment not made when due shall bear interest until paid at the Interest Rate.
     17.  Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given or served by either party hereto upon the other shall be deemed given or served in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease when mailed in a sealed wrapper by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered to a nationally recognized overnight courier, postage prepaid, properly addressed as follows:
     
      If to Sublandlord :
  France Telecom Long Distance USA, LLC
 
  Building 3
 
  2355 Dulles Corner Boulevard
 
  Herndon, VA 20171
 
  Attn: VP Corporate Affairs
 
   
 
  With a copy to :
 
  France Telecom North America, LLC
 
  1717 K Street, NW, Suite 507
 
  Washington, DC 20036-5346
 
  Attn: General Counsel
 
   
      If to Subtenant :
  At the Subleased Premises
 
  Attn: Howard Polsky, Esq.
 
   
 
  With a copy to :
 
  Kelley Drye & Warren LLP
 
  8000 Towers Crescent Drive, Suite 1200,
 
  Vienna, VA 22182
 
  Attn: Joseph B. Hoffman
Each mailed notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given to, or served upon, the party to which addressed on the date the same is deposited in the United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid or delivered for overnight delivery to such courier, properly addressed in the manner above provided. Any party hereto may change its address for the

11


 

service of notice hereunder by serving written notice hereunder upon the other party hereto, in the manner specified above, at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such change.
     18.  Surrender of Subleased Premises . Upon an early termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord in as good order and condition as the same are now or hereafter may be improved by Prime Landlord or Subtenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Prime Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Sublandlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Subleased Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitioning and other articles of personal property owned by Subtenant or installed or placed by Subtenant at its expense in the Subleased Premises, and all similar articles of any other persons claiming under Subtenant, and Subtenant shall repair all damage to the Subleased Premises resulting from such removal. If, as a result of a default by Subtenant under this Sublease or any action taken by the Prime Landlord pursuant to the Prime Lease, Sublandlord or Prime Landlord re-enters or re-takes possession of the Subleased Premises prior to the normal expiration of this Sublease, Sublandlord or Prime Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remove from the Subleased Premises all personal property located therein belonging to Subtenant, and either party may discard such debris, rubbish and personal property or place such personal property in storage in a public warehouse, all at the reasonable expense and risk of Subtenant.
     19.  Termination of Prime Lease . It is understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that the existence of this Sublease is dependent and conditioned upon the continued existence of the Prime Lease and this Sublease shall automatically terminate on the termination, cancellation or expiration of the Prime Lease.
     20.  Waiver . No provision of this Sublease shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is in writing signed by the party charged with such waiver. A waiver by Sublandlord of any default, breach or failure of Subtenant under this Sublease shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or different default, breach or failure.
     21.  Holding Over . If Subtenant or anyone claiming under Subtenant holds over after the early termination of the Term hereof without the express written consent of Sublandlord, Subtenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rental rate per square foot in effect under the Prime Lease upon such date, or such greater amount payable to Prime Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any holdover costs for the Subleased Premises and/or Premises as described in the Prime Lease, and otherwise upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Acceptance by Sublandlord of Rent after such termination shall not constitute a consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal. The foregoing provisions of this section are in addition to and do not affect or diminish Sublandlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Sublandlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by law and Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for any holding over after the early termination of the Term hereof.

12


 

     22.  Successors and Assigns . All of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of this Sublease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Sublandlord and on the successors and assigns of Subtenant but only to the extent herein specified.
     23.  Captions . The captions herein are for convenience only and are not a part of this Sublease.
     24.  Interest . Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord interest on all sums of whatever nature to be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder from the time said sum shall become due and payable until the same is paid at the Interest Rate.
     25.  Relationship of Parties . This Sublease does not and shall not create the relationship of principal and agent, or of partnership, or of joint venture, or of any other association between Sublandlord and Subtenant, except that of sublandlord and subtenant.
     26.  Brokerage . Sublandlord and Subtenant each represents to the other that no real estate brokers or agents are involved in this Sublease, except (i) Spaulding & Slye Colliers, and (ii) The Staubach Company — Northeast, Inc., both of which shall be compensated by Sublandlord pursuant to a separate agreement. Sublandlord and Subtenant each shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from any breach by it of this representation.
     27.  Security Deposit .
          (a) Upon Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord a letter of credit equal to the sum of One Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Dollars ($195,000.00) (the “Security Deposit”), which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional, irrevocable and transferable letter of credit (hereinafter the “Letter of Credit”) issued for the account of Sublandlord by a bank reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sublandlord and shall comply with all requirements set forth in Section 27(b) below. The Security Deposit shall be held by Sublandlord as security for the performance of Subtenant’s obligations and covenants under this Sublease. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that the Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Sublandlord’s damages in case Subtenant fails to faithfully uphold and perform the terms and obligations of this Sublease and the Prime Lease. If Subtenant fails to so uphold and perform the terms and conditions of this Sublease or the Prime Lease (after expiration of the applicable notice and cure periods of this Sublease or the Prime Lease, as applicable), or if upon an early termination of this Sublease Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises in the condition required by this Sublease, Sublandlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), and without prejudice to any other remedy which Sublandlord may have on account thereof, to apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure such default or to remedy the condition of the Subleased Premises. If Sublandlord so applies the Security Deposit or any portion thereof before the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall increase the Security Deposit, upon demand, by the amount necessary to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Subtenant at such

13


 

time after the Expiration Date that all of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease have been fulfilled, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following the Expiration Date. Sublandlord shall conduct a “Post Termination Inspection” of the Subleased Premises within fifteen (15) days after the termination of this Sublease.
          (b) The Letter of Credit shall designate an address in Fairfax County, Virginia for presentment. The Letter of Credit shall permit Sublandlord or its duly authorized representative (1) to draw thereon up to the full amount of the credit evidenced thereby upon presentation of the Letter of Credit in a sight draft in the amount to be drawn, together with Sublandlord’s written statement that it is entitled to draw thereon pursuant to the terms of this Sublease, and (2) to draw the full amount thereof to be held as the Security Deposit pursuant to this Section 27 if Sublandlord receives notice form the bank or Subtenant that (i) the Letter of Credit is not being renewed, or (ii) that the Letter of Credit may no longer be presented for payment in Fairfax County, Virginia and, in either case, Subtenant has not delivered to Sublandlord a replacement cash security deposit or Letter of Credit which is presentable in Fairfax County, Virginia by thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, or the date when presentment may no longer be made in Fairfax County, Virginia, as the case may be, any which replacement Letter of Credit shall comply with the terms of this Section 27 . The Letter of Credit shall provide that the bank shall give Sublandlord at least sixty (60) days prior written notice (by means of a receipted delivery) that the Letter of Credit is not being renewed or that the place of presentment is being changed from the address set forth in the Letter of Credit. The term of the Letter of Credit, as the same may be extended, shall not expire prior to the date which is sixty (60) days after the Sublease Term. The Letter of Credit shall be fully transferable by Sublandlord and its successors and assigns. If Sublandlord presents the Letter of Credit for payment, the proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall become the Security Deposit hereunder and shall be held, applied and returned by Sublandlord in accordance with the terms provided in this Paragraph 27. Subtenant shall pay all expenses, points or fees incurred by it in obtaining the Letter of Credit.
          (c) Provided that Subtenant does not default under this Sublease or the Prime Lease, beyond any applicable grace or cure period, during the first two (2) years of the Term of this Sublease, then upon the third annual anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, the security deposit shall be reduced to Eighty Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($80,200.00), where it shall remain through the expiration or termination of the Sublease.
     28.  Approval of Parties . Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Sublease is contingent upon the approval of Prime Landlord. Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent in writing within the twenty (20) day period following the execution of this Sublease by Sublandlord and Subtenant.
     29.  Severability . In the event any part of this Sublease is held to be unenforceable or invalid, for any reason, the balance of this Sublease shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect during the term of this Sublease.

14


 

     30.  Costs of Suit/Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other under this Sublease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party the fees of its attorneys in such action or proceeding in such amount as the court may judge to be reasonable for such attorneys’ fees.
     31.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Remainder intentionally left blank]

15


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Sublease to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
                 
WITNESS :       SUBLANDLORD :
 
               
        FRANCE TELECOM LONG DISTANCE USA,
        LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
 
               
/s/ Heather Logan
      By:   /s/ M. Sorensen   [SEAL]
 
               
Name: Heather Logan
      Name:   M. Sorensen    
 
      Title:   VP Corporate Affairs.    
[Subtenant’s signature follows]

16


 

                 
WITNESS/ATTEST :       SUBTENANT :
 
               
        K12 INC,
        a Delaware corporation
 
               
/s/ Howard Polsky
      By:   /s/ John Baule   [SEAL]
 
               
Name: Howard Polsky
      Name:   John Baule    
 
      Title:   CFO    

17


 

LIST OF EXHIBITS :
     
EXHIBIT A :
  PRIME LEASE
EXHIBIT B :
  SUBLEASED PREMISES
EXHIBIT C :
  RENT TABLE
EXHIBIT D :
  FURNITURE LIST
EXHIBIT E :
  SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT LIST

 


 

EXHIBIT A
PRIME LEASE
[Attached]

 


 

DEED OF LEASE
TST WOODLAND FUNDING I, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company,
Landlord
and
FRANCE TELECOM LONG DISTANCE USA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant
South Pointe II
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Suite 600
Woodland Park
Herndon, Virginia 20171
October 1, 2002

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                     
                Page
ARTICLE 1.   BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS     1  
ARTICLE 2.   PREMISES, TERM, RENT     4  
 
    2.1     Lease of Premises     4  
 
    2.2     Commencement Date     5  
 
    2.3     Payment of Rent     5  
 
    2.4     First Month’s Rent     5  
ARTICLE 3.   USE AND OCCUPANCY     5  
 
    3.1     Permitted Uses     5  
 
    3.2     Parking Facilities     5  
ARTICLE 4.   CONDITION OF THE PREMISES     6  
 
    4.1     Condition     6  
ARTICLE 5.   ALTERATIONS     7  
 
    5.1     Tenant’s Alterations     7  
 
    5.2     Manner and Quality of Alterations     8  
 
    5.3     Removal of Tenant’s Property     8  
 
    5.4     Mechanic’s Liens     9  
 
    5.5     Labor Relations     9  
 
    5.6     Tenant’s Costs     9  
 
    5.7     Tenant’s Equipment     9  
 
    5.8     Legal Compliance     9  
 
    5.9     Floor Load     10  
ARTICLE 6.   REPAIRS     10  
 
    6.1     Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance     10  
 
    6.2     Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance     10  
 
    6.3     Restorative Work     10  
 
    6.4
6.5
    Supplemental HVAC System
Emergency Power System
    11
13
 
ARTICLE 7.   INCREASES IN TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES     15  
 
    7.1     Definitions     15  
 
    7.2     Tenant’s Tax Payment     17  
 
    7.3     Tenant’s Operating Payment     18  
 
    7.4     Non-Waiver; Disputes     19  
 
    7.5     Final Year of Term     20  
 
    7.6     No Reduction in Rent     20  
ARTICLE 8.   REQUIREMENTS OF LAW     20  
 
    8.1     Compliance with Requirements     20  
 
    8.2     Fire and Life Safety     21  
ARTICLE 9.   SUBORDINATION     22  
 
    9.1     Subordination and Attornment     22  
 
    9.2     Mortgage or Superior Lease Defaults     23  
 
    9.3     Tenant’s Termination Right     23  

- i - 


 

                     
                Page
 
    9.4     Provisions     24  
ARTICLE 10.   SERVICES     24  
 
    10.1     Electricity     24  
 
    10.2     Excess Electricity     25  
 
    10.3     Elevators     25  
 
    10.4     Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning     25  
 
    10.5     Overtime HVAC     26  
 
    10.6     Cleaning     26  
 
    10.7     Water     27  
 
    10.8     Refuse Removal     27  
 
    10.9     Directory     27  
 
    10.10     Tenant Access to Premises     27  
 
    10.11     Service Interruptions     27  
ARTICLE 11.   INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE     28  
 
    11.1     Tenant’s Insurance     28  
 
    11.2     Waiver of Subrogation     30  
 
    11.3     Restoration     30  
 
    11.4     Landlord’s Termination Right     31  
 
    11.5     Tenant’s Termination Right     31  
 
    11.6     Final 18 Months     31  
 
    11.7     Landlord’s Liability     31  
 
    11.8     Landlord’s Insurance     32  
ARTICLE 12.   EMINENT DOMAIN     33  
 
    12.1     Taking     33  
 
    12.2     Awards     33  
 
    12.3     Temporary Taking     34  
ARTICLE 13.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING     34  
 
    13.1     Consent Requirements     34  
 
    13.2     Tenant’s Notice     34  
 
    13.3     Conditions to Assignment/Subletting     35  
 
    13.4     Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord     37  
 
    13.5     Tenant’s Failure to Complete     38  
 
    13.6     Profits     38  
 
    13.7     Transfers     38  
 
    13.8     Assumption of Obligations     39  
 
    13.9     Tenant’s Liability     39  
 
    13.10     Listings in Building Directory     40  
 
    13.11     Lease Disaffirmance or Rejection     40  
 
    13.12     Lender Consent     40  
ARTICLE 14.   ACCESS TO PREMISES     41  
 
    14.1     Landlord’s Access     41  
 
    14.2     Building Name     41  
ARTICLE 15.   DEFAULT     42  
 
    15.1     Tenant’s Defaults     42  
 
    15.2     Landlord’s Remedies     42  

- ii - 


 

                     
                Page
 
    15.3     Landlord’s Damages     44  
 
    15.4     Interest     44  
 
    15.5     Other Rights of Landlord     45  
 
    15.6     Maintenance Default     45  
ARTICLE 16.   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES     46  
ARTICLE 17.   NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORD’S APPROVAL     46  
 
    17.1     No Representations     46  
 
    17.2     No Money Damages     47  
 
    17.3     Reasonable Efforts     47  
ARTICLE 18.   END OF TERM     47  
 
    18.1     Expiration     47  
 
    18.2     Holdover Rent     47  
ARTICLE 19.   QUIET ENJOYMENT     48  
ARTICLE 20.   NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER     48  
 
    20.1     No Surrender or Release     48  
 
    20.2     No Waiver     48  
ARTICLE 21.   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; COUNTERCLAIM     49  
 
    21.1     Jury Trial Waiver     49  
 
    21.2     Waiver of Counterclaim     49  
ARTICLE 22.   NOTICES     49  
ARTICLE 23.   RULES AND REGULATIONS     49  
ARTICLE 24.   BROKER     50  
ARTICLE 25.   INDEMNITY     50  
 
    25.1     Tenant’s Indemnity     50  
 
    25.2     Landlord’s Indemnity     50  
 
    25.3     Defense and Settlement     51  
ARTICLE 26.   MISCELLANEOUS     51  
 
    26.1     Delivery & Authority     51  
 
    26.2     Transfer of Real Property     51  
 
    26.3     Limitation on Liability     51  
 
    26.4     Rent     52  
 
    26.5     Entire Document     52  
 
    26.6     Governing Law     52  
 
    26.7     Unenforceability     52  
 
    26.8     Lease Disputes     52  
 
    26.9     Landlord’s Agent     53  
 
    26.10     Estoppel     53  
 
    26.11     Certain Interpretational Rules     53  
 
    26.12     Parties Bound     53  
 
    26.13     Memorandum of Lease     54  
 
    26.14     Counterparts     54  
 
    26.15     Survival     54  
 
    26.16     Inability to Perform     54  
 
    26.17     Substitute Premises     54  
 
    26.18     Deed of Lease/Landlord’s Agent for Service of Process     54  

- iii - 


 

                     
                Page
 
    26.19     Lien for Payment of Rent     54  
 
    26.20     Financial Statements     55  
 
    26.21     Telecommunications     55  
ARTICLE 27.   SECURITY DEPOSIT     55  
 
    27.1     Security Deposit     55  
 
    27.2     Letter of Credit     55  
 
    27.3     Application of Security     56  
 
    27.4     Transfer     56  
 
    27.5     Reduction     56  
EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit A
  Floor Plan
Exhibit A-1
  Real Property Description
Exhibit A-2
  Reserved Parking Spaces
Exhibit A-3
  NOC Facilities
Exhibit B
  Definitions
Exhibit C
  Work Letter
Exhibit D
  Cleaning Specifications
Exhibit E
  Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F
  Existing Furnishings
Exhibit G
  Antenna
Exhibit H
  Signage
Exhibit I
  Generator
Exhibit J
  Rooftop HVAC
Exhibit K
  Design Standards
Exhibit L
  Conduit Connection

- iv - 


 

DEED OF LEASE
     This Deed of Lease (the “ Lease ”) is made as of the 1 st day of October, 2002 (“ Effective Date ”), between TST WOODLAND FUNDING I, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and FRANCE TELECOM LONG DISTANCE USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).
     Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
     
PREMISES
  The entire rentable area of the 5 th and 6 th floors of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A .
 
   
BUILDING
  The building, fixtures, equipment and other improvements and appurtenances now located or hereafter erected, located or placed upon the land known as 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Woodland Park, Herndon, Virginia 20171 (commonly known as South Pointe II).
 
   
REAL PROPERTY
  The Building, the Common Areas and the real property upon which the Building and the Common Areas stand, as more fully described in Exhibit A-l .
 
   
COMMENCEMENT DATE
  October 1, 2002.
 
   
RENT
COMMENCEMENT DATE
     
  October 1, 2002.
 
   
EXPIRATION DATE
  September 30, 2009.
 
   
TERM
  The period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date.
 
   
PERMITTED USES
  Executive and general offices and normal office-related ancillary uses permitted under the Requirements ( e.g. , an employee-only cafeteria or an employee-only work-out facility (to the extent so permitted)), subject to the Prohibited Uses.
 
   
BASE YEAR
  Calendar year 2002.

- 1 -


 

     
TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE
  34.77%
 
   
AGREED AREA OF BUILDING     
  159,633 rentable square feet, as mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant.
 
   
AGREED AREA OF PREMISES
  55,504 rentable square feet, as mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant.
FIXED RENT
                                 
            Fixed Rent per        
            rentable square        
            foot of the   Fixed Rent   Monthly
Lease Year       Premises   Per Annum   Fixed Rent
  1    
 
  $ 25.50     $ 1,415,352.00     $ 117,946.00  
  2    
 
  $ 26.27     $ 1,458,090.08     $ 121,507.51  
  3    
 
  $ 27.05     $ 1,501,383.20     $ 125,115.27  
  4    
 
  $ 27.86     $ 1,546,341.44     $ 128,861.79  
  5    
 
  $ 28.70     $ 1,592,964.80     $ 132,747.07  
  6    
 
  $ 29.56     $ 1,640,698.24     $ 136,724.85  
7 through
Expiration Date
 
 
  $ 30.45     $ 1,690,096.80     $ 140,841.40  
Lease Year means each period of 12 successive months commencing on the Commencement Date or any anniversary thereof, except that (i) with respect to the first Lease Year, (x) Base Rent shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and, (y) if the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a month, the first Lease Year will end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, and (ii) the last Lease Year of the Term might contain fewer than 12 months if the period between the expiration of the then preceding Lease Year and the Expiration Date contains fewer than 12 months.
     
ADDITIONAL RENT   
  All sums other than Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, including Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, late charges, overtime or excess service charges, damages, and interest and other costs related to Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease.

- 2 -


 

     
RENT
  Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, collectively.
 
   
INTEREST RATE
  The lesser of (i) 2% per annum above the then-current Base Rate, and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.
 
   
SECURITY DEPOSIT
  $700,000
 
   
TENANT’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES
  Until Tenant commences business operations from the Premises:
 
   
 
  France Telecom Long Distance USA LLC
 
  South Pointe II
 
  2300 Corporate Park Drive, Suite 600
 
  Woodland Park
 
  Herndon, Virginia 20171
 
  Attn: Vice President of Corporate Affairs
 
   
    with a copy to:
  France Telecom North America
 
  1717 K Street, N.W., Suite 507
 
  Washington, D.C. 20036
 
  Attn: General Counsel
 
   
    and:
  Watt, Tieder, Hoffar & Fitzgerald, L.L.P.
 
  7929 Westpark Drive, Suite 400
 
  McLean, Virginia 22102
 
  Attn: John G. Lavoie, Esquire
 
   
LANDLORD’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES
  TST Woodland Funding I, L.L.C.
 
  c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.
 
  520 Madison Avenue, Sixth Floor
 
  New York, New York 10022
 
  Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
   
 
  Copies to:
 
   
 
  TST Woodland Funding I, L.L.C.
 
  c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.
 
  8270 Greensboro Drive, Suite 810
 
  McLean, Virginia 22102
 
  Attn: James A. Evans

- 3 -


 

     
 
  and:
 
   
 
  Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.
 
  520 Madison Avenue, Sixth Floor
 
  New York, New York 10022
 
  Attn: General Counsel
 
   
MORTGAGEE’S ADDRESS FOR
NOTICES UNDER ARTICLE 13:
 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Craig Friedman
 
   
 
  With a copy to:
 
   
 
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
 
  31 West 52 nd Street
 
  New York, New York 10019
 
  Attention: Amy Sinensky
 
   
TENANT’S BROKER
  Spaulding & Slye, LLC.
 
   
LANDLORD’S AGENT
  Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P. or any other person designated at any time and from time to time by Landlord as Landlord’s Agent and their successors and assigns.
 
   
LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION
  Six Hundred Five Thousand Twenty-Three and 76/100 Dollars ($605,023.76).
Other capitalized terms used in this Lease without definition are defined in Exhibit B .
ARTICLE 2
PREMISES, TERM, RENT
      Section 2.1 Lease of Premises. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term. In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant, its employees, invitees, licensees and other visitors the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with other tenants, the Common Areas.
     Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that: (i) Landlord is duly organized, and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation as set forth in the initial paragraph of this Lease, (ii) Landlord has all necessary power and authority to lease the Premises to Tenant and to perform its obligations under this Lease, (iii) Landlord has taken all actions required for

- 4 -


 

Landlord’s due execution and delivery of this Lease, and (iv) this Lease constitutes Landlord’s valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
      Section 2.2 Commencement Date. Upon the Effective Date, the terms and provisions hereof shall be fully binding on Landlord and Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that prior to the date hereof, Landlord has delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant. The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and, unless sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided, shall end on the Expiration Date. Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have no liability under this Lease for any breach by Global One Communications, LLC (“ Global ”) of its obligations under Global’s Deed of Lease.
      Section 2.3 Payment of Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, and without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer of funds or by check drawn upon a bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (i) Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first day of each month during the Term (as the same may be extended), commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and (ii) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Lease.
      Section 2.4 First Month’s Rent. On the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the period from the Rent Commencement Date through the last day of the month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls.
ARTICLE 3
USE AND OCCUPANCY
      Section 3.1 Permitted Uses. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Uses and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in a manner constituting a Prohibited Use. If Tenant uses the Premises for a purpose constituting a Prohibited Use, violating any Requirement, or causing the Building to be in violation of any Requirement, then Tenant shall promptly discontinue such use upon notice of such violation. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and at all times maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of all licenses and permits required for the lawful conduct of the Permitted Uses in the Premises. Landlord represents that the Real Property is currently zoned I-4 under the Zoning Ordinance and Regulations for Fairfax County, Virginia.
      Section 3.2 Parking Facilities. Tenant shall have the right to use 3.98 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet in the Premises for no additional Rent (except for Additional Rent payable in accordance with Article 7 below) during the Term (as the same may be extended). Parking spaces shall be provided on an unreserved basis in common with other Building tenants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may temporarily relocate, or specifically designate the location of, Tenant’s parking spaces from time to time as a result of emergencies or repair and maintenance work. Tenant agrees that it and its employees shall observe reasonable safety precautions in the use of the parking structure and surface lots, and shall at all times abide by all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord, (or any

- 5 -


 

parking operator selected by Landlord) governing the use of the parking structure and surface lots. It is understood and agreed that Landlord does not assume any responsibility for any damage or loss to any automobiles parked in the parking structure or surface lots or to any personal property located therein, or for any injury sustained by any person in or about the parking structure or surface lots. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with 5 days prior written notice of any repair and maintenance work to be performed to the parking facilities if Landlord anticipates that such work will materially and adversely affect Tenant’s parking rights. If Landlord renders the parking areas for the Building and/or Tenant’s parking space allocation unusable, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly provide comparable substitute parking for Tenant. Landlord agrees that 5 of Tenant’s parking spaces will be marked as “Reserved for France Telecom” or a similar statement (the “ Reserved Spaces ”) as shown on Exhibit A-2 — Reserved Parking Spaces . Tenant shall have the right to use the Reserveds Spaces for no additional rental throughout the Term and any extensions thereof.
ARTICLE 4
CONDITION OF THE PREMISES
      Section 4.1 Condition. Tenant accepts the Premises in “AS IS” condition as of the date of delivery of possession to Tenant, without any warranty or representation, express or implied, by or on behalf of Landlord as to the condition or usability thereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with any leasehold improvement allowance, painting allowance, build-out allowance, contribution or other inducement therefor, except as expressly set forth in this Lease to the contrary. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have no obligation to make, or have made, any demolition, alteration, addition, repair, replacement or improvement in or to the Premises, including, without limitation, to perform any Landlord work to make the Premises ready for occupancy. Tenant acknowledges that as of the Commencement Date the Premises contains certain furniture, fixtures and equipment, including, without Limitation, the furniture described on Exhibit F — Existing Furnishings to this Lease (the “Existing Furnishings”). On or before December 31, 2002, Landlord and Tenant shall prepare an inventory of the Existing Furnishings, and to the extent necessary, substitute a revised Exhibit F — Existing Furnishings to this Lease. Landlord represents that the Existing Furnishings comprise a portion of the personal property described in that certain Warranty Bill of Sale, dated May 3, 2002, from Winstar Communications, LLC (“Winstar”) to Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to use the Existing Furnishings without charge throughout the Term, provided that (i) Tenant shall maintain the Existing Furnishings in the condition that the Existing Furnishings are in on the Commencement Date (normal wear and tear excepted) and Tenant shall repair the Existing Furnishings at Tenant’s expense, (ii) the Existing Furnishing shall at all times remain Landlord’s property and shall be during the Term (subject to the following paragraph), (iii) at no time shall Tenant remove any of the Existing Furnishings from the Premises (subject to the following paragraph), and (iv) Tenant shall be surrender the Existing Furnishings to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall have a one-time right to require Landlord to remove some or all of the Existing Furniture from the Premises. If Tenant elects to exercise such right, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such election within the 6 month period following the Rent

- 6 -


 

Commencement Date. Promptly after receipt of such notice, Landlord and Tenant will schedule a date and time and make all other necessary arrangements for Landlord’s removal of the designated Existing Furniture. Within 30 days after receipt of an invoice therefor, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with Landlord’s removal of the designated Existing Furniture including, without limitation, moving company and electrician charges. Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses will not include any storage charges for the designated Existing Furniture. Once the designated Existing Furniture has been removed, such Existing Furniture will no longer be considered part of the Existing Furniture and neither Tenant nor any party claiming by, through or under Tenant shall have any interest in or claim upon such Existing Furniture.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no Event of Default then exists, promptly after the expiration of the 3 rd Lease Year, Tenant shall pay $10.00 to Landlord for the Existing Furnishings and Landlord shall transfer Landlord’s title to the Existing Furnishings to Tenant by bill of sale. Following conveyance of the Existing Furnishings, the restrictions concerning Tenant’s use of the Existing furnishings set forth in this Section shall no longer apply. Tenant shall pay the sales tax (if any) due upon such transfer of the Existing Furnishings to Tenant.
ARTICLE 5
ALTERATIONS
      Section 5.1 Tenant’s Alterations.
          (a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or other physical changes in or about the Premises (collectively, “Alterations” ) (other than decorative Alterations such as painting, wall coverings and floor coverings (collectively, “Decorative Alterations” )) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent for normal and customary alterations typically made by office tenants in Comparable Buildings, provided that (i) such Alterations are non-structural, do not affect any Building Systems and do not tie into the backup generator, supplemental cooling unit or uninterruptible power supply serving the Building, (ii) [Intentionally Omitted], (iii) such Alterations affect only the Premises and are not visible from outside of the Premises, (iv) such Alterations do not invalidate or violate the non-residential use permit issued for the Building or the Premises, (v) such Alterations do not violate any Requirement, and (vi) prior to the Expiration Date, Tenant shall, unless otherwise directed by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, remove any such Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent for any such Alteration, Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord, request Landlord’s written decision as to whether Landlord shall require Tenant to remove such Alteration at the end of the Term, which decision shall be irrevocable and shall be promptly given. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Tenant shall repair and restore, in a good and workmanlike manner, any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of any such Alterations, and upon default thereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual cost of repairing and restoring such damage.
          (b) Plans and Specifications. Prior to making any Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) submit to Landlord for its approval, detailed plans and specifications (“ Plans ”) of each proposed Alteration (other than Decorative Alterations), and with respect to any

- 7 -


 

Alteration affecting any Building System, evidence that the Alteration has been designed by, or reviewed and approved by, Landlord’s designated engineer for the affected Building System, whose current name, address and contact information has been previously provided to Tenant, (ii) obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities, (iii) furnish to Landlord duplicate original policies or certificates of worker’s compensation (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance and Builder’s Risk coverage (as described in Article 11) all in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, any Lessor and any Mortgagee as additional insureds, and (iv) furnish to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and to fully pay for such Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations). Tenant shall give Landlord not less than 5 Business Days’ notice prior to performing any Decorative Alteration, which notice shall contain a description of such Decorative Alteration.
          (c)  Governmental Approvals. Tenant, at its expense, shall, as and when required, promptly obtain certificates of partial and final approval of such Alterations required by any Governmental Authority and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof, together with “as-built” Plans for such Alterations prepared on an AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or such other system or medium as Landlord may reasonably accept), using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or such other naming conventions as Landlord may reasonably accept) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications translated in DFX format or another format acceptable to Landlord.
          (d)  Tenant Improvements. Landlord and Tenant agree the provisions of this Article 5 shall not apply to the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements. Reference is hereby made to the provisions of Exhibit C - Work Letter concerning the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.
      Section 5.2 Manner and Quality of Alterations. All Alterations shall be performed (a) in a good and workmanlike manner and free from defects, (b) substantially in accordance with the Plans, and by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and (c) in compliance with all Requirements, the terms of this Lease and all construction procedures and regulations reasonably prescribed by Landlord including, without limitation, the Construction Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit C-3 to this Lease. All materials and equipment shall be of first quality and at least equal to the applicable standards for the Building then established by Landlord.
      Section 5.3 Removal of Tenant’s Property. Tenant’s Property shall remain the property of Tenant and Tenant may remove the same at any time on or before the Expiration Date. On or prior to the Expiration Date, Tenant shall, unless otherwise directed by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, remove any Specialty Alteration and close up any slab penetrations in the Premises. Tenant shall repair and restore, in a good and workmanlike manner, any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of any Alterations or Tenant’s Property or by the closing of any slab penetrations, and upon default thereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket cost of repairing and restoring such damage. Any

- 8 -


 

Specialty Alterations or Tenant’s Property not so removed by the Expiration Date shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord may remove and dispose of same, and repair and restore any damage caused thereby, at Tenant’s cost and without accountability to Tenant. All other Alterations shall become Landlord’s property upon termination of this Lease.
     Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Improvements (including, without limitation, the Rooftop HVAC Units) shown on the *space plan attached as Exhibit C-l to Exhibit C- Work Letter.
      Section 5.4 Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant, at its expense, shall discharge any lien or charge recorded or filed against the Real Property in connection with any work done or claimed to have been done by or on behalf of, or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant, within 20 days after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof by payment, filing the bond required by law or otherwise in accordance with law.
      Section 5.5 Labor Relations. Tenant shall not employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer, or permit any materials to be delivered to or used in the Building, if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such employment, delivery or use will interfere or cause any conflict with other contractors, mechanics or laborers engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building by Landlord, Tenant or others. If such interference or conflict occurs, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building immediately.
      Section 5.6 Tenant’s Costs. If Landlord and Tenant agree in writing that Landlord will perform any Alterations, Tenant shall pay promptly to Landlord, within 30 days after Landlord’s written demand an administrative fee in an amount equal to 2% of the total cost of such Alterations performed by Landlord. The foregoing fee shall be inclusive of costs incurred in connection with (a) Landlord’s review of the Alterations (including review of requests for approval thereof) and (b) the provision of Building personnel during the performance of any Alteration, to operate elevators or otherwise to facilitate Tenant’s Alterations.
      Section 5.7 Tenant’s Equipment. Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord prior to moving any heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures (collectively, “ Equipment ”) into or out of the Building and shall pay to Landlord any out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. If such Equipment requires special handling, Tenant agrees (a) to employ only persons holding all necessary licenses to perform such work, (b) all work performed in connection therewith shall comply with all applicable Requirements and (c) such work shall be done only during hours designated by Landlord.
      Section 5.8 Legal Compliance. The approval of Plans, or consent by Landlord to the making of any Alterations, does not constitute Landlord’s representation that such Plans or Alterations comply with any Requirements. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party in connection with Landlord’s approval of any Plans, or Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s performing any Alterations. If, after completion of the any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant, require Landlord to

- 9 -


 

make any alterations or improvements to any part of the Building in order to comply with any Requirements, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, pay all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such alterations or improvements.
      Section 5.9 Floor Load. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds 80 pounds per square foot “live load”. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably designate the position of all Equipment which Tenant wishes to place within the Premises, and to place limitations on the weight thereof.
ARTICLE 6
REPAIRS
      Section 6.1 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance. Landlord shall operate, maintain and, except as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to (i) the Building Systems, and (ii) the Common Areas, in conformance with this Lease and standards applicable to Comparable Buildings.
      Section 6.2 Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance. Tenant shall promptly, at its expense and in compliance with Article 5, make all nonstructural repairs to the Premises and the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances therein (including any supplemental HVAC (other than as set forth in Section 6.4(b) to the contrary with respect to the Supplemental HVAC Units), specialty lighting or Specialty Alteration) (collectively ‘Tenant Fixtures ”) as and when needed to preserve the Premises in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible and subject to the terms and provisions of Articles 11 and 12 with respect to casualties and condemnations, respectively. All damage to the Building or to any portion thereof, or to any Tenant Fixtures requiring structural or nonstructural repair caused by or resulting from any act, omission, neglect or improper conduct of a Tenant Party or the moving of Tenant’s Property or Equipment into, within or out of the Premises by a Tenant Party, shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense by (i) Tenant, if the required repairs are nonstructural in nature and do not affect any Building System, or (ii) Landlord, if the required repairs are structural in nature, involve replacement of exterior window glass or affect any Building System. All Tenant repairs shall be of good quality utilizing new construction materials.
      Section 6.3 Restorative Work. Landlord reserves the right to make all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Building and Building Systems, including changing the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other Common Areas (collectively, “Restorative Work” ), as Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and in compliance with this Lease, and to take all material into the Premises required for the performance of such Restorative Work provided that (a) the square footage of the Premises shall not be permanently decreased, (b) the level of any Building service shall not decrease in any material respect from the level required of Landlord in this Lease as a result thereof (other than temporary changes in the level of such services during the performance of any such Restorative Work) and (c) access to the Premises is not materially interfered with. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of such

- 10 -


 

Restorative Work. Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if such Restorative Work continues for more than 3 consecutive Business Days and shall render any portion of the Premises unusable for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business, and if Tenant in fact does not use or occupy such portion of the Premises during such Restorative Work, then the Fixed Rent and Tenant’s payment of Operating Expenses and Taxes payable hereunder with respect to such portion of the Premises which Tenant does not occupy shall be abated retroactively to the 1 st Business Day of such Restorative Work and shall continue until the earlier of (i) such portion of the Premises is substantially restored, or (ii) Tenant recommencing occupancy of such portion of the Premises. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, there shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value, no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others performing, or failing to perform, any Restorative Work. Except in the case of a bonafide emergency, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with 5 days prior notice of the date on which Landlord intends to commence performance of any Restorative Work that Landlord anticipates will materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in the case of a bonafide emergency, Landlord shall not be permitted to perform any Restorative Work that directly, materially and adversely impacts Tenant’s Network Operation Center (the “NOC Facilities” ) without Tenant’s prior written consent, which consent shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The NOC Facilities are shown on Exhibit A-3 – NOC Facilities . If Landlord desires to perform Restorative Work within the NOC Facilities, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that Landlord can promptly perform such Restorative Work and Landlord shall comply with Tenant’s reasonable requests with respect to the performance of such Restorative Work including, without limitation, methodology, timing and materials. All Restorative Work within the NOC Facilities shall be completed by contractors reasonably acceptable to Tenant and on an escorted basis only.
      Section 6.4 Supplemental HVAC System.
          (a) (i) At any time during the Term, Tenant shall have the right to elect to use the supplemental HVAC units and the equipment related thereto located at the Premises on the date of this Lease (collectively, the “ Supplemental HVAC Units ”).
     Prior to using any Supplemental HVAC Units, Tenant shall provide Landlord with all equipment plans and specifications relating to the loads that would be imposed upon the Supplemental HVAC System (hereinafter defined) (the “ Supplemental HVAC Plans ”). Landlord shall have the right to deny Tenant use of the Supplemental HVAC Units if Landlord reasonably determines the Supplemental HVAC System will not be adequate to meet Tenant’s demand when used in conjunction with the Base Building HVAC system and Tenant’s Rooftop HVAC Units; provided, however, if Landlord has approved Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC Units, Landlord will not have the right to thereafter revoke such approval.

- 11 -


 

     Following Landlord’s receipt of the Supplemental HVAC Plans, Landlord shall provide written notice approving the Supplemental HVAC Plans or notice in reasonable detail of Landlord’s reasonable disapproval of such Supplemental HVAC Plans (“ Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Plan Response ”). If Landlord has not delivered to Tenant Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Plan Response within 7 days after Landlord’s receipt of the Supplemental HVAC Plans, Tenant shall send a second notice which must state “SECOND AND FINAL REQUEST” at the top of the notice (the “ Second HVAC Notice ”). If Landlord has not delivered to Tenant Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Plan Response within 7 days after Landlord receives the Second HVAC Notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Supplemental HVAC Plans.
     If Landlord approves of Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC Units, Landlord’s engineer or contractor will activate Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC Units. The minimum period for which Tenant can elect to use a Supplemental HVAC Unit is 30 days and Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least 30 days prior written notice if Tenant elects at any time to discontinue using any Supplemental HVAC Unit.
               (ii) If Tenant does not use the Supplemental HVAC System, Landlord shall have the right to lock-off the Supplemental HVAC Units at Landlord’s expense.
          (b) (i) Except with respect to emergency repairs, Landlord will maintain, repair and make any capital repairs or replacements of the Supplemental HVAC Units.
               (ii) If any Supplemental HVAC Units require emergency repairs, Tenant shall send Landlord prompt written or telephonic notice of such emergency and Tenant shall make arrangements for such repairs directly with Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Unit contractor. Landlord will provide Tenant with written notice from time to time of the name and telephone number of Landlord’s Supplemental HVAC Unit contractor.
               (iii) Landlord will maintain, repair and make any capital repairs or replacements to any equipment relating to the operation of the Supplemental HVAC Units that is not located at the Premises, which shall include the cooling tower(s) located on the roof of the Building that generally serve(s) the supplemental HVAC units presently located in the Building (collectively, the “ Supplemental Common Equipment ”). The Supplemental HVAC Units and the Supplemental Common Equipment are together called the “ Supplemental HVAC System.
          (c) Beginning on the date on which Tenant commences to use the Supplemental HVAC System and continuing thereafter during the Term for so long as Tenant has elected to use any Supplemental HVAC Unit:
               (i) Tenant shall pay all out-of-pocket third-party costs incurred by Landlord and/or Tenant during the Term in connection with the ordinary maintenance and emergency and non-emergency repairs and replacements to the Supplemental HVAC Units (whether for parts, labor, warranty coverage or otherwise) (the “ Supplemental Maintenance Costs ”). If Tenant directly incurs any Supplemental Maintenance Costs, Tenant shall pay such Supplemental Maintenance Costs as and when due and owing to the applicable Supplemental HVAC Unit service provider.

- 12 -


 

               (ii) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Supplemental Share of all out-of-pocket third-party costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the ordinary maintenance and emergency and non-emergency repairs and replacements of the Supplemental Common Equipment (whether for parts, labor, warranty coverage or otherwise) (the “ Supplemental Common Costs ”) . Tenant’s Supplemental Share ” means a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the tonnage rating of the Supplemental HVAC Units in the Premises and the denominator of which shall be the tonnage rating of all supplemental HVAC units in the Building (exclusive of any such units that are owned by a tenant of the Building) that any tenant of the Building from time to time elects to use.
               (iii) In addition to Tenant’s of Supplemental Maintenance Costs and Tenant’s Supplemental Share of Supplemental Common Costs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly electricity charge for the Supplemental HVAC System as reasonably established from time to time by Landlord (the “ Supplemental Charge ”). The current Supplemental Charge is $70 per ton per month. Any increases in the Supplemental Charge shall be limited to actual increases in utility costs.
               (iv) All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be due and payable to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord sends Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord will be entitled to an administrative charge of 10% of Tenant’s Supplemental Maintenance Costs and Tenant’s Supplemental Share of Supplemental Common Costs (together, the “ Supplemental Administrative Fee ”).
          (d) Landlord shall have no liability arising from any failure of the Supplemental HVAC System or any component thereof to operate properly or at all at any time including, without limitation, no liability if any such failure results in the Premises not being reasonably comfortable or useable at all, any of Tenant’s equipment not functioning or not functioning fully or properly, Tenant missing or being delayed in meeting any business or other deadlines, or Tenant incurring any other costs or damages.
          (e) Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Supplemental HVAC System.
          (f) Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this Section shall not apply to the Rooftop HVAC Units (as defined in Exhibit J to this Lease).
      Section 6.5 Emergency Power System.
          (a) The Building is equipped with an emergency power generator and an uninterrupted power supply system (collectively, the “ Emergency Power System ”). At any time during the Term, Tenant shall have the right to elect to connect certain equipment at the Premises to the Emergency Power System. Prior to connecting any equipment to the Emergency Power System, Tenant shall provide Landlord with all equipment plans and specifications relating to the loads that would be imposed upon the Emergency Power System (the “ EPS Plans ”). Landlord shall have the right to deny Tenant use of the Emergency Power System to the extent that Landlord determines that Tenant’s usage might or would exceed Tenant’s EPS Share (hereinafter

- 13 -


 

defined) of the Emergency Power System; provided, however, if Landlord has approved Tenant’s use of the Emergency Power System, Landlord will not have the right to thereafter revoke such approval.
     Following Landlord’s receipt of the EPS Plans, Landlord shall provide written notice approving the EPS Plans or notice in reasonable detail of Landlord’s reasonable disapproval of such EPS Plans (“ Landlord’s EPS Plan Response ”). If Landlord has not delivered to Tenant Landlord’s EPS Plan Response within 7 days after Landlord’s receipt of the EPS Plans, Tenant shall send a second notice which must state “SECOND AND FINAL REQUEST” at the top of the notice (the “ Second EPS Notice ”). If Landlord has not delivered to Tenant Landlord’s EPS Plan Response within 7 days after Landlord receives the Second EPS Notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the EPS Plans.
     If Landlord approves of Tenant’s use of the Emergency Power System, at Landlord’s election, either Landlord’s contractor will connect Tenant’s approved equipment to the Emergency Power System or Tenant’s contractor will connect Tenant’s approved equipment to the Emergency Power System, in either case, at Tenant’s expense.
          (b) Landlord will operate, maintain, repair and make any capital repairs or replacements to the Emergency Power System.
          (c) (i) If Tenant elects to connect any equipment to the Emergency Power System, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s EPS Share of all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord on or after the date on which such equipment is connected to the Emergency Power System in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Emergency Power System (“ EPS Costs ”). “ Tenant’s EPS Share ” means 72.03%.
               (ii) All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section shall constitute Additional Rent and shall be due and payable to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord sends Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord will be entitled to an administrative charge of 10% of Tenant’s EPS Share (the “ EPS Fee ”).
          (d) Landlord shall have no liability arising from any failure of the Emergency Power System or any component thereof to operate properly or at all at any time including, without limitation, no liability if any such failure results in any of Tenant’s equipment not functioning or not functioning fully or properly, Tenant losing any data, Tenant missing or being delayed in meeting any business or other deadlines, or Tenant incurring any other costs or damages.
          (e) Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Emergency Power System.
          (f) Landlord agrees that if Tenant installs a separate un-interruptible power system (in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease), Landlord shall not allocate to any third party(ies) a share of the Emergency Power System exceeding 27.97%, which Landlord

- 14 -


 

and Tenant acknowledge is the aggregate of the usage of Deica Communications and Agere Systems.
          (g) Not more frequently than 4 times in any calendar year, following reasonable prior written notice, Tenant shall be permitted to audit the Emergency Power System to confirm (i) Tenant’s EPS Share and the other locations of the Emergency Power System described in this Section, and (ii) that the Emergency Power System is being maintained in accordance with the requirements of this Lease and in a manner necessary to retain the benefit any and all manufacturer’s warranty(ies) for the Emergency Power System.
ARTICLE 7
INCREASES IN TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES
           Section 7.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 7, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          (a) “ Assessed Valuation ” shall mean the amount for which the Real Property is assessed by the County Assessor of Fairfax County for the purpose of imposition of Taxes.
          (b) “ Base Operating Expenses ” shall mean the Operating Expenses for the Base Year.
          (c) “ Base Taxes ” shall mean the Taxes payable on account of the Base Year.
          (d) “ Comparison Year ” shall mean any calendar year commencing subsequent to the Base Year.
          (e) “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean the aggregate of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property, including (i) capital improvements only if such capital improvement either (A) is reasonably intended to result in a reduction in Operating Expenses (as for example, a labor-saving improvement) provided, the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year shall not exceed the lesser of the actual cost of such improvement amortized (with interest at the Base Rate in effect on the date Landlord incurred the cost or expense of such improvement) over its useful life, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or an amount equal to the savings reasonably estimated by Landlord as having resulted from the installation and operation of such improvement, and/or (B) is made during any Comparison Year in compliance with Requirements, (ii) reasonable rent for the management office, if any, in the Building not in excess of 1,000 square feet, and (iii) all costs relating to the ownership, operation, repair and maintenance of the Building and any parking facilities serving the Building (including, without limitation, costs and expenses relating to monitoring the Building’s air quality). Any such capital improvements made in compliance with Requirements shall be amortized (with interest at the Base Rate) on a straight-line basis over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine, and the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Comparison Year shall be equal to the annual amortized amount. Operating Expenses shall not include any Excluded Expenses. If during all or part of the Base Year or any Comparison Year, Landlord shall not

- 15 -


 

furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense) to any leasable portions of the Building for any reason, then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such period, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the costs and expenses that would have been reasonably incurred by Landlord during such period if Landlord had furnished such item(s) of work or service to such portion of the Building. In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year or any Comparison Year, if less than 95% of the Building rentable area is occupied by tenants at any time during any such Base Year or Comparison Year, Operating Expenses that vary with the Building occupancy level shall be determined for such Base Year or Comparison Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been 95% throughout such Base Year or Comparison Year. Operating Expenses shall be calculated using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
          (f) “ Statement ” shall mean a statement containing a comparison of (i) the Taxes payable for the Base Year and for any Comparison Year, or (ii) the Base Operating Expenses and the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year.
          (g) “ Taxes ” shall mean (i) all real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water rents, rates and charges and other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Real Property, and (ii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and experts’ and other witnesses’ fees) incurred in contesting any of the foregoing or the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property. Taxes shall not include (x) interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Taxes, (y) franchise, transfer, gift, inheritance, estate or net income taxes imposed upon Landlord, (z) franchise, excise, capital stock, estate or succession. For purposes hereof, “ Taxes ” for any calendar year shall be deemed to be the Taxes which are assessed, levied or imposed for such calendar year regardless of when due or paid. If Landlord elects to pay any assessment in annual installments, then (i) such assessment shall be deemed to have been so divided and to be payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law, and (ii) there shall be deemed included in Taxes for each Comparison Year the installments of such assessment becoming payable during such Comparison Year, together with interest (but only if the Tax Payment is not overdue) payable during such Comparison Year on such installments and on all installments thereafter becoming due as provided by law, all as if such assessment had been so divided. If at any time the methods of taxation prevailing on the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to the whole or any part of Taxes, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received from the Real Property whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, (2) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, (3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee however described or imposed, including business improvement district impositions then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes.

- 16 -


 

      Section 7.2 Tenant’s Tax Payment.
          (a) If the Taxes payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Taxes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess (“ Tenant’s Tax Payment ”). For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year (the “ Tax Estimate ”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1 st day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate for such Comparison Year. If Landlord furnishes a Tax Estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the 1 st day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1 st day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.2 during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year, (ii) promptly after the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Tax Estimate previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Tax Estimate to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with the Tax Estimate, and (x) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within 30 days after written demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against the next occurring (and if necessary, to subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, unless Tenant requests a refund and there exists no Event of Default, in which case Landlord will promptly deliver Tenant’s portion to Tenant, and (iii) on the 1 st day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the 1 st day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate.
     Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Tax Payment shall commence on the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date.
          (b) As soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord has determined the Taxes for a Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for such Comparison Year. If the Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.2(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against next occurring (and if necessary, subsequent) payments of Rent due hereunder. If the Statement for such Comparison Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within 30 days after delivery of the Statement to Tenant.
          (c) Only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property and the filings of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an Event of Default. If the Taxes payable for the Base Year are reduced, the Base Taxes shall be correspondingly revised, the Additional Rent previously paid or payable on account of Tenant’s Tax Payment hereunder for all Comparison Years shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduction, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within 10 Business Days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the amount of such Additional Rent previously computed and paid by Tenant to Landlord, and the amount due as a result of such recomputations. If

- 17 -


 

Landlord receives a refund of Taxes for any Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the refund, net of any expenses incurred by Landlord in achieving such refund, which amount shall not exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for such Comparison Year. Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the Assessed Valuation. The benefit of any exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Real Property shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and Taxes shall be computed without taking into account any such exemption or abatement.
          Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall meet with Tenant at a mutually convenient time to discuss the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property. In connection with any such meeting, Tenant may submit a written report of any independent tax consultant obtained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense.
          (d) Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted and, if payable by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord, within 30 days after Landlord’s demand.
      Section 7.3 Tenant’s Operating Payment.
          (a) If the Operating Expenses payable for any Comparison Year exceed the Base Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess ( “Tenant’s Operating Payment” ). For each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, based upon such year’s budget (the “ Estimate ”). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1 st day of each month during such Comparison Year an amount equal to 1/12 of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year. If Landlord furnishes an Estimate for a Comparison Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (a) until the 1 st day of the month following the month in which the Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1 st day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.3 during the last month of the preceding Comparison Year, (b) promptly after the Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment previously made for such Comparison Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment to be made for such Comparison Year in accordance with the Estimate, and (i) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within 30 Business Days after written demand therefor, or (ii) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (c) on the 1 st day of the month following the month in which the Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the 1 st day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of Tenant’s Operating Payment shown on the Estimate.
          (b) On or before May 1 st of each Comparison Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for the immediately preceding Comparison Year. If the Statement shows that

- 18 -


 

the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.3(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If the Statement shows that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within 30 Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of the Statement.
     Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Operating Payment shall commence on the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date.
      Section 7.4 Non-Waiver; Disputes.
          (a) Landlord’s failure to render any Statement on a timely basis with respect to any Comparison Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Statement with respect to such Comparison Year or any subsequent Comparison Year, nor shall the rendering of a Statement prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Statement for that Comparison Year.
          (b) Landlord agrees to retain the books and records substantiating the Operating Expenses incurred in each calendar year for a period of at least 3 years from the date Landlord submits a Statement to Tenant. Each Statement sent to Tenant shall be conclusively binding upon Tenant unless Tenant (i) pays to Landlord when due the amount set forth in such Statement, without prejudice to Tenant’s right to dispute such Statement, and (if) within 1 year after such Statement is sent, sends a notice to Landlord objecting to such Statement and specifying the reasons therefor. Tenant agrees that Tenant will not employ, in connection with any dispute under this Lease, any person who is to be compensated in whole or in part, on a contingency fee basis. If the parties are unable to resolve any dispute as to the correctness of such Statement within 30 days following such notice of objection (during which time Landlord shall make available reasonably detailed supporting documentation), either party may refer the issues raised to a nationally recognized public accounting firm (other than Arthur Andersen) selected reasonably acceptable to the other party, and the decision of such accountants shall be conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant. In connection therewith, Tenant and such accountants shall execute and deliver to Landlord a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby such parties agree not to disclose to any third party any of the information obtained in connection with such review. Any audit that discloses a discrepancy of more than 3% in the annual Operating Expenses shall be at Landlord’s expense and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such cost (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) within 30 days of the result of the audit. Any discrepancy shall be promptly corrected by a payment of any shortfall to Landlord by Tenant within 30 days after the applicable audit, or by a credit against the next payments) of rent hereunder or (at Tenant’s election) a refund from Landlord of the overpaid amount within 30 days, as may be applicable. If Tenant does not contest a Statement of Operating Expenses within 1 year after it is rendered, such Statement shall become binding and conclusive on both Landlord and Tenant, except that any such Statement which contains material and intentional misrepresentations shall not be binding and conclusive on Tenant.

- 19 -


 

      Section 7.5 Final Year of Term. If the Expiration Date occurs on a date other than December 31 st , any Additional Rent under this Article 7 for the Comparison Year in which such Expiration Date occurs shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days is the period from January 1 st to the Expiration Date. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any Additional Rent under this Article 7 shall be paid or adjusted within 30 days after submission of the Statement to Tenant.
      Section 7.6 No Reduction in Rent. in no event shall any decrease in Operating Expenses or Taxes in any Comparison Year below the Base Operating Expenses or Base Taxes, as the case may be, result in a reduction in the Fixed Rent or any other component of Additional Rent payable hereunder.
ARTICLE 8
REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
      Section 8.1 Compliance with Requirements.
          (a) Compliance. To the extent that Tenant is not required under the terms of this Lease to comply therewith, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant for any failure of the Building and the Common Areas (other than areas of the Building leased to tenants) to comply with any Requirements, including, but not limited to, any applicable laws, rules, regulations and codes; provided, however, the foregoing indemnification shall (i) include the Building Standard Installations in the Premises as it exists on the date hereof, (ii) not limit Landlord’s obligations under 8.1(c) and (iii) not limit the inclusion of any costs related thereto as Operating Expenses to the extent such costs qualify as Operating Expenses under Article 7.
          After the Commencement Date, Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Requirements applicable to the Premises (excluding those applicable to the Building Standard Installations in the Premises as it exists on the date hereof); provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with any Requirements requiring any structural alterations to the Building unless the application of such Requirements arises from (i) the specific manner and nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, as distinct from the Permitted Uses, (ii) Alterations made by Tenant, or (iii) an Event of Default. Any such repairs or alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense by Tenant (1) in compliance with Article 5 if such repairs or alterations are nonstructural and do not affect any Building System, or (2) by Landlord if such repairs or alterations are structural or affect any Building System. If Tenant obtains knowledge of any failure to comply with any Requirements applicable to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice thereof.
          (b) Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not cause or permit (i) any Hazardous Materials to be brought into the Building, (ii) the storage or use of Hazardous Materials in any manner other than in full compliance with any Requirements, or (iii) the escape, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials within or in the vicinity of the Building. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Tenant’s use of any Hazardous Materials customarily used in the ordinary course of office work and cleaning, provided such use is in accordance with all Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at its expense, for all matters directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Building which is caused or

- 20 -


 

permitted by a Tenant Party. Tenant shall promptly provide to Landlord copies of all communications received by Tenant with respect to any Requirements relating to Hazardous Materials, and/or any claims made in connection therewith. Landlord or its agents may perform environmental inspections of the Premises at any time. Landlord represents that Landlord has delivered to Tenant a true and correct copy of the environmental report that Landlord caused to be prepared when Landlord acquired the Building.
          (c) Landlord’s Compliance. Landlord shall comply with (or cause to be complied with) all Requirements applicable to the Building which are not the obligation of Tenant, to the extent that non-compliance would materially impair Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Uses. To the extent that Tenant is not required under the terms of this Lease to comply therewith, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant against any claim or liability arising from the failure of the Building (other than areas of the Building leased to tenants) to comply with all Requirements including, without limitation, the ADA. Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that Landlord incurs any costs in causing the Building or any portion thereof to comply with any applicable Requirements and such costs qualify as Operating Expenses, such costs shall be included as Operating Expenses. The foregoing notwithstanding, to the extent that the Building is not in compliance with any Requirements as of the Commencement Date and Landlord incurs any costs in causing the Building or any portion thereof to comply with any such Requirements, such costs shall be paid by Landlord and shall not be included as Operating Expenses.
          (d) Landlord’s Insurance. Tenant shall not cause or permit any action or condition that would (i) invalidate or conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies, (ii) violate applicable rules, regulations and guidelines of the Fire Department, Fire Insurance Rating Organization or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Building, (iii) cause an increase in the premiums of fire insurance for the Building over that payable with respect to Comparable Buildings, or (iv) result in Landlord’s insurance companies’ refusing to insure the Building or any property therein in amounts and against risks as reasonably determined by Landlord. If fire insurance premiums increase as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.1, Tenant shall promptly cure such failure and shall reimburse Landlord for the increased fire insurance premiums paid by Landlord as a result of such failure by Tenant.
      Section 8.2 Fire and Life Safety. Landlord shall cause the Common Areas to comply with all applicable fire and life safety Requirements. The foregoing notwithstanding, to the extent that the Common Areas do not comply with all applicable fire and life safety Requirements as of the Commencement Date and Landlord incurs any costs in causing the Building or any portion thereof to comply with any such fire and life safety Requirements, such costs shall be paid by Landlord and shall not be included as Operating Expenses. Any modifications to the fire alarm and life safety systems installed in the Premises required by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If the Fire Insurance Rating Organization or any Governmental Authority or any of Landlord’s insurers requires or recommends any modifications and/or alterations be made or any additional equipment be supplied in connection with the sprinkler system or fire alarm and life-safety system serving the Building by reason of Tenant’s business, any Alterations performed by Tenant following the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Property, or other contents of the Premises, Landlord (to the extent outside of the

- 21 -


 

Premises) or Tenant (to the extent within the Premises) shall make such modifications and/or Alterations, and supply such additional equipment, in either case at Tenant’s expense.
ARTICLE 9
SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT
      Section 9.1 Subordination and Attornment.
          (a) Tenant acknowledges that prior to the date hereof, Landlord has provided Tenant with the standard form non-disturbance and attornment agreement presently used by Landlord’s existing Mortgagee. Within 60 days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s comments to such standard form, Landlord shall obtain for Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from Landlord’s existing Mortgagee, in such standard form (provided that such form is commercially reasonable). In addition, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (but without being obligated to commence any legal or arbitration proceeding and without the expenditure of unreimbursed sums (other than reasonable expenses that a landlord normally incurs in attempting to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement for its tenant, such as Landlord’s attorneys’ fees)) to obtain for Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from all future Mortgagees and Lessors, in the standard form customarily employed by such Mortgagee and/or Lessor (provided that such form is commercially reasonable). Upon Landlord’s satisfaction of the foregoing, which shall include the Mortgagee or Lessor, as applicable, agreeing to recognize and be bound by the terms of this Lease (as herein set forth) upon a foreclosure or deed-in-lieu thereof or termination of any such ground lease, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all Mortgages and Superior Leases, and, at the request of any Mortgagee or Lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such Mortgagee or Lessor, its successors in interest or any purchaser in a foreclosure sale.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.l(a), if a Lessor or Mortgagee or any other person or entity shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or the delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of the successor landlord and upon such successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment and to recognize Tenant’s interest under this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to have attorned to and recognized such successor landlord as Landlord under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 9.1 are self-operative and require no further instruments to give effect hereto; provided, however, that Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request (i) evidencing such attornment, (ii) setting forth the terms and conditions of Tenant’s tenancy, and (iii) containing such other terms and conditions as may be required by such Mortgagee or Lessor, provided that (i) such terms and conditions do not increase the Rent, materially increase Tenant’s obligations or materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease, and (ii) Tenant shall have no obligation to execute such instrument until Landlord delivers the subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement described in and in accordance with Section 9.1(a). Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease except that such successor landlord shall not be:

- 22 -


 

               (i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord (except to the extent such act or omission continues beyond the date when such successor landlord succeeds to Landlord’s interest and Tenant gives notice of such act or omission);
               (ii) subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offsets which Tenant may have against Landlord;
               (iii) bound by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent to any prior landlord;
               (iv) bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such successor landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest;
               (v) bound by any obligation to perform any work or to make improvements to the Premises except for (x) repairs and maintenance required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and (y) repairs to the Premises as a result of damage by fire or other casualty or a partial condemnation pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, but only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards, respectively, actually made available to such successor landlord;
               (vi) bound by any modification, amendment, or renewal of this Lease made without successor landlord’s consent;
               (vii) bound by any provisions of the Lease with respect to the Existing Furnishings;
               (viii) liable for the repayment of any security deposit or surrender of any letter of credit, unless and until such security deposit actually is paid or such letter of credit is actually delivered to such successor landlord; or
               (ix) liable for the payment of any unfunded tenant improvement allowance, refurbishment allowance or similar obligation.
          (c) Tenant shall from time to time within 15 days of request from Landlord, but not more frequently than 3 times in any 12 month period, execute and deliver any documents or instruments that may be reasonably required by any Mortgagee or Lessor to confirm any subordination.
      Section 9.2 Mortgage or Superior Lease Defaults. Any Mortgagee may elect that this Lease shall have priority over the Mortgage and, upon notification to Tenant by such Mortgagee, this Lease shall be deemed to have priority over such Mortgage, regardless of the date of this Lease. In connection with any financing of the Real Property, Tenant shall consent to any reasonable modifications of this Lease requested by any lending institution, provided such modifications do not increase the Rent, materially increase the obligations, or materially and adversely affect the rights, of Tenant under this Lease.
      Section 9.3 Tenant’s Termination Right. As long as any Superior Lease or Mortgage exists, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease by reason of any act or omission of

- 23 -


 

Landlord unless (a) Tenant shall have given notice of such act or omission to all Lessors and Mortgagees, and (b) no such Lessor or Mortgagee promptly commences to remedy and thereafter diligently proceeds to remedy such act or omission; provided that in no event shall the Lessor and/or Mortgagee’s cure period be for fewer than 30 days nor shall it exceed 75 days after Lessor’s or Mortgagee’s receipt of the aforementioned written notice. No Lessor or Mortgagee shall have any obligation to attempt to cure any act of omission of Landlord. If any Lessor or Mortgagee elects to attempt to cure any act or omission of Landlord, no such Lessor or Mortgagee shall have any obligation to continue to proceed to attempt to such any such act or omission and such Lessor or Mortgagee shall have the right to abandon such attempt to cure such act or omission of Landlord at any time without liability.
      Section 9.4 Provisions. The provisions of this Article 9 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord, any future owner of the Building or the Real Property, Lessor or Mortgagee and any sublessor thereof.
ARTICLE 10
SERVICES
      Section 10.1 Electricity. Subject to any Requirements or any public utility rules or regulations governing energy consumption, Landlord shall make or cause to be made, customary arrangements with utility companies and/or public service companies to furnish electric current to the Premises for Tenant’s use. If Landlord reasonably determines by the use of an electrical consumption survey or by other reasonable means that Tenant is using electric current (including overhead fluorescent fixtures) in excess of .60 kilowatt hours per square foot of usable area in the Premises per month, as determined on an annualized basis ( “Excess Electrical Usage” ), then Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage, and shall have the further right to install an electric current meter, sub-meter or check meter for the NOC Facilities, the Rooftop HVAC Units and/or the Premises (a “Meter” ) to measure the amount of electric current consumed in or by the NOC Facilities, the Rooftop HVAC Units and/or the Premises, provided Landlord gives Tenant evidence of such Excess Electrical Usage and Tenant has the right to verify the same for at least 30 days prior to the installation of such Meter. The cost of such Meter special conduits, wiring and panels needed in connection therewith and the installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, from time to time, but no more frequently than monthly, for its Excess Electrical Usage at the Premises, plus Landlord’s charge equal to 10% of Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage for Landlord’s costs of maintaining, repairing and reading such Meter. The rate to be paid by Tenant for submetered electricity shall include any taxes or other charges in connection therewith.
     In addition, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to install a Meter for the NOC Facilities, the Rooftop HVAC Units and/or the Premises, in which event the cost of such Meter, special conduits, wiring and panels needed in connection therewith and the installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant. If Tenant installs any such Meter for the NOC Facilities, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, from time to time, but no more frequently than monthly, for its Excess Electrical Usage at or by the NOC Facilities, the Rooftop HVAC Units and/or the Premises, plus Landlord’s charge equal to 10% of Tenant’s

- 24 -


 

Excess Electrical Usage for Landlord’s costs of maintaining, repairing and reading such Meter. The rate to be paid by Tenant for submetered electricity shall include any taxes or other charges in connection therewith.
      Section 10.2 Excess Electricity. Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building. Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would exceed the capacity of the electrical equipment serving the Premises. If Landlord determines that Tenant’s electrical requirements necessitate installation of any additional risers, feeders or other electrical distribution equipment (collectively, “ Electrical Equipment ”)) or if Tenant provides Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s need for excess electricity and requests that additional Electrical Equipment be installed, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, install such additional Electrical Equipment, provided that Landlord, in its sole judgment, determines that (a) such installation is practicable and necessary, (b) such additional Electrical Equipment is permissible under applicable Requirements, and (c) the installation of such Electrical Equipment will not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, interfere with or limit electrical usage by other tenants or occupants of the Building or exceed the limits of the switchgear or other facilities serving the Building, or require power in excess of that available from the utility company serving the Building.
      Section 10.3 Elevators. Landlord shall provide elevator service to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, subject to the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit E .
      Section 10.4 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in accordance with the Exhibit K -Design Standards during Ordinary Business Hours. Landlord shall have access to all air-cooling, fan, ventilating and machine rooms and electrical closets and all other mechanical installations of Landlord (collectively, “ Mechanical Installations ”), and Tenant shall not construct partitions or other obstructions which may interfere with Landlord’s access thereto or the moving of Landlord’s equipment to and from the Mechanical Installations. No Tenant Party shall at any time enter the Mechanical Installations or tamper with, adjust, or otherwise affect such Mechanical Installations. Landlord shall not be responsible if the HVAC System fails to provide cooled or heated air, as the case may be, to the Premises in accordance with the Design Standards by reason of (i) any equipment installed by, for or on behalf of Tenant, which has an electrical load in excess of the average electrical load and human occupancy factors for the HVAC System as designed, or (ii) any rearrangement of partitioning or other Alterations made or performed by, for or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC System.
     To the extent arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant for the failure of the Building’s HVAC system to comply with all applicable air-quality Requirements. Landlord shall monitor the indoor air quality at least once per Lease Year and provide copies of the annual test results to Tenant. Landlord represents to Tenant that the Building is a non-smoking building (for all tenants, guests and invitees) other

- 25 -


 

Landlord’s approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord approves Tenant’s cleaning service provider (i) Landlord shall thereafter have no obligation to provide cleaning services to the Premises, (ii) Operating Expenses shall thereafter exclude the cost of providing cleaning services to the Premises and all other tenanted areas of the Building, and (iii) Landlord shall reduce Base Operating Expenses by an amount Landlord reasonably determines reflects the cost of providing cleaning services to the Premises and all other tenanted areas of the Building during the Base Year.
      Section 10.7 Water. Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall provide water in the core lavatories, drinking fountains and janitor’s closets on each floor of the Building.
      Section 10.8 Refuse Removal. Landlord shall provide refuse removal services at the Building. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal to the extent that the refuse generated by Tenant exceeds the refuse customarily generated by general office tenants. Tenant shall not dispose of any refuse in the Common Areas, and if Tenant does so, Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal.
      Section 10.9 Directory. Landlord shall list Tenant on the Building directory located in the first floor lobby without additional charge to Tenant. The Building directory will be shared with other Building tenants and space on the directory shall be equitably apportioned among tenants. Reference is hereby made to the provisions of Exhibit H – Signage concerning other signage rights.
      Section 10.10 Tenant Access to Premises. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Outside of Ordinary Business Hours, Building and floor access will be monitored by an electronic key security and access system installed and maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for access control to the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall provide Tenant with 90 electronic access cards for the Premises and Building at no cost to Tenant
      Section 10.11 Service Interruptions. Landlord reserves the right to suspend any service when necessary, by reason of Unavoidable Delays, accidents or emergencies, or for Restorative Work which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are necessary or appropriate until such Unavoidable Delay, accident or emergency shall cease or such Restorative Work is completed and Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption, curtailment or failure to supply services. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as a result of any such failure, defect or interruption of any such service, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of, electrical service, and to restore any such services, remedy such situation and minimize any interference with Tenant’s business. The exercise of any such right or the occurrence of any such failure by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, entitle Tenant to any compensation, abatement or diminution of Rent, relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or any Indemnified Party by reason of inconvenience to Tenant, or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise. Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure, defect or interruption of, or change in the supply, character and/or

- 26 -


 

quantity of electrical service furnished to the Premises for any reason except if attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.
     Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if any failure or stoppage of Landlord’s services, including the Emergency Power System, (i) renders any portion of the Premises untenantable for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises and Tenant does not in fact use or occupy such portion of the Premises; (ii) was not caused by Tenant, its employees, invitees or agents; and (iii) extends for a period longer than 3 consecutive days, the Rent payable hereunder shall be abated beginning on the 1 st day of such interruption and continue for so long as the Premises or any portion thereof is untenantable and vacant. In the event of a casualty or Taking (hereinafter defined), the applicable provisions of this Lease shall prevail over the rent abatement provisions of this Section.
     Except in the case of an emergency, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give Tenant at least 5 days prior notice if Landlord intends to interrupt any of Landlord’s services.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE
      Section 11.1 Tenant’s Insurance.
          (a) Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term:
               (i) a policy of commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and/or property damage occurring in or about the Building, under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s Agent and any Lessors and any Mortgagees whose names have been furnished to Tenant are named as additional insureds (the “Insured Parties” ). Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of the Insured Parties, and Tenant shall obtain blanket broad-form contractual liability coverage to insure its indemnity obligations set forth in Article 25. The minimum limits of liability shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than $5,000,000; provided, however, that Landlord shall retain the right to require Tenant to increase such coverage from time to time to that amount of insurance that is then being customarily required by landlords for similar office space in Comparable Buildings. The deductible or self insured retention for such policy shall not exceed $50,000;
               (ii) insurance against loss or damage by fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of “Special Form Causes of Loss” or “All Risk” property insurance policies, insuring Tenant’s Property and all Alterations and improvements to the Premises (including the initial installations) to the extent such Alterations and improvements exceed the cost of the improvements typically performed in connection with the initial occupancy of tenants in the Building ( “Building Standard Installations” ), for the full

- 28 -


 

insurable value thereof or replacement cost thereof, having a deductible amount, if any, not in excess of $25,000;
               (iii) during the performance of any Alteration, until completion thereof, Builder’s Risk insurance on an “all risk” basis and on a completed value form including a Permission to Complete and Occupy endorsement, for full replacement value covering the interest of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors) in all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Premises;
               (iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law; and
               (v) Business Interruption Insurance; and
               (vi) such other insurance in such amounts as the Insured Parties may reasonably require from time to time in the exercise of Landlord’s prudent business judgment, if other landlords are requiring the same for Comparable Buildings.
          (b) All insurance required to be carried by Tenant (i) shall contain a provision that (x) no unintentional act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurance company to pay the amount of any loss sustained, and (y) shall be noncancellable and/or no material change in coverage shall be made thereto unless the Insured Parties receive 30 days’ prior notice of the same (except in the case of non-payment of premiums, in which case only 10 days’ prior notice shall be required), by certified mail, return receipt requested, and (ii) shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable insurers permitted to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto as having a “Best’s Rating” of “A-” or better and a “Financial Size Category” of at least “X” or better or, if such ratings are not then in effect, the equivalent thereof or such other financial rating as Landlord may at any time consider appropriate.
          (c) On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate policies of insurance, including evidence of waivers of subrogation required to be carried pursuant to this Article 11 and that the Insured Parties are named as additional insureds (the “Policies” ). Evidence of each renewal or replacement of the Policies shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least 10 days prior to the expiration of the Policies. In lieu of the Policies, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a certification from Tenant’s insurance company (on the form currently designated “Acord 27” (Evidence of Property Insurance) and “Acord 25-S” (Certificate of Liability Insurance), or the equivalent, provided that attached thereto is an endorsement to Tenant’s commercial general liability policy naming the Insured Parties as additional insureds) which shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company, and which shall expressly provide that such certification (i) conveys to the Insured Parties all the rights and privileges afforded under the Policies as primary insurance, and (ii) contains an unconditional obligation of the insurance company to advise all Insured Parties in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least 30 days in advance of any termination or change to the Policies that would affect the interest of any of the Insured Parties.

- 29 -


 

      Section 11.2 Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall each procure an appropriate clause in or endorsement to any property insurance covering the Real Property and personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein, wherein the insurer waives subrogation or consents to a waiver of right of recovery, and Landlord and Tenant agree not to make any claim against, or seek to recover from, the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards to the extent covered by such property insurance; provided, however, that the release, discharge, exoneration and covenant not to sue contained herein shall be limited by and be coextensive with the terms and provisions of the waiver of subrogation or waiver of right of recovery. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for, (i) damage to any Above Building Standard Installations, (ii) Tenant’s Property, and (iii) any loss suffered by Tenant due to interruption of Tenant’s business.
      Section 11.3 Restoration.
          (a) If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, or if the Building is damaged such that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord, to substantially the condition of the Premises prior to the damage, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, but Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore (i) Tenants Property or (ii) except as provided in Section 11.3(b), any Alterations or improvements to the Premises, to the extent such Alterations or improvements exceed Building Standard Installations (“ Above Building Standard Installations ”). So long as no Event of Default exists and is continuing, and provided Tenant timely delivers to Landlord either Tenant’s Restoration Payment (as hereinafter defined) or the Restoration Security (as hereinafter defined) or Tenant expressly waives any obligation of Landlord to repair or restore any of Tenant’s Above Building Standard Installations, then until the restoration of the Premises is Substantially Completed or would have been Substantially Completed but for Tenant Delay, Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment shall be reduced in the proportion by which the area of the part of the Premises which is not usable (or accessible ) and is not used by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises.
          (b) As a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore any Above Building Standard Installations, Tenant shall (i) pay to Landlord upon demand a sum ( “Tenant’s Restoration Payment” ) equal to the amount, if any, by which (A) the cost, as estimated by a reputable independent contractor designated by Landlord, of repairing and restoring all Alterations and Tenant Improvements in the Premises to their condition prior to the damage, exceeds (B) the cost of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations, or (ii) furnish to Landlord security (the “Restoration Security” ) in form and amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord to secure Tenant’s obligation to pay all costs in excess of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations. If Tenant shall fail to deliver to Landlord either (1) Tenant’s Restoration Payment or the Restoration Security, as applicable, or (2) a waiver by Tenant, in form satisfactory to Landlord, of all of Landlord’s obligations to repair or restore any of the Above Building Standard Installations, in either case within 15 days after Landlord’s demand therefor, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore any Above Building Standard Installations and Tenant’s abatement of Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s

- 30 -


 

Operating Payment shall cease when the restoration of the Premises (other than any Above Building Standard Installations) is Substantially Complete.
      Section 11.4 Landlord’s Termination Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11.3, if the Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building shall be required (whether or not the Premises are so damaged or rendered untenantable), then in either of such events, Landlord may, not later than 60 days following the date of the damage, terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant, provided that if the Premises are not damaged, Landlord may not terminate this Lease unless Landlord similarly terminates the leases of other tenants in the Building aggregating at least 50% of the portion of the Building occupied for office purposes immediately prior to such damage. If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Term shall expire upon the 30 th day after such notice is given, (b) Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord, (c) Tenant’s liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of the damage, and (d) any prepaid Rent for any period after the date of the damage shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant.
      Section 11.5 Tenant’s Termination Right. If the Premises are totally damaged and are thereby rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, and if Landlord elects to restore the Premises, Landlord shall, within 60 days following the date of the damage, cause a contractor or architect selected by Landlord to give notice (the “Restoration Notice” ) to Tenant of the date by which such contractor or architect estimates the restoration of the Premises (excluding any Above Building Standard Installations) shall be Substantially Completed. If such date, as set forth in the Restoration Notice, is more than 12 months from the date of such damage, or if Landlord does not Substantially Complete Landlord’s restoration obligations with respect to the Premises within 12 months (subject to Unavoidable Delay), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice (the “Termination Notice” ) to Landlord not later than 30 days following delivery of the Restoration Notice to Tenant. If Tenant delivers a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of the giving of the Termination Notice, in the manner set forth in the second sentence of Section 11.4.
      Section 11.6 Final 18 Months. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 11, if any damage during the final 18 months of the Term renders the Premises wholly untenantable, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to the other parry within 30 days after the occurrence of such damage and this Lease shall expire on the 30 th  day after the date of such notice. For purposes of this Section 11.6, the Premises shall be deemed wholly untenantable if Tenant shall be precluded from using more than 50% of the Premises for the conduct of its business and Tenant’s inability to so use the Premises is reasonably expected to continue for more than 90 days. If either Landlord or Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.6, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the effective date of the terminating party’s notice.
      Section 11.7 Landlord’s Liability. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to

- 31 -


 

such property, or for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, none of the Insured Parties shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting from fire or other casualty, any damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or the parking facilities or by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or any latent defect in the Premises, the Building or the parking facilities (except that Landlord shall be required to repair the same to the extent provided in Article 6). No penalty shall accrue for delays which may arise by reason of adjustment of fire insurance on the part of Landlord or Tenant, or for any Unavoidable Delays arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Building, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable and diligent efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of any such repair or restoration.
      Section 11.8 Landlord’s Insurance. Beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and at all times thereafter during the Term of this Lease, the Landlord shall maintain at least the following insurance:
               (i) standard all-risk fire and casualty insurance, covering the Building in amounts at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of the Building (exclusive of any above-Building Standard Installations and any Specialty Alterations) at the time in question, but in no event less than such coverage as is required to avoid coinsurance provisions;
               (ii) comprehensive public liability insurance with minimum limits of $2,000,000 for injury to or death of one or more persons in any one occurrence and third-party property damage, and $5,000,000 for third-party property damage (all such coverage may be through primary and/or excess umbrella policies);
               (iii) employer’s liability insurance with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 for bodily injury;
               (iv) workmen’s compensation insurance in statutory limits; and
               (v) such other insurance coverage as is customarily carried in respect of Comparable Buildings.
          At the Tenant’s request the Landlord shall furnish the Tenant a certificate or certificates of insurance certifying that the insurance coverage required hereby is in force. Any insurance required by the terms of this Lease to be carried by the Landlord may be under a blanket policy (or policies) covering other properties of the Landlord and/or its related or affiliated corporations. If such insurance is maintained under a blanket policy, the Landlord shall procure and deliver to the Tenant a statement from the insurer or general agent of the insurer setting forth the coverage maintained and the amounts thereof allocated to the risks intended to be insured hereunder.

- 32 -


 

ARTICLE 12
EMINENT DOMAIN
      Section 12.1 Taking.
          (a) Total Taking. If all or substantially all of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public purpose (a “ Taking ”), this Lease shall terminate and the Term shall end as of the date of the vesting of title and Rent shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.
          (b) Partial Taking. Upon a Taking of only a part of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises then, except as hereinafter provided in this Article 12, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided that from and after the date of the vesting of title, Fixed Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be modified to reflect the reduction of the Premises and/or the Building as a result of such Taking.
          (c) Landlord’s Termination Right. Whether or not the Premises are affected, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, within 60 days following the date upon which Landlord receives notice of the Taking of all or a portion of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises, terminate this Lease, provided that Landlord elects to terminate leases (including this Lease) affecting at least 100% of the rentable area of the office space in the Building.
          (d) Tenant’s Termination Right. If the part of the Real Property so Taken contains more than 20% of the total area of the Premises leased by Tenant immediately prior to such Taking, or if, by reason of such Taking, Tenant no longer has reasonable means of access to the Premises or any material Building amenities or services are materially impaired, Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord given within 30 days following the date upon which Tenant is given notice of such Taking. If Tenant so notifies Landlord, this Lease shall end and expire upon the 30 th day following the giving of such notice as if such day were the original Expiration Date under this Lease. If a part of the Premises shall be so Taken and this Lease is not terminated in accordance with this Section 12.1 Landlord, without being required to spend more than it collects as an award, shall, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, restore that part of the Premises not so Taken to a self-contained rental unit substantially equivalent (with respect to character, quality, appearance and services) to that which existed immediately prior to such Taking, excluding Tenant’s Property and Above Building Standard Installations.
          (e) Apportionment of Rent. Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12, Rent shall be apportioned as of, and shall be paid or refunded up to and including, the date of such termination.
      Section 12.2 Awards. Upon any Taking, Landlord shall receive the entire award for any such Taking, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term or Tenant’s Alterations. Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from making a separate claim in any condemnation proceedings for the then value of any Tenant’s Property or Above Building

- 33 -


 

Standard Installations included in such Taking and for any moving expenses, provided any such award is in addition to, and does not result in a reduction of, the award made to Landlord.
      Section 12.3 Temporary Taking. If all or any part of the Premises is Taken for a period of 30 days or less for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord and the Term shall not be reduced or affected in any way and Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent payable by Tenant without reduction or abatement and to perform all of its other obligations under this Lease, except to the extent prevented from doing so by the condemning authority, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award or payment from the condemning authority for such use, which shall be received, held and applied by Tenant as a trust fund for payment of the Rent falling due.
ARTICLE 13
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
      Section 13.1 Consent Requirements.
          (a) Assignment or Subletting. Except as expressly set forth in Section 13.3(a), Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and shall not sublet, or permit, or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others (whether for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise) (any such action being a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior consent in each instance.. Reference is hereby made to Section 13.3 concerning conditions to assignments and sublets and Section 13.7(a) concerning certain permitted transfers. Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Article 13 shall be void and shall constitute an Event of Default.
          (b) Collection of Rent. If, without Landlord’s consent (where such consent is required), this Lease is assigned, or any part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or this Lease is encumbered (by operation of law or otherwise), Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Article 13, an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder, and in all cases Tenant shall remain fully liable for its obligations under this Lease.
          (c) Further Assignment/Subletting. Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to any further assignment or subletting as required under this Lease. In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit any portion of the sublet space to be used or occupied by others.
      Section 13.2 Tenant’s Notice. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which shall be accompanied by (a) with respect to an assignment of this Lease, the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective, and (b) with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet and the commencement date of such

- 34 -


 

sublet. Such notice shall be deemed an irrevocable offer from Tenant to Landlord of the right, at Landlord’s option, (1) to terminate this Lease if the proposed transaction is an assignment of this Lease, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, or (2) if the proposed transaction is a subletting of 50% or more of the rentable square footage of the Premises (but excluding space subleased to Related Entities and/or under Permitted Subleases), in the aggregate with all other portions of the Premises then subleased (but excluding space subleased to Related Entities and/or under Permitted Subleases) and expiring during the last 12 months of the Term (without regard to any then unexercised extension rights under the Lease, but considering all extension options granted under the proposed sublease), to terminate this Lease with respect to such space as Tenant proposes to sublease (the “ Partial Space ”). Such option may be exercised by notice from Landlord to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of Tenant’s notice. If Landlord exercises its option to terminate all or a portion of this Lease, (a) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to all or a portion of the Premises, as the case may be, on the date that such assignment or sublease was to commence, (b) Rent shall be apportioned, paid or refunded as of such date, (c) Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall enter into an amendment of this Lease ratifying and confirming such total or partial termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, and (d) Landlord shall be free to lease the Premises (or any part thereof) to Tenant’s prospective assignee or subtenant. Tenant shall pay all costs to make the Partial Space a self-contained rental unit and to install any required Building corridors. Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the terms of this Section 13.2 shall not apply to any sublease or assignment to a Related Entity or to any sublease to a Permitted Subtenant (hereinafter defined) pursuant to Section 13.7(a).
      Section 13.3 Conditions to Assignment/Subletting.
          (a) If Landlord does not exercise its termination option provided under Section 13.2 , and provided no monetary Event of Default then exists, Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such consent shall be granted or denied within 20 days after delivery to Landlord of (i) a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant (“ Transferee ”), the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, (ii) current financial information with respect to the Transferee, including its most recent financial statements, and (iii) any other information Landlord may promptly and reasonably request, provided that:
               (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Transferee is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which (1) is for the Permitted Uses, and (2) does not violate any restrictions set forth in this Lease, any Mortgage or Superior Lease;
               (ii) the Transferee has sufficient financial means to perform all of its obligations under this Lease or the sublease, as the case may be;
               (iii) [Intentionally Omitted];

- 35 -


 

               (iv) the Transferee is not a person or entity (or affiliate of a person or entity) with whom Landlord is then or has been within the prior 30 days negotiating in connection with the rental of space in the Building;
               (v) [Intentionally Omitted];
               (vi) Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable third-party out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease, including any investigations as to the acceptability of the Transferee and all reasonable legal costs (not to exceed $1,000) reasonably incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and
               (vii) the Transferee shall not be entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, regardless of whether the Transferee agrees to waive such diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, the County of Fairfax and Commonwealth of Virginia.
          (b) With respect to each and every subletting and/or assignment approved by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease (for which Landlord’s approval is required):
               (i) the form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;
               (ii) no sublease shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date;
               (iii) no Transferee shall take possession of any part of the Premises, until an executed counterpart of such sublease or assignment has been delivered to Landlord and approved by Landlord as provided in Section 13.3; and
               (iv) each sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate; and Tenant and each Transferee shall be deemed to have agreed mat upon the occurrence and during me continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant has hereby assigned to Landlord, and Landlord may, at its option, accept such assignment of, all right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, together with all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof then in effect and such Transferee shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (A) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (B) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense not expressly provided in such sublease, which theretofore accrued to such Transferee against Tenant, (C) bound by any previous modification of such sublease not consented to by Landlord or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent, (D) bound to return such Transferee’s security deposit, if any, except to the extent Landlord shall receive actual possession of such deposit and such Transferee shall be entitled to the return of all or any portion of such deposit under the terms of its sublease, or (E) obligated to make any payment to or on behalf of such Transferee, or to perform any work in the subleased space or the Building, or in any way to prepare the subleased space for occupancy, beyond Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. The

- 36 -


 

provisions of this Section 13.3(b)(v) shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision, provided that the Transferee shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such subordination and attornment.
          (c) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant (“ Transferee ”), (ii) the nature of the Transferee’s business and its proposed use of the Premises, (iii) current financial information with respect to the Transferee, including its most recent financial statements, and (iv) any other information Landlord may reasonably request.
          If, within 10 days after delivery to Landlord of the items and information required by Section 13.3(a) and this Section 13.3(c), Tenant has not received Landlord’s written consent or denial of consent to a proposed assignment or subletting, Tenant shall have the right to thereafter send Landlord a second written request for approval of the proposed assignment or sublease, which request must state “SECOND AND FINAL REQUEST-LANDLORD HAS 10 DAYS TO RESPOND” at the top of the first page of the request (the “ Second Request ”). If Landlord does not give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s consent or denial of consent of the proposed assignment or sublease within 10 days after receipt of the Second Request, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to Tenant entering the proposed assignment or sublease, but Landlord shall not be estopped by or deemed to have approved any specific terms of the assignment or sublease (such as, for example, if the assignment document were to release Tenant from any further liability under this Lease or if the sublease provides for a sublease term extending beyond the term of this Lease). All notices given to Landlord under this Section and elsewhere in this Lease must be given in accordance with the requirements set forth in Article 23.
          (d) Provided Landlord does not exercise its termination option under Section 13.2 and Tenant does not consummate the proposed assignment or sublease upon the terms set forth in the bona fide term sheet or letter of intent within 180 days after Landlord elects not to exercise such termination, Landlord’s termination rights shall be reinstated under Section 13.2 and Tenant shall again comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Section 13.2.
      Section 13.4 Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting or any acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of all Rent due and for the performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and any Event of Default under this Lease by any Transferee or anyone claiming under or through any Transferee shall be deemed to be an Event of Default under this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all Losses resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the Transferee or anyone claiming under or through any Transferee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, irrespective of whether Landlord shall give or decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under this Article 13.

- 37 -


 

      Section 13.5 Tenant’s Failure to Complete. If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease (where such consent is required) and Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord such assignment or sublease within 90 days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 13.2 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.
      Section 13.6 Profits. Except with respect to those assignments and sublets which may be consummated without Landlord’s consent pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.7(a), if Tenant enters into any assignment or sublease permitted hereunder or consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall, within 60 days of Landlord’s consent to such assignment or sublease, deliver to Landlord a list of Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, reasonable tenant concessions, legal fees, advertising costs, construction costs and architectural fees paid or to be paid in connection with such transaction and any actual costs incurred by Tenant in separately demising the subleased space (collectively, “Transaction Costs ”), together with a list of all of Tenant’s Property to be transferred to such Transferee. The Transaction Costs shall be amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the term of any sublease. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of such Transaction Costs promptly after the same are paid. In consideration of such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord:
          (a) In the case of an assignment, on the effective date of the assignment, 50% of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the Transferee for or by reason of such assignment (including sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, less, the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the Transaction Costs; or
          (b) In the case of a sublease, 50% of any consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the Transferee which exceeds on a per square foot basis the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (together with any sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, less, the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the monthly amortized amount of Transaction Costs. The sums payable under this clause shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant.
      Section 13.7 Transfers.
          (a) Related Entities. If Tenant or Tenant’s parent company is a legal entity, the transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority of the stock or other beneficial ownership interest in Tenant (collectively “Ownership Interests ”) shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of this Article 13 shall not apply to the transfer of Ownership Interests in Tenant if and so long as Tenant (or, if applicable, Tenant’s parent company) is publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange. For purposes of this Section 13.7 the term “transfers” shall be deemed to include the issuance of new Ownership Interests which results in a change of control of Tenant.
     The provisions of Section 13.1 shall not apply to transactions with a business entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred so long as (i) such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business

- 38 -


 

purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, (ii) the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and (iii) proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such transaction. Tenant may also, upon prior notice to Landlord and Mortgagee (but without Landlord’s consent), assign this lease to any business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant (a “Related Entity” ) or permit a Related Entity to sublet all or part of the Premises for any Permitted Use for so long as such entity remains a Related Entity. Such sublease shall not be deemed to vest in any such Related Entity any right or interest in this Lease. No sublease or assignment shall relieve, release, impair or discharge any of the obligations of the initial tenant herein named. For the purposes hereof, “control” shall be deemed to mean ownership of not less than 20% of all of the Ownership Interests of such corporation or other business entity.
     Any provision of this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord’s consent, recapture and profit sharing rights shall not apply to one or more subleases of the Premises to Permitted Subtenants (hereinafter defined) which, in the aggregate, do not exceed, in the aggregate, 10,000 square feet of the rentable area of the Premises ( “Permitted Subleases” ). “Permitted Subtenants” means Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or vendors provided that such Permitted Subtenants are using such space for legitimate business purposes and not for the purpose of circumventing the Landlord consent provisions of Article 13. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section, the provisions of Article 13 shall apply to subleases to Permitted Subtenants. The space sublet to any Permitted Subtenants shall not be separately demised or have separate entrances.
          (b) Applicability. The limitations set forth in this Section 13.7 shall apply to Transferee(s) and guarantor(s) of this Lease, if any, and any transfer by any such entity in violation of this Section 13.7 shall be a transfer in violation of Section 13.1.
          (c) Modifications, Takeover Agreements. Any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease and/or any other agreement by which a landlord of a building other than the Building agrees to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed a sublease for the purposes of Section 13.1 hereof.
      Section 13.8 Assumption of Obligations. No assignment or transfer shall be effective unless and until the Transferee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee (a) assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and (b) agrees that, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, the provisions of Section 13.1 hereof shall be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.
      Section 13.9 Tenant’s Liability. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any successors-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, extending the time, or modifying any of the

- 39 -


 

terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.
      Section 13.10 Listings in Building Directory. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the doors of the Premises, the Building directory or elsewhere shall not vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others. Any such listing shall constitute a privilege revocable in Landlord’s reasonable discretion by notice to Tenant, but only upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.
      Section 13.11 Lease Disaffirmance or Rejection. If at any time after an assignment by Tenant named herein, this Lease is not affirmed or is rejected in any bankruptcy proceeding or any similar proceeding, or upon a termination of this Lease due to any such proceeding, Tenant named herein, upon request of Landlord given after such disaffirmance, rejection or termination (and actual notice thereof to Landlord in the event of a disaffirmance or rejection or in the event of termination other than by act of Landlord), shall (a) pay to Landlord all Rent and other charges due and owing by the assignee to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination, and (b) as “tenant,” enter into a new lease of the Premises with Landlord for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination and ending on the Expiration Date, at the same Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that (i) the rights of Tenant named herein under the new lease shall be subject to the possessory rights of the assignee under this Lease and the possessory rights of any persons claiming through or under such assignee or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court, (ii) such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by Tenant named herein with due diligence, and (iii) such new lease shall require Tenant named herein to pay all Rent which, had this Lease not been so disaffirmed, rejected or terminated, would have become due under the provisions of this Lease after the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination with respect to any period prior thereto. If Tenant named herein defaults in its obligations to enter into such new lease for a period of 10 days after Landlord’s request, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of default, either at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant named herein as if it had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated as of the commencement date thereof by reason of Tenant’s default thereunder.
      Section 13.12 Lender Consent. If Landlord’s consent is required for any Transfer, Tenant shall also obtain Mortgagee’s written consent to such Transfer. Tenant shall send notices to Mortgagee as and when Tenant is required to send notices to Landlord under this Article. Mortgagee shall have the same amount of time to respond to notices given to Mortgagee under this Article as Landlord is entitled to under this Article, with such time period commencing upon Mortgagee’s receipt of any such notices from Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mortgagee’s consent shall not be required in connection with the assignment of this Lease to a Related Entity or in connection with space subleased to Related Entities or to Permitted Subtenants.

- 40 -


 

ARTICLE 14
ACCESS TO PREMISES
      Section 14.1 Landlord’s Access.
          (a) Landlord, Landlord’s agents and utility service providers servicing the Building may erect, use and maintain concealed ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the Premises provided such use does not cause the usable area of the Premises to be reduced beyond a de minimis amount. Landlord shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused by any work performed pursuant to this Article 14. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except in case of an emergency, Landlord shall provide notice of not less than 72 hours prior to entering the Premises for any such activities. Landlord shall comply with Tenant’s reasonable security procedures when in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Commencement Date Landlord shall not erect or install wiring, ducts, pipes or conduits in the Premises (except to the extent the same replace any wiring, ducts, pipes or conduits which exist in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date).
          (b) Landlord, any Lessor or Mortgagee and any other party designated by Landlord and their respective agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (which notice may be oral) except in the case of emergency, to examine the Premises, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees, Lessors or tenants and their respective agents and representatives or others and to perform Restorative Work to the Premises or the Building.
          (c) All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises, all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, mail chutes, conduits and other mechanical facilities, Building Systems; Building faculties and Common Areas are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of Building operation, maintenance, alteration and repair. In the performance of any such work, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid disruption of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. If, in exercising its rights under this Article, Landlord interferes with Tenant’s ability to operate Tenant’s business in the Premises and Tenant ceases to operate Tenant’s business in the Premises as a result thereof, then Tenant should be entitled to an abatement of Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Operating Payment and Tenant’s Tax Payment until Tenant can once again operate Tenant’s business in the Premises. Except in the case of an emergency, Landlord shall not have access to the NOC Facilities without Tenant’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and without an escort designated by Tenant. To the extent that Landlord incurs any expense arising from the requirement that Landlord must be accompanied by a Tenant-designated escort (such as the Tenant-designated escort not being available at a pre-arranged time), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such expense within 30 days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor.
      Section 14.2 Building Name. Landlord has the right at any time to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Tenant of any name change. If Landlord changes the

- 41 -


 

name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s third-party out-of-pocket expenses (not to exceed $2,500) incurred in replacing Tenant’s then existing stationery, business card stocks and marketing materials.
ARTICLE 15
DEFAULT
      Section 15.1 Tenant’s Defaults. Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:
          (a) Tenant fails to pay when due any installment of Rent and such default shall continue for 5 Business Days after written notice of such default is given to Tenant except that if Landlord shall have given two such notices of default in the payment of any Rent in any 12-month period, Tenant shall not be entitled to any further notice of its delinquency in the payment of any Rent or an extended period in which to make payment until such time as 12 consecutive months shall have elapsed without Tenant having failed to make any such payment when due, and the occurrence of any default in the payment of any Rent within such 12-month period after the giving of 2 such notices shall constitute an Event of Default; or
          (b) Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease and such failure continues for more than 30 days after notice by Landlord to Tenant of such default, or if such default is of a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within 30 days, failure by Tenant to commence to remedy such failure within said 30 days, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy such default, provided in all events the same is completed within 90 days; or
          (c) if Landlord applies or retains any part of the Security Deposit, and Tenant fails to deposit with Landlord the amount so applied or retained by Landlord, or to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined), if applicable, within 10 Business Days after notice by Landlord to Tenant stating the amount applied or retained; or
     Upon the occurrence of any one or more of such Events of Default, Landlord may, at its sole option, give to Tenant notice of cancellation of this Lease (or of Tenant’s possession of the Premises), in which event this Lease and the Term (or Tenant’s possession of the Premises) shall terminate (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) with the same force and effect as if the date set forth in the notice was the Expiration Date stated herein; and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in this Article 15. Any notice of cancellation of the Term (or Tenant’s possession of the Premises) may be given simultaneously with any notice of default given to Tenant; provided the same shall not limit Tenant’s cure rights under this Lease.
      Section 15.2 Landlord’s Remedies.
          (a) Possession/Reletting. If this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, terminate as provided in Section 15.1:

- 42 -


 

               (i)  Surrender of Possession. Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord and its agents may immediately, or at any time after such termination, re-enter the Premises or any part thereof, without notice, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force (to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise in accordance with applicable legal proceedings (without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor), and may repossess the Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other persons from the Premises and remove any and all of their property and effects from the Premises.
               (ii)  Landlord’s Reletting. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may relet all or any part of the Premises from time to time, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, to such tenant or tenants, for any term ending before, on or after the Expiration Date, at such rental and upon such other conditions (which may include concessions and free rent periods) as Landlord, in its sole but reasonable discretion, may determine. Landlord shall have no obligation to accept any tenant offered by Tenant and shall not be liable for failure to relet or, in the event of any such reletting, for failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting; and no such failure shall relieve Tenant of, or otherwise affect, any liability under mis Lease. However, to the extent required by law, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages but shall not be required to divert prospective tenants from any other portions of the Building. Landlord, at Landlord’s option, may make such alterations, decorations and other physical changes in and to the Premises as Landlord, in its sole discretion, considers advisable or necessary in connection with such reletting or proposed reletting, without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any such liability.
          (b) Tenant’s Waiver. Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including all creditors, hereby waives all rights which Tenant and all such persons might otherwise have under any Requirement (i) to redeem, or to re-enter or repossess the Premises, or (ii) to restore the operation of this Lease, after (A) Tenant shall have been dispossessed by judgment or by warrant of any court or judge, or (B) any expiration or early termination of the term of this Lease, whether such dispossess, re-entry, expiration or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The words “re-enter,” “re-entry” and “re-entered” as used in this Lease shall not be deemed to be restricted to their technical legal meanings.
          (c) Tenant’s Breach. Upon the breach by Tenant, or any persons claiming through or under Tenant, of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period Landlord shall have the right to enjoin such breach and to invoke any other remedy allowed by law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other special remedies were not provided in this Lease for such breach. The rights to invoke the remedies set forth above are cumulative and shall not preclude Landlord from invoking any other remedy allowed at law or in equity.

- 43 -


 

      Section 15.3 Landlord’s Damages.
          (a) Amount of Damages. If this Lease and the Term, or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, terminate as provided in Section 15.1, then:
               (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord all items of Rent payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord prior to the date of termination;
               (ii) Landlord may retain (to the maximum extent of its damages) all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as prepaid Rent, a Security Deposit or otherwise, which monies, to the extent not otherwise applied to amounts due and owing to Landlord, shall be credited by Landlord against any damages payable by Tenant to Landlord and Landlord will promptly deliver to Tenant any excess proceeds to which Tenant is entitled;
               (iii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in monthly installments, on the days specified in this Lease for payment of installments of Fixed Rent, any Deficiency; it being understood that Landlord shall be entitled to recover the Deficiency from Tenant each month as the same shall arise, and no suit to collect the amount of the Deficiency for any month, shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the Deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding; and
               (iv) whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly Deficiency, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, in lieu of any further Deficiency and as liquidated and agreed final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent during such period to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry, increased in each succeeding year by 4% (on a compounded basis)) exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises, for the same period (with both amounts being discounted to present value at a rate of interest equal to 2% below the then Base Rate) less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.3(a)(iii) for the same period.
          (b) Reletting. If the Premises, or any part thereof, shall be relet together with other space in the Building, the rents collected or reserved under any such reletting and the reasonable third-party out-of-pocket expenses of any such reletting shall be equitably apportioned for the purposes of this Section 15.3. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents collected or payable under any reletting, whether or not such rents exceeds the Fixed Rent reserved in this Lease. Nothing contained in Article 15 shall be deemed to limit or preclude the recovery by Landlord from Tenant of the maximum amount allowed to be obtained as damages by any Requirement, or of any sums or damages to which Landlord may be entitled in addition to the damages set forth in this Section 15.3.
      Section 15.4 Interest. If any payment of Rent is not paid within 5 Business Days after the same is due, interest shall accrue on such payment, from the date such payment became due until paid at the Interest Rate. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant of Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation,

- 44 -


 

processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any note secured by a Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, in addition to interest, if any amount is not paid within 5 Business Days after the same is due, a late charge equal to 5% of such amount shall be assessed; provided, however, that on 2 occasions during any calendar year of the Term, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such late payment and Tenant shall have a period of 5 Business Days thereafter in which to make such payment before any late charge is assessed. Such interest and late charges are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.
      Section 15.5 Other Rights of Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay any Additional Rent when due, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, shall have the same rights and remedies as in the case of a default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent. If Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Rent, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, regardless of any request by Tenant.
     Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not look to any property or assets of any partner, member, manager, shareholder, director, officer, principal, or employee of Tenant (collectively, the “Tenant Parties” ) in seeking either to enforce Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment for Tenant’s failure to perform such obligations; and none of the Tenant Parties shall be personally liable for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
     Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not discontinue providing utilities (other than overtime HVAC service) to the Premises due to any default of Tenant, until Landlord has obtained a court order or other similar determination by an applicable judicial or arbitrative body authorizing such discontinuance.
      Section 15.6 Maintenance Default. If Landlord fails to perform any repair or maintenance which is Landlord’s obligation under this Lease, or fails to perform Landlord’s obligations under Section 8.1(c) of the Lease, and such failure materially and adversely impacts Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises for the Permitted Use (a “Repair Problem”) , Tenant shall send Landlord a written notice detailing the nature of the Repair Problem (the “First Notice” ). If such Repair Problem continues for 15 days after Landlord receives the First Notice, Tenant shall send a second notice which must state “SECOND AND FINAL REQUEST” at the top of the notice (the “Second Notice”) . If the Repair Problem continues for 15 days after Landlord receives the Second Notice, Tenant may make such repairs or perform such maintenance at Tenant’s cost provided that Tenant shall be solely responsible for any damage or injury, or death caused by or arising therefrom. Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, if Landlord commences repair of the Repair Problem within 15 days after receipt of the Second Notice and thereafter prosecutes such repair to completion with reasonable diligence, Landlord shall have a reasonable period after receipt of the Second Notice to complete the Repair Problem. All notices given to Landlord under this Section and elsewhere in this Lease must be given in accordance with the requirements set forth in Article 23.

- 45 -


 

     If Tenant complies with the provisions of this Section, upon Tenant’s completion of the Repair Problem Landlord shall (subject to Article 7 of this Lease and to the restrictions of this Section) pay Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs, for making such repairs or performing such maintenance promptly upon presentation of a bill therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right (i) to undertake any action which would affect the Building Systems, (ii) to undertake any action which would affect the Building’s exterior walls, floor slabs, roof or structure, or (iii) to set off or deduct any amounts due from Landlord hereunder from the Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due under this Lease.
     Any provision of this Section 15.6 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of an emergency requiring repairs to the Emergency Power System, if Landlord does not promptly and diligently perform the repairs, Tenant’s self-help right under this Section shall apply to the Emergency Power System without the requirement of providing the First Notice or the Second Notice to Landlord.
ARTICLE 16
LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES
     If Tenant defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, without waiving such default, may perform such obligations at Tenant’s expense: (a) immediately, and without notice, in the case of emergency threatening imminent harm to any person or property or if the default (i) materially interferes with the use by any other tenant of the Building, (ii) materially interferes with the efficient operation of the Building, (iii) results in a violation of any Requirement, or (iv) results or will result in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, and (b) in any other case if such default continues after 30 days from the date Landlord gives notice of Landlord’s intention to perform the defaulted obligation. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it and all costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any unlawful detainer proceeding) brought by Landlord to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after demand, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date incurred by Landlord. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, all costs and expenses which, pursuant to this Lease are incurred by Landlord and payable to Landlord by Tenant, and all charges, amounts and sums payable to Landlord by Tenant for any property, material, labor, utility or other services which, pursuant to this Lease or at the request and for the account of Tenant, are provided, furnished or rendered by Landlord, shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice for such amount.
ARTICLE 17
NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORD’S APPROVAL
      Section 17.1 No Representations. Except as expressly set forth herein, Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no warranties, representations, statements or promises with respect to the Building, the Real Property or the Premises and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise. Tenant is entering into this Lease after full

- 46 -


 

investigation and is not relying upon any statement or representation made by Landlord not embodied in this Lease.
      Section 17.2. No Money Damages. Wherever in this Lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required, Landlord hereby acknowledges its duty to act in each such case consistent with a covenant of good faith and fair dealing (but Landlord shall not otherwise be subject to a “reasonableness” standard where Landlord has reserved its right to act in its sole discretion). If Landlord refuses to grant such consent or approval, whether or not Landlord expressly agreed that such consent or approval would not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall not make, and Tenant hereby waives, any claim for money damages (including any claim by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) based upon Tenant’s claim or assertion that Landlord unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed its consent or approval. Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce such provision, by specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment, provided that such remedy can be obtained during the pendency of the Lease.
     If Tenant is unable to obtain such remedy during the pendency of the Lease, then notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled money damages equal to the diminished value of Tenant’s leasehold estate proximately caused by Landlord acting in bad faith in withholding its consent or approval, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall either party be liable to the other for any indirect, consequential or punitive damages, including loss or profits or business opportunity, arising under or in connection with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s waiver to set forth in the second sentence of this Section shall not apply to any final non-appealable judgment that Tenant obtains from a court of competent jurisdiction that Landlord acted in bad faith in withholding its consent or approval.
      Section 17.3 Reasonable Efforts. For purposes of this Lease, “reasonable efforts” by Landlord or Tenant shall not include an obligation to employ contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever.
ARTICLE 18
END OF TERM
      Section 18.1 Expiration. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Lease excepted, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 5.3 to the contrary, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property and to the extent Tenant is required elsewhere in this Lease to remove Tenant’s Specialty Alterations.
      Section 18.2 Holdover Rent. Landlord and Tenant recognize that Landlord’s damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Accordingly, if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord on the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, in addition to any other rights or remedies

- 47 -


 

Landlord may have hereunder or at law, Tenant shall (a) pay to Landlord for each month (or any portion thereof) during which Tenant holds over in the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, a sum equal to 150% of the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term for the first 60 days of such holdover and 200% of the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term for any holdover in excess of 60 days, (b) be liable to Landlord for (i) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a “New Tenant” ) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (ii) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (c) indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holding-over by Tenant, nor the payment to Landlord of the amounts specified above, shall operate to extend the Term hereof. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, and no acceptance by Landlord of payments from Tenant after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 18.2. Any provision of this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, in connection with any such holdover, Tenant shall have a 60 day grace period prior to being liable for any consequential or punitive damages as a result of such holdover.
ARTICLE 19
QUIET ENJOYMENT
     Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and no Event of Default by Tenant then exists, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises and Tenant’s possession of the Premises and the rights afforded to Tenant hereunder shall not be disturbed, without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.
ARTICLE 20
NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER
      Section 20.1 No Surrender or Release. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord.
      Section 20.2 No Waiver. The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future performance of such obligations of this Lease or the Rules and Regulations, or of the right to exercise such election but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission. The receipt by Landlord of any Rent payable pursuant to this Lease or any other sums with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a payment on

- 48 -


 

account of the earliest stipulated Rent, or as Landlord may elect to apply such payment, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.
ARTICLE 21
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; COUNTERCLAIM
      Section 21.1 Jury Trial Waiver. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party against the other on any matters in any way arising out of or connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise.
      Section 21.2 Waiver of Counterclaim. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding against Tenant, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding (unless failure to interpose such counterclaim would preclude Tenant from asserting in a separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will not seek to consolidate such proceeding with any other action which may have been or will be brought in any other court by Tenant.
ARTICLE 22
NOTICES
     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all consents, notices, demands, requests, approvals or other communications given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if delivered by hand (provided a signed receipt is obtained) or if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service making receipted deliveries, addressed to Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Article 1, and to any Mortgagee or Lessee who shall require copies of notices and whose address is provided to Tenant, or to such other address(es) as Landlord, Tenant or any Mortgagee or Lessor may designate as its new address(es) for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Article 22. Any such approval, consent, notice, demand, request or other communication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipted delivery, refusal to accept delivery or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no notice is given or 3 Business Days after it shall have been mailed as provided in this Article 22, whichever is earlier.
ARTICLE 23
RULES AND REGULATIONS
     All Tenant Parties shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, as reasonably supplemented or amended from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to adopt additional Rules and Regulations and to amend the Rules and Regulations then in effect. Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other

- 49 -


 

Building tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees, provided that Landlord shall enforce the Rules or Regulations against Tenant in a non-discriminatory fashion. Landlord shall not enforce any Rules and Regulations other than in a uniform, non-discriminatory manner.
ARTICLE 24
BROKER
     Landlord has retained Landlord’s Agent as leasing agent in connection with this Lease and Landlord will be solely responsible for any fee that may be payable to Landlord’s Agent. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its agents have dealt with any broker in connection with this Lease other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker and that no other broker, finder or like entity procured or negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any fee or commission in connection herewith. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all Losses which the indemnified party may incur by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Landlord’s Agent and Tenant’s Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Lease, and/or the above representation being false.
ARTICLE 25
INDEMNITY
      Section 25.1 Tenant’s Indemnity. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises or the Building which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of any Requirement, and shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless each of the Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses, resulting from any claims (i) against the Indemnitees arising from any act, omission or negligence of any of the Tenant Parties, (ii) against the Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring in or about the Premises, and (iii) against the Indemnitees resulting from any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed. The foregoing indemnity shall be deemed to exclude liability arising from the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the Indemnitees, or any of them.
      Section 25.2 Landlord’s Indemnity. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against all Losses incurred by Tenant arising from (i) any act, omission or negligence of Landlord, (ii) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or the property of any person in or about the Real Property (exclusive of the Premises) to the extent attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees or agents, and/or (iii) any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement of this Lease on the part of Landlord to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed.

- 50 -


 

     Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Landlord nor any of its employees, agents or contractors shall be liable under any theory of liability to Tenant for any indirect, special, incidental, remote or consequential damages arising under or in connection with this Lease, whether in an action for or arising out of breach of contract, business interruption, tort, or otherwise.
      Section 25.3 Defense and Settlement. If any claim, action or proceeding is made or brought against any Indemnitee, then upon demand by an Indemnitee, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall resist or defend such claim, action or proceeding in the lndemnitee’s name(if necessary), by attorneys reasonably approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (attorneys for Tenant’s insurer shall be deemed approved for purposes of this Section 25.3). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnitee may retain its own attorneys to participate or assist in defending any claim, action or proceeding involving potential liability in excess of the amount available under Tenant’s liability insurance carried under Section 11.1 for such claim and Tenant shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such attorneys. If Tenant fails to diligently defend or if there is a legal conflict or other conflict of interest, then Landlord may retain separate counsel at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, Tenant may direct the Indemnitee to settle any claim, suit or other proceeding provided that (a) such settlement shall involve no obligation on the part of the Indemnitee other than the payment of money, (b) any payments to be made pursuant to such settlement shall be paid in full exclusively by Tenant at the time such settlement is reached, (c) such settlement shall not require the Indemnitee to admit any liability, and (d) the Indemnitee shall have received an unconditional release from the other parties to such claim, suit or other proceeding.
ARTICLE 26
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 26.1 Delivery & Authority. This Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Lease to Tenant. Landlord represents to Tenant that Landlord has the authority to enter into this Lease and perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder
      Section 26.2 Transfer of Real Property. Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall not be binding upon the Landlord named herein after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer by such Landlord (or upon any subsequent landlord after such subsequent landlord’s transfer) of its interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, and in the event of any such transfer, Landlord (and any such subsequent Landlord) shall be entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder arising from and after the date of such transfer and the transferee of Landlord’s interest (or that of such subsequent Landlord) in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of such transfer.
      Section 26.3 Limitation on Liability. The liability of Landlord for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Real Property and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or the property or assets of any

- 51 -


 

direct or indirect partner, member, manager, shareholder, director, officer, principal, employee or agent of Landlord (collectively, the “Parties” ) in seeking either to enforce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment for Landlord’s failure to perform such obligations; and none of the Parties shall be personally liable for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.
      Section 26.4 Rent. All amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, Additional Rent or Rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
      Section 26.5 Entire Document. This Lease (including any Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein and all supplementary agreements provided for herein) contains the entire agreement between the parties and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged into this Lease. All of the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated in and made a part of this Lease, provided that in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Lease and the terms and provisions of the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control.
      Section 26.6 Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (but not including the choice of law rules thereof).
      Section 26.7 Unenforceability. If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any Person or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to any other Person or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
      Section 26.8 Lease Disputes.
          (a) Tenant agrees that all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease, and all actions to enforce this Lease, shall be dealt with and adjudicated in the state courts of the Commonwealth of Virginia or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia and for that purpose hereby expressly and irrevocably submits itself to the jurisdiction of such courts. Tenant agrees that so far as is permitted under applicable law, this consent to personal jurisdiction shall be self-operative and no further instrument or action, other than service of process in one of the manners specified in this Lease, or as otherwise permitted by law, shall be necessary in order to confer jurisdiction upon it in any such court.
          (b) To the extent that Tenant has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, Tenant irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Lease.

- 52 -


 

      Section 26.9 Landlord’s Agent. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant to the contrary, Landlord’s Agent is authorized to act as Landlord’s agent in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant shall be entitled to rely upon correspondence received from Landlord’s Agent. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Agent is acting solely as agent for Landlord in connection with the foregoing; and neither Landlord’s Agent nor any of its direct or indirect partners, members, managers, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, principals, agents or representatives shall have any liability to Tenant in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant waives any and all claims against any and all of such parties arising out of, or in any way connected with, this Lease, the Building or the Real Property.
      Section 26.10 Estoppel. Within 15 days following request from Landlord, any Mortgagee or any Lessor, but not more frequently than 3 times in any 12 month period during the Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement executed and acknowledged by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (a) stating the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date, and that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (b) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent have been paid, together with the amount of monthly Fixed Rent and Additional, Rent then payable, (c) stating whether or not, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and, if Landlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (d) stating the amount of the Security Deposit, if any, under this Lease, (e) stating whether there are any subleases or assignments affecting the Premises, (f) stating the address of Tenant to which all notices and communications under the Lease shall be sent, and (g) responding to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord, such Mortgagee or such Lessor. Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 26.10 may be relied upon by any purchaser or owner of the Real Property or the Building or all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property or the Building or any Superior Lease, or by any Mortgagee, or assignee thereof or by any Lessor, or assignee thereof. Within 10 Business Days following request from Tenant, but not more frequently than twice in any 12 month period, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement executed and acknowledged by Landlord, in form reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, containing the above information.
      Section 26.11 Certain Interpretational Rules. For purposes of this Lease, whenever the words “include”, “includes”, or “including” are used, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” and, whenever the circumstances or the context requires, the singular shall be construed as the plural, the masculine shall be construed as the feminine and/or the neuter and vice versa. This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting construction against the party drafting or causing the drafting of the provision in question.
     The captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision hereof.
      Section 26.12 Parties Bound. The terms, covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and, except as

- 53 -


 

otherwise provided in this Lease, to their respective legal representatives, successors, and assigns.
      Section 26.13 Memorandum of Lease. This Lease shall not be recorded; however, at Landlord’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this Lease sufficient for recording and Landlord may record the memorandum. Any recording fees payable in connection with Landlord’s request shall be Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Within 10 days following the end of the Term, Tenant shall enter into such reasonable and customary documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record.
      Section 26.14 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument. Signatures transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed as original signatures effective on transmission provided that the originals are delivered within 2 Business Days.
      Section 26.15 Survival. All obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration or other termination of this Lease, and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this Lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this Lease, and with respect to any Rent and any other amounts payable under this Lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
      Section 26.16 Inability to Perform. Landlord and Tenant shall be excused from performing any obligation or undertaking provided for in this Lease so long as such performance is prevented or delayed, retarded or hindered by an Unavoidable Delay; provided, however, that no such event or cause shall relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder to make full and timely payments of Rent as provided herein. Landlord and Tenant each shall use reasonable efforts to promptly notify the other of any Unavoidable Delay which prevents the notifying party from fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease.
      Section 26.17 Special Services. [Intentionally Omitted]
      Section 26.18 Deed of Lease/Landlord’s Agent for Service of Process. For purposes of Section 55-2, Code of Virginia (1950), as amended, this Lease is and shall be deemed to be a deed of lease. For purposes of Section 55-218.1, Code of Virginia (1950), as amended, Landlord’s resident agent for service of process is: James C. Brincefield, Jr., Attorney at Law, 526 King Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314.
      Section 26.19 Lien for Payment of Rent. Landlord hereby waives the benefit of any statutory or common law lien right in Tenant’s personal property at the Premises.

- 54 -


 

      Section 26.20 Financial Statements. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord by April 30 of each year a balance sheet of Tenant as of the end of the preceding calendar year and an income and loss statement of Tenant for the 12 month period ending on such date.
      Section 26.21 Telecommunications. Tenant shall have the right to select Tenant’s telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies ( “Tenant’s Telecommunications Companies”) . Landlord, without charge to Tenant, shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s Telecommunications Companies with reasonable use of the Building’s risers and conduits, and with reasonable access from the point(s) of entry where Tenant’s Telecommunications Companies’ cables enter the Real Estate, in connection with the installation and/or maintenance of the Telecommunications Companies’ cables running to the Premises.
ARTICLE 27
SECURITY DEPOSIT
      Section 27.1 Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord within 5 days after execution of this Lease as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.
      Section 27.2 Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver the Security Deposit to Landlord in the form of a clean, irrevocable, non-documentary and unconditional letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit” ) issued by and drawable upon (i) any commercial bank or financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord with offices for banking purposes in the Washington, D.C. or New York, N.Y., metropolitan area (the “ Issuing Bank ”) , which has outstanding unsecured, uninsured and unguaranteed indebtedness, or shall have issued a letter of credit or other credit facility that constitutes the primary security for any outstanding indebtedness (which is otherwise uninsured and unguaranteed), that is then rated, without regard to qualification of such rating by symbols such as “+” or “-” or numerical notation, “Aa” or better by Moody’s Investors Service and “AA” or better by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, and has combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000, (ii) Societé Generale or (iii) Citibank. Such Letter of Credit shall (a) name Landlord as beneficiary, (b) be in the amount of the Security Deposit, (c) have a term of not less than one year, (d) permit multiple drawings, (e) be fully transferable by Landlord without the payment of any fees or charges by Landlord, and (f) otherwise be in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If upon any transfer of the Letter of Credit, any fees or charges shall be so imposed, then such fees or charges shall be payable solely by Tenant and the Letter of Credit shall so specify. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be deemed automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one year each thereafter during the Term (and in no event shall the Letter of Credit expire prior to the 45 th day following the Expiration Date) unless the Issuing Bank sends a notice (the “Non-Renewal Notice” ) to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than 45 days next preceding the then expiration date of the Letter of Credit stating that the Issuing Bank has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit. Landlord shall have the right, upon receipt of the Non-Renewal Notice, to draw the full amount of the Letter of Credit, by sight draft on the Issuing Bank, and shall thereafter hold or apply the cash proceeds of the Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms of this Article 27, until Tenant delivers to Landlord a substitute Letter of Credit

- 55 -


 

which meets the requirements of this Section 27.2. The Issuing Bank shall agree with all drawers, endorsers and bonafide holders that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation to the Issuing Bank at an office location in New York City, New York or such other location if presentment may be accomplished by facsimile. The Letter of Credit shall be subject in all respects to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500.
      Section 27.3 Application of Security. If an Event of Default by Tenant occurs in the payment or performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease, including the payment of Rent, or Landlord receives a Non-Renewal Notice, Landlord may apply or retain the whole or any part of any cash Security Deposit and/or Landlord may notify the Issuing Bank and thereupon receive all or a portion of the Security Deposit represented by the Letter of Credit and use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of such proceeds, as the case may be, to the extent required for the payment of any Fixed Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default including (i) any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default, and/or (i) any damages to which Landlord is entitled pursuant to this Lease, whether such damages accrue before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord. If Landlord applies or retains any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant, within 10 days after demand, shall deposit with Landlord (or provide an additional letter of credit meeting the requirements of Article 27) the amount so applied or retained so that Landlord shall have the full Security Deposit on hand at all times during the Term. If Landlord receives any amount represented by the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall retain, as a cash Security Deposit, any sum not applied by Landlord in accordance with provisions of Article 27. Landlord shall hold any such cash Security Deposit in accordance with the provisions of Article 27. If Tenant shall comply with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within 30 days following the Expiration Date and Tenant’s surrender of the Premises as required by this Lease.
      Section 27.4 Transfer. Upon a sale or other transfer of the Real Property or the Building, or any financing of Landlord’s interest therein, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to its transferee or lender. With respect to the Letter of Credit, within 10 days after notice of such transfer or financing, Tenant shall arrange for the transfer of the Letter of Credit to the new landlord or the lender, as designated by Landlord in the foregoing notice or have the Letter of Credit reissued in the name of the new landlord or the lender. Tenant shall pay any Letter of Credit transfer fees for the first transfer and Landlord shall pay any Letter of Credit transfer fees for the second and all subsequent transfers. Upon such Transfer Tenant shall look solely to the new landlord or lender for the return of such cash Security Deposit or Letter of Credit and the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Security Deposit to a new landlord. Tenant shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the cash Security Deposit or Letter of Credit and neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such action or attempted assignment, or encumbrance.
      Section 27.5 Reduction. If (a) no more than 2 monetary Events of Default have occurred (with each monetary default or missed payment constituting, for purposes of this Section, a separate Event of Default) during the 3 rd or 4 th Lease Year, and (b) no Event of Default

- 56 -


 

exists as of the last day of the 4 th Lease Year, then, provided that Tenant complies with the provisions of this Section 27.5, (i) on first day of the 5 th Lease Year, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $350,000. The Security Deposit shall be reduced as follows: Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit (which amendment must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord in all respects), reducing the amount of the Letter of Credit by the amount of the permitted reduction, and Landlord shall execute the amendment and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. If Tenant delivers to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof, Landlord shall, within 10 Business Days after delivery of such a mendment, either (1) provide its reasonable objections to such amendment or (2) execute such amendment of the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. If any portion of the Security Deposit is in the form of cash and Tenant would be entitled to a reduction in the Security Deposit under this Section if the entire Security Deposit were in the form of the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the net permitted reduction in the Security Deposit on or before the 15 th day of the 5 th Lease Year.
[SIGNATURES FOLLOW]

- 57 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
           
LANDLORD:
     
 
         
TST WOODLAND FUNDING I, L.L.C.,      
a Delaware limited liability company      
 
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ Paul A. Galiano
 
Paul A. Galiano
  [Seal]  
Title:
  Vice President      
 
         
TENANT:
     
 
         
FRANCE TELECOM LONG DISTANCE USA LLC,      
a Delaware limited liability company      
 
         
By:
  /s/ Janet M. Matulie   [Seal]  
Name:
  Janet M. Matulie      
Title:
  President      

 


 

Exhibit A
Floor Plan
The floor plans which follow are intended solely to identify the general location of the Premises, and should not be used for any other purpose. All areas, dimensions and locations are approximate, and any physical conditions indicated may not exist as shown.

 


 

Exhibit A
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit A
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit A-l
Real Property Description
Beginning at a point on the easterly line of Part of Lot 6, Woodland Associates Limited Partnership, the property of TST Woodland One, L.L.C., said point being N 39 degrees 21’ 35” E, 393.11 feet from a point on the northerly right of way line of Sunrise Valley Drive (Route 5320) marking the southeasterly corner of said Part of Lot 6, Woodland Associates Limited Partnership, the property of TST Woodland One, L.L.C. with said part of Parcel 6, Woodland Associates Limited Partnership, the property of TST Woodland One, L.L.C., the following three (3) courses; N 39 degrees 21’ 35” E, 126.89 feet to a point; N 13 degrees 07’ 22” E, 49.43 feet to a point and East 80.00 feet to a point; thence with the southwesterly and southeasterly lines of Part of Lot 6, Woodland Associates Limited Partnership, the property of TST Woodland, L.L.C., the following four (4) courses; South 18.03 feet to a point; N 77 degrees 17’ 22” E, 294.84 feet to a point; S 25 degrees 47’ 23” E, 107.36 feet to the point of curvature of a curve to the left and 50.29 feet along the arc of said curve having a radius of 333.00 feet and a chord bearing and chord of S 30 degrees 06’ 58” E, 50.24 feet respectively, to a point; thence continuing with said the southwesterly line of part of Lot 6, Woodland Associates Limited Partnership, the property of TST Woodland, L.L.C., and with the southwesterly right of way line of Corporate Drive S 34 degrees 26’ 34” E, 159.48 feet to a point on the said southwesterly right of way line of proposed Corporate Drive marking the point of curvature of a curve to the right; thence continuing with the said southwesterly right of way line of proposed Corporate Drive 341.75 feet along the arc of said curve having a radius of 333.00 feet and a chord bearing and chord of S 05 degrees 02’ 33” E, 326.95 feet respectively, to a point; thence departing from said Corporate Drive and through Part of Lot 6, Woodland Associates Limited Partnership, the property of TST Southpointe I, L.L.C., the following eight (8) courses; N 71 degrees 56’ 40” W, 190.69 feet to a point; N 72 degrees 39’ 06” W, 194.07 feet to a point; N 17 degrees 20’ 54” E, 11.99 feet to a point; N 72 degrees 34’ 21” W, 175.00 feet to a point; N 17 degrees 20’ 54” E, 114.27 feet to a point; N 72 degrees 39’ 06” W, 117.00 feet to a point; N 17 degrees 20’ 54” E, 37.11 feet to a point and N 50 degrees 38’ 25” W, 69.44 feet to the point of beginning.

 


 

Exhibit A-2
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit A-3
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit B
Definitions
           Base Rate: The annual rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A., or its successor, in New York, New York as its “base rate” (or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N. A., from time to time, for the rate presently referred to as its “base rate”).
           Building Systems: The mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety, elevator and other service systems or facilities of the Building, including Building standard fluorescent lighting, but excluding any specialty lighting, Specialty Alterations or supplemental HVAC systems of tenants.
           Business Days: All days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and all days observed by the Federal Government as a legal holiday.
           Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.
           Common Areas: The lobby, parking facilities, plaza and sidewalk areas, garage and other similar areas of general access and the areas on individual multi-tenant floors in the Building devoted to corridors, elevator lobbies, restrooms, and other similar facilities serving the Premises.
           Comparable Buildings: First class office buildings of comparable age, size and quality in the Reston/Herndon submarket of Fairfax County, Virginia.
           Covenants: That certain Declaration of Protective Covenants for Woodland Park, recorded among the land records of Fairfax County, Virginia in Book 6324 at Page 514, as amended and supplemented and any other covenant, condition or restriction affecting the Real Property.
           Deficiency: The difference between (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term (assuming the Additional Rent for each year thereof to be the same as was payable for the year immediately preceding such termination or re-entry), and (b) the net amount, if any, of rents collected under any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of the Lease for any part of such period (after first deducting from such rents all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the termination of this Lease, Landlord’s re-entry upon the Premises and such reletting, including repossession costs, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and alteration costs).
           Excluded Expenses: (a) Taxes; (b) franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord; (c) mortgage amortization and interest; (d) leasing commissions; (e) the cost of tenant installations and decorations incurred in connection with preparing space for any Building tenant, including permits, inspections, allowances, Work Letters and concessions; (f) fixed rent under
Exhibit B
Page 1 of 5

 


 

Superior Leases, if any; (g) management fees to the extent in excess of 3% of the gross rentals and other revenues collected for the Real Property; (h) wages, salaries and benefits paid to any persons above the grade of Building Manager and their immediate supervisor (i) legal and accounting fees relating to (A) disputes with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, (B) disputes with purchasers, prospective purchasers, mortgagees or prospective mortgagees of the Building or the Real Property or any part of either, or (C) negotiations of leases, contracts of sale or mortgages; (j) costs of services provided to other tenants of the Building on a “rent-inclusion” basis which are not provided to Tenant on such basis; (k) costs that are reimbursed out of insurance, warranty or condemnation proceeds, or which are reimbursable by Tenant (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage) or other tenants other than pursuant to an expense escalation clause; (1) costs in the nature of penalties or fines; (m) costs for services, supplies or repairs paid to any related entity in excess of costs that would be payable in an “arm’s length” or unrelated situation for comparable services, supplies or repairs; (n) allowances, concessions or other costs and expenses of improving or decorating any demised or demisable space in the Building; (o) appraisal, advertising and promotional expenses in connection with leasing of the Building; (p) the costs of installing, operating and maintaining a specialty improvement, including a cafeteria, lodging or private dining facility, or an athletic, luncheon or recreational club unless Tenant is permitted to make use of such facility without additional cost or on a subsidized basis consistent with other users; (q) any costs or expenses (including fines, interest, penalties and legal fees) arising out of Landlord’s failure to timely pay Operating Expenses or Taxes; I costs incurred in connection with the testing, surveying, containing, removal, encapsulation or other treatment of asbestos or any other Hazardous Materials (classified as such on the Effective Date) existing in the Premises as of the date hereof, (s) the cost of capital improvements other than those expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.1, (t) mortgage payments or other financing costs; (u) depreciation (except as to tools and equipment used exclusively in the maintenance of the Building); (v) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses related to personnel above the level of the immediate supervisor of the property manager for the Building; (w) advertising and promotional expenditures; (x) charitable or political contributions; (y) reserves for expenses beyond current year anticipated expenses; (z) any compensation paid or costs incurred in connection with commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (aa) costs incurred in connection with the sale or transfer of the Real Property, including, without limitation, transfer taxes, recording fees, title insurance premiums, appraisal costs and escrow fees; (bb) expenses for replacements arising from the initial defective or improper construction of the Building regardless of whether such expenses are reimbursed to Landlord by virtue of warranties from contractors or suppliers; (cc) except to the extent of any cost savings, costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord to convert, modify or replace HVAC components in the Building using chlorofluorocarbons to alternative refrigerant technology; (dd) costs of reconstruction or repair of the Building pursuant to Article 11 or Article 12 of this Lease; (ee) costs of electrical power for which any tenant directly contracts with the applicable utility provider; (ff) costs or expenses due to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, or Landlords failure to comply with the terms of this Lease; and (gg) costs incurred in connection with a sale or other change in ownership of the Building, including without limitation, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, closing costs, title insurance premiums and transfer taxes.
Exhibit B
Page 2 of 5

 


 

          Landlord shall equitably prorate all Operating Expenses and Taxes (if any) which relate both to the Building and any other property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord. In no event shall Landlord bill tenants of the Building in the aggregate for more than 100% of the cost actually incurred by Landlord for any item of Operating Expense. The foregoing schedule of exclusions is intended to function solely as an exclusionary listing and shall not be interpreted to permit or authorize any cost or expense which would not otherwise be considered to be an Operating Expense.
           Governmental Authority: The United States of America, the County of Fairfax, or Commonwealth of Virginia, or any political subdivision, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property.
           Hazardous Materials : Any substances, materials or wastes currently or in the future deemed or defined in any Requirement as “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “contaminants,” “pollutants” or words of similar import.
           HVAC System : The Building System designed to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning.
           Indemnitees: Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, each Mortgagee and Lessor, and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, managers, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, servants, agents, and representatives.
           Lessor : A lessor under a Superior Lease.
           Losses: Any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any claim, proceeding or judgment and the defense thereof, and including all costs of repairing any damage to the Premises or the Building or the appurtenances of any of the foregoing to which a particular indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies.
           Mortgage(s): Any mortgage, trust indenture or other financing document which may now or hereafter affect the Premises, the Real Property, the Building or any Superior Lease and the leasehold interest created thereby, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof or thereto, substitutions therefor, and advances made thereunder.
           Mortgagee(s): Any mortgagee, trustee or other holder of a Mortgage.
           Observed Holidays: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.
Exhibit B
Page 3 of 5

 


 

           Ordinary Business Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, excluding Observed Holidays.
           Prohibited Use : Any use or occupancy of the Premises that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment would: (a) cause damage to the Building or any equipment, facilities or other systems therein; (b) impair the appearance of the Building; (c) interfere with the efficient and economical maintenance, operation and repair of the Premises or the Building or the equipment, facilities or systems thereof; (d) adversely affect any service provided to, and/or the use and occupancy by, any Building tenant or occupants; (e) violate the non-residential use permit issued for the Premises or the Building; (f) materially and adversely affect the first-class image of the Building, or (g) result in protests or civil disorder or commotions at, or other disruptions of the normal business activities in, the Building; or violate any Requirements or the Covenants. Prohibited Use also includes the use of any part of the Premises for: (i) a restaurant or bar; (ii) the preparation, consumption, storage, manufacture or sale of food or beverages (except in connection with vending machines (provided that each machine, where necessary, shall have a waterproof pan thereunder and be connected to a drain) and/or warming kitchens installed for the use of Tenant’s employees only), liquor, tobacco or drugs; (iii) the business of photocopying, multilith or offset printing (except photocopying in connection with Tenant’s own business); (iv) a school or classroom; (v) lodging or sleeping; (vi) the operation of retail facilities (meaning a business whose primary patronage arises from the generalized solicitation of the general public to visit Tenant’s offices in person without a prior appointment) of a savings and loan association or retail facilities of any financial, lending, securities brokerage or investment activity; (vii) a payroll office; (viii) a barber, beauty or manicure shop; (ix) an employment agency or similar enterprise; (x) offices of any Governmental Authority, any foreign government, the United Nations, or any agency or department of the foregoing; (xi) the manufacture, retail sale, storage of merchandise or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind to the general public which could reasonably be expected to create a volume of pedestrian traffic substantially in excess of that normally encountered in the Premises; (xii) the rendering of medical, dental or other therapeutic or diagnostic services; or (xiii) any illegal purposes or any activity constituting a nuisance.
           Requirements: All present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary and ordinary of (i) all Governmental Authorities, including the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12,101 (et seq.), and any law of like import, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and any of the foregoing relating to Hazardous Materials, environmental matters, public health and safety matters, (ii) any applicable fire rating bureau or other body exercising similar functions, affecting the Real Property or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the same, (iii) all requirements of all insurance bodies affecting the Premises, and (iv) utility service providers.
           Rules and Regulations: The rules and regulations annexed to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit E, as they may be modified from time to time by Landlord.
Exhibit B
Page 4 of 5

 


 

           Specialty Alterations: Above Building Standard Alterations which are not standard office installations, such as kitchens, pantries, executive bathrooms, raised computer floors, computer room installations, supplemental HVAC equipment, safe deposit boxes, vaults, libraries or file rooms requiring reinforcement of floors, internal staircases, slab penetrations, conveyors, dumbwaiters, non-Building standard life safety systems, security systems or lighting and other Alterations of a similar character.
           Substantial Completion: As to any construction performed by any party, “Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Completed” means that such work has been completed, as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect, in accordance with (a) the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto, (b) the plans and specifications for such work, and (c) all applicable Requirements, except for minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments, if any, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or which in accordance with good construction practices should be completed after the completion of other work in the Premises or Building.
           Superior Lease(s): Any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property or any part thereof heretofore or hereafter made by Landlord and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations, and replacements thereof.
           Tenant Party: Tenant and any subtenants or occupants of the Premises and their respective agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, invitees or licensees.
           Tenant’s Property: Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other equipment, computer systems, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, and other items of personal property which are removable without material damage to the Premises or the Building.
           Unavoidable Delays: (i) Landlord’s or Tenant’s inability to fulfill or delay in fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by such party other than the payment of money or Tenant’s surrender and vacation of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, or (ii) Landlord’s inability to make or delay in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or Landlord’s inability to supply or delay in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord’s inability or delay is due to or arises by reason of strikes, labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, Requirements or shortages, or unavailability of labor, fuel, steam, water, electricity or materials, or delays caused by Tenant or other tenants, mechanical breakdown, acts of God, enemy action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty.
Exhibit B
Page 5 of 5

 


 

Exhibit C
Work Letter
     This Exhibit C (this “Exhibit”) is attached to and made a part of that certain Deed of Lease dated as of                                                                , 2002 (the “Lease” ), by and between TST WOODLAND FUNDING I, L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) , and FRANCE TELECOM LONG DISTANCE USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”) . Terms used but not defined in this Exhibit shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Lease.
     1.  Authorized Representatives.
     (a) Tenant hereby designates Morten Sorensen (“Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the individual authorized to approve and initial all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Exhibit and the act of Tenant’s Authorized Representative shall be sufficient to bind Tenant. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been approved by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Any notices required pursuant to this Exhibit shall be conclusively deemed given to Tenant when such notice is delivered to Tenant’s Authorized Representative.
          (b) Landlord designates Rustom Cowasjee (“Construction Supervisor”) as Landlord’s construction supervisor in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, at no additional cost of expense to Tenant. The Construction Supervisor shall be permitted access to the Premises at any time upon 24 hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency, for which no prior notice shall be required) to make periodic inspections of the Premises during construction of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, neither Landlord nor Construction Supervisor will have any obligation to so inspect the Tenant Improvements and, if Landlord or Construction Supervisor elects to so inspect the performance of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements, such inspection shall not give rise to any liability by Landlord or Construction Supervisor to Tenant or to any other person or entity.
     2.  Initial Improvements.
          (a) Landlord has, at Landlord’s expense, constructed the base building core and shell (the “Base Building” ) in substantial conformity with the plans prepared by HOK Architects dated September 27, 1999, as the same have been amended from time to time (the “Base Building Plans” ) and beyond which the Tenant Improvements (as defined below) shall be completed in accordance with the terms contained herein. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date in “as-is” condition at such time. Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy. The design, permitting and construction of the improvements to the Premises, as approved by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit (the “Tenant Improvements” ), shall be performed by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit of the Lease and all other applicable provisions including, without limitation, insurance, damage and indemnification provisions of the Lease.
Exhibit C
Page 1 of 8

 


 

          (b) All Tenant Improvement work involving the roof of the Building or any other work that may void a Building warranty, shall be performed by Landlord’s designated contractor or subcontractor at Tenant’s expense. Without limiting the foregoing, if Tenant requests work to be done in the Premises or for the benefit of the Premises that necessitates revisions or changes in the design or construction of the Base Building or materially or adversely affects any Base Building system(s), any such changes shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and delays resulting from such design revisions or construction changes, including architectural and engineering charges, and any special permits or fees attributed thereto. Before any such design and/or construction changes are made, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full costs to be incurred by Landlord in connection with such changes. At Landlord’s option, any Tenant Improvements which affect the exterior or structure of the Building or the Base Building system(s) (including, without limitation, any Tenant Improvements that may affect any connection with the fire alarm system and the Building’s HVAC controls) shall be performed by contractors and subcontractors selected by Landlord or approved by Landlord in its sole discretion but at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Landlord shall have the option to retain an architect or independent engineer to review and/or inspect the Tenant’s plans and specifications at any time prior to Landlord’s approval thereof and/or the Tenant Improvements, at all reasonable times; Tenant shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of such architect and engineer, not to exceed One and 00/100 Dollars ($1.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises.
          (c) From the Base Building Plans specified above, Tenant shall cause its architect and engineer (each, as approved by Landlord, “Tenant’s Architect” and “Tenant’s Engineer” ), to prepare and submit to Landlord final architectural and engineering working drawings, mechanical, electrical and plumbing plans, and all other construction documents approved by Tenant (such documents, as approved by Landlord, “Tenant’s Construction Documents”) and generally in accordance with the space plan attached hereto as Exhibit C-l. The selection of Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Engineer shall be mutually agreed to between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant’s Construction Documents shall include: master legend, construction plan, reflected ceiling plan, telephone and electrical outlet layout, finish plan and all architectural details, elevations and specifications necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s Construction Documents and the Tenant Improvements shall conform to and be in accordance with the Minimum Build-Out Standards set forth on Exhibit C-2. and shall, in any event, use design, construction practices and materials consistent with Comparable Buildings. All of Tenant’s plans shall be prepared by Tenant’s Architect, Tenant’s Engineer or a licensed architect and engineer reasonably approved by Landlord and shall be accurate, complete and, in the professional judgment of Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Engineer, sufficient to secure the approval of any governmental or quasi-governmental authorities with jurisdiction over the approval thereof (“Authority Having Jurisdiction”).
Exhibit C
Page 2 of 8

 


 

          (d) All plans, drawings and other documents ( and changes thereto) shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth on Exhibit C-4 and subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord must respond to submissions within 10 Business Days after Landlord’s receipt thereof; but shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver its response within 7 days (other than for the NOC plans) after Landlord’s receipt thereof. Landlord’s approval of a submission shall not constitute either (i) approval of any delay caused by Tenant or a waiver of any right or remedy that may arise as a result of such delay, or (ii) Landlord’s representation that Tenant’s Construction Documents (or changes thereto) are accurate or comply with all Requirements. Any deficiency in design or construction, although the same had prior approval of Landlord, shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant. Within 5 Business Days after the receipt of Landlord’s comments, Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Engineer shall make the required modifications (if any) and resubmit 1 full set to Landlord of Tenant’s Construction Documents, initialed by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may submit Tenant’s Construction Documents for permitting and Landlord’s approval at the same time.
          (e) Tenant shall endeavor to expeditiously file all applications, plans and specifications, pay all fees and obtain all permits, certificates and other approvals required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in connection with the commencement and completion of the Tenant Improvements, and diligently and in good faith pursue same so that all permits and approvals are issued as soon as practicable. If minor modifications are at any time required by government authorities to any such plans or specifications, then Tenant shall make such modifications. Tenant shall obtain a nonresidential use permit (or its equivalent) and all other approvals required for Tenant to use and occupy the Premises and to open for business to the public. Copies of all permits are to be forwarded to Landlord promptly after Tenant’s receipt thereof.
     3.  General Requirements.
          (a) All materials and equipment incorporated into the Tenant Improvements shall be new or like-new and all work shall be done in a first-class workmanlike manner. All work shall be performed in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit C-3.
          (b) The Tenant Improvements shall proceed only on the basis of approved drawings. Changes that occur during actual construction that differ from the approved drawings will require revised drawings to be submitted for Landlord’s approval; otherwise, Tenant at its own expense may be required to bring the construction into compliance with approved drawings. No drawings are considered “approved” unless they bear Landlord’s signature of approval.
          (c) Landlord shall have no obligation or responsibility to Tenant in respect of any deviations in the actual dimensions of the Premises. Tenant shall have the affirmative obligation (or shall cause Tenant’s Architect or Tenant’s Engineer) to conduct an on-site verification of all measurements, dimensions and conditions affecting the Tenant Improvements prior to letting any contracts for the performance of the Tenant Improvements and prior to ordering the fabrication of any trade fixtures. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all reasonable times.
Exhibit C
Page 3 of 8

 


 

          (d) Tenant and Landlord will coordinate their work schedules so that the construction of the Tenant Improvements may proceed in an efficient and timely manner, and such the Tenant Improvements will be performed at times and in a manner which will not interfere with completion of any other work being performed in the Building. Tenant shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be performed and completed in compliance with all Requirements (including Fairfax County Building Codes) and such rules and regulations as Landlord and its architect and contractor, or contractors, may make.
          (e) Upon Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Construction Documents and prior to the commencement of any construction, Tenant shall submit the following:
               (i) names of all general contractors and major subcontractors including, without limitation, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC and life-safety, related to the Tenant Improvements (all of which shall be subject to Landlord’s approval), it being agreed that, prior to bidding out the work, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon a list of mutually acceptable general contractors from which list Tenant shall select the general contractor to perform the Tenant Improvements;
               (ii) contractor’s certificates of insurance;
               (iii) payment for the Tenant Improvements to be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, if any;
               (iv) copy of all building permit(s);
               (v) construction schedule from Tenant’s contractor;
               (vi) evidence of approval from Tenant’s insurance company for work to be performed within Premises and that all insurance required hereunder has been obtained naming Landlord and Landlord’s Agent as additional insured; and
               (vii) a copy of Landlord’s Contractor Rules and Regulations executed by each contractor and acknowledging such contractor’s agreement to comply with such rules and regulations.
          (f) Tenant shall have the right to require that access to the Premises by Landlord, its agents or contractors be on an escorted basis only.
     4.  Completion of the Tenant Improvements. Upon the earlier of such time as the Tenant Improvements shall be completed or 18 months after the Commencement Date, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall:
          (a) furnish final lien waivers and other evidence satisfactory to Landlord that all of the Tenant Improvements has been completed and paid for in full, that any and all liens therefor that have been or might be filed have been discharged of record ( by payment, bond,
Exhibit C
Page 4 of 8

 


 

order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise) or waived, and that no security interests relating thereto are outstanding;
          (b) reimburse Landlord for the cost of any the Tenant Improvements done for Tenant by Landlord (it being agreed, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to perform the same);
          (c) furnish to Landlord all certifications and approvals with respect to the Tenant Improvements that may be required from any governmental authority and any board of fire underwriters or similar body for the use and occupancy of the Premises;
          (d) within 30 after completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Architect and Tenant’s Engineer to furnish a full set of “as-built” drawings and Tenant’s Construction Documents to Landlord in blue-line form and on disc in an AUTOCADD Version 14 format;
          (e) furnish an affidavit from Tenant’s architect certifying that all work performed in the Premises is in accordance with the Tenant’s Construction Documents approved by Landlord;
          (f) furnish all guaranties and/or warranties relating to any portion of the Tenant Improvements;
          (g) furnish a certified HVAC air balancing report (reasonably satisfactory to Landlord);
          (h) furnish Landlord with copies of all O&M information, manuals, etc.; and
          (i) a nonresidential use permit (NonRUP) or its equivalent.
     5.  Cost and Allowances
          (a) Tenant shall be responsible for and shall directly pay all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements (the “Improvement Costs”) and any other expenses associated with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Any provision of this Exhibit to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not charge Tenant an administrative fee in connection with the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance (“Landlord’s Contribution”) in order to help Tenant pay for the Improvement Costs in the amount of Six Hundred Five Thousand Twenty-Three and 76/100 Dollars ($605,023.76). Landlord’s Contribution shall be applied towards (i) the costs to design and permit the Tenant Improvements; (ii) the costs to purchase materials and install and construct the Tenant Improvements; (iii) the cost of any improvements or alterations requested by Tenant (and approved by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion) to be made to the Base Building on account of the Tenant Improvements; (iv) the costs to purchase and install Building signage (if any) as permitted in the Lease; and (v) and for no other purpose. Landlord shall have the right to deduct
Exhibit C
Page 5 of 8

 


 

all amounts due from Tenant to Landlord under this Exhibit from Landlord’s Contribution. Contemporaneously with any such deduction, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice.
          (b) Provided no Event of Default exists under the Lease, Landlord shall disburse portions thereof to Tenant in accordance with this Exhibit. Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse any amount (x) until the work that is the subject of the payment requisition is complete, and (y) that is greater than the sums that are actually invoiced by Tenant’s contractors as evidenced by Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an invoice approved by Tenant together with any written contract between Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, appropriate lien releases and any other reasonable information or documentation required by Landlord, and (iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for any invoice that is not received by Landlord (together with the other items required pursuant to this Exhibit in connection with the disbursement) before the end of the 18 th monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant within 30 days after receipt of each such requisition, provided that the conditions to each such requisition are satisfied in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and Tenant provides Landlord all supporting documentation and any other reasonable information required by Landlord simultaneously with the submission of such requisition. If a condition of a requisition is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, Landlord will promptly notify Tenant of same so that it can be corrected.
          (c) Landlord shall be entitled to withhold from any requested disbursement for payment a retainage equal to the greater of the retainage set forth in the construction contract or 10% of amount due under the construction contract (the “Retainage”). The Retainage shall be disbursed to Tenant 30 days after Substantially Completion of the Tenant Improvements; provided, that in no event shall the Retainage be disbursed to Tenant until such time as Tenant has complied with the disbursement requirements set forth in this Exhibit.
          (d) All Improvement Costs in excess of Landlord’s Contribution shall be paid by Tenant (or if previously paid by Landlord, shall be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant) within 30 days after receipt by Tenant of invoices therefor. In the event that the sum of the contract price for construction of the Tenant Improvements (as modified from time to time by change orders), plus any other estimated Improvement Costs exceeds Landlord’s Contribution (“Excess Cost”) , Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such documentation as Landlord might reasonably require (e.g., cancelled checks, invoices marked “paid” and lien waivers) to demonstrate that Tenant has paid such Excess Cost from Tenant’s funds (which shall not include any portion of Landlord’s Contribution) prior to Landlord having an obligation to disburse any portion of Landlord’s Contribution or to commence or continue any work and any delay caused by Tenant’s failure to timely perform its obligations with respect to the Excess Cost shall be deemed a tenant delay. Once Tenant has paid the full amount of the Excess Cost for Improvement Costs, Landlord shall apply Landlord’s Contribution to Improvement Costs as provided above. All Improvement Costs outstanding upon exhaustion of the Landlord’s Contribution shall be borne exclusively by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord from and against any such costs. All amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit shall be deemed to be Additional Rent for purposes of the Lease.
Exhibit C
Page 6 of 8

 


 

     6.  Contractor Requirements.
          (a) Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to provide, in addition to the insurance required of Tenant pursuant to Article 13 of the Lease, the following types of insurance:
               (i)  Builder’s Risk Insurance. At all times during the period between the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and the date that Tenant completes the Tenant Improvements and satisfies Tenant’s obligations under Section 4 of this Exhibit (the “Completion Date” ), Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, casualty insurance in Builder’s Risk Form, in an amount not less than $3,000,000, covering Landlord, Landlord’s architects, Landlord’s contractor or subcontractors, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, as their interest may appear, against loss or damage by fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief and other such risks as are customarily covered by the so-called “broad form extended coverage endorsement” upon all the Tenant Improvements in place and all materials stored at the site of the Tenant Improvements, and all materials, equipment, supplies and temporary structures of all kinds incident to the Tenant Improvements and builder’s machinery, tools and equipment, all while forming a part of, or on the Premises, or when adjacent thereto, while on drives, sidewalks, streets or alleys, all on a completed value basis for the full insurable value at all times. Said Builder’s Risk Insurance shall contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by the insurer against Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors.
               (ii)  Worker’s Compensation. At all times during the period of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall maintain in effect statutory worker’s compensation as required by the jurisdiction in which the Building is located.
          (b) the Tenant Improvements shall be coordinated with Landlord’s Work and any other work being performed by Landlord and other tenants in the Building so that the Tenant Improvements will not interfere with or delay the completion of any other construction work in the Building.
          (c) It shall be Tenant’s responsibility to cause each of Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors to provide adequate protection to the structure, systems, finishes and all other components of the Base Building. Such protective measures shall be mutually agreed on by Landlord and Tenant.
          (d) It shall be Tenant’s responsibility to cause each of Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors to remove and dispose of, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, at least daily and more frequently as Landlord may direct, all debris and rubbish caused by or resulting from the Tenant Improvements, and upon completion, to remove all temporary structures, surplus materials, debris and rubbish of whatever kind remaining on any part of the Building or in proximity thereto which was brought in or created in the performance of the Tenant Improvements (including stocking refuse). If at any time Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall neglect, refuse or fail to remove any debris, rubbish, surplus materials, or temporary
Exhibit C
Page 7 of 8

 


 

structures, Landlord at its sole option may remove the same at Tenant’s expense without prior notice.
     7.  Miscellaneous.
          (a) Roof. Except as otherwise expressly agreed in the Lease, Landlord retains the sole right to disallow any and all roof penetrations by Tenant and roof installation of equipment and/or structures by Tenant.
          (b) Loads. No item shall be mounted on or hung from the interior or exterior of the Building by Tenant without Landlord’s prior written approval; provided such approval is not required for non-structural wall and picture hangings done solely within the Premises. If Tenant desires to mount or hang anything, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the loads involved and shall pay all costs involved.
          (c) Ducts. Subject to the terms of the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to install, maintain, repair and replace in the ceiling space and/or under the concrete slab, adjacent to demising partitions and free standing columns, electrical, water or other lines and/or ducts that may be required to serve the Common Areas or others in the Building.
          (d) Access. Throughout the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors shall have reasonable access to the Building’s freight elevator and loading dock (at no additional charge), subject to reasonable coordination with Landlord.
Exhibit C
Page 8 of 8

 


 

Exhibit C-1
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit C-1
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit C-2

Minimum Build-Out Standards
PARTITIONING:
    Demising walls shall be 25 gauge metal stud with 1 / 2 gypsum wallboard each side, 2 1 / 2 ” sound insulation slab-to-slab height/caulked on the top and bottom.
 
    Interior partitioning shall be constructed of 25 gauge metal studs with 1 / 2 ” gypsum wallboard on each side to the underside of the ceiling. All building standard partitions shall include a 4” vinyl or wood base on each side. Partitioning ending at the exterior wall of the building shall meet a wall or a column without interfering with the glazing surfaces.
 
    Painting for all partitioning, columns and walls shall receive two (2) coats of flat latex paint.
DOORS:
    Suite entry door shall be 3’0” x 8’0”, solid core, stain grade red oak veneer installed in a painted metal frame and furnished with two (2) polished lever handle lock sets.
 
    Interior doors shall be 3’0” x 8’0”, solid core, stain grade red oak veneer installed in a hollow metal painted frame with cylindrical stainless steel passage lever hardware.
CEILING:
    2’x 2’ lay-in fissured acoustic tile within a fineline ceiling system.
 
FLOOR COVERINGS:
 
    $1.50 per usable square foot to furnish and install floor covering.
LIGHT FIXTURES:
    2’x 4’ building standard fluorescent lighting fixtures with a parabolic style thirty-two (32) cell reflector w/T8 3,000 k lamps. All light fixtures shall have an electronic ballast. Single-pole light switch, with cover plate, mounted at standard height in building standard partition.
ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS:
    Interior wall mounted, 120 volt, 20 amp duplex outlet. Interior wall-mounted opening with plaster ring and pull string for telephone connection.
Exhibit C-2
Page 1 of 2

 


 

SPRINKLERS:
    Fully recessed concealed sprinkler head, installed with piping, as required by the code and regulatory agency.
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING:
    The Building shall be heated and cooled by a state-of-the-art variable air volume system. Each floor shall be controlled by two (2) separate fan units, which will each control half a floor. The Tenant’s distribution shall include diffusers and return air grilles as specified in the Base Building drawings.
 
    All demising walls shall adequately provide the appropriate openings required for the return air which may need to be ducted as required.
Exhibit C-2
Page 2 of 2

 


 

Exhibit C-3
Construction Rules and Regulations
1.   Tenant and/or the general contractor will supply Landlord with a copy of all permits prior to the start of any work.
 
2.   Tenant and/or the general contractor will post the building permit on a wall of the construction site while work is being performed.
 
3.   Tenant shall provide, in writing, prior to commencement of the work, the names and emergency numbers of all subcontractors, the general contractor superintendent, general contractor’s Project Manager and the Construction Manager.
 
4.   No construction is to be started until proper drawings have been submitted and approved in writing by Landlord.
 
5.   Landlord is to be contacted by Tenant when work is completed for inspection. All damage to building will be determined at that time.
 
6.   Any work that is to be performed in other than tenant’s premises must be reviewed and scheduled in advance with Building management.
 
7.   Landlord will be notified of all work schedules of all workmen on the job and will be notified, in writing, of names of those who may be working in the building after Ordinary Business Hours.
 
8.   Construction personnel must carry proper identification at all times.
 
9.   All workers are required to wear a shirt, shoes, and full length trousers.
 
10.   Landlord must approve all roof top equipment and placement. All penetrations must be cut and flashed by the roof warranty holder of the existing roof system.
 
11.   Landlord or Tenant shall designate contractor-parking areas.
 
12.   Contractor must notify landlord two days prior to an independent air balancing service by a certified air balance company. Landlord’s building engineer will accompany the contractor during their work.
 
13.   Before landlord makes final payment, five sets of as-builts and O&M manuals must be submitted to landlord.
Exhibit C-3
Page 1 of 5

 


 

14.   The general contractor (other than Landlord’s contractor(s)) and Tenant shall be responsible for all loss of their materials and tools and shall hold Landlord harmless for such loss and from any damages or claims resulting from the work.
 
15.   The general contractor shall maintain insurance coverage throughout the job of a type(s), in amounts and issued by an insurance company, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Prior to the commencement of work, a Certificate of Insurance must be submitted with the limits of coverage per the limits noted in the lease with the following names as additional insured: TST Woodland Funding I, L.L.C., and Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.
 
16.   All key access, fire alarm work, or interruption of security hours must be arranged with the Landlord’s building engineer.
 
17.   Proper supervision shall be maintained at the job site at all times and Tenant’s workmen, mechanics and contractors must not cause or effect any inconvenience to or interfere with the Buildings operations or Landlord. Tenants workmen, mechanics and contractors shall work in harmony with and shall not interfere with any labor employed by Manager or any other Tenant, or their workmen, mechanics and contractors.
 
18.   Landlord shall be notified in advance of all ties into building systems, welding, or any work affecting the Base Building or other tenant spaces unless agreed to otherwise, all tie-ins to Base Building fire alarm systems are performed by the Landlord, designated contractor and cost borne by the Tenant.
 
19.   The following work, in which Landlord is to be notified in advance, must be done on overtime and not during Ordinary Business Hours once any portion of the Building is occupied:
  §   Demolition which per building managers judgment may cause disruption to other tenants.
 
  §   Oil base painting (on multi-tenant floors)
 
  §   Gluing of carpeting (on multi-tenant floors)
 
  §   Shooting of studs for mechanical fastenings
 
  §   Testing of life safety system, sprinkler tie-ins
 
  §   Work performed in occupied spaces.
 
  §   Welding, brazing, soldering and burning with proper fire protection and ventilation
 
  §   Other activities that, in Building manager’s judgment, may disturb other tenants
Exhibit C-3
Page 2 of 5

 


 

20.   All building shutdowns — electrical, plumbing, HVAC equipment, Fire & Life must be coordinated with Building Management in advance. Landlord and Factory Mutual procedures for hot work, Fire Alarm and Sprinkler shutdowns must be followed. Our on-site engineer will detail the requirements summarized below:
  §   Smoke detectors must be bagged or cleaned daily and placed back in service at the end of each day.
 
  §   Call outs for fire alarm and sprinkler systems must be made with and only with Landlord’s personnel and with the attached forms. All systems must be put back into service at the end of each work day and working correctly.
 
  §   Hot work (i.e., torch burning/cutting and welding) must be permitted through Landlord’s personnel and contractor must use Landlord’s form.
 
  §   When welding, contractor shall provide a fused disconnect switch for connection to building power supply and a Fire Watch.
 
  §   Forms are to be provided at kickoff meeting.
21.   Fire extinguishers supplied by the general contractor must be on the job-site at all times during demolition and construction
 
22.   No building materials are to enter the building by way of main lobby, and no materials are to be stored in any lobbies at any time.
 
23.   Contractors or personnel will use loading dock area for all deliveries and will not use loading dock for vehicle parking.
 
24.   Passenger elevators shall not be used for moving building materials and shall not be used for construction personnel except in the event of an emergency. The designated freight elevator and one or more protected passenger elevators are the only elevators to be used for moving materials and construction personnel. These elevators may be used only when they are completely protected as determined by Landlord’s building engineer.
 
25.   Protection of hallway carpets, wall coverings, and elevators from damage with masonite board, carpet, cardboard, or pads is required.
 
26.   Public spaces, corridors, elevators, bathrooms, lobby, etc. must be cleaned immediately after use. Construction debris or materials found in public areas will be removed at Tenant’s cost.
 
27.   Contractors will remove their trash and debris daily or as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness in the building. Building trash containers are not to be used for construction debris. Landlord reserves the right to bill Tenant for any cost incurred to clean up debris left by the general contractor or any subcontractor. Further, the building staff is instructed to hold
Exhibit C-3
Page 3 of 5

 


 

    the driver’s license of any employee of the contractor while using the freight elevator to ensure that all debris is removed from the elevator.
 
28.   All construction materials or debris must be stored within the project confines or in an approved lock-up.
 
29.   Contractors will be responsible for daily removal of waste foods, milk and soft drink containers, etc. to trash room and will not use any building trash receptacles but trash receptacles supplied by them.
 
30.   Construction personnel are not to eat in the lobby or in front of building nor are they to congregate in the lobby or in front of building.
 
31.   There will be no smoking, eating, or open food containers in the elevators, carpeted areas or public lobbies.
 
32.   There will be no alcohol or controlled substances allowed or tolerated.
 
33.   There will be no yelling or boisterous activities.
 
34.   Radios shall not be played at unreasonably loud levels on job site.
 
35.   Landlord shall grant access to the Base Building electrical, telephone and mechanical rooms.
 
36.   No utilities (electricity, water, gas, plumbing) or services to the tenants are to be cut off or interrupted without first having requested, in writing, and secured, in writing, the permission of the Landlord.
 
37.   No electrical services are to be put on the emergency circuit, without specific written approval from the Landlord
 
38.   When utility meters are installed, the general contractor must provide the property manager with a copy of the operating instructions for that particular meter.
 
39.   All public areas such as elevator lobbies, corridors, toilets and service halls shall be protected with masonite and other such materials to the satisfaction of the building manger/representative or representative.
 
40.   Trash and debris resulting from the work shall be confined to either the interior of the space under construction or an on-site dumpster. If it is a dumpster then such debris shall be kept within the confines of the dumpster. The general contractor shall coordinate the location of the dumpster with the landlord and plywood shall be used to protect the surface from damage.
Exhibit C-3
Page 4 of 5

 


 

41.   Contractor is responsible to keep the construction area safe and in a workmanlike manner. Machinery noise shall not interfere with the peaceful enjoyment of any tenant or their invitees to the building. Once occupied, radios in the construction area will not be permitted. No smoking in the building will be allowed at any time.
 
42.   Clear access to be provided at all times to stairwells, mechanical/electrical equipment and rooms, elevators, fire hoses, valves, fire dampers and maintenance sensitive equipment.
 
43.   Adequate lighting is to be provided in construction to achieve a safe working environment.
 
44.   A Tenant valve tag chart shall be submitted to the Building manager.
 
45.   All piping and wiring systems shall be adequately supported from building structure.
 
46.   The cleaning of condenser water pipes shall be done in the presence of the Landlord’s representative with the chemical used per the building’s chemical treatment company’s recommendation.
 
47.   All mechanical and electrical equipment shall have permanent identification labels affixed.
 
48.   Kitchen exhaust access doors must be clearly identified and accessible for periodic inspection by property manager as required by law.
 
49.   All telecommunication cabling in common areas, mechanical equipment rooms, etc. shall be installed in an enclosed raceway and shall be identified.
 
50.   All Air Handlers CAV boxes and VAV boxes need pre-filters (Construction Filters) installed over filter bank and may require periodic changes during the construction period until each floor is complete at which time a change out of filters is required. All units will be required to be cleaned thoroughly if the system is contaminated and this procedure is not maintained.
 
51.   After all tenant construction is complete, the elevator systems need to be cleaned by the elevator service provider at tenant contractor’s expense. This includes rails, pits, tops of cabs, machine rooms.
 
52.   All mechanical, telephone, electrical and pump room floors must be painted at the end of the job. Damaged, stained or new walls and pipe, etc. must be painted to match existing pipes and new pipes must match Landlord’s standard colors.
Exhibit C-3
Page 5 of 5

 


 

Exhibit C-4
Requirements for Plans and Specifications
     Final architectural detail and working drawings, finish schedules and related plans (three (3) reproducible sets) including without limitation the following information and/or meeting the following conditions:
  a.   specifications of all materials, colors and suppliers/manufacturers of wallcoverings, floor coverings, ceiling systems, window coverings and other finishes; all millwork shall be fully detailed to the appropriate level for pricing and construction; all specialty items shall be identified as particular products; and paintings and decorative treatment required to complete all construction;
 
  b.   complete, finished, detailed mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, including but not limited to the fire and life safety systems and all work necessary to connect any special or nonstandard facilities to the Building’s base mechanical systems; and
 
  c.   all final floor plans must be drawn to a scale of one-eighth (1/8) inch to one (1) foot except for larger scaled detailed drawings. Any architect or designer acting for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be Tenant’s agent in all respects with respect to the design and construction of the Premises.

 


 

Exhibit D
Cleaning Specifications
NIGHTLY
General Offices:
1.   All hard surfaced flooring to be swept using approved dustdown preparation.
 
2.   Carpet sweep all carpets, moving only light furniture (desks, file cabinets, etc. not to be moved).
 
3.   Hand dust and wipe clean all furniture, fixtures and window sills.
 
4.   Empty all waste receptacles and remove wastepaper.
 
5.   Wash clean all Building water fountains and coolers.
 
6.   Sweep all private stairways.
Lavatories:
1.   Sweep and wash all floors, using proper disinfectants.
 
2.   Wash and polish all mirrors, shelves, bright work and enameled surfaces.
 
3.   Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls and urinals.
 
4.   Wash all toilet seats.
 
5.   Hand dust and clean all partitions, tile walls, dispensers and receptacles in lavatories and restrooms.
 
6.   Empty paper receptacles, fill receptacles from tenant supply and remove wastepaper.
 
7.   Fill toilet tissue holders from tenant supply.
 
8.   Empty and clean sanitary disposal receptacles.
Exhibit D
Page 1 of 2

 


 

WEEKLY
1.   Vacuum all carpeting and rugs.
 
2.   Dust all door louvers and other ventilating louvers within a person’s normal reach.
 
3.   Wipe clean all brass and other bright work.
QUARTERLY
High dust premises complete including the following:
1.   Dust all pictures, frames, charts, graphs and similar wall hangings not reached in nightly cleaning.
 
2.   Dust all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors, bucks and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning.
 
3.   Dust all Venetian blinds.
 
4.   Wash all windows.
Exhibit D
Page 2 of 2

 


 

Exhibit E
Rules and Regulations
     1. Nothing shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. Other than Building standard blinds, no curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other obstructions shall be attached to or hung in or used in connection with any exterior window or entry door of the Premises, without the prior consent of Landlord.
     2. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed to any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. All lettering on doors shall be inscribed, painted or affixed in a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.
     3. The grills, louvers, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and/or air into the Premises or Common Areas shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any articles be placed on the window sills, radiators or convectors.
     4. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
     5. The Common Areas shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress of egress to and from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord.
     6. Except in those areas designated by Tenant as “security areas,” all locks or bolts of any kind shall be operable by the Building’s Master Key. No locks shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof which shall make such 1ocks inoperable by the Building’s Master Key. Tenant shall, upon the termination of its Lease, deliver to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and lavatories, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.
     7. Tenant shall keep the entrance door to the Premises closed at all times.
     8. All movement in or out of any freight, furniture, boxes, crates or any other large object or matter of any description must take place during such times and in such elevators as Landlord may prescribe. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease. Landlord may require that any person leaving the public areas of the Building with any article to submit a pass, signed by an authorized person, listing each article being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any Tenant against the removal of property from the Premises.
Exhibit E
Page 1 of 3

 


 

     9. All hand trucks shall be equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord may require.
     10. No Tenant Party shall be permitted to have access to the Building’s roof, mechanical, electrical or telephone rooms without permission from Landlord except as otherwise expressly provided in Exhibit G to the contrary.
     11. Tenant shall not permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, vibrations or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.
     12. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.
     13. Tenant shall store all its trash and recyclables within its Premises. No material shall be disposed of which may result in a violation of any Requirement. All refuse disposal shall be made only though entry ways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate. Tenant shall use the Building’s hauler.
     14. Tenant shall not deface any part of the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with prior consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct.
     15. The water and wash closets, electrical closets, mechanical rooms, fire stairs and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant where a Tenant Party caused the same.
     16. Tenant, before closing and leaving the Premises at any time, shall see that all lights, water faucets, etc. are turned off. All entrance doors in the Premises shall be kept locked by Tenant when the Premises are not in use.
     17. No bicycles, in-line roller skates, vehicles or animals of any kind (except for seeing eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept by any Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building.
     18. Canvassing or soliciting in the Building is prohibited.
     19. Employees of Landlord or Landlord’s Agent shall not perform any work or do anything outside of the regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord or in response to any emergency condition.
     20. Tenant is responsible for the delivery and pick up of all mail from the United States Post Office.
Exhibit E
Page 2 of 3

 


 

     21. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building during other than Ordinary Business Hours all persons who do not present a valid Building pass. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom a pass shall be issued at the request of Tenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.
     22. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.
Exhibit E
Page 3 of 3

 


 

Exhibit F
Existing Furnishings
                             
Workstations:   Manufacturer:   Floor 5   Floor 6   Total
Cubicles
  Teknion     128       124       252  
B/B/Files
  Teknion     128       136       264  
Overhead Bin & Task Lt
  Teknion     128       124       252  
Whiteboard Dividers
  Teknion     64       62       126  
Work Carts at Cubes (Windows)
  Teknion     30       30       60  
Desk Chairs
  Teknion Amicus     128       124       252  
Touchdowns, Desk Chairs
  Teknion Amicus     118       106       224  
                             
Corridors:   Manufacturer:   Floor 5   Floor 6   Total
Lateral Files
  Teknion, 3 High     60       56       116  
Storage Cabinets
  Teknion, 3 High     13       12       25  
Lateral Files
  Teknion, 2 High     8       8       16  
                             
Conference Rooms:   Manufacturer:   Floor 5   Floor 6   Total
Tables with LAN Access
  Vecta     2       2       4  
Leather Chairs
  Dauphin     40       40       80  
Whiteboard Cabinets & Moveable
  Egan Visual (2 cabs/1moveab)     3       3       6  
TV, Catering Carts
  Bretford     3       3       6  
Moveable Tables
  Vecta     6       6       12  
Team Room Tables
  Teknion     4       2       6  
Whiteboards, Wall Mounted
  Egan Visual     4       3       7  
                             
Labs:   Manufacturer:   Floor 5   Floor 6   Total
Storage Cabinet
  Teknion, 2 High     4       4       8  
Tables
  Teknion     4       4       8  
Computer Furniture
  EDP     2       2       4  
                             
Freestanding Lounge:   Manufacturer:   Floor 5   Floor 6   Total
Sofas
  Bernhardt     4       4       8  
Chairs to Match
  Bernhardt     2       2       4  
Occasional Tables
  Bernhardt     3       4       7  
Stuffed Seating with Table Arm
  Metro     8       8       16  
Banquette Seating Sections
  Martin Brattrud     8       8       16  
Hi/Low Tables (Round)
  Metro     5       5       10  
Square Work Tables
  Teknion, Wood Tops     4       5       9  
Triangle Work Tables
  Teknion, Wood Tops     5       5       10  
Bar Stools
        12       12       24  
Exhibit F
Page 1 of 2

 


 

                             
Other Miscellaneous Pieces:   Manufacturer:   Floor 5   Floor 6   Total
Large Refrigerators
        2       2       4  
Small Refrigerators
        1       1       2  
Small Refrigerators/Ice Maker
        0       1       1  
Ice Makers
        1       1       2  
Dish Washers
        1       1       2  
Ceiling Hung Projectors
        1       0       1  
Projector Screens
        1       1       2  
Exhibit F
Page 2 of 2

 


 

Exhibit G
Antenna
     1.  Right to Install . So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and for its own use, to purchase, install, maintain and operate upon a portion of the rooftop of the Building certain telecommunications equipment (the “Rooftop Communications Equipment”). Tenant shall furnish detailed plans and specifications for the Rooftop Communications Equipment (or modification) to Landlord for approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; provided, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the location, size, height, width and weight of the Rooftop Communications Equipment and to prohibit any Rooftop Communications Equipment which Landlord reasonably determines not to be aesthetically acceptable. The square footage on the roof of the Building that Tenant shall be permitted to use for Tenant’s Rooftop Communications Equipment shall be equal to 35% of the total square footage of the portion of the roof of the Building that Landlord permits to be used for rooftop communications equipment. In no event shall the Rooftop Communications Equipment (including without limitation any guy wires) be located outside the portion of the rooftop allocated to Tenant (which allocation shall include the non-exclusive easement provided under Section 4 of this Exhibit). If Landlord determines it to be reasonably necessary, Landlord shall have the right to require, at Tenant’s expense, that a structural engineering report be prepared prior to Landlord’s approval of any proposed Rooftop Communications Equipment. Tenant will use the Rooftop Communications Equipment solely for Tenant’s and Tenant’s customers communications and data transfer operations and for no other purpose.
     2.  Costs . Tenant shall pay all costs of purchase, design, installation, operation, permitting, utilization, insurance, replacement, maintenance and removal of the Rooftop Communications Equipment. Any provision of the Lease or this Exhibit to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right to separately meter the Rooftop Communications Equipment for electricity or to cause Tenant to separately meter the Rooftop Communications Equipment for electricity, in either case, at Tenant’s expense, and, in such case, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the electricity charges for the Rooftop Communications Equipment directly to Landlord or to the electricity provider, as Landlord shall determine.
     3.  Other Parties’ Rights . Landlord has advised Tenant that other tenants of the Building have certain rights to erect communications systems on the roof of the Building. Landlord shall have the right for itself and to permit other current and future tenants to use portions of the roof for communications equipment or for any other use so long as such use does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use. Tenant covenants that it will not use its Rooftop Communications Equipment in a manner that will interfere with Landlord’s and/or any current or future tenant’s use of the roof of the Building for communications equipment (provided such current tenant’s use exists as of the Commencement Date, or such future tenant’s use exists prior to Tenant’s use that interferes with such future tenant’s then existing use) or for any other use. Tenant shall not permit the Rooftop Communications Equipment to constitute a nuisance or to
Exhibit G
Page 1 of 2

 


 

interfere with the operations of Landlord or other tenants occupying the Building or using other portions of the roof of the Building for communications systems.
     4.  Easements . Tenant is hereby granted such nonexclusive easements and licenses for (i) use of any Building shafts required to install the electrical or communication wiring; (ii) access to the roof at all reasonable times and in emergencies; and (iii) use of a mutually agreed upon area of the roof to install and operate the Rooftop Communications Equipment. The Rooftop Communication Equipment shall be connected to the Premises by cable (or other appropriate means), the installation of which shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost.
     5.  Permits and Approvals . Tenant shall be responsible for procuring all licenses and permits may be required for the installation, use or operation of the Rooftop Communications Equipment, and Landlord makes no warranties or representations as to the permissibility or the permitability of the Rooftop Communications Equipment under applicable laws, rules or regulations. Prior to installing the Rooftop Communications Equipment, Tenant will deliver to Landlord reasonable evidence of Tenant’s having obtained all necessary governmental approvals (if any such approval are required) for the installation of the Rooftop Communications Equipment.
     6.  Installation . Upon Landlord’s written approval of the plans and specifications and the installation contract for the Rooftop Communications Equipment, the Rooftop Communications Equipment shall be installed by Tenant’s communications equipment contractor, which contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant shall (i) construct, maintain and operate the Rooftop Communications Equipment in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of all Federal, state and local governmental authorities including, without limitation, the Federal Communications Commission; (ii) have the Rooftop Communications Equipment designed, installed, utilized and operated so as not to adversely affect or impact the structural, communications or other systems of or serving the Building; and (iii) have the Rooftop Communications Equipment installed in accordance with the Building rules and regulations or any other reasonable regulations promulgated by Landlord pertaining to construction in or on the Building by third-party contractors. Upon installation of the Rooftop Communications Equipment, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with an “as built” drawing of the Rooftop Communications Equipment certified by Tenant’s architect or such other professional as Landlord shall reasonably approve.
     7.  Charges . Landlord will not charge Tenant rent for the rooftop space occupied by the Rooftop Communications Equipment. Tenant will pay Landlord within 30 days after written demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord arising from any damage caused to the Building in connection with the installation, maintenance, operation or removal of the Rooftop Communications Equipment and all special cabling associated therewith.
     8.  Removal . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all Rooftop Communications Equipment and all special cabling associated therewith and repair any damage caused to the Building by the Rooftop Communications Equipment or the removal thereof.
Exhibit G
Page 2 of 2

 


 

Exhibit H
Signage
     1. Parapet Sign . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at no additional charge, to have an illuminated sign listing Tenant’s trade name (or a reasonable variation thereof) placed at the top of the Building on a side of the Building mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant and as otherwise specified and located as shown on Schedule H-A (together with any replacements thereof, the “Parapet Sign”). The Parapet Sign shall not exceed 100 square feet and shall otherwise be in accordance with Fairfax County regulations and shall be substantially similar to the Winstar parapet sign presently located at South Pointe I.
     2.  Installation . Upon Landlord’s written approval of the plans and specifications and the installation contract for the Parapet Sign, the Parapet Sign shall be installed by Tenant’s sign contractor under Landlord’s supervision, which contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant shall (i) construct, maintain and operate in compliance with all applicable Requirements; (ii) have the Parapet Sign designed, installed, utilized and operated so as not to materially adversely affect or impact the structural or other systems of or serving the Building; and (iii) have the Parapet Sign constructed in accordance with the Building rules and regulations or any other reasonable regulations promulgated by Landlord pertaining to construction in or on the Building by third-party contractors. Upon installation of the Parapet Sign, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with an “as built” drawing of the Parapet certified by Tenant’s architect or such other professional as Landlord shall reasonably approve.
     3.  Specifications . Parapet Sign . Prior to installing the Parapet Sign, Tenant shall furnish detailed plans and specifications (including the size, color, material, letter style, type of sign and all other relevant specifications) for the Parapet Sign (or any modification) to Landlord. If Landlord determines it to be reasonably necessary, Landlord shall have the right to require, at Tenant’s expense, that a structural engineering report be prepared prior to Landlord’s approval of the plans and specifications for the Parapet Sign. The size, color, material, lettering style, type of sign, location and all other aspects of the Parapet Sign shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval provided that the current logo of Tenant in terms of color and design is hereby approved by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any aspect of the Parapet Sign that Landlord reasonably determines not to be aesthetically acceptable.
          Following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to the plans and specifications of the Parapet Sign, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice approving such plans and specifications or providing the reasons for Landlord’s disapproval thereof (a “Parapet Plan Response”). If Landlord has not delivered a Parapet Plan Response within 10 days after Tenant’s request, Tenant shall send a second notice, conspicuously captioned “SECOND REQUEST FOR LANDLORD’S APPROVAL.” If Landlord has not delivered a Parapet Plan Response on or before the 10 th day following delivery of such second notice, Landlord shall thereafter be deemed to have consented to the plans and specifications previously delivered by Tenant.
Exhibit H
Page 1 of 2

 


 

     4.  Rights Not Assignable . Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall not be separately assignable by Tenant, but shall be transferred together with all of Tenant’s other rights and obligations under this Lease in connection with any assignment of subletting by Tenant permitted under Article 13 of this Lease.
     5.  Costs . Tenant shall pay all costs of design, manufacture, installation, operation, permitting, utilization, insurance, replacement, maintenance and removal of the Parapet Sign.
     6.  Easements . Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining any easements necessary for the Parapet Sign.
     7.  Permits and Approvals . Tenant shall be responsible for procuring all licenses and permits may be required for the installation, use or operation of the Parapet Sign, and Landlord makes no warranties or representations as to the permissibility or the permitability of the Parapet Sign under applicable laws, rules or regulations. Prior to installing the Parapet Sign, Tenant will deliver to Landlord reasonable evidence of Tenant’s having obtained all necessary governmental approvals for the installation of the Parapet Sign. Landlord and Tenant will cooperate with each other in good faith to attempt to obtain from all owner associations, tenant associations, architectural control committees and similar organizations or authorities at Woodland Park the consents or approvals of such parties to the extent required (as determined by Landlord) in connection with the Parapet Sign. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts, but without being required to incur any out-of-pocket expenses, to assist Tenant in obtaining all required approvals.
     8.  Removal . Upon the earlier of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Section 9, Tenant shall remove the Parapet Sign and repair any damage to the Building caused by the Parapet Sign or the removal thereof.
     9.  Conditions . Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall cease if any of the following occurs: (a) a monetary Event of Default exists for more man 30 days; or (b) Tenant assigns this Lease or sublets more than 50% of the total number of rentable square feet contained in the original Premises to entities which are not Related Entities.
Exhibit H
Page 2 of 2

 


 

\

Schedule H-A
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit I
Generator
     1.  Right to Install . Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s expense and for its own use, to purchase, install, maintain and operate at the Building an emergency power generator (the “Generator”) and a fuel tank (the “Tank”) for the Generator. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord detailed plans and specifications for the Generator and the Tank (including the proposed location of and screening for the Generator and the Tank) and a copy of Tenant’s contract for installing the Generator and the Tank, which plans and specifications and contract shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval; provided, however, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to prohibit any Generator and Tank which Landlord determines not to be aesthetically acceptable. The Generator shall be located approximately as shown on Schedule I-A to this Exhibit. If Landlord determines it to be reasonably necessary, Landlord shall have the right to require, at Tenant’s expense, that an engineering or other report be prepared prior to Landlord’s approval of the proposed Generator and Tank.
          Following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to the plans and specifications for the Generator and Tank, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice approving such plans and specifications or providing the reasons for Landlord’s disapproval thereof (a “Generator Plan Response”) . If Landlord has not delivered a Generator Plan Response within 10 days after Tenant’s request, Tenant shall send a second notice, conspicuously captioned “SECOND REQUEST FOR LANDLORD’S APPROVAL.” If Landlord has not delivered a Generator Plan Response on or before the 10 th day following delivery of such second notice, Landlord shall thereafter be deemed to have consented to the plans and specifications previously delivered by Tenant.
     2.  Costs . Tenant shall pay all costs of purchase, installation, maintenance, replacement, governmental inspection, permitting, insurance, clean up and operation (no part of which shall be paid by Landlord or from Landlord’s Contribution) of the Generator and the Tank.
     3.  Other Parties’ Rights . Tenant covenants that it will not use its Generator or the Tank in a manner that will unreasonably interfere with Landlord’s and/or any current or future tenant’s use of the Project.
     4.  Easements . Tenant is hereby granted such nonexclusive easements and licenses for (i) use of any Building shafts required to install the electrical wiring for the Generator and Tank; and (ii) access to the Generator and the Tank at all reasonable times and in emergencies. The Generator shall be connected to the Premises by electrical wiring, the installation of which shall be performed by Tenant’s contractor, at Tenant’s expense.
     5.  Permits . Tenant shall be responsible for procuring all licenses and permits required for the installation, use or operation of the Generator and the Tank, and Landlord makes no representations or warranties regarding the permissibility or the permitability of the Generator and the Tank under applicable laws.
Exhibit I
Page 1 of 2

 


 

     6.  Installation . Upon Landlord’s written approval of the plans and specifications and of the installation contract for the Generator and Tank, the Generator and Tank shall be installed, at Tenant’s expense, by a contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Generator and Tank shall, by Tenant and at Tenant’s expense, (i) be constructed, installed and maintained in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations; (ii) be designed, installed, utilized and operated so as not to adversely affect or impact the structural, communications or other systems of or serving the Building; and (iii) be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Building rules and regulations or any other reasonable regulations promulgated by Landlord pertaining to construction in or on the Building by third-party contractors. Upon installation of the Generator and Tank, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with an “as built” drawing of the Generator and Tank certified by Tenant’s architect or such other professional as Landlord shall reasonably approve.
     7.  Removal . At the time Landlord approves Tenant’s plans and specifications for the Generator and/or Tank, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing if Landlord will require Tenant to remove the Generator and/or Tank at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Landlord advises Tenant that such removal is required, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove the Generator and the Tank and related wiring and other equipment associated therewith and shall repair any damage to the Project caused by such removal. If Landlord does not require such removal, the Generator and/or the Tank shall remain at the Building without payment by Landlord and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an executed bill of sale for the Generator and Tank upon Landlord’s request.
     8.  Charges . Landlord shall not charge Tenant for Tenant’s use or placement of the Generator and Tank at the Project, other than for any electricity (and, if Tenant uses Landlord’s tank, diesel or other fuel used by Tenant) in operating the Generator and Tank.
     9.  Insurance . Tenant shall insure the Generator and Tank under such policies, with such insurers, in such amounts and upon such terms as Landlord shall reasonably require. Tenant shall pay Landlord within 30 days after demand by Landlord any increase(s) in Landlord’s insurance premium(s) attributable to the Tenant’s Generator and Tank.
     10.  Indemnification . Tenant’s indemnification obligations set forth in the Lease with regard to the Premises shall also apply to the Generator and the Tank.
Exhibit I
Page 2 of 2

 


 

Schedule I-A
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit J
Rooftop HVAC
     1.  Right to Install . So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, and for its own use, to purchase, install, maintain and operate upon a portion of the rooftop of the Building 2 supplemental HVAC units which shall serve the Premises (“Rooftop HVAC Units”) in accordance with the plans and specifications attached hereto as Schedule J-A at the location shown thereon. Tenant shall furnish detailed plans and specifications for the Rooftop HVAC Units (or modification) to Landlord for approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; provided, Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the location, size, height, capacity, width and weight of the Rooftop HVAC Units and to prohibit any Rooftop HVAC Units which Landlord reasonably determines not to be aesthetically acceptable. In no event shall the Rooftop HVAC Units be located outside the portion of the rooftop allocated to Tenant (which allocation shall include the non-exclusive easement provided under Section 4 of this Exhibit). If Landlord determines it to be reasonably necessary, Landlord shall have the right to require, at Tenant’s expense, that a structural engineering report be prepared prior to Landlord’s approval of any proposed Rooftop HVAC Units.
     2.  Costs . Tenant shall pay all costs of purchase, design, installation, operation, permitting, utilization, insurance, replacement, maintenance and removal of the Rooftop HVAC Units. Any provision of the Lease or this Exhibit to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right to separately meter the Rooftop HVAC Units and related equipment for electricity or to cause Tenant to separately meter the Rooftop HVAC Units and related equipment for electricity, in either case, at Tenant’s expense, and, in such case, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the electricity charges for the Rooftop HVAC Units and related equipment directly to Landlord or to the electricity provider, as Landlord shall determine.
     3.  Other Parties’ Rights . Tenant covenants that it will not use its Rooftop HVAC Units in a manner that will interfere with Landlord’s and/or any current tenant’s current use of the roof of the Building.
     4.  Easements . Tenant is hereby granted such nonexclusive easements and licenses for (i) use of any Building shafts required to install the electrical or communication wiring; (ii) access to the roof at all reasonable times and in emergencies; and (iii) use of a mutually agreed upon area of the roof to install and operate the Rooftop HVAC Units. The Rooftop HVAC Units shall be connected to the Premises by pipes, conduit or cables (or other appropriate means), the installation of which shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s cost.
     5.  Permits and Approvals . Tenant shall be responsible for procuring all licenses and permits may be required for the installation, use or operation of the Rooftop HVAC Units, and Landlord makes no warranties or representations as to the permissibility or the permitability of the Rooftop HVAC Units under applicable laws, rules or regulations. Prior to installing the Rooftop HVAC Units, Tenant will deliver to Landlord reasonable evidence of Tenant’s having

 


 

obtained all necessary governmental approvals (if any such approval are required) for the installation of the Rooftop HVAC Units.
     6.  Installation . Upon Landlord’s written approval of the plans and specifications and the installation contract for the Rooftop HVAC Units, the Rooftop HVAC Units shall be installed by Tenant’s communications equipment contractor, which contractor shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant shall (i) construct, maintain and operate the Rooftop HVAC Units in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of all Federal, state and local governmental authorities; (ii) have the Rooftop HVAC Units designed, installed, utilized and operated so as not to adversely affect or impact the structural, communications or other systems of or serving the Building; and (iii) have the Rooftop HVAC Units installed in accordance with the Building rules and regulations or any other reasonable regulations promulgated by Landlord pertaining to construction in or on the Building by third-party contractors. Upon installation of the Rooftop HVAC Units, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with an “as built” drawing of the Rooftop HVAC Units certified by Tenant’s architect or such other professional as Landlord shall reasonably approve.
     7.  Charges . Landlord will not charge Tenant rent for the rooftop space occupied by the Rooftop HVAC Units. Tenant will pay Landlord within 30 days after written demand for any expenses incurred by Landlord arising from any damage caused to the Building in connection with the installation, maintenance, operation or removal of the Rooftop HVAC Units and all special cabling associated therewith.

 


 

Schedule J-A
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit K

Design Standards
Structure — Poured in place concrete, 80 lb./sq. ft. live load, 20 lb./sq. ft. partition load capacity.
Column Spacing — 44’-6” x 20’-0” bay spacing
Exterior — Precast architectural spandrel panels and column covers with unitized windows and curtainwall system.
Roof — Hot — Applied rubberized asphalt system with a 15 year system warranty
Electrical System
1. The building power distribution system will be served from a pad mounted Virginia Power Transformer. The building power will be distributed from a 4000 AMP, 277/480V, 3 f , 4W distribution switchboard, through one (1) vertical busduct up the building serving all tenant floors. Power is distributed to the tenant floor from busduct plug-in units. Panelboards in each of the typical floor electric rooms are as follows:
  A.   1 — 400 AMP, 277/480V, 3 f , 4W 42-pole for tenant area lighting, heating and air conditioning.
 
  B.   1 — 400 AMP, 120/208V, 3 f , 4W 84-pole for tenant area receptacles.
 
  C.   1—112.5 KVA K-13 rated transformer.
 
      All bussing in panelboards, busduct and switchboard is copper.
2.   The building load densities are as follows:
         
A.
  Building Total   19 Watts/Sq. Ft.
B.
  Lighting (Tenant)   2 Watts/Sq. Ft.
C.
  Receptacles (Tenant)   4 Watts/Sq. Ft.
D.
  HVAC   7 Watts/Sq. Ft.
E.
  Miscellaneous   1 Watt/Sq. Ft.
F.
  Spare (Tenant)   5 Watts/Sq. Ft.
3.   Tenant may obtain spare capacity from extension of the vertical busduct in a spare bus-tap opening.

 


 

Mechanical System
Exterior and interior zones shall be air conditioned by packaged, water-cooled self-contained variable air volume (VAV) air conditioning units with integral water economizer (one unit per floor) conveying air through medium pressure loop ductwork to VAV boxes. Perimeter zones of each floor and the interior of the 6 th floor will be served by series type, fan powered VAV boxes with electric resistance heating coils. The interior of all other floors will be served by cooling only shut-off type VAV boxes.
VAV zones have been designed at an approximate ratio of 1 box per 750 S.F. and 1 box per 1500 S.F. for the perimeter and interior zones respectively.
Heating and Cooling design parameters:
     
Indoor Conditions:
   
Summer
  75°F db / 50% RH
Winter
  72°F db / no humidity control
Outdoor Conditions:
   
Summer
  95°F db / 78°F wb
Winter
  0°Fdb
Outdoor air will be provided at a rate of 20 CFM per person (as per latest edition of the International Mechanical Code). The number of people will be based on normal office occupancy of 7 people/ 1000 s.f. In addition, 5% of the occupied office space has been calculated as conference rooms (at 50 people/1000 s.f). A constant supply of outdoor air will be introduced on each floor.
The entire basebuilding HVAC system will be installed as part of the core and shell scope with the exception of the low pressure ductwork downstream of all VAV boxes and supply and return diffusers.
Wet Columns
2 wet columns per floor for use by Tenant.
Window Covering
1 inch thin slat Venetian blinds provided for perimeter windows.
Elevators
Electric geared elevators, 350 fpm. Three 3500 lb. capacity passenger elevators and one 3500 lb. combination passenger/freight elevator.

 


 

Life Safety
Vertical sprinkler distribution to each floor. Fire standpipe and basebuilding fire alarm provided pursuant to the applicable building codes. Main sprinkler line installed with upturned heads at a ratio of 1 head per 225 rentable square feet. Any sprinkler heads required in excess of this number will be part of the tenant improvements.
A closed-circuit, electrically supervised, non-coded addressable fire alarm system will be provided, consisting of a main control panel, manual fire alarm stations, sprinkler water flow alarm devices, smoke detection devices, flashing signal, horns, voice communication, supervisory control and supervisory annunciated remote-indicating annunciators and all other items of equipment required to erect a complete fire alarm system to comply with local fire codes.
The emergency service is provided by a pad mounted diesel generator which produces 175 KW at 277/480V, 3ø, 4W. The generator will provide emergency power to all white lights and exit signs, fire alarm system, security system, fire pump and elevator.
Empty conduits have been provided for a tenant supplied generator which would be placed adjacent to the emergency generator.
Energy Management and Control Systems
A building management system will be provided to monitor and control mechanical equipment. The system will be a PC based computer-based, stand-alone type. System will be capable of monitoring and control of all functions from a remote location via modem.

 


 

Exhibit L
Conduit Connection
     1.  Connection . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit, to connect the Premises to the telecommunications room in the South Pointe I building via cabling to be located in the underground conduit that links the Building and South Pointe I so that Tenant can participate in a Public Synchronous Optical Network ( “SONET” ) provided by local telephone company.
     2.  Arrangements for and Maintenance of SONET Service .
          a. Tenant will cause the local telephone company to prepare an engineering assessment for SONET service for Tenant for greater data and voice transmission reliability. Promptly after Tenant receives the engineering report, Tenant will provide Landlord with a copy of the report. If Tenant then decides to obtain SONET service at the Premises, Tenant will make all necessary arrangements for such service and Tenant will coordinate the installation of such service with Landlord. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, (i) obtain all necessary studies, reports and permits pertaining to the SONET service, (ii) pay all SONET service and equipment acquisition, rent and other charges, and (iii) perform in a timely manner all installation, maintenance, repair and removal work arising in connection with the SONET service and equipment.
          b. Landlord shall have no obligation (i) to bring or provide SONET service to the Building or to South Pointe I; (ii) for any SONET equipment failure; (iii) for any cessation in the SONET service; (iv) for any change in the terms or charges under which SONET service is provided to Tenant; (v) to install, maintain, repair or remove any SONET service equipment.
     3.  SONET Equipment .
          a. The location and the amount of space in the communications closet(s) and in the underground conduit at the Building and at South Pointe I available for SONET service equipment (which shall include any necessary wiring) must be determined and approved in writing by Landlord prior to installation of any equipment therein. Tenant shall have no collocation rights.
          b. Tenant shall cause the SONET equipment to be installed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable Requirements by a certified, qualified contractor. The installation must not damage, interact or interfere with existing tenants, future tenants or any base building equipment. Prior to installing any SONET equipment, Tenant must deliver to Landlord a copy of all governmental permits required for such installation, together with a current certificate of insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
          c. Tenant shall give Landlord notice to the extent that Tenant needs access to any SONET equipment located outside of the Premises and Landlord will make reasonable arrangements to provide Tenant will such access. Landlord shall have the right to require that a Landlord-designated engineer or other professional accompany Tenant and Tenant’s contractors,

 


 

at Tenant’s expense, when Tenant or Tenant’s contractors are accessing any SONET equipment located outside of the Premises.
     4.  Proportionate Share . Within 30 days after receipt of an invoice therefore, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s proportionate share of any conduit repair and maintenance costs.
     5.  Removal . Tenant shall remove the SONET equipment at the Building and at South Pointe I (including the conduit wiring) within 60 days after the earlier of the SONET service no longer being provided for Tenant, the occurrence of an Event of Default or the Expiration Date. If any SONET equipment remains in place beyond the aforementioned removal date, Landlord shall have the right to remove the SONET equipment and to repair any damage caused by such removal, at Tenant’s expense.
     6.  Landlord’s Liability . In connection with any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the South Pointe I building, Landlord shall cause the purchaser thereof to assume Landlord’s obligations under this Exhibit as they pertain to the South Pointe I land and building, from the date of such transfer and continuing thereafter during such transferee’s period of ownership of South Point I. Subject to foregoing, following any such transfer, Tenant shall look solely to such transferee in connection with the enforcement, exercise and performance of Tenant’s rights and Landlord’s obligations under this Exhibit as they pertain to the South Pointe I building. In connection with any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord in connection with the enforcement, exercise and performance of Tenant’s rights and Landlord’s obligations under this Exhibit as they pertain to the South Pointe I building for so long as Landlord owns South Point I.

 


 

EXHIBIT B

SUBLEASED PREMISES
[Attached]

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

EXHIBIT C
RENT TABLE
                 
    Minimum Rent Per    
    Square Foot   Minimum Rent
Sublease Year   (Annual)   (Monthly)
First Sublease Year
  $ 24.50     $ 56,660.33  
Second Sublease Year
  $ 25.48     $ 58,926.75  
Third Sublease Year
  $ 26.50     $ 61,283.82  
Fourth Sublease Year
  $ 27.56     $ 63,735.17  

 


 

EXHIBIT D
FURNITURE LIST
[Attached]

 


 

Exhibit D
Standard Cubes
                                 
                        Cabinet,        
        Nameplate,   Desk, Cube   Desk, Cube   Cabinet,   Rolling   Chair, Swivel   Divider with
Location   Type   Numbered   (3 pieces)   (1 piece)   Overhead   (3 Drawers)   (Cloth, 2 Arms)   Whiteboard
5102
  Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5103   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5112   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5113   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5122   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5123   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5132   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5133   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5602   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5603   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5612   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5613   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5622   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5623   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5625   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5626   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5632   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5633   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5635   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5636   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5642   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5643   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5645   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5646   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5652   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5653   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5655   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5656   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5702   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5703   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5705   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5706   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5712   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5713   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5715   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5716   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5722   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5723   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5725   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5726   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5732   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5733   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5735   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5736   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5742   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5743   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5745   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5746   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5752   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5753   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5755   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5756   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5902   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5903   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5905   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5906   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
Page 1 of 3

 


 

                                 
                        Cabinet,        
        Nameplate,   Desk, Cube   Desk, Cube   Cabinet,   Rolling   Chair, Swivel   Divider with
Location   Type   Numbered   (3 pieces)   (1 piece)   Overhead   (3 Drawers)   (Cloth, 2 Arms)   Whiteboard
5912   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5913   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5915   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5916   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5922   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5923   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5925   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5926   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5932   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5933   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5935   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5936   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5942   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5943   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5945   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5946   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
5952   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5953   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5955   Cube   1   1       1   1   1   1/2
5956   W Cube   1       1   1   1   1   1/2
Ghost   Cube   18   18       18   18   18   9
Ghost   W   6       6   6   6   6   3
Total       100   78   22   100   100   100   50
Non-Standard Cubes
                                                                         
                                    Cabinet,   Cabinet,   Cabinet,   Chair, Swivel    
            Nameplate,   Desk, Cube   Desk, Cube   Overhead   Rolling   Rolling   (Cloth, 2   Divider with
Location   Type   Numbered   (2 pieces)   (3 pieces)   (3 sizes)   (2 Drawers)   (3 Drawers)   Arms)   Whiteboard
Enclosed Area
                    2       11       26       16       10       13          
TOTAL
            0       2       11       26       16       10       13       0  
Other Areas
                                         
                Cabinet, Metal,   Cabinet, Metal,   Cabinet, Metal,   Table,   Chair (Cloth,        
        Chair, Swivel       Horizontal   Horizontal   Vertical   Conference,   Green, w/Arm        
Location   Type   (Leather, 2 Arms)   Blinds, Vertical   (3 Drawer)   (2 Drawer)   (2 Door)   Curved   Table)   Refrigerator   Kit, First Aid
5054
  Conf   12   3               6   3        
5822   Conf                                    
5322   Conf                                    
Q1   SW           9   0   2                
Q2   NW           10   2   2                
Q3   NE           22   2   5                
Q4   SE                                    
Q Total   All           41   4   9                
Fin   Fin                                    
Kitchen   N                               1   1
Kitchen   S                               1   1
5615   Lab                                    
TOTAL       12   3   82   8   18   6   3   2   2
Page 2 of 3

 


 

Offices
                                             
                         ,   Chair, Swivel   Chair, Swivel            
        Nameplate,       Desk,   Cabinet,   Cabinet,   (Leather, 2   (Cloth 2           Blinds,
Location   Type   Numbered   Desk, Office   Extension   Desktop   Upright   Arms) Arms)   Whiteboard   Wastebasket   Vertical
5072   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
5015A   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5115A   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5215A   Office   0   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5315A   Office   0   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5415A   Office   0   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5515A   Office   0   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5A13   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
5A15   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
5A17   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
5C19   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
5D10   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
5G01   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5G04   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   0
5K18   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   4
5K21   Office*   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   3
    *desk configuration different; reconfigured from extra pieces                    
5K22   Office   1   1   1   1   1   1   2   1   1   2
TOTAL       13   17   17   16   17   17   34   17   17   21
Page 3 of 3

 


 

EXHIBIT E
SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT LIST
[Attached]

 


 

Exhibit E
Data Center
                     
Description   Manufacturer   Model Number   Serial Number   Quantity
Air Conditioning Unit (15 ton)
  Liebert   DH192G-AAEI   441473-001     1  
Air Conditioning Unit (15 ton)
  Liebert   DH192G-AAEI   441473-002     1  
Air Conditioning Unit (15 ton)
  Liebert   DH192G-AAEI   441473-003     1  
Air Conditioning Unit (15 ton)
  Liebert   DH192G-AAEI   441473-004     1  
Dry Cooler (roof mounted)
  Liebert   DNT620A   0318C63032     1  
Dry Cooler (roof mounted)
  Liebert   DNT620A   0318C63043     1  
Pump Enclosure (roof mounted)
(includes two 10 HP pumps)
  Liebert   RP020GY02S0758   NA     1  
Transformer (3 Phase)
  Cutler-Hammer   V48M28T15B   J03D05358     1  
Power Distribution Unit (75 KVA)
  Power Distribution, Inc   PP13-4-075-G-641   110-1222     1  
Uninterruptible Power Supply
(130 KVA) (includes two sealed
battery units)
  Liebert   NPOWER 100-130   37SA130A0A6S093     1  
Pre-action Sprinkler System
  Victualic   NA   NA     1  
Fire Alarm Control Panel
  Gamewell   NA   NA     1  
Environmental Alarm Panel
  General Electric   NA   NA     1  

 

 

Exhibit 10.15
8000 Westpark Drive
Suite 500
McLean, va 22102
P h 703.748.4005
fax 703.288.6740
www.K12.com
March 10, 2006
Celia Stokes
6134 Jefferson Blvd
Frederick, Maryland 21703
Dear Celia:
It gives me great pleasure to confirm your employment with K12 Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), beginning March 20, 2006 (the “Start Date”). Once countersigned by you, this letter shall constitute a binding agreement (“Agreement”) between you and the Company, effective as of the date of this letter set forth above (the “Effective Date”).
  1.   Employment. The Company agrees to initially employ you and you agree to be initially employed as the Company’s Chief Marketing Officer. This position will be located at the Company’s headquarters’, currently in McLean, Virginia (with relocation to Herndon, Virginia scheduled for April, 2006).You shall report directly to the Company’s Executive Vice President of Operations (“EVP”) and Chief Financial Officer, and perform such duties and have such responsibilities as are normally associated with your position and such duties as are reasonably assigned to you from time to time.
 
  2.   Salary. Your salary during the first year of your employment by the Company shall be Eighteen Thousand, One Hundred and Sixty Six and 67/100 Dollars ($18,166.67) monthly, which equates to Two Hundred and Eighteen Thousand Dollars ($218,000.00) on an annualized basis (“Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions. The Base Salary shall be paid on the Company’s regular payroll dates in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.
 
  3   Signing and Other Bonuses.
3.1  Signing Bonus. On the first regularly scheduled pay date after the Start Date, the Company will pay you a signing bonus of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000.00) subject to standard payroll deductions.
3.2 End-of-Year Bonus. For July 2005 through June 2006, you shall be eligible for a bonus based on your and the Company’s achievement of goals and objectives as mutually agreed upon by you and the EVP (the “Performance Bonus”) of thirty percent (30%) of your Base Salary (on a prorated basis from your mid-year start date) but no less than Twelve Thousand Dollars ($12,000.00). Please note that this initial guaranteed performance bonus shall be
(K12 LOGO)
CONFIDENTIAL   -1-    

 


 

applicable only for the first bonus period of your employment by the Company. Going forward, your end-of-year Performance Bonus for each year during your tenure at the Company shall be determined by the EVP and the Board of Directors.
3.3 Recovery. If your employment with the Company is terminated either by you or for “Cause” by the Company prior to September 20, 2006 you agree to pay to the Company an amount equal to Fifty Percent (50%) of the combined signing and guaranteed bonus.
  4.   Stock Options. Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company will grant you an option to purchase One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of the Company’s common stock, at a price to be determined by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the terms of the K12 Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan and an applicable stock option agreement between you and the Company (the “Option”). The Option will vest and become exercisable over four (4) years, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares covered by the Option vesting and becoming exercisable on the one year anniversary of the Start Date and the remaining seventy-five (75%) of the shares covered by the Option vesting and becoming exercisable in twelve equal quarterly installments thereafter.
 
  5.    Personal Time Off. You shall be entitled to fifteen (15) days of paid personal time off (“PTO”) during each year of your employment. You will accrue all such PTO on July 1 of each year during your employment. You will be able to use PTO in accordance with the Company’s PTO policy, which policy is subject to change or deletion at the discretion of the Company.
 
  6.   Expenses. During your employment, the Company shall reimburse you for your reasonable travel (excluding travel to and from any residence), business entertainment, and other business expenses incurred in the performance of your duties, including reasonable and/or required professional dues and fees ( e.g. , professional association dues, continuing education expenses, etc.), subject to the rules and regulations adopted by the Company for the handling of such business and professional expenses.
 
  7.    Benefits (Health and Welfare Plans). You will be eligible to participate in such benefit plans as may be from time to time adopted by the Company on the same basis as similarly situated employees. Your participation shall be subject to: (i) the terms of the applicable plan documents; (ii) generally applicable Company policies; and (iii) the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or

-2-


 

contemplated by, such plan or programs. These plans and programs are subject to change or deletion at the discretion of the Company.
  8.   Holidays. You will be eligible for paid holidays in accordance with the Company’s holiday policy and schedule, as may be amended by the Company from time to time at the sole discretion of the Company.
 
  9.    Employment at Will; Termination.
  9.1   Employment at Will. Your employment with the Company will be on an “at-will” basis, meaning that your employment is not for a specified period of time and can be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.
 
  9.2   Termination by Company for Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective immediately, for cause, which shall be defined as (i) a Willful and continued material failure substantially to perform your duties in a satisfactory manner (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or Disability, as defined below), where Willful means, when applied to any action or omission made by you, that you, in acting or omitting to act, did so without a good faith belief that such action or omission was in, or was not contrary to, the best interests of the Company; or (ii) acts of dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation, moral turpitude; or (iii) unprofessional conduct which may adversely affect the reputation of the Company and/or its relationship with its customers, employees or suppliers , or (iv) a conviction of, or entry of a guilty plea or no contest to, any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty (collectively, “Cause”); provided that no such termination for Cause as defined in (i) above shall be deemed to be for Cause unless the Company shall have given to you at least thirty (14) days’ prior written notice of the actions or omissions giving rise to such termination for Cause, which written notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement for Cause, you shall immediately be paid all accrued Base Salary, all accrued but unused PTO and any reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by you in connection with your duties hereunder, all to the date of termination. Consistent with the K12 Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, all options covered by the Option shall expire at the date of termination for any of the above-enumerated reasons to terminate for cause. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights, and Non-Solicitation Agreement,

-3-


 

      Agreement to Arbitrate, and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate. “Disability” means physical or mental incapacity resulting in you being unable for a period of six (6) consecutive months or for an aggregate of six (6) months in any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period to perform your duties. Any dispute between you and the Company regarding the existence of your alleged Disability shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to you and the Company. If you and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of Disability made in writing to you and the Company shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
  9.3   Termination by Company Without Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective immediately, without Cause. In the event that the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause, you shall be paid immediately (except as noted) all accrued Base Salary, all accrued but unused PTO, and any reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred by you in connection with your duties hereunder, all to the date of termination, as well as the severance pay set forth in Section 9.5 below. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate.
 
  9.4   Termination by Employee.
(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement by you other than for Good Reason (as defined in Section 9.4(b) below), you shall not be entitled to any salary, bonus, benefits, severance pay or other remuneration after the effective date of termination, other than the payment for accrued but unused PTO. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate
(b) In the event that you terminate this Agreement for Good Reason, then you shall be entitled to the severance pay set forth in Section 9.5 below. In addition, the parties’ obligations hereunder, except as set forth in the attached Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, Agreement to Arbitrate and Sections 9 and 11 of this Agreement, shall terminate. Good Reason shall be defined as: your

-4-


 

resignation within forty (40) days after your discovery of any material breach of this agreement by the Company which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from you.
  9.5   Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 9.3 or by you pursuant to Section 9.4(b) above, and provided you execute a general release of claims satisfactory to the Company, you shall be entitled to: (a) one hundred eighty (180) days severance pay at your then-existing Base Salary, payable at the same time and in the same manner as such Base Salary had been paid prior to such termination. You agree to promptly notify Company if you obtain new employment during the severance period, and any other compensation received by you from any such employment and/or engagement shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the amount of compensation otherwise payable by the Company during that period
 
  9.6   Change of Control Acceleration. In the event of a Change of Control, your Option shall accelerate such that the entire Option shall be immediately vested and exercisable consistent with the terms of your stock option agreement. A Change of Control shall be defined as: (A) the direct sale or exchange by the stockholders of the Company of all or substantially all of the stock of the Company( but excluding any sale in connection with an initial public offering), where the stockholders of the Company before such sale or exchange do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interests in the voting stock of the acquiring or surviving entity after such sale or exchange; (B) a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party where the stockholders of the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting stock of the successor entity after such merger or consolidation; (C) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to an unrelated third party.
  10.   Other Conditions of Employment.
10.1 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation/Agreement to Arbitrate. Your employment is contingent upon your execution of the enclosed K12 Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement and Agreement to Arbitrate, at or before the Start Date.
10.2 Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. Your employment is contingent upon you satisfying the requirements for employment in the United

-5-


 

States. Within three (3) days of the Start Date, and thereafter if the law requires, you will be required to furnish the Company with all necessary documentation that will satisfy the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.
10.3 Policies and Procedures. Your employment is subject to the Company’s personnel policies and procedures as they may be interpreted, adopted, revised or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.
  11.   Miscellaneous.
11.1 Entire Agreement. The terms described in this Agreement, together with the Employee Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and Agreement to Arbitrate, both attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, set forth the entire understanding between us, and supercede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. No term or provision of this Agreement or attached exhibits may be amended waived, released, discharged or modified except in writing, signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.
11.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to conflict of law principles.
11.3 Successors. The Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. In that the Agreement constitutes a non-delegable personal services agreement, it may not be assigned by you and any attempted assignment by you in violation of this covenant shall be null and void.
11.4 Severability. In the event that any one ore more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and all such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
11.5 Waiver. The failure of either party to insist on strict compliance with any of the terms of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any terms of this Agreement or of the party’s right to require strict compliance with the terms of the Agreement in any other instance.

-6-


 

11.6 Notices. All notices, demands, or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing, unless otherwise specified, and shall be deemed to have been properly given, delivered, or served by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, with deliveries to be made to the following addresses:
         
 
  If to Celia Stokes:   Celia Stokes
 
      6134 Jefferson Blvd
 
      Frederick, Maryland 21703
 
  If to Company:   Attn: John Baule, EVP and CFO
 
      K12 Inc.
 
      8000 Westpark Dr
 
      McLean, VA 22102
Either party may change such party’s address for notices as necessary by notice given pursuant to this Section.
11.7 Captions. Section headings used in the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered a part of the Agreement.
11.8 Amendments and Further Assurances. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, but only by written instrument executed by all the parties hereto. No variations, modifications, or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party except as set forth in such a written instrument. The parties will execute such further instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of the Agreement.
11.9 Counterparts. The Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

-7-


 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of employment by signing the enclosed copy of this letter, and completing the K12 Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and Agreement to Arbitrate, if you have not already done so and returning them to me as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me. Celia, I am personally pleased you are a member of the K12 team and I look forward to working with you toward our mutual success.
Sincerely,
-S- JOHN BAULE
John Baule
EVP Operations and
CFO K12, Inc.
Agreed and Accepted:
-S- CELIA STOKES
Celia Stokes
       
3-15-06
 \ 
3-21-06
 
Date
  Start Date

-8-


 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of employment by signing the enclosed copy of this letter, and completing the K12 Confidentiality, Proprietary Rights and Non-Solicitation Agreement, and Agreement to Arbitrate, if you have not already done so and returning them to me as soon as possible. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact me. Celia, I am personally pleased you are a member of the K12 team and I look forward to working with you toward our mutual success.
Sincerely,
-S- JOHN BAULE
John Baule
EVP Operations and CFO
K12, Inc.
Agreed and Accepted:
-S- CELIA STOKES
Celia Stokes
       
3-15-06
 \ 
3-21-06
 
Date
  Start Date

-8-

 

Exhibit 10.16
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as of June 1, 2004 between K12 INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and HOWARD D. POLSKY (“Executive”), on the following terms and conditions:
SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT .
     1.1 Responsibilities . Company agrees to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and Executive accepts such employment. Executive shall serve as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Company. Executive shall report to the President/Chief Operating Officer of Company. If a Chief Executive Officer of Company is appointed by the Board of Directors of Company, then at the discretion of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of Company. Executive shall perform such duties and responsibilities commensurate with Executive’s position as may be reasonably requested by Company from time to time. Executive shall carry out all of his employment responsibilities in an efficient, trustworthy, effective and businesslike manner.
     1.2 Place of Employment . Executive’s place of employment will be at the Company’s headquarters, currently located in McLean, Virginia. Executive recognizes that he will be required to travel in the ordinary course of performing his responsibilities.
     1.3 Exclusive Employment . Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time to Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall not render services of a business, professional or commercial nature to any other person, firm or corporation, whether for compensation or otherwise, except that Executive may engage in civic, philanthropic and community service activities so long as such activities do not interfere with Executive’s ability to comply with this Agreement and are not otherwise in conflict with the policies or interests of Company.
SECTION 2. COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS .
     2.1 Compensation/Deductions . In consideration of Executive’s employment, Executive shall receive from Company while Executive is employed with Company the compensation and benefits described in this Section 2 as full and complete satisfaction of all of Company’s obligations to Executive arising from Executive’s employment. The compensation and employee benefits made available to Executive pursuant to this Agreement may be changed only by the written agreement of the parties. Executive authorizes Company to deduct and withhold from all compensation to be paid to Executive any and all sums required to be deducted or withheld by Company (including, but not limited to, income tax withholding and payroll taxes) pursuant to the provisions of all applicable laws, regulations, rulings or ordinances of the United States and any other applicable jurisdiction.

 


 

     2.2 Compensation . Executive shall receive, as a fixed base salary for the full time employment referred to in Section 1 hereof and all other obligations of Executive hereunder, compensation at the rate of One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000) per year payable not less frequently than semi-monthly in accordance with Company’s standard payroll practices as in effect from time to time (“Compensation”). Company agrees to review Executive’s Compensation for a potential increase in the sole and absolute discretion of Company based upon performance of Executive and Company after Executive has been employed with Company for six months, and annually thereafter.
     2.3 Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive a cash bonus each year in accordance with Company bonus policy in effect from time to time. Depending on the performance of Executive and Company, the amount of bonus may range up to twenty five percent (25%) of Executive’s Compensation. The amount of bonus will be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of Company’s Compensation Committee and/or Board of Directors.
     2.4 Stock Options . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Company and Executive are entering into a Stock Option Agreement pursuant to which the Company is granting to Executive (subject to certain vesting and other conditions) stock options to purchase up to 88,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $1.34 per share.
     2.5 Expense Reimbursement . Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder and within the operating budget of Company, subject to Company’s business expense reimbursement policies in effect from time to time, including submission to Company of a written accounting of such expenses, which accounting shall include an itemized list of the expenses incurred, the business purposes for which such expenses were incurred, and appropriate receipts and supporting documentation. Reimbursable expenses shall include Executive’s state bar dues and mandatory CLE expenses required by the State of Virginia for in-house corporate counsel.
     2.6 Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to the maximum allowed paid vacation in accordance with Company vacation policy in effect from time to time for senior executives, which is currently twenty (20) days per calendar year. Executive’s vacation shall be planned consistent with Executive’s duties and obligations hereunder.
     2.7 Other Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in all group employment benefits that are offered by Company to Company’s senior executives in general from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of such benefit plans including any eligibility requirements.
SECTION 3. AT WILL EMPLOYMENT .
     3.1 At Will Employment . Executive’s employment with Company shall be on an “at will” basis and may be terminated by either party at any time by notice to the other party. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2 below, upon termination of employment with

2


 

Company, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation, payments or benefits of any nature whatsoever, except that Company shall pay to Executive any unpaid Compensation to the extent earned and payable as of the date of such termination.
     3.2 Severance . In the event that Executive resigns for “Good Reason” or Company terminates Executive’s employment with Company for other than “Cause,” death or disability, Company shall (a) continue to pay to Executive, as severance pay, Executive’s Compensation in accordance with Section 2.2 for the Severance Period (as defined below), and (b) if permitted by the terms of Company’s group medical and dental insurance plans, continue to provide Executive coverage thereunder at no additional cost to Executive for the Severance Period or until Executive is eligible for coverage with a new employer if earlier, or if not permitted by the terms of Company’s group medical and dental plans, reimburse Executive the cost of premiums if he elects to continue coverage under such plans as permitted by COBRA for the Severance Period or until Executive is eligible for coverage with a new employer if earlier. Executive shall have the right to continue coverage under the Company’s group medical and dental plans thereafter at his option and expense to the extent COBRA may continue to apply. As used herein, the “Severance Period” means the period commencing on the date of termination of employment and ending on the earlier of: (a) one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter if Executive has been employed by Company for three years or less, or (b) three hundred sixty-five (365) days if Executive has been employed by Company for more than three years. Executive agrees to promptly notify Company when Executive has obtained new employment or another engagement during the Severance Period and any compensation received by Executive from any such employment and/or engagement during the Severance Period shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the amount of Compensation otherwise payable by Company to Executive during the Severance Period. For purposes of this Agreement, a resignation shall be for “Good Reason” if Executive resigns because Company materially reduces Executive’s Compensation or assigns Executive a materially different title and responsibilities such that Executive has been demoted, or Company otherwise materially breaches this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be for “Cause” if Executive shall: (i) commit an act of fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement or misappropriation involving Company, (ii) be convicted of, or enter a plea of guilty or no contest to, any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (iii) commit an act, or fail to commit an act, involving Company which amounts to, or with the passage of time would amount to, willful misconduct, gross negligence or a breach of this Agreement, (iv) willfully fail or habitually neglect to perform Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement and such failure or neglect is not cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice to Executive specifying such failure or neglect, (v) engage in any illegal or unprofessional conduct which may adversely affect the reputation of Company and/or its relationship with its employees, customers, or suppliers, or (vi) no longer be authorized to practice law in the State of Virginia pursuant to the in-house corporate counsel rules.
SECTION 4. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE .
     4.1 Confidential Information . Executive acknowledges that Executive’s services to be rendered to Company will place Executive in a position of confidence and trust with Company and will allow Executive access to Confidential Information (as defined below). Executive agrees that at all times during and after the term of Executive’s employment

3


 

hereunder, Executive will maintain the Confidential Information in strictest confidence and will not, unless required to do so in the ordinary course of Company’s operations, disclose to any person, or use for Executive’s own personal use or financial gain, whether individually or on behalf of another person, any Confidential Information. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive acknowledges that Company’s agreements and/or relationships with other persons may impose obligations or restrictions regarding the confidential nature of work or information relating to such persons, and Executive agrees to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions. As used herein, “Confidential Information” shall mean information and compilations of information relating to Company and/or its business including, but not limited to, information regarding any trade secrets, proprietary knowledge, operating procedures, finances, financial condition, ownership, organization, employees, customers, clients, suppliers, distributors, agents, and other personnel, business activities, budgets, strategic or financial plans, objectives, marketing plans, products, services, price and price lists, operating and training materials, data bases and analyses and all other documents relating thereto or strategies of Company; provided , however , that Confidential Information shall not include information that is or becomes generally known to the public through no unauthorized act or omission of Executive.
     4.2 Intellectual Property Rights . Executive shall assign and transfer to Company, and does hereby assign and transfer to Company, all right, title and interest in and to all Company IP (as defined below). All Company IP is and shall be the sole property of Company. Executive shall disclose all Company IP promptly in writing to Company. Upon the request of Company, Executive shall promptly execute a written assignment of title to Company for all Company IP, and Executive will preserve all such Company IP as Confidential Information. As used herein, “Company IP” shall mean all inventions and intellectual property rights (including, but not limited to, designs, discoveries, inventions, improvements, ideas, devices, techniques, processes, writings, trade secrets, trademarks, patents, copyrights and all other intellectual property rights including, without limitation, notes, records, reports, software, plans, memoranda and other tangible information relating to such intellectual property, whether or not subject to protection under applicable laws) that Executive solely or jointly with others conceives, makes, acquires, suggests or participates in at any time during Executive’s employment with Company and that relate to the actual or demonstrably anticipated business, products, processes, work, operations, research and development or other activities of Company.
     4.3 Non-interference . During the Restricted Period (as defined below), Executive shall not directly or indirectly, individually, or together with, or through any other person: (i) in any manner discourage any person which is or has been a customer or supplier of Company from continuing its relationship with Company, (ii) approach, counsel, or attempt to induce any person who is then in the employ of or an independent contractor of Company, to leave their employment or engagement, or employ, engage or attempt to employ or engage any such person, or (iii) aid or counsel any other person to do any of the above. As used herein, the “Restricted Period” means the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending one (1) year after Executive is no longer receiving any compensation from Company (including any severance pay).
     4.4 Exclusivity . Executive shall be exclusive to Company with respect to Company’s principal activities and business, and during the period beginning on the date of this

4


 

Agreement and ending when Executive is no longer receiving any compensation from Company (including any severance pay) and, if applicable, during any “Additional Period” (as defined below), Executive shall not directly or indirectly on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person: (a) engage in; (b) own or control any interest in (except as a passive investor of less than 1 % of the publicly traded stock of a publicly held company); (c) act as a director, officer, manager, employee, trustee, agent, partner, joint venturer, participant, consultant of or be obligated to, or be connected in any advisory, business or ownership capacity with; (d) lend credit or money for the purpose of the establishing or operating; or (e) allow Executive’s name or reputation to be used by or in, any business, venture, activity or organization (including any non-profit organization) whose principal purposes are similar to or competitive with Company or it business. As used herein, the “Additional Period” shall be the period beginning on the date Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive without Good Reason and ending one (1) year thereafter.
     4.5 Return of Records, Equipment and Confidential Information . Upon the earlier of termination of Executive’s employment hereunder or request by Company, Executive shall promptly return to Company: (i) all Confidential Information and all documents, records, procedures, books, notebooks, and any other documentation in any form whatsoever (including, but not limited to, written, audio, video or electronic) containing any information pertaining to Company which includes Confidential Information, including any and all copies of such documentation then in Executive’s possession or control regardless of whether such documentation was prepared or compiled by Executive, Company, other employees of Company, representatives, agents, or independent contractors, and (ii) all equipment or tangible personal property entrusted to Executive by Company. Executive will not retain any original, copy, description, document, data base or other form of media that contains or relates to any Confidential Information whether produced by Executive or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall permanently delete all Confidential Information from all computers, disks, CD-ROMS, tapes, and other media owned or used by or accessible to Executive, other than from any of the foregoing owned, used or controlled by Company. Executive acknowledges that all Confidential Information and all such documentation, copies of such documentation, equipment, and tangible personal property are and shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of Company.
     4.6 Post-Employment Cooperation . Executive agrees that following Executive’s termination of employment with Company, Executive shall cooperate and assist Company at Company’s expense in any dispute, controversy, or litigation in which Company may be involved and with respect to which Executive obtained knowledge while employed by Company or any of its affiliates, successors, or assigns, including, but not limited to, Executive’s participation in any court or arbitration proceedings, giving of testimony, signing of affidavits, or such other personal cooperation as counsel for Company shall reasonably request.
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS BY EXECUTIVE . Executive represents and warrants that:
     (a) Executive is free to enter into and perform each of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Executive is not subject to any agreement, judgment, order or

5


 

restriction that would be violated by Executive being employed by Company or that in any way restricts the services that may be rendered by Executive for Company. Executive’s execution of this Agreement and performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement does not and will not violate or breach any other agreement between Executive and any other person or entity.
     (b) Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions and covenants in this Agreement and Executive agrees that they will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood after employment with Company and that they are fair, reasonable and necessary to protect and maintain the proprietary interests, goodwill and other legitimate business interests of Company in view of the following facts: (i) Executive will hold a position of confidence and trust with Company as a result of Executive’s employment with Company, access to confidential financial and other information, and relationship with the customers, suppliers and other employees of Company, (ii) it would be impossible for Executive to be employed or engaged in business similar to Company’s business without inevitably using Company’s proprietary information and trade secrets, and (iii) Executive has broad skills that will permit gainful employment in many areas and businesses outside the scope of Company’s business.
     (c) Executive acknowledges that but for the above representations and warranties of Executive, Company would not employ Executive or enter into this Agreement.
SECTION 6 NOTICES .
     All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered, addressed as follows (or at such other address as the addressed party may have substituted by notice pursuant to this Section 6):
         
 
  If to Executive:   At Executive’s address as it appears
 
      in the records of Company
 
       
 
  If to Company:   Kl2 INC.
 
      8000 Westpark Drive, Suite 500
 
      McLean, Virginia 22102
 
      Attention: President and Chief Operating Officer
 
       
 
      with a copy (not itself
 
      constituting notice) to:
 
       
 
      Maron & Sandler
 
      1250 Fourth Street, Suite 550
 
      Santa Monica, California 90401
 
      Attn: David S. Kyman, Esq.
 
      Fax: (310) 570-4901
SECTION 7. MISCELLANEOUS .

6


 

     7.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in relation to the subject matter hereof. No other representations, warranties, covenants, understandings or agreements in relation hereto exist between the parties except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
     7.2 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing duly executed by the parties hereto.
     7.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement has been made and executed under, and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware excluding conflict of law principles.
     7.4 Provisions Severable . Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable from every other provision of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or unreasonable or excessive in scope or duration with the result that such provision (or portion thereof) as drafted is void or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed to be reformed to the minimum extent necessary so that such provision as reformed may and shall be legally enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and cannot be reformed and made enforceable as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect.
     7.5 Non-Waiver of Rights and Breaches . Any waiver by a party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of that provision, or of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.6 below, no failure or delay in exercising any right, power, or privilege granted to a party under any provision of this Agreement will be deemed a waiver of that or any other right, power, or privilege. No single or partial exercise of any right, power, or privilege granted to a party under any provision of this Agreement will preclude any other or further exercise of that or any other right, power, or privilege.
     7.6 Expiration of Claims . All claims that any party has against the other must be presented in writing within one year of the date the claiming party knew or should have known of the facts giving rise to the claim, or, with respect to claims related to termination of Executive’s employment, within one year of the date of termination of employment. Any claim not brought within said time period shall be waived and forever barred unless the party against whom such claim is made agrees to waive such time period.
     7.7 Remedies . Executive acknowledges that (i) it would be difficult to calculate damages to Company from any breach of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, (ii) that injury to Company from any such breach would be irreparable and impracticable to measure, and (iii) that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would therefore be an inadequate remedy and, accordingly, Company shall, in addition to all other available remedies (including without limitation seeking such damages as it can show it has sustained by reason of such breach and/or the exercise of all other rights and

7


 

remedies it has under this Agreement or at law or in equity), be entitled to specific performance, injunctive and other similar equitable remedies without posting bond.
     7.8 Interpretation of Agreement . Each of the parties has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel in the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement. The parties agree that this Agreement is to be construed as jointly drafted. Accordingly, this Agreement will be construed according to the fair meaning of its language, and the rule of construction that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party will not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.
     7.9 Survival of Provisions . The provisions of Sections 3.2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment in accordance with their respective terms.
     7.10 Assignment . This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns. Company may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement at any time and from time to time. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is personal to Executive and that the availability of Executive to perform services and the covenants provided by Executive hereunder have been a material consideration for Company to enter into this Agreement. Accordingly, Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights or delegate any of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, either voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Company, which may be given or withheld by Company in its sole and absolute discretion.
     7.11 Gender and Number . Concerning the words used in this Agreement, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine or neuter gender, and vice versa, as the context requires, and the word “person” shall include any natural person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, estate or other legal entity.
     7.12 Headings . The headings of the Sections and Paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for ease of reference only, and will have no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
     7.13 Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment or supplement to this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will constitute an original but all of which will together constitute a single instrument. Transmission by facsimile of an executed counterpart signature page hereof by a party hereto shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party.
     7.14 Arbitration . Any disputes arising under this Agreement or the interpretation or applicability of any provision hereof shall be subject to and resolved pursuant to the K12, Inc. Agreement to Arbitrate which has been entered into by Company and the Executive on the date hereof and is incorporated herein by reference.

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  “Company”

K12 INC.
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   -S- RICHARD RASMUS    
    Richard Rasmus,    
    President and Chief Operating Officer   
 
         
  “Executive”
 
 
  -S- HOWARD D. POLSKY    
  HOWARD D. POLSKY    
     
 

9

 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated September 25, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of K12 Inc. which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
Bethesda, Maryland
September 25, 2007

 

Exhibit 24.2
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The person whose signature appears below authorizes Ronald J. Packard and Howard D. Polsky, or any of them, as her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in her name and on her behalf, in any and all capacities, this Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the common stock and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable K12 Inc. (the “ Registrant ”) to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.
         
     
Dated: September 19, 2007  /s/ Mary H. Futrell    
  Dr. Mary H. Futrell   
  Director